10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 _______________________________

FORM 10-K

_______________________________

þ	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2013

OR

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TOSECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THESECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from                 to

Commission File Number: 001-32903

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	20-4531180
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

12500 East Belford Avenue

Englewood, Colorado 80112

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (866) 405-5012

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value	The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þNo ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes¨No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesþNo ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þNo ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No þ

As of June 28, 2013, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $9.4 billion based on the closing sale price of $17.11 of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

As of February 18, 2014, 547,936,621 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1

INDEX

		PAGE NUMBER
PART I
Item 1.	Business	6
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	23
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	47
Item 2.	Properties	48
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	48
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	51
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	52
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	54
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	56
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	84
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	87
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	151
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	151
Item 9B.	Other Information	151
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	152
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	152
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	152
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	152
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	152
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	153

2

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and materials we have filed or will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in our other written or oral statements) contain or will contain certain statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking statements. Words such as "expects," "intends," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "guides," "provides guidance," "provides outlook" and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as "may," "will," "should," "would," "could," and "might" are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Readers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Western Union Company (the "Company," "Western Union," "we," "our" or "us") should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all uncertainties and risks throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those described under "Risk Factors." The statements are only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

Possible events or factors that could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include the following:

Events Related to Our Business and Industry

• deterioration in consumers' and clients' confidence in our business, or in money transfer and payment service providers generally;

• changes in general economic conditions and economic conditions in the regions and industries in which we operate, including global economic and trade downturns, or significantly slower growth or declines in the money transfer, payment service, and other markets in which we operate, including those related to interruptions in migration patterns;

• political conditions and related actions in the United States and abroad which may adversely affect our business and economic conditions as a whole;

• failure to compete effectively in the money transfer and payment service industry with respect to global and niche or corridor money transfer providers, banks and other money transfer and payment service providers, including telecommunications providers, card associations, card-based payment providers, electronic and Internet providers, and digital currencies;

• the pricing of our services and any pricing reductions, and their impact on consumer demand for our services and our financial results;

• our ability to adopt technology in response to changing industry and consumer needs or trends;

• our failure to develop and introduce new services and enhancements, and gain market acceptance of such services;

• changes in, and failure to manage effectively, exposure to foreign exchange rates, including the impact of the regulation of foreign exchange spreads on money transfers and payment transactions;

• our ability to maintain our agent network and business relationships under terms consistent with or more advantageous to us than those currently in place;

• interruptions of United States government relations with countries in which we have or are implementing significant business relationships with agents or clients;

3

• mergers, acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses and technologies into our Company, including Travelex Global Business Payments, and the failure to realize anticipated financial benefits from these acquisitions, and events requiring us to write down our goodwill;

• any material breach of security, including cybersecurity, or safeguards of or interruptions in any of our systems;

• decisions to change our business mix;

• failure to manage credit and fraud risks presented by our agents, clients and consumers or non-performance by our banks, lenders, other financial services providers or insurers;

• increased costs or loss of business due to difficulty for us, our agents or their subagents in establishing or maintaining relationships with banks needed to conduct our services;

• adverse movements and volatility in capital markets and other events which affect our liquidity, the liquidity of our agents or clients, or the value of, or our ability to recover, our investments or amounts payable to us;

• adverse rating actions by credit rating agencies;

• our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from productivity and cost-savings and other related initiatives, which may include decisions to downsize or to transition operating activities from one location to another, and to minimize any disruptions in our workforce that may result from those initiatives;

• our ability to attract and retain qualified key employees and to manage our workforce successfully;

• our ability to protect our brands and our other intellectual property rights;

• our failure to manage the potential both for patent protection and patent liability in the context of a rapidly developing legal framework for intellectual property protection;

• changes in tax laws and unfavorable resolution of tax contingencies;

• cessation of or defects in various services provided to us by third-party vendors;

• material changes in the market value or liquidity of securities that we hold;

• restrictions imposed by our debt obligations;

• changes in industry standards affecting our business;

Events Related to Our Regulatory and Litigation Environment

• liabilities or loss of business resulting from a failure by us, our agents or their subagents to comply with laws and regulations and regulatory or judicial interpretations thereof, including laws and regulations designed to detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud and other illicit activity, and increased costs or loss of business associated with compliance with those laws and regulations;

4

• increased costs or loss of business due to regulatory initiatives and changes in laws, regulations and industry practices and standards affecting us, our agents, or their subagents, including related to anti-money laundering regulations, anti-fraud measures, customer due diligence, or agent and subagent due diligence, registration, and monitoring requirements;

• liabilities or loss of business and unanticipated developments resulting from governmental investigations and consent agreements with or enforcement actions by regulators, including those associated with compliance with or failure to comply with the settlement agreement with the State of Arizona, as amended on January 31, 2014;

• the impact on our business from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the rules promulgated there-under, and the actions of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and similar legislation and regulations enacted by other government authorities;

• changes in United States or foreign laws, rules and regulations including the Internal Revenue Code, governmental or judicial interpretations thereof and industry practices and standards, including the impact of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act;

• liabilities resulting from litigation, including class-action lawsuits and similar matters, including costs, expenses, settlements and judgments;

• failure to comply with regulations regarding consumer privacy and data use and security;

• effects of unclaimed property laws;

• failure to maintain sufficient amounts or types of regulatory capital to meet the changing requirements of our regulators worldwide;

• changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations;

Other Events

• adverse tax consequences from our spin-off from First Data Corporation;

• catastrophic events; and

• management's ability to identify and manage these and other risks.

5

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Overview

The Western Union Company (the "Company," "Western Union," "we," "our" or "us") is a leader in global money movement and payment services, providing people and businesses with fast, reliable and convenient ways to send money and make payments around the world. The Company was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Data Corporation ("First Data") on February 17, 2006, and on September 29, 2006, First Data distributed all of its money transfer and consumer payments businesses and its interest in a Western Union money transfer agent, as well as its related assets, including real estate, through a tax-free distribution to First Data shareholders (the "Spin-off").

The Western Union^® brand is globally recognized and represents speed, reliability, trust and convenience. As people move and travel around the world, they are able to use the services of a well-recognized brand to transfer funds. Our Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer service enables people to send money around the world, usually within minutes. As of December 31, 2013, our services were available through a global network of over 500,000 agent locations in more than 200 countries and territories, with approximately 90% of those locations outside of the United States. Each location in our agent network is capable of providing one or more of our services, with the majority offering a Western Union branded service. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 70% of our locations had experienced money transfer activity in the previous 12 months.

We also provide consumers with flexible and convenient options for making one-time or recurring payments in our Consumer-to-Business segment. This segment consists of United States bill payments, Pago Fácil (bill payments in Argentina), and international bill payments.

The Business Solutions segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals. The majority of the segment's business relates to exchanges of currency at the spot rate, which enables customers to make cross-currency payments. In addition, in certain countries, we write foreign currency forward and option contracts for customers to facilitate future payments.

We believe that brand strength, size and reach of our global network, convenience, reliability, and value for the price paid for our customers have been important to the growth of our business. As we continue to seek to meet the needs of our customers for fast, reliable and convenient global money movement and payment services, we are also working to enhance our services and provide our consumer and business clients with access to an expanding portfolio of payment and other financial services and to expand the ways our services can be accessed.

Our Segments

We manage our business around the consumers and businesses we serve and the types of services we offer. Each of our three segments addresses a different combination of consumer groups, distribution networks and services offered. Our segments are Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions. Businesses not considered part of these segments are categorized as "Other" and include our money order, prepaid and other businesses and services, in addition to costs for the review and closing of acquisitions.

6

The table below presents the components of our consolidated revenue:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Consumer-to-Consumer	80	%	81	%	84	%
Consumer-to-Business	11	%	11	%	11	%
Business Solutions	7	%	6	%	3	%
Other	2	%	2	%	2	%
	100	%	100	%	100	%

No individual country outside the United States accounted for more than approximately 6% of our consolidated revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

For additional details regarding our Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions segments, including financial information regarding our international and United States revenues and long-lived assets, see Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, for a discussion of certain risks relating to our foreign operations.

Consumer-to-Consumer Segment

Individual money transfers from one consumer to another are the core of our business, representing 80% of our total consolidated revenues for 2013. We view our money transfer service as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world, including related transactions that can be initiated in certain countries through websites and account based money transfers. The segment includes five geographic regions whose functions are limited to generating, managing and maintaining agent relationships and localized marketing activities and also includes our online money transfer service conducted through Western Union branded websites ("westernunion.com"). By means of common processes and systems, these regions and westernunion.com create an interconnected network for consumer transactions, thereby constituting one global Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer business and one operating segment.

Although most remittances are sent from one of our agent locations worldwide, in some countries we offer the ability to send money over the Internet or phone using a credit or debit card, or through a withdrawal directly from a consumer's bank account. All agent locations accept cash to initiate a transaction, and some also accept debit cards. We offer consumers several options to receive a money transfer. While the vast majority of transfers are paid in cash at agent locations, in some places we offer payout directly to the receiver's bank account, to a stored-value card, or through the issuance of a money order.

Operations

Our revenue in this segment is derived primarily from transaction fees charged to consumers to transfer money. In money transfers involving different send and receive currencies, we also generate revenue based on the difference between the exchange rate set by us to the consumer and the rate at which we or our agents are able to acquire the currency.

7

In a typical money transfer transaction, a consumer goes to one of our agent locations, completes a form specifying, among other things, the name and address of the recipient, and delivers it, along with the principal amount of the money transfer and the fee, to the agent. In some jurisdictions, the agent collects the principal and fees after the presentation of a disclosure that generally identifies the exchange rate and all fees and charges associated with the transaction and the consumer has agreed to the transaction, as described in the disclosure. Certain of these processes are streamlined for our customers who participate in our loyalty programs. The sending agent enters the transaction information into our money transfer system and the funds are made available for payment, usually within minutes. The recipient enters an agent location in the designated receiving area or country, presents identification, where applicable, and is paid the transferred amount. Recipients generally do not pay a fee. However, in limited circumstances, a tax may be imposed by the local government on the receipt of the money transfer, or a fee may be charged by the receiver's institution related to the use of an account. We determine the fee paid by the sender, which generally is based on the principal amount of the transaction and the send and receive locations.

We generally pay our agents a commission based on a percentage of revenue. A commission is usually paid to both the agent that initiated the transaction, the "send agent," and the agent that paid the transaction, the "receive agent." For most agents, the costs of providing the physical infrastructure and staff are typically covered by the agent's primary business (e.g., postal services, banking, check cashing, travel and retail businesses), making the economics of being a Western Union agent attractive. Western Union's global reach and large consumer base allow us to attract agents we believe to be of high quality.

To complement the convenience offered by our network's global physical locations, in certain countries we have also made our services available through other channels, as described below under "Services."

Over 85% of our Consumer-to-Consumer transactions involve at least one non-United States location. No individual country outside the United States accounted for greater than 7% of this segment's revenue during all periods presented.

Services

We offer money transfer services in more than 200 countries and territories. In 2013, the substantial majority of our Consumer-to-Consumer transactions were cash money transfers involving our walk-in agent locations around the world. Although demand for in-person, cash money transfers has historically been the strongest, we offer a number of options for sending and receiving funds that provide consumers convenience and choice. The different ways consumers can send or receive money include the following:

Walk-in and telephone money transfer service. The substantial majority of our remittances constitute transactions in which cash is collected by the agent and payment (usually cash) is available for pick-up at another agent location, usually within minutes. In certain countries, we also offer convenience to our consumers to initiate a transaction through the phone using a debit or credit card or through our account based money transfer service, as described below. Additionally, in a few select markets, we offer consumers a lower-priced next day delivery service option for money transfers that do not need to be received within minutes.

Online money transfer service. Western Union branded websites allow consumers to send funds online, including through mobile devices, generally using a credit or debit card for pay-out at most Western Union branded agent locations around the world. As of December 31, 2013, we were providing online money transfer service through Western Union branded websites in over 20 countries.

Account based money transfer service. We offer services that allow consumers to initiate a money transfer from an account or direct a transfer to be received in an account. These services include allowing consumers to initiate a Western Union money transfer electronically through their bank’s internet banking service or automated teller machines (“ATMs”), without having to visit a physical Western Union agent location. Also, in certain countries, receivers can choose to be paid through credit to their accounts, and in the United States and other countries we provide a "Direct to Bank" service, enabling a consumer to send a transaction from an agent location or our websites into an account in a number of countries. 

Money transfer services through electronic channels, which include online, account based, and mobile money transfer, combined were approximately 5% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.

8

Distribution and Marketing Channels

We offer our Consumer-to-Consumer service to millions of consumers around the world primarily through our global network of third-party agents in most countries and territories, with approximately 90% of our agent locations being located outside of the United States. Our agents facilitate the global distribution and convenience associated with our brands, which in turn helps create demand for our services and helps us to recruit and retain agents. Western Union agents include large networks such as post offices, banks and retailers, and other established organizations and smaller independent retail locations that provide other consumer products and services. Many of our agents have multiple locations. No individual agent accounted for greater than 10% of the segment's revenue during all periods presented. Our agents know the markets they serve and work with our management to develop business plans for their markets. Many of our agents contribute financial resources to, or otherwise support, our efforts to market the business. Many agents operate in locations that are open outside of traditional banking hours, for example on nights and weekends. Our top 40 agents globally have been with us an average of approximately 17 years and in 2013, these long-standing agents were involved in transactions that generated approximately 60% of our Consumer-to-Consumer revenue.

We provide our third-party agents with access to our multi-currency, real-time money transfer processing systems used to originate and pay money transfers. We continue to develop our network around the world to optimize send and receive corridors. Our systems and processes enable our agents to pay money transfers in more than 120 currencies worldwide. Certain of our agents can pay in multiple currencies at a single location. Our agents provide the physical infrastructure and staff required to complete the transfers. Western Union provides central operating functions such as transaction processing, settlement, marketing support and customer relationship management to our agents, as well as compliance training and related support.

Some of our agents outside the United States manage subagents. We refer to these agents as superagents. Although these subagents are under contract with these superagents (and not with Western Union directly), the subagent locations typically have access to similar technology and services as our other agent locations.

Our international agents often customize services as appropriate for their geographic markets. In some markets, individual agents are independently offering specific services such as stored-value card payout options or Direct to Bank service. We market our services to consumers in a number of ways, directly and indirectly through our agent partners, leveraging advertising promotional activities, grassroots and digital advertising, and loyalty programs. Our marketing benefits from feedback from our agents and consumers.

Our marketing strategy includes our customer programs, such as "My WU^SM," which are available in a growing number of countries and territories. These programs offer customers faster service at the point-of-sale. Additionally, in certain countries and at westernunion.com, these programs offer reduced transaction fees or cash back; however, such redemption activity has been insignificant to the results of our operations. Customers in these programs generally initiate more transactions and have a higher rate of retention than other customers.

Industry Trends

Trends in the cross-border money transfer business tend to correlate to migration trends, global economic opportunity and related employment levels worldwide. Another significant trend impacting the money transfer industry is increasing regulation. Regulations in the United States and elsewhere focus, in part, on anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist activities and consumer protection. Regulations require money transfer providers, banks and other financial institutions to develop systems to prevent, detect, monitor and report certain transactions. Such regulations increase the costs to provide money transfer services and can make it more difficult or less desirable for consumers and others to use money transfer services, either of which could have an adverse effect on money transfer providers' revenues and operating profits. For further discussion of the regulatory impact on our business, see the "Regulation" discussion in this section, Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and the "Enhanced Regulatory Compliance" section in Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. In addition, our ability to enter into or maintain exclusive arrangements with our agents has been and may continue to be challenged by both regulators and certain of our current and prospective agents, especially in certain inbound countries.

9

Competition

We face robust competition in the highly-fragmented Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer industry. We compete with a variety of remittance providers, including:

• Global money transfer providers -Global money transfer providers allow consumers to send money to a wide variety of locations, in both their home countries and abroad.

• Regional money transfer providers - Regional money transfer providers, or "niche" providers, provide the same services as global money transfer providers, but focus on a smaller group of geographic corridors or services within one region, such as North America to the Caribbean, Central or South America, or Western Europe to North Africa.

• Electronic channels - Online money transfer service providers, including certain electronic payment providers, allow consumers to send and receive money electronically using the Internet or through mobile devices. Electronic channels also include digital wallets and digital currencies.

• Banks and postbanks - Banks and postbanks of all sizes compete with us in a number of ways, including bank wire services and card-based services.

• Informal networks - Informal networks enable people to transfer funds without formal mechanisms and often without compliance with government reporting requirements. We believe that such networks comprise a significant share of the market.

• Alternative channels - Alternative channels for sending and receiving money include mail and commercial courier services, and card-based options, such as ATM cards and stored-value cards.

We believe the most significant competitive factors in Consumer-to-Consumer remittances relate to the overall consumer value proposition, including brand recognition, trust and reliability, consumer experience and price, and distribution network and channel options.

Consumer-to-Business Segment

In our Consumer-to-Business segment, which represented 11% of our total consolidated revenues for 2013, we provide fast and convenient options to make one-time or recurring payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses. We believe our business customers who receive payments through our services benefit from their relationship with Western Union as it provides them with real-time or near real-time posting of their customers' payments. In many circumstances, our relationships with business customers also provide them with an additional source of income, as well as reduced expenses for cash and check handling.

Operations

Our revenue in this segment is derived primarily from transaction fees paid by the consumer. The transaction fees are typically less than the fees charged in our Consumer-to-Consumer segment. Consumers may make a cash payment at an agent or Company-owned location or may make an electronic payment over the phone or on the Internet using their credit or debit card, through the automated clearing house ("ACH") system, or via a wire transfer. Our Internet services are provided through our own websites or in partnership with other websites for which we act as the service provider. In addition, we generate revenue from upfront enrollment fees received for our Equity Accelerator^® service, and we earn investment income on funds received from services sold in advance of settlement with payment recipients. The significant majority of the segment's revenue was generated in the United States during all periods presented, with the remainder primarily generated in Argentina.

10

Services

Our Consumer-to-Business payments services are available through a variety of services that give consumers choices as to the payment channel and method of payment, and include the following:

Speedpay^®. Our Speedpay service is offered principally in the United States and allows consumers to make payments to a variety of businesses using credit cards, debit cards, ACH and in limited situations, checks. Payments are initiated over the phone or electronically through the Internet. We also partner with some businesses to allow their customers to access Speedpay from their websites.

Pago Fácil^®. In South America, we offer walk-in, cash bill payment services which allow consumers to make payments for services such as phone, utilities and other recurring bills. In Argentina, we provide this service under the Pago Fácil brand. We offer this service under the Western Union brand in Peru, Panama and Brazil.

Western Union Payments. The Western Union Payments service allows consumers to send funds to businesses and government agencies, primarily across the United States and Canada, using cash and, in certain locations, a debit card. This service is offered primarily at Western Union agent locations, but is provided via our westernunion.com website in limited situations. This service is also offered in select international locations under the service mark Quick Pay^SM. We also offer Quick Cash^®, a cash disbursement service used by businesses, government agencies, and financial institutions primarily to send money to employees or individuals with whom they have accounts or other business relationships. Consumers also use our Western Union Convenience Pay^® ("Convenience Pay") service to send payments by cash or check from a smaller number of Convenience Pay agent locations primarily to utilities and telecommunication providers. We are in the process of consolidating all of these services, in addition to our Quick Collect^® service, to be marketed as Western Union Payments.

Equity Accelerator. Our Equity Accelerator service enables consumers to make mortgage payments by ACH. It is marketed as a convenient way for homeowners to schedule additional recurring principal payments on their mortgages. Consumers who enroll in this service make mortgage payments based on an accelerated program, which results in a more rapid reduction of their mortgage balance, as well as interest savings.

Distribution and Marketing Channels

Our electronic consumer payment services are available primarily through the phone and online, including through certain mobile devices, while our cash-based consumer services are available through our agent networks and select Company-owned locations, primarily in South America.

Businesses market our services to consumers in a number of ways, and we market our services directly to consumers using a variety of means, including advertising materials, promotional activities, call campaigns and attendance at trade shows and seminars. Our Internet services are marketed to consumers on our websites, on the websites of our partners who offer our payment solutions or through co-branding arrangements with these partners.

We have relationships with over 15,000 consumer payments businesses to which consumers can make payments. These relationships are a core component of our global payments services. On average, we have provided our payment services to our top 20 businesses to which our consumers can make payments for approximately 15 years. No individual consumer or business accounted for greater than 10% of this segment's revenue during all periods presented.

Industry Trends

The global payments industry has evolved with technological innovations that have created new methods of processing payments from consumers to businesses. The various services within the global payments industry are in varying stages of development outside the United States. We believe that the United States is in the midst of a trend away from cash and paper checks for bill payments toward electronic payment methods accessible through multiple technologies.

11

Competition

Western Union competes with a diverse set of service providers offering both cash and electronic-based payment solutions. Competition in electronic payment services includes financial institutions (which may offer consumer bill payment in their own name or may "host" payment services operated under the names of their clients) and other non-bank competitors. Competition for electronic payments also includes businesses offering their own or third-party services to their own customers and third-party providers of all sizes offering services directly to consumers. In many cases, competitors specialize in a small number of industries. Competitors for cash payments include businesses that allow consumers to pay a bill at one of their locations, or at the location of a partner business, as well as mail and courier services. The ongoing trend away from cash-based bill payments in the United States and competitive pressures, which result in lower cash-based bill payment volumes and a shift to lower revenue per transaction services, continues to impact this business.

We believe the most significant competitive factors in this segment relate to customer service, trust and reliability, convenience, speed, variety of payment methods, biller relationships and service offerings, innovation, price, and brand recognition.

Business Solutions Segment

In our Business Solutions segment, which represented 7% of our total consolidated revenues for 2013, we facilitate payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals.

Operations

The substantial majority of our revenue in this segment is derived from foreign exchange revenues, which are based on the difference between the exchange rate set by us to the customer and the rate at which we are able to acquire the currency. Customers may make an electronic or wire transfer or remit a check in order to initiate a transaction. Our Internet services are provided through our own website and also in partnership with other websites for which we act as the service provider. The significant majority of the segment's revenue was generated outside the United States during all periods presented.

Services

Business Solutions payment transactions are conducted through various channels including the phone and Internet. Payments are made predominately through wire transfers and ACH, but in some situations, checks are remitted. The majority of Business Solutions' business relates to exchanges of currency at the spot rate, which enables customers to make cross-currency payments. In addition, in certain countries, we write foreign currency forward and option contracts for customers to facilitate future payments.

Distribution and Marketing Channels

Our business payment services are primarily offered over the phone, through partner channels, and via the Internet. Our Internet services are marketed through co-branding arrangements with our website partners as well as on our own website.

We have relationships with more than 100,000 customers with respect to our payment solutions. These relationships are a core component of our business payments services. No individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of this segment's revenue since our acquisition of Travelex Global Business Payments ("TGBP") in November 2011.

Industry Trends

The business-to-business payments industry has evolved with technological innovations that have created new methods of processing payments from businesses to other businesses. The various products and services within the business-to-business payments industry are in varying stages of development. We believe that the cross-border payments industry will expand in the future due to the expanding global focus of many businesses. Increased regulation and compliance requirements are trends also impacting the business-to-business payments industry, which will likely result in increased costs in this segment.

12

Competition

Western Union competes with a diverse set of service providers offering payment services and foreign exchange risk management solutions, including financial institutions and other non-bank competitors. We believe the most significant competitive factors in this segment relate to recurring relationships founded on customer service and expertise in payments and foreign exchange, customized solutions for specific industries and clients, convenience and speed of payments network, availability of derivative products, variety of inbound and outbound payment methods, brand recognition and price.

Other

Our remaining businesses are grouped in the "Other" category, which primarily includes our money order, prepaid and other businesses and services, in addition to costs for the review and closing of acquisitions.

Customers use our money orders for making purchases, paying bills, and as an alternative to checks. We derive investment income from interest generated on our money order settlement assets, which are primarily held in United States tax exempt state and municipal debt securities.

Our prepaid business is now primarily composed of providing reload/top up services for various types of prepaid services including mobile phone and prepaid accounts, including prepaid cards, and partnering with select program managers around the world to launch prepaid accounts that meet varying customer needs. Our prepaid business represented less than 1% of total consolidated revenues for all periods presented.

Intellectual Property

The Western Union logos, trademarks, service marks and trade dress (collectively, "Marks") are registered and/or used worldwide and are material to our Company. The WU^® service mark and logos are also registered and used in many countries around the world. The international expansion of our agent network over the past decade has taken the Western Union brand to more than 200 countries and territories. We offer money transfer services under the Western Union, Orlandi Valuta^SM and Vigo^® brands. We also provide various payment and other services such as Western Union Payments, Quick Collect, Convenience Pay, Quick Pay, Quick Cash, Speedpay, Equity Accelerator, Pago Fácil (registered in Argentina), Western Union Business Solutions and MoneyWise^TM.

Our operating results over the past several years have allowed us to invest significantly each year to support our brands. In 2013, we invested approximately $220 million to market, advertise and promote our brands and services, including costs of dedicated marketing personnel. Many of our agents have also contributed significant financial resources to assist with marketing our services.

We own patents and patent applications covering various aspects of our processes and services. We have been, are and in the future may be, subject to claims and suits alleging that our technology or business methods infringe patents owned by others, both in and out of the United States. Unfavorable resolution of these claims could require us to change how we deliver services, result in significant financial consequences, or both, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

Risk Management

Our Company has a credit risk management department that evaluates and monitors our credit and fraud risks. We are exposed to credit risk related to receivable balances from agents in the money transfer, walk-in bill payment and money order settlement process. We also are exposed to credit risk directly from consumer transactions particularly through our online services and electronic channels, where transactions are originated through means other than cash, and therefore are subject to "chargebacks," insufficient funds, or other collection impediments, such as fraud. Our credit risk management team monitors fraud risks jointly with our information security and global compliance departments. Our credit risk management team also performs a credit review before each agent signing and conducts periodic analyses.

We are exposed to credit risk in our Business Solutions business relating to: (a) derivatives written by us to our customers and (b) receivables from certain customers for which beneficiaries are paid prior to receiving cleared funds from the customer, where we have offered "trade credit." For the derivatives, the duration of these contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The credit risk associated with our derivative contracts increases when foreign currency exchange rates move against our customers, possibly impacting their ability to honor their obligations to deliver currency to us or to maintain appropriate collateral with us. For those receivables where we have offered trade credit, collection ordinarily occurs within a few days. To mitigate risk associated with potential customer defaults, we perform credit reviews of the customer on an ongoing basis, and, for our derivatives, we may require certain customers to post or increase collateral.

To manage our exposures to credit risk with respect to investment securities, money market fund investments, derivatives and other credit risk exposures resulting from our relationships with banks and financial institutions, we regularly review investment concentrations, trading levels, credit spreads and credit ratings, and we attempt to diversify our investments among global financial institutions.

A key component of the Western Union business model is our ability to manage financial risk associated with conducting transactions worldwide. We settle with the majority of our agents in United States dollars or euros. However, in certain circumstances, we settle in other currencies. We typically require the agent to obtain local currency to pay recipients; thus, we generally are not reliant on international currency markets to obtain and pay illiquid currencies. The foreign currency exposure that does exist is limited by the fact that the majority of money transfer transactions are paid by the next day after they are initiated and agent settlements occur within a few days in most instances. We also utilize foreign currency exchange contracts, primarily forward contracts, to mitigate the risks associated with currency fluctuations and to provide predictability of future cash flows. We have additional foreign exchange risk and associated foreign exchange risk management due to the nature of our Business Solutions business. The majority of this business' revenue is from exchanges of currency at the spot rate enabling customers to make cross-currency payments. Business Solutions aggregates its foreign exchange exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties. The foreign exchange risk is actively managed.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to changes in interest rates. We review our overall exposure to floating and fixed rates by evaluating our net asset or liability position in each, also considering the duration of the individual positions. We manage this mix of fixed versus floating exposure in an attempt to minimize risk, reduce costs and improve returns. Our exposure to interest rates can be modified by changing the mix of our interest-bearing assets, as well as adjusting the mix of fixed versus floating rate debt. The latter is accomplished primarily through the use of interest rate swaps and the decision regarding terms of any new debt issuances (i.e., fixed versus floating). We use interest rate swaps designated as hedges to increase the percentage of floating rate debt, subject to market conditions.

14

International Investment

No provision has been made for United States federal and state income taxes on certain of our outside tax basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated foreign earnings of approximately $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2013, as we have reinvested and expect to continue to reinvest these earnings outside the United States indefinitely. We intend to invest these earnings to expand and diversify our global distribution and explore new service offerings, and we may also consider international acquisition opportunities. In 2011, our foreign cash allowed us to acquire TGBP and the remaining interests in two of our largest European-based agents, Finint S.r.l. and Angelo Costa, S.r.l. However, if we are unable to utilize accumulated earnings outside of the United States and we repatriate these earnings to the United States in the form of actual or constructive dividends, we would be subject to significant United States federal income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits), state income taxes and possible withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries.

Regulation

Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations enacted by the United States federal government, each of the states, many localities and many other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union. These include an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements intended to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud, and other illicit activity. These also include laws and regulations regarding: financial services, consumer disclosure and consumer protection, currency controls, money transfer and payment instrument licensing, payment services, credit and debit cards, electronic payments, foreign exchange hedging services and the sale of spot, forward and option currency contracts, unclaimed property, the regulation of competition, consumer privacy, data protection and information security. Failure by Western Union, our agents, or their subagents (agents and subagents are third parties, over whom Western Union has limited legal and practical control) to comply with any of these requirements or their interpretation could result in the suspension or revocation of a license or registration required to provide money transfer services and/or payment services or foreign exchange products, the limitation, suspension or termination of services, loss of consumer confidence, the seizure of our assets, and/or the imposition of civil and criminal penalties, including fines and restrictions on our ability to offer services.

We have developed and continue to enhance our global compliance programs, including our anti-money laundering program comprised of policies, procedures, systems and internal controls to monitor and to address various legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, we continue to adapt our business practices and strategies to help us comply with current and evolving legal standards and industry practices, including heightened regulatory focus on compliance with anti-money laundering or fraud prevention requirements. These programs include dedicated compliance personnel, training and monitoring programs, suspicious activity reporting, regulatory outreach and education, and support and guidance to our agent network on regulatory compliance. Our money transfer and payment service networks operate through third-party agents in most countries, and, therefore, there are limitations on our legal and practical ability to completely control those agents' compliance activities. In 2013, the Company spent over $150 million on its compliance and regulatory programs, including costs related to our amended settlement agreement with the State of Arizona.

Money Transfer and Payment Instrument Licensing and Regulation

Our money transfer and money order services are subject to anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, including by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (collectively, the "BSA"), and similar state laws and regulations. The BSA, among other things, requires money transfer companies and the issuers and sellers of money orders, to develop and implement risk-based anti-money laundering programs, to report large cash transactions and suspicious activity, and in some cases, to collect and maintain information about consumers who use their services and maintain other transaction records. Many states impose similar and, in some cases, more stringent requirements. These requirements also apply to our agents and their subagents. In addition, the United States Department of the Treasury has interpreted the BSA to require money transfer companies to conduct due diligence into and risk-based monitoring of their agents inside and outside the United States, and certain states also require money transfer companies to conduct due diligence reviews of their agents and subagents. Compliance with anti-money laundering laws and regulations continues to be a focus of regulatory attention, with agreements being reached with Western Union and several large financial institutions, including another money transfer provider.

15

Economic and trade sanctions programs administered by the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") and by certain foreign jurisdictions prohibit or restrict transactions to or from (or dealings with) certain countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, as well as with specifically-designated individuals and entities such as narcotics traffickers, terrorists and terrorist organizations. We provide very limited money transfer and payments services to individuals in Cuba, Syria and Sudan in accordance with United States laws authorizing such services and pursuant to and as authorized by advisory opinions of, or specific or general licenses granted by, OFAC.

In the United States, most states license money transfer services providers and many exercise authority over the operations of our money transfer services and, as part of this authority, regularly examine us. Many states require us to invest the proceeds of money transfers in highly-rated, investment grade securities, and our use of such investments is restricted to satisfy outstanding settlement obligations. We regularly monitor credit risk and attempt to mitigate our exposure by investing in highly-rated securities in compliance with these regulations. The majority of our investment securities, classified within "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are held in order to comply with state licensing requirements in the United States and had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency as of December 31, 2013.

These licensing laws also cover matters such as government approval of controlling shareholders and senior management of our licensed entities, regulatory approval of agents and in some instances their locations, consumer disclosures and the filing of periodic reports by the licensee, and require the licensee to demonstrate and maintain certain net worth levels. Many states also require money transfer providers and their agents to comply with federal and/or state anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

Outside of the United States, our money transfer business is subject to some form of regulation in all of the countries and territories in which we offer those services. These laws and regulations may include limitations on what types of entities may offer money transfer services, agent registration requirements, limitations on the amount of principal that can be sent into or out of a country, limitations on the number of money transfers that may be sent or received by a consumer and controls on the rates of exchange between currencies. They also include laws and regulations intended to detect and prevent money laundering or terrorist financing, including obligations to collect and maintain information about consumers, recordkeeping, reporting and due diligence, and supervision of agents and sub-agents similar to and in some cases exceeding those required under the BSA. In most countries, either we or our agents are required to obtain licenses or to register with a government authority in order to offer money transfer services.

The Payment Services Directive ("PSD") in the European Union ("EU") and similar laws in other jurisdictions have imposed rules on payment service providers like Western Union. In particular, Western Union is responsible for the regulatory compliance of our agents and their subagents who are engaged by one of our payments institution subsidiaries. Thus, the costs to monitor our agents and the risk of adverse regulatory action against us because of the actions of our agents in those areas have increased. The majority of our EU business is managed through our Irish PSD subsidiary, which is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Under the PSD, we are subject to investment safeguarding rules and periodic examinations similar to those we are subject to in the United States. These rules have resulted in increased compliance costs and may lead to increased competition in our areas of service. Additional countries may adopt legislation similar to these laws. The PSD, as well as legislation in other countries such as Russia, has also allowed an increased number of non-bank entities to become money transfer agents, allowing Western Union and other money transfer providers to expand their agent networks in these countries but also resulting in increased competition.

16

In February 2010, Western Union Financial Services, Inc. ("WUFSI"), a subsidiary of the Company, signed an agreement and settlement ("Settlement Agreement"), which resolved all outstanding legal issues and claims with the State of Arizona (the "State") and required us to fund a multi-state not-for-profit organization promoting safety and security along the United States and Mexico border, in which California, Texas and New Mexico are participating with Arizona. As part of the Settlement Agreement, we have made and expect to make certain investments in our compliance programs along the United States and Mexico border and a monitor (the "Monitor") has been engaged for those programs. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant costs in connection with the Settlement Agreement. The Monitor has made a number of recommendations related to our compliance programs. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2012, our Business Solutions business was included in the scope of the Monitor's review. On January 31, 2014, WUFSI and the State agreed to amend the Settlement Agreement. Such amendment (the “Amendment”) was subsequently approved by the Superior Court of the State of Arizona In and For the County of Maricopa that same day. The Amendment extends the term of the Settlement Agreement until December 31, 2017, and imposes obligations on the Company and WUFSI in connection with WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance programs and cooperation with law enforcement. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors - "Western Union is the subject of governmental investigations and consent agreements with or enforcement actions by regulators" for more information on the Settlement Agreement, including the potential impact on our business.

Regulators worldwide are exercising heightened supervision of money transfer providers and requiring increasing efforts to ensure compliance. As a result, we are experiencing increasing compliance costs related to customer, agent, and subagent due diligence, verification, transaction approval, disclosure, and reporting requirements, along with other requirements that have had and will continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Government agencies both inside and outside the United States may impose new or additional rules on money transfers affecting us or our agents or their subagents, including regulations that:

• prohibit transactions in, to or from certain countries or with certain governments, individuals and entities;

• impose additional customer identification and customer, agent, and subagent due diligence requirements;

• impose additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements, or require enhanced transaction monitoring;

• limit the types of entities capable of providing money transfer services, impose additional licensing or registration requirements on us, our agents, or their subagents, or impose additional requirements on us with regard to selection or oversight of our agents or their subagents;

• impose minimum capital or other financial requirements on us or our agents and their subagents;

• limit or restrict the revenue which may be generated from money transfers, including transaction fees and revenue derived from foreign exchange;

• require enhanced disclosures to our money transfer customers;

• require the principal amount of money transfers originated in a country to be invested in that country or held in trust until they are paid;

• limit the number or principal amount of money transfers which may be sent to or from the jurisdiction, whether by an individual, through one agent or in aggregate; or

• impose taxes or fees on money transfer transactions.

17

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Other Similar Legislation

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") became United States federal law in 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB") whose purpose is to issue and enforce consumer protection initiatives governing financial products and services, including money transfer services. The CFPB has created additional regulatory oversight for us. Regulations issued by the CFPB have affected our business in a variety of areas. These include: a requirement to provide consumers sending funds internationally from the United States enhanced pre-transaction written disclosures, including the disclosure of third-party fees and taxes, an obligation to resolve various errors, including certain errors that may be outside our control, and an obligation to cancel transactions that have not been completed at a consumer's request. We have modified certain of our systems, business practices, service offerings or procedures to comply with these regulations. We also face liability for the failure of our money transfer agents and their subagents to comply with the rules and have implemented and are continuing to implement additional policies, procedures, and oversight measures designed to foster compliance by our agents. The extent of these policies, procedures, and measures may be considered by the CFPB in any action or proceeding against us for noncompliance with the rules by our agents. The CFPB has also implemented a direct portal for gathering information regarding consumer complaints in the money transfer area. It is likely that this effort will lead to additional regulatory scrutiny. In January 2014, the CFPB proposed a rule to directly supervise “larger participants” in the market for international transfers. If finalized, this rule will result in the direct examination and supervision of Western Union and its largest competitors by the CFPB.

Additionally, rules adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as well as by member states of the European Union pursuant to the European Market Infrastructure Regulation ("EMIR"), have subjected our foreign exchange hedging transactions, including certain intercompany hedging transactions, certain of the corporate interest rate hedging transactions we may enter into in the future, and certain of the foreign exchange derivative contracts we offer as part of our Business Solutions segment, to reporting, recordkeeping, and other requirements. Additionally, certain of the corporate interest rate hedging transactions we may enter into in the future are subject to centralized clearing and margin requirements and certain of our other transactions may become so in the future. Further, we may become subject to additional and potentially costly regulatory and supervisory requirements if we exceed derivative transaction thresholds set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act and EMIR, including subjecting our foreign exchange derivative transactions to centralized clearing and margin requirements under EMIR. Governments outside of the United States and the European Union are also considering regulations similar to those described above. These regulations have added costs to our business and any additional requirements could result in additional costs or impact the way we conduct our hedging activities as well as impact how we conduct our business within our Business Solutions segment. For further discussion of these risks, see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors - "The Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the regulations required by that Act and the actions of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and similar legislation and regulations enacted by other government authorities, could adversely affect us and the scope of our activities, and could adversely affect our operations, results of operations and financial condition."

Unclaimed Property Regulations

Our Company is subject to unclaimed property laws in the United States and abroad. These laws require us to turn over to certain government authorities the property of others held by our Company that has been unclaimed for a specified period of time, such as unpaid money transfers and money orders. We hold property subject to unclaimed property laws and we have an ongoing program to comply with the laws. We are subject to audits with regard to our escheatment practices.

18

Privacy and Information Security Regulations

We must collect, transfer, disclose, use and store personal information in order to provide our services. These activities are subject to information security standards, data privacy, data breach and related laws and regulations in the United States and other countries. In the United States, data privacy and data breach laws such as the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and various state laws apply directly to a broad range of financial institutions including money transfer providers like Western Union, and indirectly to companies that provide services to or on behalf of those institutions. The United States Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") has an on-going program of investigating the privacy practices of companies and has commenced enforcement actions against many, resulting in multimillion dollar settlements and multi-year agreements governing the settling companies' privacy practices. The FTC and several states have expanded their area of concern to include privacy practices related to mobile applications. Many state laws require us to provide notification to affected individuals, state officers and consumer reporting agencies in the event of a security breach of computer databases or physical documents that contain certain types of non-public personal information and present a risk for unauthorized use.

The collection, transfer, disclosure, use and storage of personal information required to provide our services is subject to data privacy laws outside of the United States, such as laws adopted pursuant to the EU's 95/46 EC Directive of the European Parliament (the "Data Protection Directive"), and national and provincial laws throughout the world. In some cases, these laws are more restrictive than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and impose more stringent duties on companies. These laws, which are not uniform, do one or more of the following: restrict the collection, transfer, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information, require notice to individuals of privacy practices and give individuals certain rights to prevent the use or disclosure of personal information for secondary purposes such as marketing.

These regulations, laws and industry standards also impose requirements for safeguarding personal information through the issuance of internal data security standards, controls or guidelines.

In connection with regulatory requirements to assist in the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing and pursuant to legal obligations and authorizations, Western Union makes information available to certain United States federal and state, as well as certain foreign, government agencies when required by law. In recent years, Western Union has experienced increasing data sharing requests by these agencies, particularly in connection with efforts to prevent terrorist financing or reduce the risk of identity theft. During the same period, there has also been increased public attention to the corporate use and disclosure of personal information, accompanied by legislation and regulations intended to strengthen data protection, information security and consumer privacy. These regulatory goals - the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing and identity theft and the protection of the individual's right to privacy - may conflict, and the law in these areas is not consistent or settled. While we believe that Western Union is compliant with its regulatory responsibilities, the legal, political and business environments in these areas are rapidly changing, and subsequent legislation, regulation, litigation, court rulings or other events could expose Western Union to increased program costs, liability and reputational damage.

Banking Regulation

We have subsidiaries that operate under banking licenses granted by the Austrian Financial Market Authority and the Brazilian Central Bank which subject these subsidiaries to Austrian and Brazilian regulations. We are also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services (the "Financial Services Department"), which has regulatory authority over our entity that holds all interests in these subsidiaries, a limited liability investment company organized under Article XII of the New York Banking Law. An Agreement of Supervision with the Financial Services Department imposes various regulatory requirements including operational limitations, capital requirements, affiliate transaction limitations, and notice and reporting requirements. Approval is required from the Financial Services Department under New York Banking Law, and from the Austrian Financial Market Authority and the Brazilian Central Bank under Austrian and Brazilian regulations, respectively, prior to certain direct or indirect changes in control of the Article XII investment company and its banking subsidiaries, including a change in control of its ultimate parent, the Company.

Since these subsidiaries do not operate any banking offices in the United States and do not conduct business in the United States except as may be incidental to their activities outside the United States, our Company's affiliation with these subsidiaries does not cause them to be subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act in the United States.

19

Other

Some of our services are subject to card association rules and regulations. For example, an independent standards-setting organization, the Payment Card Industry ("PCI") Security Standards Council (including American Express, Discover Financial Services, JCB International, MasterCard Worldwide and Visa Inc. International) developed a set of comprehensive requirements concerning payment card account security through the transaction process, called the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard ("PCI DSS"). All merchants and service providers that store, process and transmit payment card data are required to comply with PCI DSS as a condition to accepting credit cards. We are subject to annual reviews to ensure compliance with PCI regulations worldwide and are subject to fines if we are found to be non-compliant.

Stored-value services offered by Western Union are subject to United States federal and state laws and regulations, as well as laws and regulations outside of the United States, related to consumer protection, licensing, escheat and money laundering. Similar services that we offer internationally are subject to various country laws. These laws are evolving, and the extent to which they apply to Western Union or its consumers is sometimes unclear. While we are unable to determine the full impact that new laws and changing interpretations may have on these services, recent history suggests that new rules may, among other things, broaden our liability for the services and increase the scope of the information that we and our agents must collect, maintain and report about consumers.

Employees and Labor

As of January 31, 2014, our businesses employed approximately 10,000 employees, of which approximately 8,000 employees are located outside of the United States.

Available Information

The Western Union Company is a Delaware corporation and its principal executive offices are located at 12500 East Belford Avenue, Englewood, CO, 80112, telephone (866) 405-5012. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available free of charge through the "Investor Relations" portion of the Company's website, www.westernunion.com, as soon as reasonably practical after they are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The SEC maintains a web site, www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information filed electronically with the SEC by the Company.

20

Executive Officers of the Registrant

As of February 24, 2014, our executive officers consist of the individuals listed below:

Name	Age	Position
Hikmet Ersek	53	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Rajesh K. Agrawal	48	Executive Vice President, Interim Chief Financial Officer
Odilon Almeida	52	Executive Vice President and President, Americas and European Union
John R. Dye	54	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Jean Claude Farah	43	Executive Vice President and President, Middle East, Africa, APAC, Eastern Europe & CIS
Diane Scott	43	Executive Vice President, Chief Product and Marketing Officer
J. David Thompson	47	Executive Vice President, Global Operations and Chief Information Officer
Richard L. Williams	48	Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Hikmet Ersek is our President and Chief Executive Officer (from September 2010) and a member of the Company's Board of Directors (from April 2010). From January 2010 to August 2010, Mr. Ersek served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer. Prior to January 2010, Mr. Ersek served as the Company's Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific Region from December 2008. From September 2006 to December 2008, Mr. Ersek served as the Company's Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe/Middle East/Africa/South Asia. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Ersek held various positions of increasing responsibility with Western Union. Prior to joining Western Union in September 1999, Mr. Ersek was with GE Capital specializing in European payment systems and consumer finance.

Rajesh K. Agrawal is our Executive Vice President (from November 2011) and Interim Chief Financial Officer (from January 2014). Prior to January 2014, Mr. Agrawal was President, Western Union Business Solutions (from August 2011). Prior to August 2011, Mr. Agrawal served as General Manager, Business Solutions from November 2010, and as Senior Vice President of Finance for Business Units, from August 2010 to November 2010. Previously, Mr. Agrawal served as Senior Vice President of Finance of the Company's Europe, Middle East, and Africa and Asia Pacific regions from July 2008 to August 2010, and as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Western Union from June 2006 to May 2008. Mr. Agrawal joined Western Union in 2006.

Odilon Almeida is currently Executive Vice President and President, Americas and European Union. From January 2013 until December 2013, Mr. Almeida was Senior Vice President and President for the Americas region for Western Union. Mr. Almeida joined Western Union in 2002 and has held roles of increasing responsibility, including Regional Vice President, Southern Cone, Americas from December 2002 to August 2007; Senior Vice President, South America region from January 2008 to December 2010; and Senior Vice President and Managing Director for the Latin America and Caribbean region from December 2010 to December 2012. Prior to joining Western Union, Mr. Almeida worked at FleetBoston Financial, The Coca-Cola Company and Colgate-Palmolive in Brazil, Canada, Mexico and the United States. 

John R. Dye is our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to taking this position in November 2011, Mr. Dye was Senior Vice President, Interim General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") from July 2011. From July 2007 to July 2011, Mr. Dye served as Senior Vice President, Principal Deputy General Counsel Corporate Affairs, of FHLMC. Prior to joining FHLMC, Mr. Dye served as Associate General Counsel at Citigroup Inc. from August 1999 to July 2007, and as Senior Vice President and Senior Counsel at Salomon Smith Barney from 1994 to 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Dye was an attorney at the law firm of Brown & Wood. Mr. Dye is also Chairman of the Board of the Western Union Foundation.

21

Jean Claude Farah is currently Executive Vice President and President, Middle East, Africa, APAC, Eastern Europe and CIS. From March 2009 to December 2013, Mr. Farah served as Senior Vice President for the Middle East and Africa region at Western Union. Mr. Farah joined Western Union in 1999 as Marketing Manager, Middle East & North Africa. He has held a variety of progressively responsible positions with the company, including Regional Director from March 2003 to June 2005, Regional Vice President from June 2005 to March 2009 and Senior Vice President for the Middle East, Pakistan and Afghanistan region. Mr. Farah started his career in 1995 with Renault SA. Prior to joining Western Union, he was Area Manager for Orangina Pernod Ricard.

Diane Scott is our Executive Vice President, Chief Product and Marketing Officer. Prior to taking this position in December 2012, Ms. Scott was our Chief Marketing Officer (from April 2011) and President, Western Union Ventures (from August 2011). Prior to April 2011, Ms. Scott was Senior Vice President, Marketing, Americas since March 2009. From March 2008 to March 2009, Ms. Scott served as Vice President, Marketing Services, and General Manager, Domestic Money Transfer. From March 2007 to March 2008, Ms. Scott served as Vice President, Domestic Money Transfer and Marketing Services, and from January 2005 to March 2007, she served as Vice President and General Manager, Domestic Money Transfer. Ms. Scott joined Western Union in 2001. Prior to joining Western Union, Ms. Scott held marketing positions with Izodia plc, US West Communications Inc., and various advertising agencies.

J. David Thompson is our Executive Vice President, Global Operations (from November 2012) and Chief Information Officer (from April 2012). Prior to April 2012, Mr. Thompson was Group President, Services & Support and Global CIO of Symantec Corporation since January 2008. From February 2006 to January 2008, Mr. Thompson served as Symantec's Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining Symantec, Mr. Thompson was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for Oracle Corporation from January 2005 to January 2006. From August 1995 to January 2005, he was Vice President of Services and Chief Information Officer at PeopleSoft, Inc. Mr. Thompson is a director of CoreSite Realty Corporation.

Richard L. Williams is our Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer. Mr. Williams was appointed as our Chief Human Resources Officer in October of 2013 and previously served as Interim Chief Human Resources Officer from March 2013 to October 2013 and as Senior Vice President, Human Resources - Global Consumer Financial Services from June 2011 to October 2013. Mr. Williams joined Western Union in November 2009 as the Vice President of Human Resources for the Americas and Global Cards. Before joining Western Union, Mr. Williams worked for Fullerton Financial Holdings (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings) as its Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa, based in Dubai, United Arab Emirates from September 2007 to October 2009. Previously, Mr. Williams spent 17 years (May 1998 to August 2007 and August 1989 to February 1997) with American Express Company.

22

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

There are many factors that affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, some of which are beyond our control. These risks include, but are not limited to, the risks described below. Such risks are grouped according to:

• Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry;

• Risks Related to Our Regulatory and Litigation Environment; and

• Risks Related to the Spin-Off.

You should carefully consider all of these risks.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

If consumers' confidence in our business or in consumer money transfer and payment service providersgenerally deteriorates, our business, financial condition and results of operationscould be adversely affected.

Our business is built on consumers' confidence in our brands and our ability to provide fast, reliable money transfer and payment services. Erosion in consumers' confidence in our business, or in consumer money transfer and payment service providers as a means to transfer money, could adversely impact transaction volumes which would in turn adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A number of factors could adversely affect consumers' confidence in our business, or in consumer money transfer and payment service providers generally, many of which are beyond our control, and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. These factors include:

• changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or regulator or judicial interpretation thereof that have the effect of making it more difficult or less desirable for consumers to transfer money using consumer money transfer and payment service providers, including additional customer due diligence, identification, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements;

• the quality of our services and our customer experience, and our ability to meet evolving consumer needs and preferences, including customer preferences related to our digital services;

• failure of our agents or their subagents to deliver services in accordance with our requirements;

• reputational concerns resulting from actual or perceived events, including those related to fraud or consumer protection;

• actions by federal, state or foreign regulators that interfere with our ability to transfer consumers' money reliably, for example, attempts to seize money transfer funds, or limit our ability to or prohibit us from transferring money in certain corridors;

• federal, state or foreign legal requirements, including those that require us to provide consumer or transaction data pursuant to our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and other requirements or to a greater extent than is currently required;

• any significant interruption in our systems, including by fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorism, vendor failure, unauthorized entry and computer viruses or disruptions in our workforce; and

• any breach of our security policies or legal requirements resulting in a compromise of consumer privacy or data use and security.

Many of our money transfer consumers are migrants. Consumer advocacy groups or governmental agencies could consider migrants to be disadvantaged and entitled to protection, enhanced consumer disclosure, or other different treatment. If consumer advocacy groups are able to generate widespread support for actions that are detrimental to our business, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

23

Global economic downturns or slower growth or declines in the money transfer, payment service, and other markets in which we operate, including those related to interruptions in migration patterns, and difficult conditions in global financial markets andfinancial market disruptions could adversely affect our business, financialcondition and results of operations.

The global economy has experienced in recent years, and in the future may experience, downturns, volatility and disruption, and we face certain risks relating to such events, including:

• Demand for our services could soften, including due to low consumer confidence, high unemployment, or reduced global trade.

• Our Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer business relies in large part on migration, which brings workers to countries with

greater economic opportunities than those available in their native countries. A significant portion of money transfers are sent by international migrants. Migration is affected by (among other factors) overall economic conditions, the availability of job opportunities, changes in immigration laws, and political or other events (such as war, terrorism or health emergencies) that would make it more difficult for workers to migrate or work abroad. Changes to these factors could adversely affect our remittance volume and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

• Many of our consumers work in industries that may be impacted by deteriorating economic conditions more quickly or significantly than other industries. Reduced job opportunities, especially in retail, healthcare, hospitality, and construction, or overall weakness in the world’s economies could adversely affect the number of money transfer transactions, the principal amounts transferred and correspondingly our results of operations. If general market softness in the economies of countries important to migrant workers occurs, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Additionally, if our consumer transactions decline, if the amount of money that consumers send per transaction declines, or if migration patterns shift due to weak or deteriorating economic conditions, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

• Our agents or clients could experience reduced sales or business as a result of a deterioration in economic conditions. As a result, our agents could reduce their numbers of locations or hours of operation, or cease doing business altogether. Businesses using our services may make fewer cross-currency payments or may have fewer customers making payments to them through us, particularly businesses in those industries that may be more affected by an economic downturn.

• Our exposure to receivables from our agents, consumers and businesses could impact us. For more information on this risk, see risk factor, "We face credit, liquidity and fraud risks from our agents, consumers and businesses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations."

• The market value of the securities in our investment portfolio may substantially decline. The impact of that decline in value may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

• The counterparties to the derivative financial instruments that we use to reduce our exposure to various market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, may fail to honor their obligations, which could expose us to risks we had sought to mitigate. That failure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

• We aggregate our foreign exchange exposures in our Business Solutions business, including the exposure generated by the derivative contracts we write to our customers as part of our cross-currency payments business, and typically hedge the net exposure through offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties. If our customers fail to honor their obligations or if the counterparties to our offsetting positions fail to honor their obligations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

• We may be unable to refinance our existing indebtedness as it becomes due or we may have to refinance on unfavorable terms, which could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, share repurchases, dividends, and other purposes.

24

• Our revolving credit facility with a consortium of banks is one source for funding liquidity needs and also backs our commercial paper program. If any of the banks participating in our credit facility fails to fulfill its lending commitment to us, our short-term liquidity and ability to support borrowings under our commercial paper program could be adversely affected.

• The third-party service providers on whom we depend may experience difficulties in their businesses, which may impair their ability to provide services to us and have a potential impact on our own business. The impact of a change or temporary stoppage of services may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

• Banks upon which we rely to conduct our business could fail or be unable to satisfy their obligations to us. This could lead to our inability to access funds and/or credit losses for us and could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business.

• If market disruption and volatility occurs, we could experience difficulty in accessing capital on favorable terms and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

We face competition from global and niche or corridor money transfer providers, United States and international banks, card associations, card-based payments providers and a number of other types of service providers, including electronic and Internet providers and digital currencies. Our future growth depends on our ability to compete effectively in the industry.

Money transfer and global business payments are highly competitive industries which include service providers from a variety of financial and non-financial business groups. Our competitors include banks, credit unions, automated teller machine providers and operators, card associations, card-based payments providers such as issuers of e-money, travel cards or stored-value cards, informal remittance systems, web-based services, phone payment systems (including mobile phone networks), postal organizations, retailers, check cashers, mail and courier services, currency exchanges, consumer money transfer companies, and digital currencies. These services are differentiated by features and functionalities such as brand recognition, customer service, trust and reliability, distribution network and channel options, convenience, price, speed, variety of payment methods, service offerings, and innovation. Distribution network and channel options, such as the electronic money transfer business, which includes online, account based, and mobile money transfer, have been and may continue to be impacted by increased competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our future growth depends on our ability to compete effectively in money transfer and global business payments. For example, if we fail to price our services appropriately, consumers may not use our services, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. In addition, failure to compete on service differentiation and service quality could significantly affect our future growth potential and results of operations.

As noted below under risk factor "Risks associated with operations outside the United States and foreign currencies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations," many of our agents outside the United States are national post offices. These entities are usually governmental organizations that may enjoy special privileges or protections that could allow them to simultaneously develop their own money transfer businesses. International postal organizations could agree to establish a money transfer network among themselves. Due to the size of these organizations and the number of locations they have, any such network could represent significant competition to us.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of pricing reductions, which could adversely affect our business.

We have made, and expect to continue to make, periodic pricing reductions from time to time in response to competition and to implement our brand investment strategy, which includes better meeting consumer needs, maximizing market opportunities and strengthening our overall competitive positioning. Pricing reductions generally reduce margins and adversely affect financial results in the short term, but are done in anticipation that they will result in increased transaction volumes which may lead to increased revenues and operating income in these certain corridors thereafter. However, the anticipated benefits of these pricing reductions may not be realized within a certain time period or at all. If we fail to realize the anticipated benefit of the pricing reductions, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

25

Our ability to adopt new technology to respond to new and enhanced products, changing industry and regulatory standards, and evolving customer needs or trends poses a challenge to our business.

Our industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes, with the constant introduction of new and enhanced products and services and evolving industry and regulatory standards and consumer needs and preferences. Our ability to enhance our current products and services and introduce new products and services that address these changes has a significant impact on our ability to be successful. We actively seek to respond in a timely manner to changes in customer (both consumer and business) needs and preferences, technology advances and new and enhanced products such as technology-based money transfer and Business Solutions payments services, including Internet, phone-based and other mobile money transfer services and prepaid, stored-value and other card-based money transfer services. Failure to respond well to these challenges on a timely basis could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, even if we respond well to these challenges, the business and financial models offered by many of these alternative, more technology-reliant means of money transfer and electronic payment solutions may be less advantageous to us than the model offered by our traditional cash/agent model.

Risks associated with operations outside the United States and foreign currencies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A substantial portion of our revenue is generated in currencies other than the United States dollar. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with changes in the value of our revenues and net monetary assets denominated in foreign currencies. Our Business Solutions business provides currency conversion and, in certain countries, foreign exchange hedging services to its customers, further exposing us to foreign currency exchange risk. In order to mitigate these risks, we enter into derivative contracts. However, these contracts do not eliminate all of the risks related to fluctuating foreign currency rates.

For example, a substantial portion of our revenue is generated in the euro. Due to concerns in recent years regarding the ability of certain European countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations, the value of the euro has fluctuated more widely than in the past. If there is a significant devaluation of the euro and we are unable to hedge our foreign exchange exposure to the euro, the value of our euro-denominated net monetary assets and liabilities would be correspondingly reduced when translated into United States dollars for inclusion in our financial statements.

We operate in almost all the emerging markets throughout the world. For many countries in these markets, our foreign currency exposure is limited because most transactions are receive transactions and we settle with our agents in either United States dollars or euros as reimbursement for the payment of these transactions. However, there are certain countries in these emerging markets where we generate transaction revenue from send transactions. Our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in those countries is increased as these fluctuations impact our revenues and operating profits. Typically, in these markets the cost of hedging activities is prohibitive.

We have operations in countries where government-imposed restrictions limit the transfer of cash outside the country. In Argentina, our money transfer and bill payment operations together represent less than 5% of our 2013 total consolidated revenues. However, as of December 31, 2013, approximately $100 million in cash and cash equivalents, representing several years of accumulated operating profits and excess cash flows from both businesses, continue to be held in Argentina due to government imposed restrictions. Changes in the official Argentine peso exchange rate are immediately reflected in net income for our money transfer operations, whereas these effects are reflected in other comprehensive income for our bill payment operations. The continued devaluation of the Argentine peso and limits on returning excess cash balances could further adversely affect future distributions and our results of operations.

Our foreign exchange risk is relatively greater, and our foreign exchange risk management is heightened, in our Business Solutions business. The majority of Business Solutions' revenue is from exchanges of currency at the spot rate enabling customers to make cross-currency payments. In certain countries, this business also writes foreign currency forward and option contracts for our customers. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The credit risk associated with our derivative contracts increases when foreign currency exchange rates move against our customers, possibly impacting their ability to honor their obligations to deliver currency to us or to maintain appropriate collateral with us. Business Solutions aggregates its foreign exchange exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties. If we are unable to obtain offsetting positions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

26

A substantial portion of our revenue is generated outside of the United States and much of the cash and cash equivalents from this business are held by our foreign entities. Repatriating these funds to the United States would, in many cases, result in significant tax obligations because most of these funds have been taxed at foreign tax rates that are relatively low compared to our combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. If repatriation of these funds is required or if a change in legislation requires a different tax treatment, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted. For further discussion regarding the risk that our future effective tax rates could be adversely impacted by changes in tax laws, both domestically and internationally, see risk factor "Changes in tax laws and unfavorable resolution of tax contingencies could adversely affect our tax expense" below.

Money transfers and payments to, from, within, or between countries may be limited or prohibited by law. At times in the past, we have been required to cease operations in particular countries due to political uncertainties or government restrictions imposed by foreign governments or the United States. Occasionally agents or their subagents have been required by their regulators to cease offering our services, see risk factor "Regulatory initiatives and changes in laws, regulations and industry practices and standards affecting us, our agents or their subagents could require changes in our business model and increase our costs of operations, which could adversely affect our operations, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity" below. Additionally, economic or political instability or natural disasters may make money transfers to, from, within, or between particular countries difficult or impossible, such as when banks are closed, when currency devaluation makes exchange rates difficult to manage or when natural disasters or civil unrest makes access to agent locations unsafe. These risks could negatively impact our ability to offer our services, to make payments to or receive payments from international agents or our subsidiaries or our ability to recoup funds that have been advanced to international agents or are held by our subsidiaries, and as a result could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the general state of telecommunications and infrastructure in some lesser developed countries, including countries where we have a large number of transactions, creates operational risks for us and our agents that generally are not present in our operations in the United States and other more developed countries.

Many of our agents outside the United States are post offices, which are usually owned and operated by national governments. These governments may decide to change the terms under which they allow post offices to offer remittances and other financial services. For example, governments may decide to separate financial service operations from postal operations, or mandate the creation or privatization of a "post bank," which could result in the loss of agent locations, or they may require multiple service providers in their network. A government could decide to restrict remittance service to only the national post office. These changes could have an adverse effect on our ability to distribute, offer or price our services in countries that are material to our business.

Breaches of our information security policies or safeguards could adversely affectour ability to operate and could damage our reputation, business, financial conditionand results of operations.

We collect, transfer and retain consumer, business, employee and agent data as part of our business. These activities are subject to laws and regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions, see risk factor "Current and proposed regulation addressing consumer privacy and data use and security could increase our costs of operations, which could adversely affect our operations, results of operations and financial condition" below. The requirements imposed by these laws and regulations, which often differ materially among the many jurisdictions, are designed to protect the privacy of personal information and to prevent that information from being inappropriately used or disclosed. We have developed and maintain technical and operational safeguards designed to comply with applicable legal requirements. However, despite those safeguards, it is possible that hackers, employees acting contrary to our policies or others could improperly access our systems or the systems of our business partners and service providers and improperly obtain or disclose data about our consumers, business customers, agents and/or employees. Further, because some data is collected and stored by third parties, it is possible that a third party could intentionally or inadvertently disclose personal data in violation of law. Also, in some jurisdictions we transfer data related to our employees, business customers, consumers, agents and potential employees to third-party vendors in order to perform due diligence and for other reasons. It is possible that a vendor could intentionally or inadvertently disclose such data. Any breach of our security policies or applicable legal requirements resulting in a compromise of consumer, business, employee or agent data could require us to notify impacted individuals, and in some cases regulators, of a possible or actual breach, expose us to regulatory enforcement action, including fines, limit our ability to provide services, subject us to litigation and/or damage our reputation.

27

Interruptions in our systems, including as a result of cyber attacks, or disruptions in our workforce may have a significanteffect on our business.

Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer information systems and those of our service providers. Any significant interruptions could harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of consumers. These systems and operations could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorism, vendor failure, unauthorized entry and computer viruses or other causes, many of which may be beyond our control or that of our service providers. Further, we have been and continue to be the subject of cyber attacks. These attacks are primarily aimed at interrupting our business or exploiting information security vulnerabilities. Historically, none of these attacks or breaches has individually or in the aggregate resulted in any material liability to us or any material damage to our reputation, and disruptions related to cybersecurity have not caused any material disruption to the Company's business, although there can be no assurance that a material breach will not occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to prevent systems disruptions, our measures may not be successful and we may experience problems other than system disruptions. We also may experience software defects, development delays, installation difficulties and other systems problems, which would harm our business and reputation and expose us to potential liability which may not be fully covered by our business interruption insurance. Our data applications may not be sufficient to address technological advances, regulatory requirements, changing market conditions or other developments. In addition, any work stoppages or other labor actions by employees, the significant majority of which are located outside the United States, could adversely affect our business.

Acquisitions and integration of new businesses create risks and may affect operatingresults.

We have acquired and may acquire businesses both inside and outside the United States. The acquisition and integration of businesses involve a number of risks. The core risks involve valuation (negotiating a fair price for the business based on inherently limited due diligence) and integration (managing the complex process of integrating the acquired company's people, products and services, technology and other assets in an effort to realize the projected value of the acquired company and the projected synergies of the acquisition). In addition, the need in some cases to improve regulatory compliance standards is another risk associated with acquiring companies, see "Risks Related to Our Regulatory and Litigation Environment" below. Acquisitions often involve additional or increased risks including, for example:

• realizing the anticipated financial benefits from these acquisitions and where necessary, improving internal controls of these acquired businesses;

• managing geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;

• managing multi-jurisdictional operating, tax and financing structures;

• integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;

• integrating the acquired technologies into our Company;

• complying with regulatory requirements;

• enforcing intellectual property rights in some foreign countries;

• entering new markets with the services of the acquired businesses; and

• general economic and political conditions, including legal and other barriers to cross-border investment in general, or by United States companies in particular.

Integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or divert resources from, one or more of our businesses and could result in the loss of key personnel. The diversion of management's attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with an acquisition and the integration of the acquired company's operations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

28

As of December 31, 2013, we had $3,172.0 million of goodwill comprising approximately 31% of our total assets, including $1,947.7 million of goodwill in our Consumer-to-Consumer reporting unit and $996.0 million of goodwill in our Business Solutions reporting unit. TGBP represents a significant majority of the goodwill related to the Business Solutions reporting unit. For the Business Solutions reporting unit, a decline in estimated fair value of approximately 15% could occur before triggering an impairment of goodwill. If we or our reporting units do not generate operating cash flows at levels consistent with our expectations, we may be required to write down the goodwill on our balance sheet, which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. See the "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" discussion in Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, for more detail.

We face credit, liquidity and fraud risks from our agents, consumers and businesses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The vast majority of our global funds transfer business is conducted through third-party agents that provide our services to consumers at their retail locations. These agents sell our services, collect funds from consumers and are required to pay the proceeds from these transactions to us. As a result, we have credit exposure to our agents. In some countries, our agent networks include superagents that establish subagent relationships; these agents must collect funds from their subagents in order to pay us. We are not insured against credit losses, except in certain circumstances related to agent theft or fraud. If an agent becomes insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to pay money order, money transfer or payment services proceeds to us, we must nonetheless pay the money order, complete the money transfer or payment services on behalf of the consumer.

The liquidity of our agents is necessary for our business to remain strong and to continue to provide our services. If our agents fail to settle with us in a timely manner, our liquidity could be affected.

From time to time, we have made, and may in the future make, short-term advances and longer term loans to our agents. These advances and loans generally are secured by settlement funds payable by us to these agents. However, the failure of these borrowing agents to repay these advances and loans constitutes a credit risk to us.

In our Business Solutions business, we are also exposed to credit risk relating to foreign currency forward and option contracts written by us to our customers. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The credit risk associated with our derivative contracts increases when foreign currency exchange rates move against our customers, possibly impacting their ability to honor their obligations to deliver currency to us or to maintain appropriate collateral with us. If a customer becomes insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to pay us for the value of these contracts, we may be exposed to the value of an offsetting position with a financial institution counterparty.

We offer consumers, primarily in the United States, the ability to transfer money utilizing their bank account or credit or debit card via the Internet and phone. These transactions have experienced and continue to experience a greater risk of fraud and higher fraud losses. Additionally, money transfers funded by ACH, or similar methods, are not preauthorized by the sender's bank and carry the risk that the account may not exist or have sufficient funds to cover the transaction. We apply verification and other tools to help authenticate transactions and protect against fraud. However, these tools are not always successful in protecting us against fraud. As the merchant of these transactions, we may bear the financial risk of the full amount sent in some of the fraudulent transactions. Issuers of credit and debit cards may also incur losses due to fraudulent transactions through our distribution channels and may elect to block transactions by their cardholders in these channels with or without notice. We may be subject to additional fees or penalties if the amount of chargebacks exceeds a certain percentage of our transaction volume. Such fees and penalties escalate over time if we do not take effective action to reduce chargebacks below the threshold, and if chargeback levels are not ultimately reduced to acceptable levels, our merchant accounts could be suspended or revoked, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

29

If we are unable to maintain our agent, subagent or global business payments networks under terms consistent with those currently in place, or if our agents or their subagents fail to comply with Western Union business and technology standards and contract requirements, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Most of our Consumer-to-Consumer revenue is derived through our agent network. In addition, our international agents may have subagent relationships in which we are not directly involved. If, due to competition or other reasons, agents or their subagents decide to leave our network, or if we are unable to sign new agents or maintain our agent network under terms consistent with those currently in place, or if our agents are unable to maintain relationships with or sign new subagents, our revenue and profits may be adversely affected. Agent attrition might occur for a number of reasons, including a competitor engaging an agent, an agent's dissatisfaction with its relationship with us or the revenue derived from that relationship, or an agent's or its subagents' unwillingness or inability to comply with our standards or legal requirements, including those related to compliance with anti-money laundering regulations, anti-fraud measures, or agent registration and monitoring requirements. For example, changes to our compliance-related practices as a result of our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily related to our Vigo and Orlandi Valuta brands, resulted in the loss of over 7,000 agent locations in Mexico in 2012. In addition, agents may generate fewer transactions or less revenue for various reasons, including increased competition, political unrest, or changes in the economy, and the cost of maintaining agent or subagent locations may increase because of increased compliance efforts. Because an agent is a third party that engages in a variety of activities in addition to providing our services, it may encounter business difficulties unrelated to its provision of our services, which could cause the agent to reduce its number of locations, hours of operation, or cease doing business altogether.

We rely on our agents' information systems and/or processes to obtain transaction data. If an agent or their subagent loses information, if there is a significant disruption to the information systems of an agent or their subagent, or if an agent or their subagent does not maintain the appropriate controls over their systems, we may experience reputational and other harm which could result in losses to the Company.

We have relationships with over 15,000 consumer payments businesses to which our customers can make payments. These relationships are a core component of our global payments services, and we derive a substantial portion of our Consumer-to-Business revenue through these relationships. If we are unable to sign new relationships or maintain our current relationships under terms consistent with those currently in place, our revenue and profit growth rates may be adversely affected.

For example, changes in laws regulating competition or in the interpretation of those laws could undermine our ability to enter into or maintain our exclusive arrangements with our current and prospective agents, especially in certain inbound countries. See risk factor "Regulatory initiatives and changes in laws, regulations and industry practices and standards affecting us, our agents or their subagents could require changes in our business model and increase our costs of operations, which could adversely affect our operations, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity" below. In addition, certain of our agents and subagents have refused to enter into exclusive arrangements. The inability to enter into exclusive arrangements or to maintain our exclusive rights under our contracts could adversely affect our operations, revenue, and operating profit by, for example, allowing competitors to benefit from the goodwill associated with the Western Union brand at our agent locations.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by adverserating actions by credit rating agencies.

If our credit ratings are downgraded, or if they are placed under review or revised to have a negative outlook, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected and perceptions of our financial strength could be damaged, which could adversely affect our relationships with our agents, particularly those agents that are financial institutions or post offices, and our banking and other business relationships. In addition, an adverse credit rating by a rating agency, such as a downgrade or negative outlook, could result in regulators imposing additional capital and other requirements on us, including imposing restrictions on the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends. Also, a downgrade below investment grade will increase our interest expense under certain of our notes and any significant downgrade could increase our costs of borrowing money more generally or adversely impact or eliminate our access to the commercial paper market, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

30

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from productivity and cost-savings and other related initiatives, which may include decisions to downsize or to transition operating activities from one location to another, and we may experience disruptions in our workforce as a result of those initiatives.

We have engaged in actions and activities associated with productivity improvement initiatives and expense reduction measures. We may implement additional initiatives in future periods. While these initiatives are designed to increase productivity and result in cost savings, there can be no assurance that the anticipated benefits will be realized, and the costs to implement such initiatives may be greater than expected. In addition, these initiatives have resulted and will likely result in the loss of personnel, some of whom may support significant systems or operations. Consequently, these initiatives could result in a disruption to our workforce. If we do not realize the anticipated benefits from these initiatives, or the costs to implement them are greater than expected, or if the actions result in a disruption to our workforce greater than anticipated, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

There can be no guarantee that we will continue to make dividend payments or repurchase stock.

For risks associated with our ability to continue to make dividend payments or repurchase shares, please see Part II, Item 5, Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our ability to remain competitive depends in part on our ability to protect ourbrands and our other intellectual property rights and to defend ourselves againstpotential intellectual property infringement claims.

The Western Union brand, which is protected by trademark registrations in many countries, is material to our Company. The loss of the Western Union trademark or a diminution in the perceived quality associated with the name would harm our business. Similar to the Western Union trademark, the Vigo, Orlandi Valuta, Speedpay, Equity Accelerator, Pago Fácil, Western Union Payments, Quick Collect, Quick Pay, Quick Cash, Convenience Pay, Western Union Business Solutions and other trademarks and service marks are also important to our Company and a loss of the service mark or trademarks or a diminution in the perceived quality associated with these names could harm our business.

Our intellectual property rights are an important element in the value of our business. Our failure to take appropriate actions against those who infringe upon our intellectual property could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The laws of certain foreign countries in which we do business do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Adverse determinations in judicial or administrative proceedings in the United States or in foreign countries could impair our ability to sell our services or license or protect our intellectual property, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have been, are and in the future may be, subject to claims alleging that our technology or business methods infringe intellectual property rights of others, both inside and outside the United States. Unfavorable resolution of these claims could require us to change how we deliver a service, result in significant financial consequences, or both, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in tax laws and unfavorable resolution of tax contingencies could adversely affect our tax expense.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, both domestically and internationally. From time to time, the United States Congress and foreign, state and local governments consider legislation that could increase our effective tax rates or impose other obligations. If changes to applicable tax laws are enacted, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

31

Our tax returns and positions (including positions regarding jurisdictional authority of foreign governments to impose tax) are subject to review and audit by federal, state, local and international taxing authorities. An unfavorable outcome to a tax audit could result in higher tax expense, thereby negatively impacting our results of operations. We have established contingency reserves for a variety of material, known tax exposures. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was a liability of $125.5 million, including accrued interest and penalties, net of related items. Our reserves reflect our judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review. While we believe that our reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed our related reserve, and such resolution could have a material effect on our effective tax rate, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the current period and/or future periods. With respect to these reserves, our income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in the facts and circumstances (i.e. new information) surrounding a tax issue, and (ii) any difference from the Company's tax position as recorded in the financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period. Such resolution could increase or decrease income tax expense in our consolidated financial statements in future periods and could impact our operating cash flows. For example, in 2011, we reached an agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") resolving substantially all of the issues related to the restructuring of our international operations in 2003, which resulted in a tax benefit of $204.7 million related to the adjustment of reserves associated with this matter and requires cash payments to the IRS and various state tax authorities of approximately $190 million, of which $92.4 million has been paid as of December 31, 2013. See the "Capital Resources and Liquidity" discussion in Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The IRS completed its examination of the United States federal consolidated income tax returns of First Data, which include our 2005 and pre-Spin-off 2006 taxable periods and issued its report on October 31, 2012 ("FDC 30-Day Letter"). Furthermore, the IRS completed its examination of our United States federal consolidated income tax returns for the 2006 post-Spin-off period through 2009 and issued its report also on October 31, 2012 ("WU 30-Day Letter"). Both the FDC 30-Day Letter and the WU 30-Day Letter propose tax adjustments affecting us, some of which are agreed and some of which are unagreed. We filed our protest on November 28, 2012 related to the unagreed proposed adjustments with the IRS Appeals Division. See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, "Income Taxes" for a further discussion of this matter.

We receive services from third-party vendors that would be difficult to replace ifthose vendors ceased providing such services adequately or at all. Cessation of or defects in various services provided to us by third-party vendors could cause temporary disruptionto our business.

Some services relating to our business, such as software application support, the development, hosting and maintenance of our operating systems, check clearing, and processing of returned checks are outsourced to third-party vendors, which would be difficult to replace quickly. If our third-party vendors were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future, our business and operations could be adversely affected.

Material changes in the market value or liquidity of the securities we hold mayadversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2013, we held $1.9 billion in investment securities, the significant majority of which are state and municipal debt securities. The majority of this money represents the principal of money transfers sent by consumers and money orders issued by us to consumers in the United States. We regularly monitor our credit risk and attempt to mitigate our exposure by investing in highly-rated securities and by diversifying our investments. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of our investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency. Despite those ratings, it is possible that the value of our portfolio may decline in the future due to any number of factors, including general market conditions, credit issues, the viability of the issuer of the security, failure by a fund manager to manage the investment portfolio consistently with the fund prospectus or increases in interest rates. Any such decline in value may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

32

The trust holding the assets of our pension plan has assets totaling approximately $295.8 million as of December 31, 2013. The fair value of these assets held in the trust are compared to the plan's projected benefit obligation to determine the pension liability of $70.4 million recorded within "Other liabilities" in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013. We attempt to mitigate risk through diversification, and we regularly monitor investment risk on our portfolio through quarterly investment portfolio reviews and periodic asset and liability studies. Despite these measures, it is possible that the value of our portfolio may decline in the future due to any number of factors, including general market conditions and credit issues. Such declines could have an impact on the funded status of our pension plan and future funding requirements.

We have substantial debt obligations that could restrict our operations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $4.2 billion in consolidated indebtedness, and we may also incur additional indebtedness in the future.

Our indebtedness could have adverse consequences, including:

• limiting our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders or to repurchase stock consistent with our historical practices;

• increasing our vulnerability to changing economic, regulatory and industry conditions;

• limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry;

• limiting our ability to borrow additional funds; and

• requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other purposes.

There would be adverse tax consequences associated with using certain earnings generated outside the United States to pay the interest and principal on our indebtedness. Accordingly, this portion of our cash flow will be unavailable under normal circumstances to service our debt obligations.

33

Risks Related to Our Regulatory and Litigation Environment

As described under Part I, Item 1, Business, our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations enacted by the United States federal government, each of the states (including licensing requirements), many localities and many other countries and jurisdictions. Laws and regulations to which we are subject include those related to: financial services, consumer disclosure and consumer protection, currency controls, money transfer and payment instrument licensing, payment services, credit and debit cards, electronic payments, foreign exchange hedging services and the sale of spot, forward and option currency contracts, unclaimed property, the regulation of competition, consumer privacy, data protection and information security. The failure by us, our agents or their subagents to comply with any such laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could seriously damage our reputation and brands, and result in diminished revenue and profit and increased operating costs.

Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations. Liabilities or loss of business resulting from a failure by us, our agents or their subagents to comply with laws and regulations and regulatory or judicial interpretations thereof, including laws and regulations designed to detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud and other illicit activity, and increased costs or loss of business associated with compliance with those laws and regulations has had and we expect will continue to have an adverseeffect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our services are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements, including those intended to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud, and other illicit activity. The interpretation of those requirements by judges, regulatory bodies and enforcement agencies is changing, often quickly and with little notice. Economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the United States Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers, and terrorists or terrorist organizations. As United States federal and state as well as foreign legislative and regulatory scrutiny and enforcement action in these areas increase, we expect that our costs of complying with these requirements will continue to increase, perhaps substantially, or our compliance will make it more difficult or less desirable for consumers and others to use our services or for us to contract with certain intermediaries, either of which would have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating profit. For example, we anticipate significant additional investments in 2014 in our compliance programs based on the current and rapidly evolving environment and our internal reviews of the increasingly complex and demanding global regulatory requirements, and we expect incremental compliance program costs as well as the potential negative business impact from new compliance procedures. These additional investments relate to enhancing our compliance capabilities, including our consumer protection efforts. Further, failure by Western Union, our agents, or their subagents (agents and subagents are third parties, over whom Western Union has limited legal and practical control) to comply with any of these requirements or their interpretation could result in the suspension or revocation of a license or registration required to provide money transfer, payment or foreign exchange services, the limitation, suspension or termination of services, loss of consumer confidence, the seizure of our assets, and/or the imposition of civil and criminal penalties, including fines and restrictions on our ability to offer services.

We are subject to regulations imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA") in the United States and similar laws in other countries, such as the Bribery Act in the United Kingdom, which generally prohibit companies and those acting on their behalf from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Some of these laws, such as the Bribery Act, also prohibit improper payments between commercial enterprises. Because our services are offered in virtually every country of the world, we face significant risks associated with our obligations under the FCPA, the Bribery Act, and other national anti-corruption laws. Any determination that we have violated these laws could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our United States business is subject to reporting, recordkeeping and anti-money laundering provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, including by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (collectively, the "BSA"), and to regulatory oversight and enforcement by the United States Department of the Treasury Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN"). We have subsidiaries that are subject to banking regulations, primarily those in Brazil and Austria. These subsidiaries are also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the New York Department of Financial Services. Under the Payment Services Directive ("PSD") in the European Union ("EU"), which became effective in late 2009, and similar legislation enacted or proposed in other jurisdictions, we have and will increasingly become directly subject to reporting, recordkeeping, and anti-money laundering regulations, and agent oversight and monitoring requirements, which have increased and will continue to increase our costs. These laws could also increase competition in some or all of our areas of service.

34

The remittance industry, including Western Union, has come under increasing scrutiny from government regulators and others in connection with its ability to prevent its services from being abused by people seeking to defraud others. While we believe our fraud prevention efforts are effective and comply with applicable law, the ingenuity of criminal fraudsters, combined with the potential susceptibility to fraud by consumers, make the prevention of consumer fraud a significant and challenging problem. Our failure to continue to help prevent such frauds and increased costs related to the implementation of enhanced anti-fraud measures, or a change in fraud prevention laws or their interpretation or the manner in which they are enforced could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, any determination that our agents or their subagents have violated laws and regulations could seriously damage our reputation and brands, resulting in diminished revenue and profit and increased operating costs. In some cases, we could be liable for the failure of our agents or their subagents to comply with laws which also could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, in the EU, Western Union is responsible for the compliance of our agents and their subagents with the PSD when they are acting on behalf of one of our payments institution subsidiaries. The majority of our EU business is managed through our Irish PSD subsidiary, which is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Thus, the risk of adverse regulatory action against Western Union because of actions by its agents or their subagents and the costs to monitor our agents or their subagents in those areas has increased. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB") created by the Dodd-Frank Act has issued amendments to the final regulations implementing the remittance provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which impose responsibility on us for any related compliance failures of our agents and their subagents.

The changes associated with the PSD, the Dodd-Frank Act and similar legislation enacted or proposed in other countries have resulted and will likely continue to result in increased costs to comply with the new requirements, and in the event we or our agents are unable to comply, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional countries may adopt similar legislation.

Our fees, profit margins and/or foreign exchange spreads may be reduced or limited because of regulatory initiatives and changes in laws and regulations or their interpretation and industry practices and standards that are either industry wide or specifically targeted at our Company.

The evolving regulatory environment, including increased fees or taxes, regulatory initiatives, and changes in laws and regulations or their interpretation, industry practices and standards imposed by state, federal or foreign governments and expectations regarding our compliance efforts, is impacting the manner in which we operate our business and may change the competitive landscape and is expected to continue to adversely affect our financial results. New and proposed legislation relating to financial services providers and consumer protection in various jurisdictions around the world has and may continue to affect the manner in which we provide our services, see risk factor "The Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the regulations required by that Act and the actions of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and similar legislation and regulations enacted by other government authorities, could adversely affect us and the scope of our activities, and could adversely affect our operations, results of operations and financial condition." Recently proposed and enacted legislation related to financial services providers and consumer protection in various jurisdictions around the world and at the federal and state level in the United States has subjected and may continue to subject us to additional regulatory oversight, mandate additional consumer disclosures and remedies, including refunds to consumers, or otherwise impact the manner in which we provide our services. If governments implement new laws or regulations that limit our right to set fees and/or foreign exchange spreads, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, changes in regulatory expectations, interpretations or practices could increase the risk of regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties.

For example, our business has been affected and is currently being affected by on-going changes to our compliance procedures related to our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona. See risk factor "Western Union is the subject of governmental investigations and consent agreements with or enforcement actions by regulators." Due to regulatory initiatives, we have changed our compliance related practices and business model along the United States and Mexico border, including in the southwestern region of the United States. Such changes have had, and will likely continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, and business operations related to our United States to Mexico and United States to Latin America and the Caribbean corridors.

35

In addition, one state has passed a law imposing a fee on certain money transfer transactions, and certain other states have proposed similar legislation. Several foreign countries have enacted rules imposing taxes or fees on certain money transfer transactions, as well. Although money transfer services themselves are not generally subject to sales tax on money transfer services elsewhere in the United States, the current budget shortfalls in many jurisdictions, combined with continued federal inaction on comprehensive immigration reform, may lead other states or localities to impose similar taxes or fees. Similar circumstances in foreign countries could invoke similar consequences. A tax or fee exclusively on money transfer services like Western Union could put us at a competitive disadvantage to other means of remittance which are not subject to the same taxes or fees.

Other examples of changes to our financial environment include the possibility of regulatory initiatives that focus on lowering international remittance costs. For example, members of the Canadian parliament have proposed legislation that would limit the fees and foreign exchange spreads charged by remittance companies. Such initiatives may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulators around the world look at each other's approaches to the regulation of the payments and other industries. Consequently, a development in any one country, state or region may influence regulatory approaches in other countries, states or regions. This includes the interpretation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). Similarly, new laws and regulations in a country, state or region involving one service may cause lawmakers there to extend the regulations to another service. As a result, the risks created by any one new law or regulation are magnified by the potential they have to be replicated, affecting our business in another place or involving another service. Conversely, if widely varying regulations come into existence worldwide, we may have difficulty adjusting our services, fees and other important aspects of our business, with the same effect. Either of these eventualities could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory initiatives and changes in laws, regulations and industry practices and standards affecting us, our agents or their subagents could require changes in our business model and increase our costs of operations, which could adversely affect our operations, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

Our agents and their subagents are subject to a variety of regulatory requirements, which differ from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and are subject to change. Material changes in the regulatory requirements for offering money transfer services, including with respect to anti-money laundering requirements, fraud prevention, consumer protection, customer due diligence, agent registration, or increased requirements to monitor our agents or their subagents in a jurisdiction important to our business have meant and could continue to mean increased costs and/or operational demands on our agents and their subagents, which have resulted and could continue to result in their attrition, a decrease in the number of locations at which money transfer services are offered, an increase in the commissions paid to agents and their subagents to compensate for their increased costs, and other negative consequences. For example, changes to our compliance-related practices as a result of our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily related to our Vigo and Orlandi Valuta brands, resulted in the loss of over 7,000 agent locations in Mexico in 2012.

Our regulatory status and the regulatory status of our agents could affect their ability to offer our services. For example, we and our agents are considered Money Service Businesses, or "MSBs," under the BSA. An increasing number of banks view MSBs, as a class, as higher risk customers for purposes of their anti-money laundering programs. Furthermore, some of our agents and our businesses have had difficulty establishing or maintaining banking relationships due to the banks' policies. If a significant number of our agents are unable to maintain existing or establish new banking relationships, or if these agents face higher fees to maintain or establish new bank accounts, they may not be able to continue to offer our services. Additionally, if we are unable to maintain our banking relationships, it would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

36

The types of enterprises that are legally authorized to act as our agents vary significantly from one country to another. Changes in the laws affecting the kinds of entities that are permitted to act as money transfer agents (such as changes in requirements for capitalization or ownership) could adversely affect our ability to distribute our services and the cost of providing such services, both by us and our agents. For example, a requirement that a money transfer provider be a bank or other highly regulated financial entity could increase significantly the cost of providing our services in many countries where that requirement does not exist today or could prevent us from offering our services in an affected country. Further, any changes in law that would require us to provide directly the money transfer services to consumers as opposed to through an agent network (which would effectively change our business model) or that would prohibit or impede the use of subagents could significantly adversely impact our ability to provide our services, and/or the cost of our services, in the relevant jurisdiction. Changes mandated by laws which make Western Union responsible for acts of its agents while they are providing the Western Union money transfer service increase our risk of regulatory liability and our costs to monitor our agents' performance.

Although most of our Orlandi Valuta and Vigo branded agents also offer money transfer services of our competitors, most of our Western Union branded agents have agreed to offer only our money transfer services. While we expect to continue signing agents under exclusive arrangements and believe that these agreements are valid and enforceable, changes in laws regulating competition or in the interpretation of those laws could undermine our ability to enforce them in the future. Over the past several years, several countries in Eastern Europe, the Commonwealth of Independent States, Africa and South Asia, including India, have promulgated laws or regulations, or authorities in these countries have issued orders, which effectively prohibit payment service providers, such as money transfer companies, from agreeing to exclusive arrangements with agents in those countries. Certain institutions, non-governmental organizations and others are actively advocating against exclusive arrangements in money transfer agent agreements. Advocates for laws prohibiting or limiting exclusive agreements continue to push for enactment of similar laws in other jurisdictions. In addition to legal challenges, certain of our agents and their subagents have refused to enter into exclusive arrangements. See risk factor "If we are unable to maintain our agent, subagent or global business payments networks under terms consistent with those currently in place, or if our agents or their subagents fail to comply with Western Union business and technology standards and contract requirements, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected" above.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act ("FATCA"), which is intended to address tax compliance issues related to United States taxpayers holding non-United States accounts, may require some of our business units outside the United States to report to the IRS, directly or through foreign government agencies cooperating with the IRS, information about financial transactions made by United States taxpayers and other specified entities or individuals, and could impose withholding, documentation and reporting requirements on such transactions. This provision may also affect withholding, documentation, and reporting requirements of certain payments made to non-United States recipients. Full implementation of FATCA will be phased in over a multi-year period. The additional administrative requirements of FATCA may result in increased compliance costs and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

In addition to legal or regulatory restrictions discussed in the "Capital Resources and Liquidity" section in Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, some jurisdictions use tangible net worth and other financial strength guidelines to evaluate financial position. If our regulated subsidiaries do not abide by these guidelines, they may be subject to heightened review by these jurisdictions, and the jurisdictions may be more likely to impose new formal financial strength requirements. Additional financial strength requirements imposed on our regulated subsidiaries or significant changes in the regulatory environment for money transfer providers could impact our primary source of liquidity.

37

Western Union is the subject of governmental investigations and consent agreements with or enforcement actions by regulators.

On February 11, 2010, Western Union Financial Services, Inc. ("WUFSI"), a subsidiary of the Company, signed an agreement and settlement ("Settlement Agreement," filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2010), which resolved all outstanding legal issues and claims with the State of Arizona (the "State") and required us to fund a multi-state not-for-profit organization promoting safety and security along the United States and Mexico border, in which California, Texas and New Mexico are participating with Arizona. The Settlement Agreement also required us to make payments to the State for its costs associated with this matter. In addition, as part of the Settlement Agreement, we have made and expect to make certain investments in and enhancements to our compliance programs along the United States and Mexico border and a monitor (the “Monitor”) has been engaged for those programs. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant costs in connection with the Settlement Agreement. The Monitor has made a number of recommendations related to our compliance programs. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2012, our Business Solutions business was included in the scope of the Monitor's review.

On January 31, 2014, WUFSI and the State agreed to amend the Settlement Agreement. Such amendment (the “Amendment”) was subsequently approved by the Superior Court of the State of Arizona In and For the County of Maricopa that same day. The Amendment extends the term of the Settlement Agreement until December 31, 2017, and imposes obligations on the Company and WUFSI in connection with WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance programs and cooperation with law enforcement. In particular, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue implementing the primary and secondary recommendations made by the Monitor appointed pursuant to the Settlement Agreement related to WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance program, and includes, among other things, timeframes for implementing such primary and secondary recommendations. Under the Amendment, the Monitor may make additional primary recommendations until January 1, 2015, and additional secondary recommendations until January 31, 2017. After these dates, the Monitor may only make additional primary or secondary recommendations, as applicable, that meet certain requirements as set forth in the Amendment. Primary recommendations may also be re-classified as secondary recommendations.

The Amendment provides that if WUFSI is unable to implement an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, as determined by the Monitor and subject to limited judicial review, within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State may, within 180 days after the Monitor delivers its final report on the primary recommendations on December 31, 2016, and subsequent to any judicial review of the Monitor’s findings, elect one, and only one, of the following remedies: (i) assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement and pursue remedies under the Settlement Agreement, which could include initiating civil or criminal actions; or (ii) require WUFSI to pay (a) $50 million plus (b) $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully. There are currently more than 70 primary recommendations and groups of primary recommendations.

If the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State cannot pursue either of the remedies above, except that the State may require WUFSI to pay $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully.

If, at the conclusion of the timeframe to implement the secondary recommendations on December 31, 2017, the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has not implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, the State cannot assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement but may require WUFSI to pay an additional $25 million. Additionally, if the Monitor determines that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border but has not implemented some of the Monitor’s secondary recommendations or groups of secondary recommendations that were originally classified as primary recommendations or groups of primary recommendations on the date of the Amendment, the State may require WUFSI to pay $500,000 per such secondary recommendation or group of recommendations. There is no monetary penalty associated with secondary recommendations that are classified as such on the date of the Amendment or any new secondary recommendations that the Monitor makes after the date of the Amendment.

The Amendment also requires WUFSI to make a one-time payment of $250,000 and thereafter $150,000 per month for five years to fund the activities and expenses of a money transfer transaction data analysis center formed by WUFSI and a Financial Crimes Task Force comprised of federal and state and local law enforcement representatives, including those from the State. In addition, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue funding the Monitor’s reasonable expenses in $500,000 increments as requested by the Monitor.

38

The changes in WUFSI’s anti-money laundering program required by the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, and the Monitor’s recommendations have had, and will continue to have, adverse effects on the Company’s business, including additional costs. Additionally, if WUFSI is not able to implement a successful anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border or timely implement a substantial portion of the Monitor’s primary recommendations, each as determined by the Monitor, pursuit by the State of remedies under the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are in the process of making or have made certain changes to our compliance program for transactions from the United States to Mexico and the Latin America and the Caribbean region, including:

• revisions to agent agreements to increase our ability to oversee the compliance of our agents and their subagents;

• reduced thresholds at which our consumers are required to provide identification for transactions from certain states along the United States southwest border; and

• enhancement of our information systems including migrating customer information for our Orlandi Valuta and Vigo brands onto our Western Union database and migrating to a standard point of sale system.

Such changes have had, and will likely continue to have adverse effects on our business, primarily our United States to Mexico business and our United States to Latin America and the Caribbean business. Such adverse effects include fewer transactions, lower revenue, lower profits, increased compliance costs, loss of agents, reduced ability to attract or activate new agents, and a less desirable customer experience. Any additional changes that we elect or are required to make in the United States to Mexico and the United States to Latin America and the Caribbean corridors, or similar changes that we may elect or be required to make in other corridors or for our other services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Over the past several years, we have entered into consent agreements with federal and state authorities, including FinCEN, the New York Department of Financial Services, the California Department of Financial Institutions and the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, relating to the BSA and anti-money laundering requirements and related consumer identification matters. These agreements required us to make various payments and to take certain measures to enhance our compliance with recordkeeping, reporting, training and agent oversight requirements under applicable state and federal law.

The consent agreements with the New York Department of Financial Services and the California Department of Financial Institutions were lifted during 2008. However, the financial services industry and businesses like ours continue to be under significant federal and state regulatory scrutiny with respect to the BSA and anti-money laundering compliance matters. It is possible that as a result of periodic examinations or otherwise, we could be subject to deficiency findings, fines, criminal penalties, asset seizures or enforcement actions that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2011, 2012 and 2013, Western Union received Civil Investigative Demands from certain state attorneys general who have initiated an investigation into the adequacy of the Company's consumer protection efforts over the last several years. The Civil Investigative Demands seek information and documents relating to money transfers sent from the United States to certain countries, consumer fraud complaints that the Company has received and the Company's procedures to help identify and prevent fraudulent transfers. Due to the stage of the investigation, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with any possible civil claims that might be brought by one or more of the states. Should such claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards, or regulatory consequences, or compulsory changes in our business practices that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

39

On March 20, 2012, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney's Office for the Central District of California ("USAO") seeking documents relating to Shen Zhou International ("US Shen Zhou"), a former Western Union agent located in Monterey Park, California. The principal of US Shen Zhou was indicted in 2010 and in December 2013, pled guilty to one count of structuring international money transfers in violation of United States federal law in U.S. v. Zhi He Wang (SA CR 10-196, C.D. Cal.). Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is a target of an ongoing investigation into structuring and money laundering. Since March 20, 2012, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO seeking additional documents relating to US Shen Zhou, materials relating to certain other former and current agents and other materials relating to the Company's anti-money laundering compliance policies and procedures. The government has interviewed several current and former Western Union employees and has served grand jury subpoenas seeking testimony from several current and former employees. The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company has had discussions with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") regarding the Company's consumer protection and anti-fraud programs. On December 12, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand ("CID") from the FTC requesting that the Company produce (i) all documents relating to communications with the monitor appointed pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, including information the Company provided to the monitor and any reports prepared by the monitor, and (ii) all documents relating to complaints made to the Company by consumers anywhere in the world relating to fraud-induced money transfers since January 1, 2011. On April 15, 2013, the FTC filed a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting an order to compel production of the requested documents. On June 6, 2013, the Court granted in part and denied in part the FTC's request. On August 14, 2013, the FTC filed a notice of appeal. On August 27, 2013, Western Union filed a notice of cross-appeal. On February 21, 2014, the Company received another CID from the FTC requesting the production of all documents relating to complaints made to the Company by or on behalf of consumers relating to fraud-induced money transfers that were sent from or received in the United States since January 1, 2004, except for documents that were already produced to the FTC in response to the first CID. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of this matter, or provide a range of loss, if any, which could be associated with any possible claims that might be brought against the Company.

On November 25, 2013, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Middle District of Pennsylvania (“USAO-MDPA”) seeking documents relating to complaints made to the Company by consumers anywhere in the world relating to fraud-induced money transfers since January 1, 2008. Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is the subject of the investigation. Since November 25, 2013, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO-MDPA seeking documents relating to certain Western Union agents and Western Union’s agent suspension and termination policies.   The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company is cooperating fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

We regularly receive subpoenas and other requests for documents and information from governmental authorities (federal, state, local, and foreign) concerning our current or former agents, customers or other third parties. We cooperate with such subpoenas and requests in the ordinary course of our business. However, it is possible that, during the course of any investigation or review by such governmental authorities, allegations of misconduct or wrongdoing could arise regarding Western Union, its employees, or agents, which could lead to investigations or enforcement actions against us.

40

The Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the regulations required by that Act and the actions of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and similar legislation and regulations enacted by other government authorities, could adversely affect us and the scope of our activities, and could adversely affect our operations, results of operations and financial condition.

The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law in the United States on July 21, 2010, calls for significant structural reforms and new substantive regulation across the financial services industry. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, whose purpose is to issue and enforce consumer protection initiatives governing financial products and services, including money transfer services. The CFPB has created additional regulatory oversight for us. The CFPB's regulations implementing the remittance provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have affected our business in a variety of areas. These include: a requirement to provide consumers sending funds internationally from the United States enhanced pre-transaction written disclosures, including the disclosure of third-party fees and taxes, an obligation to resolve various errors, including certain errors that may be outside our control, and an obligation to cancel transactions that have not been completed at a consumer's request. In addition, these regulations impose responsibility on us for any related compliance failures of our agents. These requirements have changed the way we operate our business and along with other potential changes under CFPB regulations could adversely affect our operations and financial results and change the way we operate our business. The Dodd-Frank Act and actions by the CFPB could also have a significant impact on us by, for example, requiring us to limit or change our business practices, limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, requiring us to invest valuable management time and resources in compliance efforts, imposing additional costs on us, requiring us to meet more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, impacting the value of our assets, delaying our ability to respond to marketplace changes, requiring us to alter our products and services in a manner that would make our products less attractive to consumers and impair our ability to offer them profitably, or requiring us to make other changes that could adversely affect our business.

We may also be subject to examination by the CFPB, which in January 2014 initiated a rulemaking process to define "larger participants of a market for other consumer financial products or services" to include companies, such as Western Union, that make at least one million aggregate annual international money transfers. Companies that are included in a final rule will be subject to direct supervision by the CFPB, which may involve providing reports to the CFPB and being examined by the CFPB. The scope, frequency, and details of these reports and examinations are still being developed by the CFPB. In addition, the CFPB has broad authority to enforce consumer financial laws. In July 2011, many consumer financial protection functions formerly assigned to the federal banking agency and other agencies were transferred to the CFPB. The CFPB has a large staff and budget, which is not subject to Congressional appropriation, and has broad authority with respect to our money transfer service and related business. It is authorized to collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. In April 2013, the CFPB expanded the coverage of its consumer complaints portal to permit the submission of complaints regarding money transfer issues. In addition, the CFPB may adopt other regulations governing consumer financial services, including regulations defining unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, and new model disclosures. The CFPB's authority to change regulations adopted in the past by other regulators, or to rescind or ignore past regulatory guidance, could increase our compliance costs and litigation exposure. Our litigation exposure may also be increased by the CFPB's authority to limit or ban pre-dispute arbitration clauses. In December 2013, the CFPB released the preliminary results of its arbitration study, which is widely viewed as the first step in an effort to restrict the use of such clauses in consumer financial contracts.

The effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and the CFPB on our business and operations has been and will continue to be significant and the application of the Dodd-Frank Act's implementing regulations to our business may differ from the application to certain of our competitors, including banks. Some of the Dodd-Frank Act's implementing regulations have not been issued and the function and scope of the CFPB, the reactions of our competitors and the responses of consumers and other marketplace participants are uncertain. Further, and in addition to our own compliance costs, implementation of requirements under Dodd-Frank could impact our business relationships with financial institution customers who outsource processing of consumer transactions to our Business Solutions segment. These financial institutions may determine that the compliance costs associated with providing consumer services are too burdensome and consequently may limit or discontinue offering such services.

41

Rules adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as well as by member states of the European Union pursuant to EMIR, have subjected our foreign exchange hedging transactions, including certain intercompany hedging transactions, certain of the corporate interest rate hedging transactions that we may enter into in the future, and certain of the foreign exchange derivative contracts we offer as part of our Business Solutions segment, to reporting, recordkeeping, and other requirements. Additionally, certain of the corporate interest rate hedging transactions that we may enter into in the future are subject to centralized clearing and margin requirements and certain of our other transactions may become so in the future. Our implementation of these requirements has resulted in additional costs to our business and our failure to implement them correctly could result in fines and other sanctions, as well as necessitate a temporary or permanent cessation to some or all of our hedging activities, and possibly limit the types of derivative contracts we may offer as part of our Business Solutions segment. Any such fines, sanctions or limitations on our business could adversely affect our operations and financial results. Further, we may become subject to additional and potentially costly regulatory and supervisory requirements if we exceed derivative transaction thresholds set forth in Dodd-Frank and EMIR, including subjecting our foreign exchange derivative transactions to centralized clearing and margin requirements under EMIR. Governments outside of the United States and the European Union are also considering or have begun to implement regulations similar to those described above and these will result in greater costs to us as well.

Western Union has been the subject of class-action litigation, and remains thesubject of other litigation.

Western Union has been the subject of class-action litigation in the United States, alleging that its foreign exchange rate disclosures failed to adequately inform consumers about the revenue that Western Union and its agents derive from international remittances. These suits were all settled in or before 2004, without an admission of liability, and we have made changes in our advertising and consumer forms. Future litigation may require that we modify our disclosures or our practices further. These modifications could be costly to implement, restrict our ability to advertise or promote our services, limit the amount of our foreign exchange income and/or change our consumers' behavior.

In addition, as a company that provides global financial services primarily to consumers, we could be subject to future class-action lawsuits, other litigation or regulatory action alleging violations of consumer protection or other laws. We also are subject to claims asserted by consumers based on individual transactions.

42

The Company and one of its subsidiaries are defendants in two purported class action lawsuits: James P. Tennille v. The Western Union Company and Robert P. Smet v. The Western Union Company, both of which are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. The original complaints asserted claims for violation of various consumer protection laws, unjust enrichment, conversion and declaratory relief, based on allegations that the Company waits too long to inform consumers if their money transfers are not redeemed by the recipients and that we use the unredeemed funds to generate income until the funds are escheated to state governments. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the parties executed a settlement agreement, which the Court preliminarily approved on January 3, 2013. On June 25, 2013, the Court entered an order certifying the class and granting final approval to the settlement.  Under the approved settlement, a substantial amount of the settlement proceeds, as well as all of the class counsel’s fees, administrative fees and other expenses, would be paid from the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds, which are included within "Settlement obligations" in our consolidated balance sheets. During the final approval hearing, the Court overruled objections to the settlement that had been filed by several class members. In July 2013, two of those class members filed notices of appeal. The United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit has scheduled oral argument for March 18, 2014. The settlement requires Western Union to deposit the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds into a class settlement fund, from which class member claims, administrative fees and class counsel’s fees, as well as other expenses will be paid. On November 6, 2013, the Attorney General of California notified Western Union of the California Controller’s position that Western Union’s deposit of the unclaimed money transfer funds into the class settlement fund pursuant to the settlement “will not satisfy Western Union’s obligations to report and remit funds” under California’s unclaimed property law, and that “Western Union will remain liable to the State of California” for the funds that would have escheated to California in the absence of the settlement. The State of Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. have expressed similar views. There is thus reason to believe that these and potentially other jurisdictions may bring actions against the Company seeking reimbursement for amounts equal to the class counsel’s fees, administrative costs and other expenses that are paid from the class settlement fund. If such actions are brought or claims that may otherwise require Western Union to incur additional escheatment-related liabilities are asserted, Western Union would defend itself vigorously. For more information, see Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 5, "Commitments and Contingencies."

All of the actions described below are in a preliminary stage and the Company is unable to predict the outcome, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with these actions. The Company and the named individuals intend to vigorously defend themselves in all of these matters.

On December 10, 2013, the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado against The Western Union Company, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a former executive officer of the Company, asserting claims under sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against all defendants, and under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the individual defendants. Plaintiff alleges that during the alleged class period, February 7, 2012 through October 30, 2012, defendants made false or misleading statements or failed to disclose adverse facts known to them, including: (1) the Company was experiencing difficulties in complying with its increased duties required by the Southwest Border Agreement and that the State of Arizona was dissatisfied with the Company’s efforts; (2) the Company was spending significantly more than forecast on its efforts to satisfy the compliance and monitoring program; (3) the Company had downplayed the impact that changes in its compliance and regulatory environment were having on its operations, including its operations in Mexico and Latin America; (4) the scope of the Monitor’s review was being expanded to include Western Union Business Solutions, which would increase compliance costs; and (5) the Company’s ability to charge a premium for its core money transfer product was under competitive pressure, which would require drastic price reductions to stem market share losses. On January 30, 2014, another shareholder, Norma A. Garavaglia, filed a second purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado that names the same defendants and contains allegations which are substantially similar to those made in the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit.

43

On January 13, 2014, Natalie Gordon served the Company with a Verified Shareholder Derivative Complaint and Jury Demand that was filed in District Court, Douglas County, Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty and gross mismanagement against all individual defendants and unjust enrichment against the President and Chief Executive Officer and the former executive officer based on allegations that between February 12, 2012 to October 30, 2012, the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement, including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement, potential effects on business operations, and Company projections. Plaintiff also alleges that the individual defendants caused or allowed the Company to lack requisite internal controls, caused or allowed financial statements to be misstated, and caused the Company to be subject to the costs, expenses and liabilities associated with the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit. Plaintiff further alleges that the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer received excessive compensation based on the allegedly inaccurate financial statements.

On January 19, 2014, Stanley Leiblein filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The allegations and claims in this lawsuit are similar to those made in the Gordon lawsuit but relate to a longer period - April 27, 2010 through October 30, 2012. The complaint asserts claims for violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its stock at an alleged cost of $1.557 billion; for violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and waste of corporate assets against the director defendants in connection with the Company’s stock repurchases; for breaches of fiduciary duty against all of the individual defendants; for unjust enrichment against all of the individual defendants relating to their receipt of compensation; and for misappropriation of information and insider trading against a former executive officer of the Company. The claims are based on allegations that the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement (including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement and potential effects on business operations), Company projections and trends and the adequacy of internal controls.

On February 11, 2014, R. Andre Klein filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The allegations and claims in this lawsuit are similar to those made in the Leiblein lawsuit and relate to the same period - April 27, 2010 through October 30, 2012. The complaint asserts claims for violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its stock at an alleged cost of $1.557 billion; for violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants in connection with the Company’s stock repurchases; for breaches of fiduciary duty against all of the individual defendants; for unjust enrichment against all of the individual defendants relating to their receipt of compensation; for abuse of control and gross mismanagement against all of the individual defendants; and for misappropriation of information and insider trading against a former executive officer of the Company. The claims are based on allegations that the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement (including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement and potential effects on business operations), Company projections and trends and the adequacy of internal controls.

44

On February 20, 2014, City of Cambridge Retirement System filed a Verified Shareholder Derivative Complaint and Jury Demand in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, another current executive officer, two of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants, violation of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants, violation of Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer and violation of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants and a former executive officer. The claims are based on, among other things, allegations that the director defendants affirmatively declined to stop and prevent the Company’s non-compliance with state and federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations after receiving red flags indicating prolonged willful illegality, reappointed the same directors to the Company’s Audit Committee between 2006 and 2014 and awarded excessive compensation packages to Western Union’s senior executives despite the executives' responsibility for the Company’s non-compliance with state and federal anti-money laundering laws. The complaint also alleges that between 2009 and 2013, the director defendants caused the Company to issue proxy statements that contained materially incomplete and inaccurate disclosures, including that the Company’s financial results depended on the non-compliance with anti-money laundering requirements; the Board was aware of regulatory and criminal enforcement actions and that the directors were not curing violations; the extent to which the Board considered increasing red flags in their determination to re-nominate certain directors to the Audit Committee; and the extent to which the Board considered ongoing regulatory and criminal investigations in awarding compensation to senior executives. The complaint further alleges that the officer defendants caused the Company to willfully ignore the mandatory recording and reporting requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act and similar state laws and authorized and implemented policies and practices they knew or should have known to be inadequate for monitoring and enforcing compliance with those requirements. In addition, the complaint alleges that between April 27, 2010 and October 30, 2012, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and one of its former executive officers made or participated in the preparation and dissemination of materially false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the Company’s cooperation with the Southwest Border Monitor and progress in improving its anti-money laundering monitoring program, and that they profited from those statements through insider stock sales at artificially inflated stock prices and caused the Company to suffer damages via the repurchase of its stock.

Additional civil actions or any criminal actions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Current and proposed regulation addressing consumer privacy and data use and security could increase our costs of operations, which could adversely affect our operations, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to requirements relating to privacy and data use and security under federal, state and foreign laws. For example, the United States Federal Trade Commission has an on-going program of investigating the privacy practices of companies and has commenced enforcement actions against many, resulting in multi-million dollar settlements and multi-year agreements governing the settling companies' privacy practices. Furthermore, certain industry groups require us to adhere to privacy requirements in addition to federal, state and foreign laws, and certain of our business relationships depend upon our compliance with these requirements. As the number of countries enacting privacy and related laws increases and the scope of these laws and enforcement efforts expand, we will increasingly become subject to new and varying requirements. Failure to comply with existing or future privacy and data use and security laws, regulations, and requirements to which we are subject or could become subject, including by reason of inadvertent disclosure of confidential information, could result in fines, sanctions, penalties or other adverse consequences and loss of consumer confidence, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, overall business and reputation.

45

In addition, in connection with regulatory requirements to assist in the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing and pursuant to legal obligations and authorizations, Western Union makes information available to certain United States federal and state, as well as certain foreign, government agencies when required by law. In recent years, Western Union has experienced increasing data sharing requests by these agencies, particularly in connection with efforts to prevent terrorist financing or reduce the risk of identity theft. During the same period, there has also been increased public attention to the corporate use and disclosure of personal information, accompanied by legislation and regulations intended to strengthen data protection, information security and consumer privacy. These regulatory goals - the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing and identity theft and the protection of the individual's right to privacy - may conflict, and the law in these areas is not consistent or settled. While we believe that Western Union is compliant with its regulatory responsibilities, the legal, political and business environments in these areas are rapidly changing, and subsequent legislation, regulation, litigation, court rulings or other events could expose Western Union to increased program costs, liability and reputational damage.

We are subject to unclaimed property laws, and differences between the amounts we have accrued for unclaimed property and amounts that are claimed by a state or foreign jurisdiction could have a significant impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to unclaimed property laws in the United States and abroad which require us to turn over to certain government authorities the property of others held by us that has been unclaimed for a specified period of time, such as unpaid money transfers. We have an ongoing program to comply with those laws. In addition, we are subject to audits with regard to our escheatment practices. Any difference between the amounts we have accrued for unclaimed property and amounts that are claimed by a state or foreign jurisdiction could have a significant impact on our results of operations and cash flows. See "Unclaimed Property Regulations" for further discussion.

Our consolidated balance sheet may not contain sufficient amounts or types ofregulatory capital to meet the changing requirements of our various regulatorsworldwide, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and resultsof operations.

Our regulators expect us to possess sufficient financial soundness and strength to adequately support our regulated subsidiaries. We have substantial indebtedness as of December 31, 2013, which could make it more difficult to meet these requirements if such requirements are increased. In addition, although we are not a bank holding company for purposes of United States law or the law of any other jurisdiction, as a global provider of payments services and in light of the changing regulatory environment in various jurisdictions, we could become subject to new capital requirements introduced or imposed by our regulators that could require us to issue securities that would qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital under the Basel Committee accords or retain earnings over a period of time. Also, our regulators specify the amount and composition of settlement assets that certain of our subsidiaries must hold in order to satisfy our outstanding settlement obligations. These regulators could further restrict the type of instruments that qualify as settlement assets or these regulators could require our regulated subsidiaries to maintain higher levels of settlement assets. For example, we have seen increased scrutiny from government regulators regarding the sufficiency of our capitalization and the appropriateness of our investments held in order to comply with state and other licensing requirements. Any change or increase in these regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

46

Risks Relating to the Spin-Off

We were incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Data on February 17, 2006. On September 29, 2006, First Data distributed 100% of its money transfer and consumer payments businesses and its interest in a Western Union money transfer agent, as well as related assets, including real estate, through a tax-free distribution to First Data shareholders (the "Spin-off") through this previously owned subsidiary.

If the Spin-off does not qualify as a tax-free transaction, First Data and itsstockholders could be subject to material amounts of taxes and, in certain circumstances,we could be required to indemnify First Data for material taxespursuant to indemnification obligations under the tax allocation agreement.

First Data received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the Spin-off (including certain related transactions) qualifies as a tax-free transaction to First Data, us and First Data stockholders for United States federal income tax purposes under sections 355, 368 and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, assuming, among other things, the accuracy of the representations made by First Data to the IRS in the private letter ruling request. If the factual assumptions or representations made in the private letter ruling request were determined to be untrue or incomplete, then First Data and ourselves would not be able to rely on the ruling.

The Spin-off was conditioned upon First Data's receipt of an opinion of Sidley Austin LLP, counsel to First Data, to the effect that, with respect to requirements on which the IRS did not rule, those requirements would be satisfied. The opinion was based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters made by First Data and us which, if untrue or incomplete, would jeopardize the conclusions reached by counsel in its opinion. The opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion.

If, notwithstanding receipt of the private letter ruling and opinion of tax counsel, the Spin-off were determined to be a taxable transaction, each holder of First Data common stock who received shares of our common stock in connection with the Spin-off would generally be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair value of our common stock received. First Data would recognize taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair value of the consideration received by First Data in the contribution over First Data's tax basis in the assets contributed to us in the contribution. If First Data were unable to pay any taxes for which it is responsible under the tax allocation agreement, the IRS might seek to collect such taxes from Western Union.

Even if the Spin-off otherwise qualified as a tax-free distribution under section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Spin-off may result in significant United States federal income tax liabilities to First Data if 50% or more of First Data's stock or our stock (in each case, by vote or value) is treated as having been acquired, directly or indirectly, by one or more persons as part of a plan (or series of related transactions) that includes the Spin-off. For purposes of this test, any acquisitions, or any understanding, arrangement or substantial negotiations regarding an acquisition, within two years before or after the Spin-off are subject to special scrutiny.

With respect to taxes and other liabilities that could be imposed as a result of a final determination that is inconsistent with the anticipated tax consequences of the Spin-off (as set forth in the private letter ruling and relevant tax opinion) ("Spin-off Related Taxes"), we, one of our affiliates or any person that, after the Spin-off, is an affiliate thereof, will be liable to First Data for any such Spin-off Related Taxes attributable solely to actions taken by or with respect to us. In addition, we will also be liable for 50% of any Spin-off Related Taxes (i) that would not have been imposed but for the existence of both an action by us and an action by First Data or (ii) where we and First Data each take actions that, standing alone, would have resulted in the imposition of such Spin-off Related Taxes. We may be similarly liable if we breach certain representations or covenants set forth in the tax allocation agreement. If we are required to indemnify First Data for taxes incurred as a result of the Spin-off being taxable to First Data, it likely would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

47

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

Properties and Facilities

As of December 31, 2013, we have offices in over 50 countries, which includes five owned facilities and approximately 20 United States and over 400 international leased properties. Our owned facilities include our corporate headquarters located in Englewood, Colorado.

Our owned and leased facilities are used for operational, sales and administrative purposes in support of our Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business, and Business Solutions segments and are all currently being utilized. In certain locations, our offices include customer service centers, where our employees answer operational questions from agents and customers. Our office in Dublin, Ireland serves as our international headquarters.

We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate for our current business; however, we periodically review our facility requirements and may acquire new facilities and update existing facilities to meet the needs of our business or consolidate and dispose of or sublet facilities which are no longer required.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On December 10, 2013, the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado against The Western Union Company, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a former executive officer of the Company, asserting claims under sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against all defendants, and under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the individual defendants. Plaintiff alleges that during the alleged class period, February 7, 2012 through October 30, 2012, defendants made false or misleading statements or failed to disclose adverse facts known to them, including: (1) the Company was experiencing difficulties in complying with its increased duties required by the Southwest Border Agreement and that the State of Arizona was dissatisfied with the Company’s efforts; (2) the Company was spending significantly more than forecast on its efforts to satisfy the compliance and monitoring program; (3) the Company had downplayed the impact that changes in its compliance and regulatory environment were having on its operations, including its operations in Mexico and Latin America; (4) the scope of the Monitor’s review was being expanded to include Western Union Business Solutions, which would increase compliance costs; and (5) the Company’s ability to charge a premium for its core money transfer product was under competitive pressure, which would require drastic price reductions to stem market share losses. On January 30, 2014, another shareholder, Norma A. Garavaglia, filed a second purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado that names the same defendants and contains allegations which are substantially similar to those made in the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit.

On January 13, 2014, Natalie Gordon served the Company with a Verified Shareholder Derivative Complaint and Jury Demand that was filed in District Court, Douglas County, Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty and gross mismanagement against all individual defendants and unjust enrichment against the President and Chief Executive Officer and the former executive officer based on allegations that between February 12, 2012 to October 30, 2012, the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement, including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement, potential effects on business operations, and Company projections. Plaintiff also alleges that the individual defendants caused or allowed the Company to lack requisite internal controls, caused or allowed financial statements to be misstated, and caused the Company to be subject to the costs, expenses and liabilities associated with the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit. Plaintiff further alleges that the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer received excessive compensation based on the allegedly inaccurate financial statements.

48

On January 19, 2014, Stanley Leiblein filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The allegations and claims in this lawsuit are similar to those made in the Gordon lawsuit but relate to a longer period - April 27, 2010 through October 30, 2012. The complaint asserts claims for violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its stock at an alleged cost of $1.557 billion; for violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and waste of corporate assets against the director defendants in connection with the Company’s stock repurchases; for breaches of fiduciary duty against all of the individual defendants; for unjust enrichment against all of the individual defendants relating to their receipt of compensation; and for misappropriation of information and insider trading against a former executive officer of the Company. The claims are based on allegations that the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement (including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement and potential effects on business operations), Company projections and trends and the adequacy of internal controls.

On February 11, 2014, R. Andre Klein filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, one of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The allegations and claims in this lawsuit are similar to those made in the Leiblein lawsuit and relate to the same period - April 27, 2010 through October 30, 2012. The complaint asserts claims for violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its stock at an alleged cost of $1.557 billion; for violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants in connection with the Company’s stock repurchases; for breaches of fiduciary duty against all of the individual defendants; for unjust enrichment against all of the individual defendants relating to their receipt of compensation; for abuse of control and gross mismanagement against all of the individual defendants; and for misappropriation of information and insider trading against a former executive officer of the Company. The claims are based on allegations that the individual defendants made or caused the Company to issue false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the effects of the Southwest Border Agreement (including regarding the anticipated costs of compliance with the Southwest Border Agreement and potential effects on business operations), Company projections and trends and the adequacy of internal controls.

49

On February 20, 2014, City of Cambridge Retirement System filed a Verified Shareholder Derivative Complaint and Jury Demand in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado naming the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, another current executive officer, two of its former executive officers, and all but one of its current directors as individual defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants, violation of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants, violation of Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a former executive officer and violation of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the director defendants and a former executive officer. The claims are based on, among other things, allegations that the director defendants affirmatively declined to stop and prevent the Company’s non-compliance with state and federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations after receiving red flags indicating prolonged willful illegality, reappointed the same directors to the Company’s Audit Committee between 2006 and 2014 and awarded excessive compensation packages to Western Union’s senior executives despite the executives' responsibility for the Company’s non-compliance with state and federal anti-money laundering laws. The complaint also alleges that between 2009 and 2013, the director defendants caused the Company to issue proxy statements that contained materially incomplete and inaccurate disclosures, including that the Company’s financial results depended on the non-compliance with anti-money laundering requirements; the Board was aware of regulatory and criminal enforcement actions and that the directors were not curing violations; the extent to which the Board considered increasing red flags in their determination to re-nominate certain directors to the Audit Committee; and the extent to which the Board considered ongoing regulatory and criminal investigations in awarding compensation to senior executives. The complaint further alleges that the officer defendants caused the Company to willfully ignore the mandatory recording and reporting requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act and similar state laws and authorized and implemented policies and practices they knew or should have known to be inadequate for monitoring and enforcing compliance with those requirements. In addition, the complaint alleges that between April 27, 2010 and October 30, 2012, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and one of its former executive officers made or participated in the preparation and dissemination of materially false and misleading statements or failed to make adequate disclosures regarding, among other things, the Company’s cooperation with the Southwest Border Monitor and progress in improving its anti-money laundering monitoring program, and that they profited from those statements through insider stock sales at artificially inflated stock prices and caused the Company to suffer damages via the repurchase of its stock.

All of the actions described above are in a preliminary stage and the Company is unable to predict the outcome, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with these actions. The Company and the named individuals intend to vigorously defend themselves in all of these matters.

On November 25, 2013, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Middle District of Pennsylvania (“USAO-MDPA”) seeking documents relating to complaints made to the Company by consumers anywhere in the world relating to fraud-induced money transfers since January 1, 2008.  Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is the subject of the investigation. Since November 25, 2013, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO-MDPA seeking documents relating to certain Western Union agents and Western Union’s agent suspension and termination policies.   The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company is cooperating fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

50

The Company has had discussions with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") regarding the Company's consumer protection and anti-fraud programs. On December 12, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand ("CID") from the FTC requesting that the Company produce (i) all documents relating to communications with the monitor appointed pursuant to the agreement and settlement the Company entered into with the State of Arizona on February 11, 2010, including information the Company provided to the monitor and any reports prepared by the monitor, and (ii) all documents relating to complaints made to the Company by consumers anywhere in the world relating to fraud-induced money transfers since January 1, 2011. On April 15, 2013, the FTC filed a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting an order to compel production of the requested documents. On June 6, 2013, the Court granted in part and denied in part the FTC's request. On August 14, 2013, the FTC filed a notice of appeal. On August 27, 2013, Western Union filed a notice of cross-appeal. On February 21, 2014, the Company received another CID from the FTC requesting the production of all documents relating to complaints made to the Company by or on behalf of consumers relating to fraud-induced money transfers that were sent from or received in the United States since January 1, 2004, except for documents that were already produced to the FTC in response to the first CID. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of this matter, or provide a range of loss, if any, which could be associated with any possible claims that might be brought against the Company.

On March 20, 2012, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney's Office for the Central District of California ("USAO") seeking documents relating to Shen Zhou International ("US Shen Zhou"), a former Western Union agent located in Monterey Park, California. The principal of US Shen Zhou was indicted in 2010 and in December 2013, pled guilty to one count of structuring international money transfers in violation of United States federal law in U.S. v. Zhi He Wang (SA CR 10-196, C.D. Cal.). Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is a target of an ongoing investigation into structuring and money laundering. Since March 20, 2012, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO seeking additional documents relating to US Shen Zhou, materials relating to certain other former and current agents and other materials relating to the Company's anti-money laundering compliance policies and procedures. The government has interviewed several current and former Western Union employees and has served grand jury subpoenas seeking testimony from several current and former employees. The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2011, 2012 and 2013, Western Union received Civil Investigative Demands from certain state attorneys general who have initiated an investigation into the adequacy of the Company's consumer protection efforts over the last several years. The Civil Investigative Demands seek information and documents relating to money transfers sent from the United States to certain countries, consumer fraud complaints that the Company has received and the Company's procedures to help identify and prevent fraudulent transfers. Due to the stage of the investigation, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with any possible civil claims that might be brought by one or more of the states. Should such claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards, or regulatory consequences, or compulsory changes in our business practices, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Company is a party to a variety of other legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business. While the results of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the final outcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

51

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERSAND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "WU." There were 4,238 stockholders of record as of February 18, 2014. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. The following table presents the high and low prices of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange as well as dividends declared per share during the calendar quarter indicated.

	Common Stock				Dividends
	Market Price				Declared
	High		Low		per Share
2013
First Quarter	$	15.05	$	13.23	$	0.125
Second Quarter	17.23		14.24		0.125
Third Quarter	19.11		16.63		0.125
Fourth Quarter	19.50		15.51		0.125
2012
First Quarter	$	19.82	$	16.99	$	0.10
Second Quarter	18.68		15.79		0.10
Third Quarter	19.14		16.32		0.10
Fourth Quarter	18.60		11.93		0.125

The following table sets forth stock repurchases for each of the three months of the quarter ended December 31, 2013:

	Total Number of Shares Purchased*	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs**	Remaining Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (In millions)
October 1 - 31	675	$	18.78	—	$	59.2
November 1 - 30	2,451,107	16.82		2,444,035	$	18.1
December 1 - 31	1,088,613	16.72		1,080,422	$	—
Total	3,540,395	$	16.79	3,524,457

____________

*

These amounts represent both shares authorized by the Board of Directors for repurchase under a publicly announced plan, as described below, as well as shares withheld from employees to cover tax withholding obligations on restricted stock units that have vested.

**

On February 11, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized $500 million of common stock repurchases through June 30, 2015. Management has historically and may continue to establish prearranged written plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1. A Rule 10b5-1 plan permits us to repurchase shares at times when we may otherwise be unable to do so, provided the plan is adopted when we are not aware of material non-public information.

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 16, "Stock Compensation Plans" for information related to our equity compensation plans.

52

Dividend Policy and Share Repurchases

During 2013, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per common share payable on December 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, June 28, 2013 and March 29, 2013. During 2012, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per common share payable on December 31, 2012, and $0.10 per common share payable on October 8, 2012, June 29, 2012 and March 30, 2012. The declaration or authorization and amount of future dividends or share repurchases will be determined by the Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, available U.S. cash, capital requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and any other factors that the Board of Directors believes are relevant. As a holding company with no material assets other than the capital stock of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares in future periods will be dependent primarily on our receiving dividends from our operating subsidiaries. Several of our operating subsidiaries are subject to financial services regulations and their ability to pay dividends may be restricted.

On February 21, 2014, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share payable on March 31, 2014.

53

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is presented on a consolidated basis and includes the accounts of the Company and our majority-owned subsidiaries. Our selected historical financial data are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition, future results of operations or future cash flows.

You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Statements of Income Data:
Revenues (a)	$	5,542.0		$	5,664.8		$	5,491.4		$	5,192.7		$	5,083.6
Operating expenses (b) (c)	4,434.6			4,334.8			4,106.4			3,892.6			3,800.9
Operating income (a) (b) (c)	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,385.0			1,300.1			1,282.7
Interest income (d)	9.4			5.5			5.2			2.8			9.4
Interest expense (e)	(195.6		)	(179.6		)	(181.9		)	(169.9		)	(157.9		)
Other income/(expense), net, excluding interest income and interest expense (f)	5.7			12.9			66.3			12.2			(2.7		)
Income before income taxes (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)	926.9			1,168.8			1,274.6			1,145.2			1,131.5
Net income (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)	798.4			1,025.9			1,165.4			909.9			848.8
Depreciation and amortization	262.8			246.1			192.6			175.9			154.2
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities (h)	1,088.6			1,185.3			1,174.9			994.4			1,218.1
Capital expenditures (i)	(241.3		)	(268.2		)	(162.5		)	(113.7		)	(98.9		)
Common stock repurchased (j)	(399.7		)	(766.5		)	(803.9		)	(581.4		)	(400.2		)
Earnings Per Share Data:
Basic (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (j)	$	1.43		$	1.70		$	1.85		$	1.37		$	1.21
Diluted (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (j)	$	1.43		$	1.69		$	1.84		$	1.36		$	1.21
Cash dividends to stockholders per common share (k)	$	0.50		$	0.425		$	0.31		$	0.25		$	0.06
Key Indicators (unaudited):
Consumer-to-Consumer transactions (l)	242.34			230.98			225.79			213.74			196.11

	As of December 31,
(in millions)	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Balance Sheet Data:
Settlement assets	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6	$	3,091.2	$	2,635.2	$	2,389.1
Total assets	10,121.3		9,465.7		9,069.9		7,929.2		7,353.4
Settlement obligations	3,270.4		3,114.6		3,091.2		2,635.2		2,389.1
Total borrowings	4,213.0		4,029.2		3,583.2		3,289.9		3,048.5
Total liabilities	9,016.6		8,525.1		8,175.1		7,346.5		6,999.9
Total stockholders’ equity	1,104.7		940.6		894.8		582.7		353.5

____________

54

(a)	Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 included $238.5 million and $35.2 million, respectively, of revenue related to Travelex Global Business Payments ("TGBP"), which was acquired in November 2011. Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 included $111.0 million and $30.8 million, respectively, of revenue related to the Custom House Ltd. ("Custom House") acquisition in September 2009. TGBP and Custom House have subsequently been rebranded to "Western Union Business Solutions."
(b)	Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included $46.8 million and $59.5 million of restructuring and related expenses, respectively, associated with a restructuring plan designed to reduce overall headcount and migrate positions from various facilities, primarily within the United States and Europe, to regional operating centers.
(c)	Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 included an accrual of $71.0 million resulting from an agreement and settlement, which resolved all outstanding legal issues and claims with the State of Arizona and required us to fund a multi-state not-for-profit organization promoting safety and security along the United States and Mexico border, in which California, Texas and New Mexico have participated with Arizona. The settlement agreement was signed on February 11, 2010.
(d)	Interest income consists of interest earned on cash balances not required to satisfy settlement obligations and in connection with loans previously made to certain existing agents.
(e)	Interest expense primarily relates to our outstanding borrowings.
(f)	In 2011, we recognized gains of $20.5 million and $29.4 million, in connection with the remeasurement of our former equity interests in Finint, S.r.l. and Angelo Costa, S.r.l., respectively, to fair value. These equity interests were remeasured in conjunction with our purchases of the remaining interests in these entities that we previously did not hold. Additionally, in 2011, we recognized a $20.8 million net gain on foreign currency forward contracts entered into in order to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition. In 2009, given the increased uncertainty, at that time, surrounding the numerous third-party legal claims associated with our receivable from the Reserve International Liquidity Fund, Ltd., we reserved $12.0 million representing the estimated impact of a pro-rata distribution. In 2010, we recorded a recovery of this reserve of $6.3 million due to the final settlement of this receivable.
(g)	In December 2011, we reached an agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS Agreement") resolving substantially all of the issues related to the restructuring of our international operations in 2003. As a result of the IRS Agreement, we recognized a tax benefit of $204.7 million related to the adjustment of reserves associated with this matter.
(h)	Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 2012 was impacted by tax payments of $92.4 million made as a result of the IRS Agreement. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to a $250 million tax deposit made relating to United States federal tax liabilities, including those arising from our 2003 international restructuring, which were previously accrued in our consolidated financial statements. Also impacting net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 were cash payments of $71.0 million related to the agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and other states.
(i)	Capital expenditures include capitalization of contract costs, capitalization of purchased and developed software and purchases of property and equipment.
(j)	On February 11, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized $500 million of common stock repurchases through June 30, 2015. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we repurchased 25.7 million, 51.0 million, 40.3 million, 35.6 million and 24.8 million shares, respectively.
(k)	During 2013, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per common share. During 2012, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per common share in the fourth quarter and $0.10 per common share in each of the first three quarters. During 2011, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.08 per common share in each of the last three quarters and $0.07 per common share in the first quarter. During 2010, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per common share in the fourth quarter and $0.06 per common share in each of the first three quarters. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Board of Directors declared an annual cash dividend of $0.06 per common share.
(l)	Consumer-to-Consumer transactions include Western Union, Vigo and Orlandi Valuta branded Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer services worldwide.

55

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidatedfinancial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in thisAnnual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-Kcontains certain statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of thePrivate Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Certain statements contained in theManagement's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results ofOperations are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Theforward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on currentexpectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business andfuture financial results. Our actual results could differ materially from theresults contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors,including those discussed in other sections of this Annual Report onForm 10-K. See "Risk Factors" and "Forward-looking Statements."

Overview

We are a leading provider of money movement and payment services, operating in three business segments:

• Consumer-to-Consumer - The Consumer-to-Consumer operating segment facilitates money transfers between two consumers, primarily through a network of third-party agents. Our multi-currency, real-time money transfer service is viewed by us as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world. Our money transfer services are available for international cross-border transfers - that is, the transfer of funds from one country to another - and, in certain countries, intra-country transfers - that is, money transfers from one location to another in the same country. This segment also includes money transfer transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers.

• Consumer-to-Business - The Consumer-to-Business operating segment facilitates bill payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses. The significant majority of the segment's revenue was generated in the United States during all periods presented, with the remainder primarily generated in Argentina.

• Business Solutions - The Business Solutions operating segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals. The majority of the segment's business relates to exchanges of currency at the spot rate, which enables customers to make cross-currency payments. In addition, in certain countries, we write foreign currency forward and option contracts for customers to facilitate future payments. Travelex Global Business Payments ("TGBP"), which was acquired in November 2011, is included in this segment.

All businesses that have not been classified in the above segments are reported as "Other" and primarily include our money order, prepaid and other businesses and services, in addition to costs for the review and closing of acquisitions.

56

Our key strategic priorities are focused on:

• Strengthening consumer money transfer - We continue to implement key actions in our consumer money transfer business, including: expanding digital money transfer channels; optimizing the performance of the distribution network; strengthening our customer relationships; and enhancing our compliance capabilities. We also plan to continue connecting the cash and digital worlds for our consumers. Digital and electronic account based money transfer channels delivered strong growth in 2013 and generated new customer acquisitions. We plan to accelerate usage in 2014 through added capabilities, enhanced value propositions and expanded reach. Money transfer services through electronic channels, which include online, account based, and mobile money transfer, combined were approximately 5% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.

• Driving growth in Western Union Business Solutions - In Western Union Business Solutions, we are working to drive new customer acquisition and growth opportunities with existing customers through increased sales effectiveness and tailored product solutions for specific market segments. Business Solutions represented 7% of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.

• Generating and deploying cash flow for shareholders - We currently expect to generate significant cash flow and anticipate continuing to return capital to our shareholders in 2014 through both dividends and share repurchases, subject to U.S. cash availability, targeted investment grade credit ratings, and other factors.

57

Results of Operations

The following discussion of our consolidated results of operations and segment results refers to the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The results of operations should be read in conjunction with the discussion of our segment results of operations, which provide more detailed discussions concerning certain components of the Consolidated Statements of Income. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between our segments have been eliminated.

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

										% Change
	Year Ended December 31,									2013		2012
(in millions, except per share amounts)	2013			2012			2011			vs. 2012		vs. 2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees	$	4,065.8		$	4,210.0		$	4,220.2		(3	)%	0	%
Foreign exchange revenues	1,348.0			1,332.7			1,151.2			1	%	16	%
Other revenues	128.2			122.1			120.0			5	%	2	%
Total revenues	5,542.0			5,664.8			5,491.4			(2	)%	3	%
Expenses:
Cost of services	3,235.0			3,194.2			3,102.0			1	%	3	%
Selling, general and administrative	1,199.6			1,140.6			1,004.4			5	%	14	%
Total expenses	4,434.6			4,334.8			4,106.4			2	%	6	%
Operating income	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,385.0			(17	)%	(4	)%
Other income/(expense):
Interest income	9.4			5.5			5.2			71	%	6	%
Interest expense	(195.6		)	(179.6		)	(181.9		)	9	%	(1	)%
Derivative gains/(losses), net	(1.3		)	0.5			14.0			*		(96	)%
Other income, net	7.0			12.4			52.3			(44	)%	(76	)%
Total other expense, net	(180.5		)	(161.2		)	(110.4		)	12	%	46	%
Income before income taxes	926.9			1,168.8			1,274.6			(21	)%	(8	)%
Provision for income taxes	128.5			142.9			109.2			(10	)%	31	%
Net income	$	798.4		$	1,025.9		$	1,165.4		(22	)%	(12	)%
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.43		$	1.70		$	1.85		(16	)%	(8	)%
Diluted	$	1.43		$	1.69		$	1.84		(15	)%	(8	)%
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	556.6			604.9			630.6
Diluted	559.7			607.4			634.2

____________

* Calculation not meaningful

58

Revenues overview

Transaction volume is the primary generator of revenue in our businesses. Transaction fees are fees that consumers pay when they send money or make payments. Consumer-to-Consumer transaction fees generally vary according to the principal amount of the money transfer and the locations from and to which the funds are sent and received. Additionally, in certain consumer money transfer and Business Solutions transactions involving different send and receive currencies, we generate foreign exchange revenues based on the difference between the exchange rate set by us to the consumer or business and the rate at which we or our agents are able to acquire the currency. In our Consumer-to-Consumer business, foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by international Consumer-to-Consumer cross-currency transactions. The majority of transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues were contributed by our Consumer-to-Consumer segment for all periods presented, which is discussed in greater detail in "Segment Discussion."

2013 compared to 2012

Consolidated revenue decreased 2% during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. This decrease was caused by our Consumer-to-Consumer segment, primarily due to price reductions in key corridors and the impact of compliance related actions in various corridors (see "Enhanced Regulatory Compliance" described below), partially offset by Consumer-to-Consumer transaction growth. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies negatively impacted revenue growth by approximately 1% in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Foreign exchange revenues increased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to growth in our Business Solutions segment and increased amounts of cross-border principal sent in our Consumer-to-Consumer segment, partially offset by price reductions in certain corridors in our Consumer-to-Consumer segment.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and other currencies have resulted in a reduction to transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $70.3 million over the previous year, net of foreign currency hedges, that would not have occurred had there been constant currency rates.

2012 compared to 2011

Consolidated revenue increased 3% during the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the acquisition of TGBP, which contributed approximately 4% to consolidated revenue growth for the period, and Consumer-to-Consumer transaction growth of 2%, partially offset by the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies and slight price reductions. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies negatively impacted revenue growth by approximately 2% in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Foreign exchange revenues increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to the acquisition of TGBP.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and other currencies resulted in a reduction to transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $93.8 million over the previous year, net of foreign currency hedges, that would not have occurred had there been constant currency rates.

59

Operating expenses overview

Enhanced Regulatory Compliance

The financial services industry, including money services businesses, continues to be subject to increasingly strict legal and regulatory requirements, and we regularly review our compliance programs. In connection with these reviews, and in light of growing and rapidly evolving regulatory complexity and heightened attention of, and increased dialogue with, governmental and regulatory authorities related to our compliance activities, we have made, and continue to make enhancements to our processes and systems designed to deter and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, and fraud and other illicit activity, along with enhancements to improve consumer protection related to the Dodd-Frank Act and other matters. In coming periods we expect these enhancements will continue to result in changes to certain of our business practices and increased costs. Some of these changes have had, and we believe will continue to have, an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives

In the fourth quarter of 2012 and throughout 2013, we implemented additional initiatives to improve productivity and reduce costs. We incurred $56.9 million and $30.9 million of expenses related to these initiatives for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect these initiatives to result in approximately $45 million of estimated incremental cost savings in 2014.

TGBP integration expenses

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred $19.3 million, $42.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP. TGBP integration expense consists of severance and other benefits, retention, direct and incremental expense consisting of facility relocation, consolidation and closures; IT systems integration; amortization of a transitional trademark license; and other expenses such as training, travel and professional fees. Integration expense does not include costs related to the completion of the TGBP acquisition.

Cost of services

Cost of services primarily consists of agent commissions, which represented approximately two-thirds of total cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2013 and generally fluctuate as revenues fluctuate.

Cost of services increased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to investments in our strategic initiatives, primarily in information technology, increased variable costs that increase as transactions increase, costs associated with our productivity and cost-savings initiatives, and increased compliance program costs (see "Enhanced Regulatory Compliance" described above), partially offset by reduced agent commissions, which decrease as revenue decreases, the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies, which resulted in a positive impact on the translation of our expenses, and savings from our productivity and cost-savings initiatives. We currently expect agent commission rates for our walk-in services of our Consumer-to-Consumer segment to increase primarily due to the recent renewal of certain strategic agent agreements.

Cost of services increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year primarily due to incremental costs associated with the TGBP acquisition, including depreciation and amortization, investments in our strategic initiatives and compliance program costs, and increased bad debt losses, partially offset by the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies, which resulted in a positive impact on the translation of our expenses, net commission savings, including the impact from the acquisitions of Finint S.r.l ("Finint") and Angelo Costa S.r.l ("Costa"), and a net decrease in bank fees due to the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act (the "Durbin Legislation").

60

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") increased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to increased compliance program costs, including costs related to our amended settlement agreement with the State of Arizona (see "Enhanced Regulatory Compliance" described above), investments in our strategic initiatives, lower compensation expenses in 2012, and costs associated with our productivity and cost savings initiatives, partially offset by decreased TGBP integration costs, savings from our productivity and cost-savings initiatives, decreased marketing expenses, and the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies, which resulted in a positive impact on the translation of our expenses.

SG&A increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year primarily due to increased expenses resulting from the acquisitions of TGBP, Finint and Costa, including integration costs, investments in our strategic initiatives and compliance program costs, and costs associated with the productivity and cost-savings initiatives implemented in the fourth quarter of 2012, partially offset by the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies, which resulted in a positive impact on the translation of our expenses, the restructuring costs incurred in 2011, which did not recur in 2012, and decreased compensation expenses.

Total other expense, net

Total other expense, net increased during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to increased interest expense related to higher average debt balances outstanding. Additionally, total other expense, net increased due to other gains recognized in 2012 that did not occur in 2013.

Total other expense, net increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year primarily due to the prior year gains of $20.5 million and $29.4 million in connection with the remeasurement of our former equity interests in Finint and Costa, respectively, to fair value, associated with these acquisitions. Additionally, during the prior year we recognized a $20.8 million net gain on foreign currency forward contracts entered into in order to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition.

Income taxes

Our effective tax rates on pre-tax income were 13.9%, 12.2% and 8.6% for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to the combined effect of various discrete items, partially offset by an increasing proportion of profits that were foreign-derived in 2013, and generally taxed at lower rates than our combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. The increase in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to the impact of an agreement with the IRS related to audits of previous years ("IRS Agreement"), which resulted in a tax benefit of $204.7 million related to the adjustment of reserves associated with this matter during 2011, partially offset by benefits from favorable tax settlements in 2012 and higher taxes associated with the Finint and Costa remeasurement gains during 2011.

61

We continue to benefit from a significant proportion of profits being foreign-derived, and generally taxed at lower rates than our combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 103%, 92% and 67% of our pre-tax income was derived from foreign sources, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our United States results were impacted by investments in our strategic initiatives, price reductions implemented in our Consumer-to-Consumer segment (see the Consumer-to-Consumer "Transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues" discussion below), increased compliance program costs, and higher interest costs. Our foreign pre-tax income is subject to tax in multiple foreign jurisdictions, virtually all of which have statutory income tax rates lower than the United States. While the income tax imposed by any one foreign country is not material to us, our overall effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, both foreign and domestic. Certain portions of our foreign source income are subject to United States federal and state income tax as earned due to the nature of the income, and dividend repatriations of our foreign source income are generally subject to United States federal and state income tax.

We have established contingency reserves for a variety of material, known tax exposures. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of tax contingency reserves was $125.5 million, including accrued interest and penalties, net of related items. Our tax reserves reflect our judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review or other settlement. While we believe that our reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed our related reserve. With respect to these reserves, our income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in facts and circumstances (i.e. new information) surrounding a tax issue and (ii) any difference from our tax position as recorded in the financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period. Such resolution could materially increase or decrease income tax expense in our consolidated financial statements in future periods and could impact our operating cash flows.

Earnings per share

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, basic earnings per share were $1.43, $1.70 and $1.85, respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $1.43, $1.69 and $1.84, respectively. Unvested shares of restricted stock are excluded from basic shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options at the presented dates are exercised and shares of restricted stock have vested. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were 21.2 million, 23.3 million and 17.1 million, respectively, of outstanding options to purchase shares of Western Union stock excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation under the treasury stock method as their effect was anti-dilutive.

Earnings per share decreased for both the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 compared to the prior year as a result of the previously described factors impacting net income, offset by lower weighted-average shares outstanding. The lower number of shares outstanding was due to stock repurchases exceeding stock option exercises.

62

Segment Discussion

We manage our business around the consumers and businesses we serve and the types of services we offer. Each of our three segments addresses a different combination of consumer groups, distribution networks and services offered. Our segments are Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions. Businesses not considered part of these segments are categorized as "Other."

The business segment measurements provided to, and evaluated by, our chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") are computed in accordance with the following principles:

• The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

• Corporate and other overhead is allocated to the segments primarily based on a percentage of the segments' revenue compared to total revenue.

• Costs incurred for the review and closing of acquisitions are included in "Other."

• We incurred restructuring and related expenses of $46.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 which were not allocated to the segments. While these items were identifiable to our segments, they were not included in the measurement of segment operating profit provided to the CODM for purposes of assessing segment performance and decision making with respect to resource allocation. For additional information on restructuring and related activities, refer to "Operating expenses overview."

• All items not included in operating income are excluded from the segments.

The following table sets forth the components of segment revenues as a percentage of the consolidated totals for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Consumer-to-Consumer	80	%	81	%	84	%
Consumer-to-Business	11	%	11	%	11	%
Business Solutions	7	%	6	%	3	%
Other	2	%	2	%	2	%
	100	%	100	%	100	%

63

Consumer-to-Consumer Segment

The following table sets forth our Consumer-to-Consumer segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

										% Change
	Year Ended December 31,									2013		2012
(dollars and transactions in millions)	2013			2012			2011			vs. 2012		vs. 2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees	$	3,396.1		$	3,545.6		$	3,580.2		(4	)%	(1	)%
Foreign exchange revenues	981.3			988.5			983.1			(1	)%	1	%
Other revenues	56.2			50.2			45.1			12	%	11	%
Total revenues	$	4,433.6		$	4,584.3		$	4,608.4		(3	)%	(1	)%
Operating income	$	1,030.4		$	1,266.9		$	1,316.0		(19	)%	(4	)%
Operating income margin	23		%	28		%	29		%
Key indicator:
Consumer-to-Consumer transactions	242.34			230.98			225.79			5	%	2	%

64

The table below sets forth transaction and revenue changes by region compared to the prior year and revenues as a percentage of consolidated revenue by region for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012
Consumer-to-Consumer transaction growth/(decline) (a):
Europe and CIS	4%	(1)%
North America	0%	(1)%
Middle East and Africa	7%	7%
Asia Pacific ("APAC")	6%	3%
Latin America and the Caribbean ("LACA")	(1)%	1%
westernunion.com	65%	41%
Consumer-to-Consumer revenue growth/(decline) (a):
Europe and CIS	(4)%	(6)%
North America	(9)%	(3)%
Middle East and Africa	0%	3%
APAC	(3)%	3%
LACA	(3)%	3%
westernunion.com	24%	24%
Consumer-to-Consumer revenue as a percentage of consolidated revenue (a):
Europe and CIS	21%	22%
North America	19%	20%
Middle East and Africa	16%	15%
APAC	12%	12%
LACA	9%	9%
westernunion.com	3%	3%

____________

(a) Significant allocations are made in determining the transaction and revenue changes under the regional view in the above table. The geographic split for transactions and revenue is determined based upon the region where the money transfer is initiated and the region where the money transfer is paid. For transactions originated and paid in different regions, we split the transaction count and revenue between the two regions, with each region receiving 50%. For money transfers initiated and paid in the same region, 100% of the revenue and transactions are attributed to that region. For money transfers initiated through our websites ("westernunion.com"), 100% of the revenue and transactions are attributed to westernunion.com. We view our Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer service as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world, including related transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers. The segment includes five geographic regions whose functions are limited to generating, managing and maintaining agent relationships and localized marketing activities and also includes westernunion.com. By means of common processes and systems, these regions and westernunion.com create an interconnected network for consumer transactions, thereby constituting one global Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer business and one operating segment.

65

Transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues

2013 compared to 2012

For the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer revenue declined 3% primarily due to price reductions and compliance related actions in various corridors. Transactions increased 5% from 2012, primarily due to price reductions. Our consumers transferred $82 billion and $79 billion in Consumer-to-Consumer principal for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which $74 billion and $71 billion related to cross-border principal, respectively, which represented increases of 3% and 4% for Consumer-to-Consumer principal and cross-border principal over the prior year, respectively.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, we implemented additional fee reductions and actions to adjust foreign exchange spreads that have impacted approximately 25% of our Consumer-to-Consumer business, based on 2012 revenue. We had initiated substantially all of these pricing reductions as of June 30, 2013. Pricing reductions generally reduce margins and adversely affect financial results in the short term, but are done in anticipation that they will result in increased transaction volumes which may lead to increased revenues and operating income in the affected corridors thereafter. These pricing actions totaled approximately 5% of consolidated revenue and 7% of our Consumer-to-Consumer revenue, for the full year 2013.

The regions discussed below were impacted by price reductions in certain key corridors and compliance related actions in various corridors.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, revenue in our Europe and CIS region decreased 4% on transaction growth of 4%. Revenue was negatively impacted by price reductions, compliance related actions in various countries, including in the United Kingdom and Spain, competitive challenges in Russia, and continued economic softness in Southern Europe, partially offset by revenue growth in Germany.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, our North America region experienced revenue declines of 9% on flat transactions. Our North America region was impacted by our Mexico business, where revenue declined due to price reductions and compliance related actions resulting from our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily for our Vigo^® and Orlandi Valuta^SM brands. These changes resulted in the loss of over 7,000 agent locations in the third quarter of 2012. Transactions increased in our Mexico business for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to price reductions, partially offset by the impact of compliance related actions described earlier in this paragraph. Our North America region was also impacted by our United States outbound business, which also experienced a decline in revenue due to price reductions and compliance related actions resulting from our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily impacting our Vigo brand to Latin America, and other compliance related actions.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, our Middle East and Africa and APAC regions experienced flat revenue and a revenue decline of 3%, respectively. Both regions experienced transaction growth in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. The differential between revenue and transaction changes for both regions was primarily attributable to price reductions.

Our LACA region experienced revenue declines for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to compliance related actions resulting from our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily impacting our Vigo brand, and other compliance related actions. Revenue was also negatively impacted by pricing actions and the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies in the region, partially offset by geographic and product mix. Transactions decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, primarily due to the impact of compliance related actions described earlier, partially offset by price reductions. We expect that the United States dollar value of our LACA region's revenue and profits will be negatively impacted by the decline in the value of the Argentine peso after December 31, 2013.

66

Revenue generated from transactions initiated at westernunion.com increased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to strong transaction growth, partially offset by price reductions.

Foreign exchange revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year were impacted primarily by price reductions in certain corridors, partially offset by an increase in cross-border principal sent of 4%.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and other currencies have resulted in a reduction to transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $29.6 million over the same period in the previous year, net of foreign currency hedges, that would not have occurred had there been constant currency rates.

2012 compared to 2011

For the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year, Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer revenue declined 1%, due to the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies, which negatively impacted revenue, and slight price reductions, partially offset by transaction growth of 2%. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies negatively impacted our revenue growth by approximately 2% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Revenue in our Europe and CIS region decreased 6% compared to the prior year on a transaction decline of 1%. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies and price reductions negatively impacted revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. The region was also impacted by continued economic softness in Southern Europe and increased competition in Russia.

The North America region experienced a revenue decline of 3% on a transaction decline of 1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year. Our Mexico business declined primarily due to changes to our compliance related practices as a result of our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model and price reductions. These compliance changes, primarily related to our Vigo and Orlandi Valuta brands, have resulted in the loss of over 7,000 agent locations in Mexico. Our domestic business (transactions between and within the United States and Canada) experienced an increase in revenues on transaction growth, primarily in lower principal bands which generate lower revenues per transaction. Our United States outbound business experienced revenue and transaction declines, in part due to changes in our compliance related practices as a result of our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily for our Vigo brand to Latin America, and price reductions.

Revenue in our Middle East and Africa, APAC, and LACA regions increased in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year in all three regions due to transaction growth, partially offset by slight price reductions. Revenue in our Middle East and Africa and LACA regions was also negatively impacted by the strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies. Revenue in our LACA region was positively impacted by geographic and product mix in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year, partially offset by a loss in revenue due to changes to our compliance related practices as a result of our agreement and settlement with the State of Arizona and changes to our business model, primarily related to our Vigo brand. The Gulf States, primarily Saudi Arabia, and India displayed revenue growth, but China revenue declined. Revenue generated from transactions initiated at westernunion.com increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year due to strong transaction growth.

Foreign exchange revenues were materially consistent for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and other currencies resulted in a reduction to transaction fees and foreign exchange revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $77.6 million over the prior year, net of foreign currency hedges, that would not have occurred had there been constant currency rates.

67

Operating income

2013 compared to 2012

Consumer-to-Consumer operating income declined 19% during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year primarily due to the investments in our strategic initiatives, the revenue decline described earlier, increased compliance program costs, lower compensation expense in 2012, and expenses associated with our productivity and cost savings initiatives, partially offset by savings from these initiatives and decreased marketing expenses. The changes in operating income margins in the segment are due to the same factors mentioned above.

2012 compared to 2011

Consumer-to-Consumer operating income declined 4% during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year due to investments in our strategic initiatives, including westernunion.com, increased compliance program costs, expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives, increased bad debt losses, and incremental costs associated with the Finint and Costa acquisitions, partially offset by positive currency impacts, including the effect of foreign currency hedges, restructuring savings, and decreased compensation expenses. The changes in operating income margins in the segment are due to the same factors mentioned above.

Consumer-to-Business Segment

The following table sets forth our Consumer-to-Business segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

										% Change
	Year Ended December 31,									2013		2012
(dollars in millions)	2013			2012			2011			vs. 2012		vs. 2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees	$	579.1		$	573.6		$	581.8		1	%	(1	)%
Foreign exchange and other revenues	29.4			30.3			34.1			(3	)%	(11	)%
Total revenues	$	608.5		$	603.9		$	615.9		1	%	(2	)%
Operating income	$	121.9		$	137.6		$	146.9		(11	)%	(6	)%
Operating income margin	20		%	23		%	24		%

Revenues

2013 compared to 2012

Consumer-to-Business revenue increased 1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, primarily due to growth in our United States electronic and international walk-in bill payments businesses, which was positively impacted by increased pricing in Argentina. These increases were partially offset by the strengthening of the United States dollar against the Argentine peso, which negatively impacted our Consumer-to-Business revenue growth by approximately 5% for the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue declines in our United States cash-based bill payments business, and the passing through to certain billers of some of our debit card fee savings related to the Durbin Legislation. We expect that the United States dollar value of our Consumer-to-Business segment's revenue and profits will be negatively impacted by the decline in the value of the Argentine peso after December 31, 2013.

2012 compared to 2011

During the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year, Consumer-to-Business revenue decreased 2% due to a decline in our United States bill payments businesses, due in part to the passing through of some of the debit card fee savings related to the Durbin Legislation, partially offset by growth in our international bill payments, primarily in South America. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies negatively impacted our Consumer-to-Business revenue growth by approximately 3% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

68

Operating income

2013 compared to 2012

Operating income and operating margins decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year primarily due to the items which impacted revenues described earlier. Operating income was also impacted by increased bank fees due to our growing United States electronic business and higher information technology investments, partially offset by costs related to the renegotiation of a sales and distribution agreement that occurred in the prior year.

2012 compared to 2011

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Consumer-to-Business operating income decreased compared to the prior year primarily due to revenue declines in our United States cash-based bill payments business, the renegotiation of a sales and distribution agreement, and expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives, partially offset by a net decrease in debit card and other bank fees due to the Durbin Legislation. The changes in operating income margins in the segment are due to the same factors mentioned above.

Business Solutions

The following table sets forth our Business Solutions segment results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

										% Change
	Year Ended December 31,									2013		2012
(dollars in millions)	2013			2012			2011			vs. 2012		vs. 2011
Revenues:
Foreign exchange revenues	$	355.5		$	332.0		$	154.6		7	%	*
Transaction fees and other revenues	37.4			35.4			6.5			6	%	*
Total revenues	$	392.9		$	367.4		$	161.1		7	%	*
Operating loss	$	(27.0	)	$	(54.8	)	$	(9.6	)	*		*
Operating loss margin	(7		)%	(15		)%	(6		)%

____________

* Calculation not meaningful.

Revenues

2013 compared to 2012

For the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, Business Solutions revenue grew due to increased spot payments activity and increased customer hedging. We believe the increase in customer hedging activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 was partially driven by the level of certain major currencies against the United States dollar. The strengthening of the United States dollar compared to most other foreign currencies negatively impacted revenue growth by approximately 2%. Additionally, the acquisition of the French assets of TGBP, which was completed in May 2012 after receiving regulatory approval, contributed approximately 1% to the segment's revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2013.

2012 compared to 2011

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Business Solutions revenue grew compared to the prior year primarily due to our acquisition of TGBP, which contributed a substantial majority of our revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2012.

69

Operating loss

2013 compared to 2012

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the operating loss decreased compared to the prior year due to increased revenue, partially offset by increased strategic investments. Additionally, operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was impacted by decreased integration expenses. The changes in operating loss margins in the segment are due to these same factors.

2012 compared to 2011

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Business Solutions operating loss increased compared to the prior year primarily due to increased expenses resulting from the acquisition of TGBP, including incremental depreciation and amortization expenses and integration expenses.

Other

The following table sets forth Other results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

										% Change
	Year Ended December 31,									2013		2012
(dollars in millions)	2013			2012			2011			vs. 2012		vs. 2011
Revenues	$	107.0		$	109.2		$	106.0		(2	)%	3	%
Operating loss	$	(17.9	)	$	(19.7	)	$	(21.5	)	*		*

____________

* Calculation not meaningful.

Revenues

2013 compared to 2012

Other revenue decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year primarily due to declines in our prepaid business.

2012 compared to 2011

Other revenue increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year primarily due to increases in our prepaid business, partially offset by a decrease in investment income in our money order business.

Operating loss

2013 compared to 2012

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was materially consistent with the corresponding period in the prior year.

2012 compared to 2011

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the decrease in operating loss was due to costs associated with acquisition activity that occurred in the prior year, partially offset by declines in our money order business, including a decrease in investment income, and expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives.

70

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our primary source of liquidity has been cash generated from our operating activities, primarily from net income and fluctuations in working capital. Our working capital is affected by the timing of interest payments on our outstanding borrowings and timing of income tax payments, among other items. The majority of our interest payments are due in the second and fourth quarters which results in a decrease in the amount of cash provided by operating activities in those quarters and a corresponding increase to the first and third quarters.

Our future cash flows could be impacted by a variety of factors, some of which are out of our control, including changes in economic conditions, especially those impacting migrant populations and changes in income tax laws or the status of income tax audits, including the resolution of outstanding tax matters.

A significant portion of our cash flows from operating activities has been generated from subsidiaries, some of which are regulated entities. Our regulated subsidiaries may transfer all excess cash to the parent company for general corporate use, except for assets subject to legal or regulatory restrictions, including: 1) requirements to maintain cash and other qualifying investment balances, free of any liens or other encumbrances, related to the payment of certain of our money transfer and other payment obligations; and 2) other legal or regulatory restrictions, including statutory or formalized net worth requirements. Assets subject to these other legal or regulatory restrictions totaled approximately $335 million as of December 31, 2013, and include assets outside of the United States subject to restrictions from being transferred outside of the countries where these assets are located. 

We believe we have adequate liquidity to meet our business needs through our existing cash balances and our ability to generate cash flows through operations. These business needs include approximately $100 million of remaining tax payments, plus additional accrued interest, we expect to make as a result of the IRS Agreement, which we expect to pay in 2014 and beyond, in addition to dividends and share repurchases. In addition, we have capacity to borrow up to $1.65 billion in the aggregate under our revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"), which supports borrowings under our $1.5 billion commercial paper program and expires in January 2017. As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility or commercial paper program.

Cash and Investment Securities

As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.1 billion, of which approximately $1.1 billion was held by our foreign entities. We plan to use our existing cash to fund the repayment of $500.0 million of our 6.500% notes ("2014 Notes") in February 2014. Our ongoing cash management strategies to fund our business needs could cause United States and foreign cash balances to fluctuate.

Repatriating foreign funds to the United States would, in many cases, result in significant tax obligations because most of these funds have been taxed at relatively low foreign tax rates compared to our combined federal and state tax rate in the United States. We have used and expect to continue to use foreign funds to expand and fund our international operations and to acquire businesses internationally. We regularly evaluate, taking tax consequences and other factors into consideration, our United States cash requirements and also the potential uses of cash internationally to determine the appropriate level of dividend repatriations of our foreign source income.

In many cases, we receive funds from money transfers and certain other payment services before we settle the payment of those transactions. These funds, referred to as "Settlement assets" on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, are not used to support our operations. However, we earn income from investing these funds. We maintain a portion of these settlement assets in highly liquid investments, classified as "Cash and cash equivalents" within "Settlement assets," to fund settlement obligations.

71

Investment securities, classified within "Settlement assets," were $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2013. Substantially all of these investments are highly-rated state and municipal debt securities, including variable rate demand notes. Most state regulators in the United States require us to maintain specific highly-rated, investment grade securities and such investments are intended to secure relevant outstanding settlement obligations in accordance with applicable regulations. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, we held non-settlement related investments of $100.2 million in a short-term bond mutual fund.

Investment securities are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates and credit risk. We regularly monitor credit risk and attempt to mitigate our exposure by investing in highly-rated securities and diversifying our investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of our investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency. Our investment securities are also actively managed with respect to concentration. As of December 31, 2013, all investments with a single issuer and each individual security were less than 10% of our investment securities portfolio.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, cash provided by operating activities was $1,088.6 million, $1,185.3 million and $1,174.9 million, respectively. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was impacted by a decrease in consolidated operating income. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was impacted by tax payments of $92.4 million made as a result of the IRS Agreement.

72

Financing Resources

As of December 31, 2013, we had the following outstanding borrowings (in millions):

Due in less than one year:
6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 (a)	$	500.0
Due in greater than one year (a):
Floating rate notes due 2015 (b)	250.0
2.375% notes due 2015 (c)	250.0
5.930% notes due 2016 (c)	1,000.0
2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 (a)	500.0
3.650% notes due 2018 (c)	400.0
3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 (d)	250.0
5.253% notes due 2020 (c)	324.9
6.200% notes due 2036 (c)	500.0
6.200% notes due 2040 (c)	250.0
Other borrowings	5.7
Total borrowings at par value	4,230.6
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments, net (a)	0.9
Unamortized discount, net	(18.5		)
Total borrowings at carrying value (e)	$	4,213.0

____________

(a)	We utilize interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of our notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage our overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes' stated rate.
(b)	On August 22, 2013, we issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.
(c)	The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.
(d)	On November 22, 2013, we issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.
(e)	As of December 31, 2013, our weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

73

Commercial Paper Program

Pursuant to our commercial paper program, we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes in an amount not to exceed $1.5 billion outstanding at any time, reduced to the extent of borrowings outstanding on our Revolving Credit Facility in excess of $150 million. Our commercial paper borrowings may have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issuance. Interest rates for borrowings are based on market rates at the time of issuance. We had no commercial paper borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013, but did have a maximum balance outstanding of $50 million for one day during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the average commercial paper balance outstanding was $161.3 million and $89.7 million, respectively, and the maximum balance outstanding was $422.8 million and $784.1 million, respectively. Proceeds from our commercial paper borrowings were used for general corporate purposes.

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 23, 2011, we entered into a credit agreement which expires January 2017 providing for unsecured financing facilities in an aggregate amount of $1.65 billion, including a $250.0 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $150.0 million swing line sub-facility.

Interest due under the Revolving Credit Facility is fixed for the term of each borrowing and is payable according to the terms of that borrowing. Generally, interest is calculated using a selected LIBOR rate plus an interest rate margin of 100 basis points. A facility fee of 12.5 basis points is also payable quarterly on the total facility, regardless of usage. Both the interest rate margin and facility fee percentage are based on certain of our credit ratings.

The purpose of our Revolving Credit Facility, which is diversified through a group of 17 participating institutions, is to provide general liquidity and to support our commercial paper program, which we believe enhances our short-term credit rating. The largest commitment from any single financial institution within the total committed balance of $1.65 billion is approximately 12%. As of and during the year ended December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. If the amount available to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility decreased, or if the Revolving Credit Facility were eliminated, the cost and availability of borrowing under the commercial paper program may be impacted.

Notes

On November 22, 2013, we issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due May 22, 2019. Interest with respect to the 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 22 and November 22 of each year, beginning on May 22, 2014, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.350%. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to the note is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on the 2019 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 3.350% per annum. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 3.350% per annum. We may redeem the 2019 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On August 22, 2013, we issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015. Interest with respect to the 2015 Floating Rate Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on each February 21, May 21, August 21, and November 21, beginning November 21, 2013, at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (reset quarterly).

74

On December 10, 2012, we issued $250.0 million and $500.0 million of aggregate principal amounts of unsecured notes due December 10, 2015 ("2015 Fixed Rate Notes") and December 10, 2017 ("2017 Notes"), respectively. Interest with respect to the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 10 and December 10 of each year, currently based on the per annum rates of 2.375% and 2.875%, respectively. The interest rates payable on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to such notes is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on either the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes or 2017 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 2.375% and 2.875% per annum, respectively. The interest rates on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 2.375% and 2.875% per annum, respectively. We may redeem the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 and 40 basis points, respectively.

On August 22, 2011, we issued $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due August 22, 2018 ("2018 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2018 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 22 and August 22 of each year, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.650%. We may redeem the 2018 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 basis points.

On June 21, 2010, we issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due June 21, 2040 ("2040 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2040 Notes is payable semi-annually on June 21 and December 21 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. We may redeem the 2040 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On March 30, 2010, we exchanged $303.7 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due November 17, 2011 ("2011 Notes") for unsecured notes due April 1, 2020 ("2020 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 5.253%. In connection with the exchange, note holders were given a 7% premium ($21.2 million), which approximated market value at the exchange date, as additional principal. As this transaction was accounted for as a debt modification, this premium was not charged to expense. Rather, the premium, along with the offsetting hedge accounting adjustments, will be accreted into "Interest expense” over the life of the notes. We may redeem the 2020 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 15 basis points.

On February 26, 2009, we issued $500.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due February 26, 2014. Interest with respect to the 2014 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 26 and August 26 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.500%. We may redeem the 2014 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 50 basis points. For discussion of our debt service requirements with respect to the 2014 Notes, see the "Debt Service Requirements" discussion below.

On November 17, 2006, we issued $500.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due November 17, 2036 ("2036 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2036 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 17 and November 17 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. We may redeem the 2036 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 25 basis points.

On September 29, 2006, we issued $1.0 billion of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes maturing on October 1, 2016 ("2016 Notes"). Interest on the 2016 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 5.930%. We may redeem the 2016 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 20 basis points.

75

Credit Ratings and Debt Covenants

The credit ratings on our debt are an important consideration in our overall business, managing our financing costs and facilitating access to additional capital on favorable terms. Factors that we believe are important in assessing our credit ratings include earnings, cash flow generation, leverage, available liquidity and the overall business.

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains an interest rate margin and facility fee which are determined based on certain of our credit ratings. In addition, the interest rates payable on our 2015 Fixed Rate Notes, 2017 Notes and 2019 Notes can be impacted by our credit ratings. We are also subject to certain provisions in many of our notes, including our 2015 Floating Rate Notes and 2019 Notes, and certain of our derivative contracts, which could require settlement or collateral posting in the event of a change in control combined with a downgrade below investment grade. We do not have any other terms within our debt agreements that are tied to changes in our credit ratings.

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, grant certain types of security interests, incur certain types of liens, impose restrictions on subsidiary dividends, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or incur certain subsidiary level indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions. Our notes are subject to similar covenants except that only the 2016 Notes, 2020 Notes and the 2036 Notes contain covenants limiting or restricting subsidiary indebtedness and none of our notes are subject to a covenant that limits our ability to impose restrictions on subsidiary dividends. Our Revolving Credit Facility requires us to maintain a consolidated adjusted EBITDA interest coverage ratio of greater than 2:1 (ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income plus the sum of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) any other non-cash deductions, losses or changes made in determining net income for such period and (f) extraordinary losses or charges, minus extraordinary gains, in each case determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America for such period, to interest expense) for each period comprising the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters. Our consolidated interest coverage ratio was 7:1 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with our debt covenants. A violation of our debt covenants could impair our ability to borrow and outstanding amounts borrowed could become due, thereby restricting our ability to use our excess cash for other purposes.

Cash Priorities

Liquidity

Our objective is to maintain strong liquidity and a capital structure consistent with investment-grade credit ratings. We have existing cash balances, cash flows from operating activities, access to the commercial paper markets and our Revolving Credit Facility available to support the needs of our business.

Capital Expenditures

The total aggregate amount paid for contract costs, purchases of property and equipment and purchased and developed software was $241.3 million, $268.2 million and $162.5 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts paid for new and renewed agent contracts vary depending on the terms of existing contracts as well as the timing of new and renewed contract signings. Other capital expenditures during these periods included investments in our information technology infrastructure and purchased and developed software.

76

Acquisition of Businesses

On November 7, 2011, we acquired TGBP from Travelex Holdings Limited for cash consideration of £596 million ($956.5 million), net of a final working capital adjustment which resulted in a return of £15 million ($24.1 million) of purchase consideration in the third quarter of 2012. In connection with the July 5, 2011 purchase agreement, on May 4, 2012, we also acquired the French assets of TGBP for cash consideration of £3 million ($4.8 million) after receiving regulatory approval.

On October 31, 2011, we acquired the remaining 70% interest in Finint, one of our largest money transfer agents in Europe, for cash consideration of €99.6 million ($139.4 million). We previously held a 30% equity interest in Finint.

On April 20, 2011, we acquired the remaining 70% interest in Costa, one of our largest money transfer agents in Europe, for cash consideration of €95 million ($135.7 million). We previously held a 30% equity interest in Costa.

Share Repurchases and Dividends

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 25.7 million, 51.0 million and 40.3 million shares, respectively, were repurchased for $393.6 million, $771.9 million and $800.0 million, respectively, excluding commissions, at an average cost of $15.29, $15.12 and $19.83 per share, respectively.

On February 11, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized $500 million of common stock repurchases through June 30, 2015.

Our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.125 per common share in all four quarters of 2013, representing $277.2 million in total dividends. During 2012, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per common share in the fourth quarter and $0.10 per common share in the first three quarters representing $254.2 million in total dividends. During 2011, our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.08 per common share in each of the last three quarters and $0.07 per common share in the first quarter representing $194.2 million in total dividends. These amounts were paid to shareholders of record in the respective quarter the dividend was declared, except for the September 2012 and 2011 declared dividends, which were paid in October 2012 and 2011, respectively.

On February 21, 2014, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per common share payable on March 31, 2014.

Debt Service Requirements

Our 2014 and future debt service requirements will include payments on any future borrowings under our commercial paper program and interest payments on all outstanding indebtedness. In March 2013, our floating rate notes of $300.0 million matured and were repaid from our cash balances, including amounts from proceeds from the issuance of our fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017. In February 2014, our 2014 Notes will mature, and we plan to use our existing cash to fund this repayment. Overall, we have the ability to use cash, including cash generated from operations, proceeds from the sale of our non-settlement related investments, and our Revolving Credit Facility, and could also access commercial paper and other financing sources to meet our debt obligations as they come due.

Our ability to continue to grow the business, make investments in our business, make acquisitions, return capital to shareholders, including through dividends and share repurchases, and service our debt will depend on our ability to continue to generate excess operating cash through our operating subsidiaries and to continue to receive dividends from those operating subsidiaries, our ability to obtain adequate financing and our ability to identify acquisitions that align with our long-term strategy.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than facility and equipment leasing arrangements disclosed in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 12, "Operating Lease Commitments," we have no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

77

Pension Plan

We have one frozen defined benefit pension plan ("Plan"), for which we had a recorded unfunded pension obligation of $70.4 million and $102.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we made contributions of approximately $16 million and $25 million, respectively, to the Plan, including discretionary contributions of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. We will be required to fund approximately $13 million to the Plan in 2014.

Our most recent measurement date for our pension plan was December 31, 2013. The calculation of the funded status and net periodic benefit cost is dependent upon two primary assumptions: 1) expected long-term return on plan assets; and 2) discount rate.

We employ a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical risk, return, and co-variance relationships between equities, fixed-income securities, and alternative investments are considered consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Consideration is given to diversification, re-balancing and yields anticipated on fixed income securities held. Historical returns are reviewed within the context of current economic conditions to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. We then apply this rate against a calculated value for our plan assets. The calculated value recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over a five-year period. Our expected long-term return on plan assets was 7.00% for both 2013 and 2012. The expected long-term return on plan assets is 7.00% for 2014. As of December 31, 2013, pension plan target allocations were approximately 15% in equity investments, 60% in debt securities and 25% in alternative investment strategies (e.g. hedge funds, royalty rights and private equity funds). Hedge fund strategy types include, but are not limited to: relative value, equity long-short, commodities/currencies, multi-strategy, event driven, and global-macro. The Plan holds derivative contracts directly which consist of interest rate swap agreements, under which the Plan is committed to pay a short-term LIBOR-based variable interest rate in exchange for a fixed interest rate, primarily based on five and ten-year maturities. Additionally, derivatives are held indirectly through funds in which the Plan is invested. Derivatives are used by the Plan to help reduce the Plan's exposure to interest rate volatility and to provide an additional source of return. Cash held by the Plan is used to satisfy margin requirements on the derivatives. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements, and periodic asset and liability studies.

The discount rate assumption is set based on the rate at which the pension benefits could be settled effectively. The discount rate is determined by matching the timing and amount of anticipated payouts under the Plan to the rates from an AA spot rate yield curve. The curve is derived from AA bonds of varying maturities. The discount rate assumption for our benefit obligation was 3.91% and 3.03% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A 100 basis point change to both the discount rate and long-term rate of return on plan assets would not have a material impact to our annual pension expense.

78

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations to third parties as of December 31, 2013 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions):

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		After 5 Years
Items related to amounts included on our balance sheet:
Borrowings, including interest (a)	$	5,824.1	$	667.0	$	1,815.1	$	1,100.2	$	2,241.8
IRS Agreement and related state tax payments (b)	100.0		100.0		—		—		—
Estimated pension funding (c)	35.6		13.3		19.9		2.4		—
Unrecognized tax benefits (d)	135.2		—		—		—		—
Foreign currency and interest rate derivative contracts (e)	223.4		208.9		7.0		7.5		—
Other (f)	22.9		20.1		1.8		0.4		0.6
Other Contractual Obligations:
Purchase obligations (g)	220.8		92.9		89.5		38.4		—
Operating leases	161.1		44.0		64.6		37.5		15.0
	$	6,723.1	$	1,146.2	$	1,997.9	$	1,186.4	$	2,257.4

____________

(a)	We have estimated our interest payments based on (i) the assumption that no debt issuances or renewals will occur upon the maturity dates of our notes, and (ii) an estimate of future interest rates on our interest rate swap agreements based on projected LIBOR rates.
(b)	In December 2011, we reached an agreement with the IRS resolving substantially all of the issues related to the restructuring of our international operations in 2003. As a result of the IRS Agreement, we made cash payments to the IRS and various state tax authorities of $92.4 million during 2012. We have estimated that we will make payments of approximately $100 million in 2014 to cover the remaining portion of the additional tax and interest; however, certain of these payments may be made after 2014.
(c)	We have estimated our pension plan funding requirements, including interest, using assumptions that are consistent with current pension funding rates. The unfunded pension liability included in "Other liabilities" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is the present value of the estimated pension plan funding requirements disclosed above. The actual minimum required amounts each year will vary based on the actual discount rate and asset returns when the funding requirement is calculated.
(d)	Unrecognized tax benefits include associated interest and penalties. The timing of related cash payments for substantially all of these liabilities is inherently uncertain because the ultimate amount and timing of such liabilities is affected by factors which are variable and outside our control.
(e)	Represents the liability position of our foreign currency and interest rate derivative contracts as of December 31, 2013, which will fluctuate based on market conditions.
(f)	This line item relates to accrued and unpaid initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts as of December 31, 2013.
(g)	Many of our contracts contain clauses that allow us to terminate the contract with notice and with a termination penalty. Termination penalties are generally an amount less than the original obligation. Obligations under certain contracts are usage-based and are, therefore, estimated in the above amounts. Historically, we have not had any significant defaults of our contractual obligations or incurred significant penalties for termination of our contractual obligations.

79

Other Commercial Commitments

We had approximately $100 million in outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees as of December 31, 2013 with expiration dates through 2016, the majority of which contain a one-year renewal option. The letters of credit and bank guarantees are primarily held in connection with lease arrangements and certain agent agreements. We expect to renew the letters of credit and bank guarantees prior to expiration in most circumstances.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition is based on our consolidated financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported for revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities and other related disclosures. Actual results may or may not differ from these estimates. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Our critical accounting policies and estimates, described below, are very important to the portrayal of our financial condition and our results of operations and applying them requires our management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments. We believe that the understanding of these key accounting policies and estimates is essential in achieving more insight into our operating results and financial condition.

Income Taxes

Reinvestment of foreign earnings

Income taxes, as reported in our consolidated financial statements, represent the net amount of income taxes we expect to pay to various taxing jurisdictions in connection with our operations. We provide for income taxes based on amounts that we believe we will ultimately owe after applying the required analyses and judgments.

However, no provision has been made for United States federal and state income taxes on certain of our outside tax basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated foreign earnings of approximately $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2013, which we have reinvested and expect to continue to reinvest outside of the United States indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings to the United States in the form of actual or constructive dividends, we would be subject to United States federal income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits), state income taxes and possible withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries which could result in a material impact to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the period such distribution occurred. Determination of the amount of unrecognized United States deferred tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

Income tax contingencies

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, that the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

We have established contingency reserves for a variety of material, known tax exposures. Our tax reserves reflect our judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review or other settlement. While we believe our reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed our related reserve. With respect to these reserves, our income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in the facts and circumstances (i.e., new information) surrounding a tax issue and (ii) any difference from our tax position as recorded in the consolidated financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period.

80

We were incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Data on February 17, 2006. On September 29, 2006, First Data distributed all of its money transfer and consumer payments businesses and its interest in a Western Union money transfer agent, as well as its related assets, including real estate, through a tax-free distribution to First Data shareholders (the "Spin-off"). Pursuant to the tax allocation agreement signed in connection with the Spin-off from First Data, we believe we have appropriately apportioned the taxes between First Data and us. If we are required to indemnify First Data for taxes incurred as a result of the Spin-off being taxable to First Data, it likely would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our tax contingency reserves for our uncertain tax positions, including those related to the Spin-off, as of December 31, 2013 were $125.5 million, including accrued interest and penalties, net of related items. While we believe that our reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, in the event that the ultimate resolution of our uncertain tax positions differs from our estimates, we may be exposed to material increases in income tax expense, which could materially impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivatives to (a) minimize our exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers. We recognize all derivatives in "Other assets" and "Other liabilities" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value. Certain of our derivative arrangements are designated as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges at the time of inception, and others are not designated as accounting hedges.

• Cash Flow hedges - Cash flow hedges consist of foreign currency hedging of forecasted revenues, as well as hedges of the forecasted issuance of fixed rate debt. Derivative fair value changes that are captured in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods the hedged item affects earnings, to the extent the change in the fair value of the instrument is effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged item. The portions of the change in fair value that are either considered ineffective or are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net."

• Fair Value hedges - Fair value hedges consist of hedges of fixed rate debt, through interest rate swaps. The changes in fair value of these hedges, along with offsetting changes in fair value of the related debt instrument attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate, are recorded in interest expense.

The accounting guidance related to derivative accounting is complex and contains strict documentation requirements. The details of each designated hedging relationship must be formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the risk management objective, hedging strategy, hedged item, specific risks being hedged, the derivative instrument, how effectiveness is being assessed and how ineffectiveness, if any, will be measured. The derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair value of the hedged item, and effectiveness is evaluated quarterly on a retrospective and prospective basis. If the hedge is no longer deemed effective, we discontinue applying hedge accounting to that relationship prospectively.

While we expect that our derivative instruments that currently qualify for hedge accounting will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected in earnings which could have a significant impact on our reported results. As of December 31, 2013, the cumulative pre-tax unrealized losses classified within accumulated other comprehensive loss from such cash flow hedges that would be reflected in earnings if our hedges were disqualified from hedge accounting was $43.6 million. As of December 31, 2013, the cumulative debt adjustments from our fair value hedges that would be reflected in earnings if such hedges were disqualified from hedge accounting was a $0.9 million gain.

Other Intangible Assets

We capitalize acquired intangible assets as well as certain initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts and software. We evaluate such intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. In such reviews, estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying amounts to determine if a write-down to fair value (normally measured by the present value technique) is required.

81

The capitalization of initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts is subject to strict accounting policy criteria and requires management judgment as to the amount to capitalize and the related period of benefit. Our accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given agent contract to the lesser of the estimated future cash flows from the contract or the termination fees we would receive in the event of early termination of the contract. Additionally, the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with each asset requires us to make estimates and assumptions, including, among other things, revenue growth rates, and operating margins based on our budgets and business plans.

Disruptions to contractual relationships, significant declines in cash flows or transaction volumes associated with contracts, or other issues significantly impacting the future cash flows associated with the contract would cause us to evaluate the recoverability of the asset. If an event described above occurs and causes us to determine that an asset has been impaired, that could result in an impairment charge. The net carrying value of our other intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 was $833.8 million. We recorded immaterial impairments related to other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 and did not record any impairment during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of tangible and other intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. An impairment assessment of goodwill is conducted annually at the reporting unit level. This assessment of goodwill is performed more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. Reporting units are determined by the level at which management reviews segment operating results. In some cases, that level is the operating segment and in others it is one level below the operating segment.

Our impairment assessment begins with a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The initial qualitative assessment includes comparing the overall financial performance of the reporting units against the planned results. Additionally, each reporting unit's fair value is assessed under certain events and circumstances, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, and other relevant entity-specific events. Periodically, we perform a quantitative assessment, as described below, for each of our reporting units, regardless of the results of prior qualitative assessments.

If it is determined in the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the standard two-step quantitative impairment test is performed. First, the fair value of the reporting unit is calculated or determined using discounted cash flows and is compared to its carrying value. If the first step indicates the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the second step is required. The second step is to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit's goodwill by allocating the determined fair value to all the reporting unit's assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The remaining fair value of the reporting unit, if any, is deemed to be the implied fair value of the goodwill and an impairment is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill above its implied fair value.

The determination of the reporting units and which reporting units to include in the qualitative assessment requires significant judgment. Also, all of the assumptions used in the qualitative assessment require judgment. Additionally, for the quantitative goodwill impairment test, we calculate the fair value of reporting units through discounted cash flow analyses which require us to make estimates and assumptions including, among other items, revenue growth rates, operating margins, and capital expenditures based on our budgets and business plans which take into account expected regulatory, marketplace, and other economic factors.

We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, a divestiture of a significant component of our business, or other triggering events. In addition, as our business or the way we manage our business changes, our reporting units may also change. If an event described above occurs and causes us to recognize a goodwill impairment charge, it would impact our reported earnings in the period such charge occurs.

82

The carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2013 was $3,172.0 million which represented approximately 31% of our consolidated assets. As of December 31, 2013, goodwill of $1,947.7 million and $996.0 million resides in our Consumer-to-Consumer and Business Solutions reporting units, respectively. The remaining $228.3 million resides in multiple reporting units which are included in either our Consumer-to-Business segment or Other. For the reporting units that comprise Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business, and Other, the fair value of the businesses greatly exceed their carrying amounts. For our Business Solutions reporting unit, which was acquired between 2009 and 2011, a decline in estimated fair value of approximately 15% could occur before triggering an impairment of goodwill. We believe the primary assumptions impacting our Business Solutions impairment valuation analysis relate to projected revenue and EBITDA margins. For example, a decrease in excess of 200 basis points in the ten-year projected compound annual growth rate of either revenue or EBITDA margin, assuming all other elements of the cash flow model remain unchanged, would result in such decline. We have not recorded any goodwill impairments during the three years ended December 31, 2013.

83

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks arising from changes in market rates and prices, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and credit risk related to our agents and customers. A risk management program is in place to manage these risks.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

We provide Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer services in more than 200 countries and territories. We manage foreign exchange risk through the structure of the business and an active risk management process. We settle with the vast majority of our agents in United States dollars or euros. However, in certain circumstances, we settle in other currencies. We typically require the agent to obtain local currency to pay recipients; thus, we generally are not reliant on international currency markets to obtain and pay illiquid currencies. The foreign currency exposure that does exist is limited by the fact that the majority of transactions are paid by the next day after they are initiated. To mitigate this risk further, we enter into short duration foreign currency forward contracts, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations between transaction initiation and settlement. We also have exposure to certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions and may utilize foreign currency forward contracts, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on these positions. In certain consumer money transfer and Business Solutions transactions involving different send and receive currencies, we generate revenue based on the difference between the exchange rate set by us to the consumer or business and the rate at which we or our agents are able to acquire the currency, helping to provide protection against currency fluctuations. We promptly buy and sell foreign currencies as necessary to cover our net payables and receivables which are denominated in foreign currencies.

We use longer-term foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates on Consumer-to-Consumer revenues denominated primarily in the euro, and to a lesser degree the Canadian dollar, British pound, Swiss franc, Australian dollar, and other currencies. We use contracts with maturities of up to 36 months at inception to mitigate some of the impact that changes in foreign currency exchange rates could have on forecasted revenues, with a targeted weighted-average maturity of approximately one year. We believe the use of longer-term foreign currency forward contracts provides predictability of future cash flows from our international Consumer-to-Consumer operations.

We have additional foreign exchange risk and associated foreign exchange risk management due to the nature of our Business Solutions business. The majority of this business' revenue is from exchanges of currency at the spot rate enabling customers to make cross-currency payments. In certain countries, this business also writes foreign currency forward and option contracts for our customers to facilitate future payments. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. Business Solutions aggregates its foreign exchange exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties. The foreign exchange risk is actively managed.

84

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, a hypothetical uniform 10% strengthening or weakening in the value of the United States dollar relative to all other currencies in which our profits are generated would have resulted in a decrease/increase to pre-tax annual income of approximately $41 million and $34 million, respectively, based on our forecast of Consumer-to-Consumer unhedged exposure to foreign currency at those dates. There are inherent limitations in this sensitivity analysis, primarily due to the assumption that foreign exchange rate movements are linear and instantaneous, that the unhedged exposure is static, and that we would not hedge any additional exposure. As a result, the analysis is unable to reflect the potential effects of more complex market changes that could arise, which may positively or negatively affect income.

Interest Rates

We invest in several types of interest-bearing assets, with a total value as of December 31, 2013 of $3.7 billion. Approximately $2.8 billion of these assets bear interest at floating rates and are therefore sensitive to changes in interest rates. These assets primarily include money market funds and state and municipal variable rate securities and are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets within "Cash and cash equivalents" and "Settlement assets." To the extent these assets are held in connection with money transfers and other related payment services awaiting redemption, they are classified as "Settlement assets." Earnings on these investments will increase and decrease with changes in the underlying short-term interest rates.

The significant majority of the remainder of our interest-bearing assets consist of highly-rated state and municipal debt securities which are fixed-rate instruments. These investments may include investments made from cash received from our money transfer business and other related payment services awaiting redemption classified within "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As interest rates rise, the fair value of these fixed-rate interest-bearing securities will decrease; conversely, a decrease to interest rates would result in an increase to the fair values of the securities. We have classified these investments as available-for-sale within "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and accordingly, recorded these instruments at their fair value with the net unrealized gains and losses, net of the applicable deferred income tax effect, being added to or deducted from our "Total stockholders' equity" on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of December 31, 2013, we had $250.0 million of floating notes, which had an effective interest rate of 1.2% or 1% above three-month LIBOR. Additionally, $1,550.0 million of our fixed-rate borrowings at par value are effectively floating rate debt through interest rate swap agreements, changing this fixed-rate debt to LIBOR-based floating rate debt, with weighted-average spreads of approximately 300 basis points above LIBOR.

We review our overall exposure to floating and fixed rates by evaluating our net asset or liability position in each, also considering the duration of the individual positions. We manage this mix of fixed versus floating exposure in an attempt to minimize risk, reduce costs and improve returns. Our exposure to interest rates can be modified by changing the mix of our interest-bearing assets as well as adjusting the mix of fixed versus floating rate debt. The latter is accomplished primarily through the use of interest rate swaps and the decision regarding terms of any new debt issuances (i.e., fixed versus floating). We use interest rate swaps designated as hedges to increase the percentage of floating rate debt, subject to market conditions. As of December 31, 2013, our weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

A hypothetical 100 basis point increase/decrease in interest rates would result in a decrease/increase to pre-tax income of approximately $18 million and $11 million annually based on borrowings on December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, that are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. The same 100 basis point increase/decrease in interest rates, if applied to our cash and investment balances on December 31, 2013 and 2012 that are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, would result in an offsetting benefit/reduction to pre-tax income of approximately $28 million and $21 million annually, respectively. There are inherent limitations in the sensitivity analysis presented, primarily due to the assumption that interest rate changes would be instantaneous. As a result, the analysis is unable to reflect the potential effects of more complex market changes, including changes in credit risk regarding our investments, which may positively or negatively affect income. In addition, the current mix of fixed versus floating rate debt and investments and the level of assets and liabilities will change over time. We will also be further impacted by changes to future interest rates as we refinance our debt or by reinvesting proceeds from the sale or maturity of our investments.

85

Credit Risk

As of December 31, 2013, the majority of our investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency.

To manage our exposures to credit risk with respect to investment securities, money market fund investments, derivatives and other credit risk exposures resulting from our relationships with banks and financial institutions, we regularly review investment concentrations, trading levels, credit spreads and credit ratings, and we attempt to diversify our investments among global financial institutions. We also limit our investment level in any individual money market fund to no more than $100 million.

We are also exposed to credit risk related to receivable balances from agents in the money transfer, walk-in bill payment and money order settlement process. In addition, we are exposed to credit risk directly from consumer transactions particularly through our online services and electronic channels, where transactions are originated through means other than cash, and therefore are subject to "chargebacks," insufficient funds or other collection impediments, such as fraud. We perform a credit review before each agent signing and conduct periodic analyses.

We are exposed to credit risk in our Business Solutions business relating to: (a) derivatives written by us to our customers and (b) receivables from certain customers for which beneficiaries are paid prior to receiving cleared funds from the customer, where we have offered "trade credit." For the derivatives, the duration of these contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The credit risk associated with our derivative contracts increases when foreign currency exchange rates move against our customers, possibly impacting their ability to honor their obligations to deliver currency to us or to maintain appropriate collateral with us. For those receivables where we have offered trade credit, collection ordinarily occurs within a few days. To mitigate the risk associated with potential customer defaults, we perform credit reviews of the customer on an ongoing basis, and, for our derivatives, we may require certain customers to post or increase collateral.

Our losses associated with bad debts have been less than 1% of our consolidated revenues in all periods presented.

86

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	88
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	89
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013	91
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013	92
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012	93
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013	94
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013	95
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	96
Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant (Parent Company Only)	147

All other financial statement schedules for The Western Union Company have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the respective consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

87

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Western Union Company's ("Western Union" or the "Company") internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Western Union's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board of Directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of Western Union's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, utilizing the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992 framework). Based on the results of its evaluation, the Company's management concluded that as of December 31, 2013, the Company's internal control over financial reporting is effective. Western Union's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, Western Union's independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

88

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Western Union Company

We have audited The Western Union Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). The Western Union Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, The Western Union Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The Western Union Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated February 24, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

	/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2014

89

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Western Union Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Western Union Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Western Union Company at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), The Western Union Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

	/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2014

90

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in millions, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees	$	4,065.8		$	4,210.0		$	4,220.2
Foreign exchange revenues	1,348.0			1,332.7			1,151.2
Other revenues	128.2			122.1			120.0
Total revenues	5,542.0			5,664.8			5,491.4
Expenses:
Cost of services	3,235.0			3,194.2			3,102.0
Selling, general and administrative	1,199.6			1,140.6			1,004.4
Total expenses*	4,434.6			4,334.8			4,106.4
Operating income	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,385.0
Other income/(expense):
Interest income	9.4			5.5			5.2
Interest expense	(195.6		)	(179.6		)	(181.9		)
Derivative gains/(losses), net	(1.3		)	0.5			14.0
Other income, net	7.0			12.4			52.3
Total other expense, net	(180.5		)	(161.2		)	(110.4		)
Income before income taxes	926.9			1,168.8			1,274.6
Provision for income taxes	128.5			142.9			109.2
Net income	$	798.4		$	1,025.9		$	1,165.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.43		$	1.70		$	1.85
Diluted	$	1.43		$	1.69		$	1.84
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	556.6			604.9			630.6
Diluted	559.7			607.4			634.2
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.50		$	0.425		$	0.31

____________________

* As further described in Note 6, total expenses include amounts for related parties of $80.6 million, $95.0 million and $190.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

91

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net income	$	798.4		$	1,025.9		$	1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities	(3.6		)	2.8			1.8
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities	(11.1		)	(27.0		)	27.0
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(13.1		)	(2.2		)	(2.0		)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments	11.4			(7.7		)	(12.5		)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)	(16.4		)	(34.1		)	14.3
Comprehensive income	$	782.0		$	991.8		$	1,179.7

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

92

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,073.1		$	1,776.5
Settlement assets	3,270.4			3,114.6
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $428.6 and $384.5, respectively	209.9			196.1
Goodwill	3,172.0			3,179.7
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $672.3 and $519.7, respectively	833.8			878.9
Other assets	562.1			319.9
Total assets	$	10,121.3		$	9,465.7
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	638.9		$	556.2
Settlement obligations	3,270.4			3,114.6
Income taxes payable	216.9			218.3
Deferred tax liability, net	319.2			352.1
Borrowings	4,213.0			4,029.2
Other liabilities	358.2			254.7
Total liabilities	9,016.6			8,525.1
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized; no shares issued	—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5			5.7
Capital surplus	390.9			332.8
Retained earnings	877.3			754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0		)	(152.6		)
Total stockholders' equity	1,104.7			940.6
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	10,121.3		$	9,465.7

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

93

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	798.4		$	1,025.9		$	1,165.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	64.2			61.7			61.0
Amortization	198.6			184.4			131.6
Deferred income tax (benefit)/provision	(39.3		)	(35.2		)	21.2
Gain on revaluation of equity interests (Note 4)	—			—			(49.9		)
Other non-cash items, net	53.3			77.2			29.8
Increase/(decrease) in cash, excluding the effects of acquisitions, resulting from changes in:
Other assets	(55.4		)	(27.8		)	(27.7		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	81.1			9.3			(43.0		)
Income taxes payable (Note 10)	3.4			(79.9		)	(62.3		)
Other liabilities	(15.7		)	(30.3		)	(51.2		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,088.6			1,185.3			1,174.9
Cash flows from investing activities
Capitalization of contract costs	(119.3		)	(174.9		)	(96.7		)
Capitalization of purchased and developed software	(41.8		)	(32.4		)	(13.0		)
Purchases of property and equipment	(80.2		)	(60.9		)	(52.8		)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0		)	—			—
Acquisition of businesses, net (Note 4)	—			10.0			(1,218.6		)
Net proceeds from settlement of foreign currency forward contracts related to acquisitions	—			—			20.8
Net cash used in investing activities	(341.3		)	(258.2		)	(1,360.3		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9			53.4			100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2		)	(254.2		)	(194.2		)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7		)	(766.5		)	(803.9		)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	—			(297.0		)	297.0
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3			742.8			696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0		)	—			(696.3		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(450.7		)	(521.5		)	(601.1		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	296.6			405.6			(786.5		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	1,776.5			1,370.9			2,157.4
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	2,073.1		$	1,776.5		$	1,370.9
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	193.7		$	181.8		$	191.3
Income taxes paid (Note 10)	$	158.0		$	257.1		$	144.9

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

94

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in millions)

						Capital Surplus			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Stockholders' Equity
	Common Stock
	Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2010	654.0		$	6.5		$	117.4		$	591.6		$	(132.8	)	$	582.7
Net income	—		—			—			1,165.4			—			1,165.4
Stock-based compensation	—		—			31.2			—			—			31.2
Common stock dividends	—		—			—			(194.2		)	—			(194.2		)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(40.5	)	(0.4		)	—			(802.8		)	—			(803.2		)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	5.9		0.1			98.7			—			—			98.8
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	—		—			(0.2		)	—			—			(0.2		)
Unrealized gains on investment securities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			1.8			1.8
Unrealized gains on hedging activities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			27.0			27.0
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(2.0		)	(2.0		)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(12.5		)	(12.5		)
Balance, December 31, 2011	619.4		6.2			247.1			760.0			(118.5		)	894.8
Net income	—		—			—			1,025.9			—			1,025.9
Stock-based compensation	—		—			34.0			—			—			34.0
Common stock dividends	—		—			—			(254.2		)	—			(254.2		)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(51.3	)	(0.5		)	—			(777.0		)	—			(777.5		)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	4.0		—			51.9			—			—			51.9
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	—		—			(0.2		)	—			—			(0.2		)
Unrealized gains on investment securities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			2.8			2.8
Unrealized losses on hedging activities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(27.0		)	(27.0		)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(2.2		)	(2.2		)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(7.7		)	(7.7		)
Balance, December 31, 2012	572.1		5.7			332.8			754.7			(152.6		)	940.6
Net income	—		—			—			798.4			—			798.4
Stock-based compensation and other	—		—			34.2			—			—			34.2
Common stock dividends	—		—			—			(277.2		)	—			(277.2		)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(26.1	)	(0.2		)	—			(398.6		)	—			(398.8		)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	2.8		—			28.6			—			—			28.6
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	—		—			(4.7		)	—			—			(4.7		)
Unrealized losses on investment securities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(3.6		)	(3.6		)
Unrealized losses on hedging activities, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(11.1		)	(11.1		)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			(13.1		)	(13.1		)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	—		—			—			—			11.4			11.4
Balance, December 31, 2013	548.8		$	5.5		$	390.9		$	877.3		$	(169.0	)	$	1,104.7

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

95

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Formation of the Entity and Basis of Presentation

The Western Union Company ("Western Union" or the "Company") is a leader in global money movement and payment services, providing people and businesses with fast, reliable and convenient ways to send money and make payments around the world. The Western Union^® brand is globally recognized. The Company's services are primarily available through a network of agent locations in more than 200 countries and territories. Each location in the Company's agent network is capable of providing one or more of the Company's services.

The Western Union business consists of the following segments:

• Consumer-to-Consumer - The Consumer-to-Consumer operating segment facilitates money transfers between two consumers, primarily through a network of third-party agents. The Company's multi-currency, real-time money transfer service is viewed by the Company as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world. This service is available for international cross-border transfers - that is, the transfer of funds from one country to another - and, in certain countries, intra-country transfers - that is, money transfers from one location to another in the same country. This segment also includes money transfer transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers.

• Consumer-to-Business - The Consumer-to-Business operating segment facilitates bill payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses. The significant majority of the segment's revenue was generated in the United States during all periods presented, with the remainder primarily generated in Argentina.

• Business Solutions - The Business Solutions operating segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals. The majority of the segment's business relates to exchanges of currency at the spot rate which enables customers to make cross-currency payments. In addition, in certain countries, the Company writes foreign currency forward and option contracts for customers to facilitate future payments. Travelex Global Business Payments ("TGBP"), which was acquired in November 2011 (see Note 4), is included in this segment.

All businesses that have not been classified in the above segments are reported as "Other" and primarily include the Company's money order, prepaid and other businesses and services, in addition to costs for the review and closing of acquisitions.

There are legal or regulatory limitations on transferring certain assets of the Company outside of the countries where these assets are located. However, there are generally no limitations on the use of these assets within those countries. Additionally, the Company must meet minimum capital requirements in some countries in order to maintain operating licenses. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of net assets subject to these limitations totaled approximately $335 million.

Various aspects of the Company's services and businesses are subject to United States federal, state and local regulation, as well as regulation by foreign jurisdictions, including certain banking and other financial services regulations.

96

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Spin-off from First Data

On January 26, 2006, the First Data Corporation ("First Data") Board of Directors announced its intention to pursue the distribution of all of its money transfer and consumer payments businesses and its interest in a Western Union money transfer agent, as well as its related assets, including real estate, through a tax-free distribution to First Data shareholders (the "Spin-off"). Effective on September 29, 2006, First Data completed the separation and the distribution of these businesses by distributing The Western Union Company common stock to First Data shareholders (the "Distribution"). Prior to the Distribution, the Company had been a segment of First Data.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are presented on a consolidated basis and include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Consistent with industry practice, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are unclassified due to the short-term nature of the Company's settlement obligations contrasted with the Company's ability to invest cash awaiting settlement in long-term investment securities.

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The Company consolidates financial results when it has both the power to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the ability to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The Company utilizes the equity method of accounting when it is able to exercise significant influence over the entity's operations, which generally occurs when the Company has an ownership interest of between 20% and 50% in an entity.

Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Unvested shares of restricted stock are excluded from basic shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options at the presented dates are exercised and shares of restricted stock have vested, using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes proceeds from the exercise price of stock options, the unamortized compensation expense and assumed tax benefits of options and restricted stock are available to acquire shares at an average market price throughout the period, and therefore, reduce the dilutive effect.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were 21.2 million, 23.3 million and 17.1 million, respectively, of outstanding options to purchase shares of Western Union stock excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation, as their effect was anti-dilutive.

97

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table provides the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding (in millions):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	556.6	604.9	630.6
Common stock equivalents	3.1	2.5	3.6
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	559.7	607.4	634.2

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair values of its assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in accordance with the hierarchy described below. The fair values of the assets and liabilities held in the Company's defined benefit plan trust ("Trust") are recognized or disclosed utilizing the same hierarchy. The following three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

• Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. For most of these assets, the Company utilizes pricing services that use multiple prices as inputs to determine daily market values. In addition, the Trust has other investments that fall within Level 2 that are valued at net asset value which is not quoted on an active market; however, the unit price is based on underlying investments which are traded on an active market. Further, these investments have no redemption restrictions, and redemptions can generally be done monthly or quarterly with required notice ranging from three to 60 days.

• Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include items where the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has Level 3 assets that are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis related to the Company's business combinations, where the values of the intangible assets and goodwill acquired in a purchase are derived utilizing one of the three recognized approaches: the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach.

Carrying amounts for many of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, settlement cash and cash equivalents, and settlement receivables and settlement obligations approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Investment securities and derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and included in Note 8. Fixed rate notes are carried at their original issuance values as adjusted over time to accrete that value to par, except for portions of notes hedged by interest rate swap agreements as disclosed in Note 14. The fair values of fixed rate notes are also disclosed in Note 8 and are based on market quotations. For more information on the fair value of financial instruments, see Note 8.

The fair values of non-financial assets and liabilities related to the Company's business combinations are disclosed in Note 4. The fair values of financial assets and liabilities related to the Trust are disclosed in Note 11.

98

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for all business combinations where control over another entity is obtained using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that most assets (both tangible and intangible), liabilities (including contingent consideration), and remaining noncontrolling interests be recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets less liabilities and noncontrolling interests is recognized as goodwill. Certain adjustments to the assessed fair values of the assets, liabilities, or noncontrolling interests made subsequent to the acquisition date, but within the measurement period, which is one year or less, are recorded as adjustments to goodwill. Any adjustments subsequent to the measurement period are recorded in income. Any cost or equity method interest that the Company holds in the acquired company prior to the acquisition is remeasured to fair value at acquisition with a resulting gain or loss recognized in income for the difference between fair value and existing book value. Results of operations of the acquired company are included in the Company's results from the date of the acquisition forward and include amortization expense arising from acquired intangible assets. The Company expenses all costs as incurred related to or involved with an acquisition in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments (other than those included in settlement assets) with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase (that are readily convertible to cash) are considered to be cash equivalents and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with various financial institutions, including a portion in money market funds. The Company limits the concentration of its cash and cash equivalents with any one institution. The Company regularly reviews investment concentrations and credit worthiness of these institutions, and has relationships with a globally diversified list of banks and financial institutions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the related receivable balance will not be collected based on its history of collection experience, known collection issues, such as agent suspensions and bankruptcies, and other matters the Company identifies in its routine collection monitoring. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $38.3 million and $46.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is recorded in the same Consolidated Balance Sheet caption as the related receivable. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the provision for doubtful accounts (bad debt expense) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $50.1 million, $44.9 million and $24.3 million, respectively.

Settlement Assets and Obligations

Settlement assets represent funds received or to be received from agents for unsettled money transfers, money orders and consumer payments. The Company records corresponding settlement obligations relating to amounts payable under money transfers, money orders and consumer payment service arrangements. Settlement assets and obligations also include amounts receivable from, and payable to, customers for the value of their cross-currency payment transactions related to the Business Solutions segment.

Settlement assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers, and investment securities. Cash received by Western Union agents generally becomes available to the Company within one week after initial receipt by the agent. Cash equivalents consist of short-term time deposits, commercial paper and other highly liquid investments. Receivables from selling agents represent funds collected by such agents, but in transit to the Company. Western Union has a large and diverse agent base, thereby reducing the credit risk of the Company from any one agent. In addition, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its agents' financial condition and credit worthiness. See Note 7 for information concerning the Company's investment securities.

99

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Receivables from Business Solutions customers arise from cross-currency payment transactions in the Business Solutions segment. Receivables occur when funds have been paid out to a beneficiary but not yet received from the customer. Aside from these receivables, the credit risk associated with spot foreign currency exchange contracts is largely mitigated, as in most cases the Company requires the receipt of funds from customers before releasing the associated cross-currency payment.

Settlement obligations consist of money transfer, money order and payment service payables and payables to agents. Money transfer payables represent amounts to be paid to transferees when they request their funds. Money order payables represent amounts not yet presented for payment. Most agents typically settle with transferees first and then obtain reimbursement from the Company. Payment service payables represent amounts to be paid to utility companies, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and others. Due to the agent funding and settlement process, payables to agents represent amounts due to agents for money transfers that have been settled with transferees.

Settlement assets and obligations consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Settlement assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	538.6	$	574.5
Receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers	981.3		1,025.3
Investment securities	1,750.5		1,514.8
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6
Settlement obligations:
Money transfer, money order and payment service payables	$	2,376.6	$	2,297.1
Payables to agents	893.8		817.5
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets (generally three to 10 years for equipment and furniture and fixtures, and 30 years for buildings) or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs, which do not extend the useful life of the respective assets, are charged to expense as incurred.

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Equipment	$	416.1		$	384.6
Buildings	82.3			80.0
Leasehold improvements	80.3			65.6
Furniture and fixtures	33.3			33.4
Land and improvements	16.9			16.9
Projects in process	9.6			0.1
	638.5			580.6
Less accumulated depreciation	(428.6		)	(384.5		)
Property and equipment, net	$	209.9		$	196.1

100

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Amounts charged to expense for depreciation of property and equipment were $64.2 million, $61.7 million and $61.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of tangible and other intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. The Company's annual impairment assessment did not identify any goodwill impairment during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily consist of acquired contracts, contract costs (primarily amounts paid to agents in connection with establishing and renewing long-term contracts) and software. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract or benefit periods. Included in the Consolidated Statements of Income is amortization expense of $198.6 million, $184.4 million and $131.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Acquired contracts include customer and contractual relationships and networks of subagents that are recognized in connection with the Company's acquisitions.

The Company capitalizes initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts to the extent recoverable through future operations or penalties in the case of early termination. The Company's accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given contract to the lesser of the estimated future cash flows from the contract or the termination fees the Company would receive in the event of early termination of the contract.

The Company purchases and develops software that is used in providing services and in performing administrative functions. Software development costs are capitalized once technological feasibility of the software has been established. Costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Technological feasibility is established when the Company has completed all planning and designing activities that are necessary to determine that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements. Capitalization of costs ceases when the product is available for general use. Software development costs and purchased software are generally amortized over a term of three to five years.

The following table provides the components of other intangible assets (in millions):

	December 31, 2013					December 31, 2012
	Weighted- Average Amortization Period (in years)	Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization		Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization
Acquired contracts	11.2	$	632.0	$	414.3	$	627.2	$	466.2
Capitalized contract costs	5.9	528.5		315.2		457.2		303.7
Internal use software	3.2	264.9		65.1		221.0		54.7
Acquired trademarks	22.7	38.0		25.3		43.4		28.4
Projects in process	3.0	9.6		9.6		15.4		15.4
Other intangibles	2.6	33.1		4.3		34.4		10.5
Total other intangible assets	8.0	$	1,506.1	$	833.8	$	1,398.6	$	878.9

101

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The estimated future aggregate amortization expense for existing other intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is expected to be $210.0 million in 2014, $151.0 million in 2015, $134.0 million in 2016, $102.5 million in 2017, $54.0 million in 2018 and $182.3 million thereafter.

Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In such reviews, estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying values to determine if a write-down to fair value (normally measured by the present value technique) is required. The Company recorded immaterial impairments related to other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 and did not record any impairment during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from consumer money transfer transaction fees that are based on the principal amount of the money transfer and the locations from and to which funds are transferred. The Company also offers several global payments services, including payments from consumers or businesses to other businesses. Transaction fees are set by the Company and recorded as revenue at the time of sale.

In certain consumer money transfer and Business Solutions transactions involving different send and receive currencies, the Company generates revenue based on the difference between the exchange rate set by the Company to the consumer or business and the rate at which the Company or its agents are able to acquire the currency. This foreign exchange revenue is recorded at the time the related consumer money transfer transaction fee revenue is recognized or at the time a customer initiates a transaction through the Company's Business Solutions payment service operations.

Cost of Services

Cost of services primarily consists of agent commissions and expenses for call centers, settlement operations and related information technology costs. Expenses within these functions include personnel, software, equipment, telecommunications, bank fees, depreciation, amortization and other expenses incurred in connection with providing money transfer and other payment services.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $165.1 million, $177.5 million and $174.8 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be determined based on the expected future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

102

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Foreign Currency Translation

The United States dollar is the functional currency for substantially all of the Company's businesses. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those businesses for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into United States dollars based on exchange rates at the end of the year. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the translation of assets and liabilities of these businesses are included as a component of "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities of businesses for which the United States dollar is the functional currency are remeasured based on exchange rates at the end of the period, and the resulting remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in net income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities of these operations are remeasured at historical rates in effect when the asset was recognized or the liability was incurred.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers. The Company recognizes all derivatives in the "Other assets" and "Other liabilities" captions in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value. All cash flows associated with derivatives are included in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, except for cash flows associated with foreign currency forward contracts entered into in order to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, which are recorded in investing activities.

• Cash Flow hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss." Cash flow hedges consist of foreign currency hedging of forecasted revenues, as well as hedges of the forecasted issuance of fixed rate debt. Derivative fair value changes that are captured in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" are reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods the hedged item affects earnings, to the extent the change in the fair value of the instrument is effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged item. The portions of the change in fair value that are either considered ineffective or are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net."

• Fair Value hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges of fixed rate debt are recorded in "Interest expense." The offsetting change in value of the related debt instrument attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate is also recorded in "Interest expense."

• Undesignated - Derivative contracts entered into to reduce the variability related to (a) money transfer settlement assets and obligations, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, and (b) certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and changes in their fair value are included in "Selling, general and administrative." In addition, changes in fair value of derivative contracts, consisting of forward contracts with maturities of less than one year entered into to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded in "Derivative gains/(losses), net." The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts) as part of a broader foreign currency portfolio, including significant spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. The changes in fair value related to these contracts are recorded in "Foreign exchange revenues."

The fair value of the Company's derivatives is derived from standardized models that use market based inputs (e.g., forward prices for foreign currency).

103

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The details of each designated hedging relationship are formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the risk management objective, hedging strategy, hedged item, specific risks being hedged, the derivative instrument, how effectiveness is being assessed and how ineffectiveness, if any, will be measured. The derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair value of the hedged item, and effectiveness is evaluated quarterly on a retrospective and prospective basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company currently has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted and unrestricted stock units to employees and non-employee directors of the Company who perform services for the Company. In addition, the Company has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options and stock unit awards to non-employee directors of the Company.

All stock-based compensation to employees is required to be measured at fair value and expensed over the requisite service period and also requires an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense. The Company recognizes compensation expense on awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Refer to Note 16 for additional discussion regarding details of the Company's stock-based compensation plans.

Severance and Other Related Expenses

The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance for severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and other costs are generally recognized when the liability is incurred. The Company also evaluates impairment issues associated with restructuring and other activities when the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, in accordance with the appropriate accounting guidance.

104

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3.  Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives

In the fourth quarter of 2012 and throughout 2013, the Company implemented initiatives to improve productivity and reduce costs. Costs related to these productivity and cost-savings initiatives include costs related to termination benefits received by certain of the Company's former executives. The following table summarizes the activity for the employee termination benefits and other costs related to the productivity and cost-savings initiatives accruals as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Severance, Outplacement and Related Benefits			Other (b)			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses (a)	28.9			2.0			30.9
Cash payments	(5.2		)	(0.4		)	(5.6		)
Non-cash benefit (a)	2.0			—			2.0
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	25.7		$	1.6		$	27.3
Expenses (a)	40.8			16.1			56.9
Cash payments	(25.3		)	(16.5		)	(41.8		)
Non-cash benefit/(expense) (a)	4.2			(0.2		)	4.0
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	45.4		$	1.0		$	46.4
Total expenses	$	69.7		$	18.1		$	87.8
____________

(a) Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

(b) Other expenses primarily related to the relocation of various operations to new and existing Company facilities and third-party providers including expenses for hiring, training, relocation, travel and professional fees. All such expenses were recorded when incurred.

2010 Restructuring

On May 25, 2010 and as subsequently revised, the Company's Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "Restructuring Plan") designed to reduce the Company's overall headcount and migrate positions from various facilities, primarily within North America and Europe, to regional operating centers. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had incurred all of the expenses related to the Restructuring Plan. The Company incurred expenses of $46.8 million, comprised of $26.1 million, $1.3 million, $3.5 million and $15.9 million in severance, outplacement and related benefits, fixed asset write-offs and accelerated depreciation, lease terminations and other restructuring expenses, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a restructuring accrual of $13.9 million related to this plan, of which $13.7 million represented an accrual for severance, outplacement and related benefits. Substantially all of the accrual was paid in 2012, resulting in a remaining restructuring accrual which was immaterial as of December 31, 2012.

105

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives and restructuring activities as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives				Restructuring and Related Expenses
Cost of services	$	24.3	$	5.5	$	10.6
Selling, general and administrative	32.6		25.4		36.2
Total expenses, pre-tax	$	56.9	$	30.9	$	46.8
Total expenses, net of tax	$	40.2	$	20.2	$	32.0

The following table summarizes expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives incurred by reportable segment (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business		Business Solutions		Other		Total
2012 expenses	$	20.9	$	4.0	$	—	$	6.0	$	30.9
2013 expenses	43.8		5.4		3.6		4.1		56.9
Total expenses	$	64.7	$	9.4	$	3.6	$	10.1	$	87.8

Restructuring and related expenses have not been allocated to the Company's segments, which are disclosed in Note 17. While these items are identifiable to the Company's segments, these expenses have been excluded from the measurement of segment operating profit provided to the chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") for purposes of assessing segment performance and decision making with respect to resource allocation. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $46.8 million of restructuring and related expenses, of which $33.7 million, $6.2 million and $5.0 million were attributable to the Company's Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions segments, respectively, and $1.9 million was attributable to Other.

106

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.  Acquisitions

On November 7, 2011, the Company acquired the business-to-business payment business known as TGBP from Travelex Holdings Limited for cash consideration of £596 million ($956.5 million), net of a final working capital adjustment which resulted in a return of £15 million ($24.1 million) of purchase consideration in the third quarter of 2012. In connection with the July 5, 2011 purchase agreement, on May 4, 2012, the Company also acquired the French assets of TGBP for cash consideration of £3 million ($4.8 million) after receiving regulatory approval. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $20.7 million of costs associated with the closing of the TGBP acquisition. The results of operations for TGBP have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

On October 31, 2011 and April 20, 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 70% interests in European-based Finint S.r.l. ("Finint") and Angelo Costa S.r.l. ("Costa"), respectively, two of the Company's largest agents providing services in a number of European countries. The Company previously held a 30% equity interest in each of these agents. As of the acquisition dates, the Company no longer incurs commission costs for transactions related to Finint and Costa; rather the Company now pays commissions to Finint and Costa subagents, resulting in lower overall commission expense. The Company's operating expenses include costs attributable to Finint's and Costa's operations subsequent to the acquisition dates.

The Company acquired the remaining 70% interest in Finint for cash consideration of €99.6 million ($139.4 million). The Company revalued its previous 30% equity interest to fair value of approximately $47.7 million on the acquisition date, resulting in total value of $187.1 million. In conjunction with the revaluation, the Company recognized a gain of $20.5 million, recorded in "Other income, net" in the Consolidated Statements of Income, for the amount by which the fair value of the 30% equity interest exceeded its previous carrying value.

The Company acquired the remaining 70% interest in Costa for cash consideration of €95 million ($135.7 million). The Company revalued its previous 30% equity interest to fair value of approximately $46.2 million on the acquisition date, resulting in total value of $181.9 million. In conjunction with the revaluation, the Company recognized a gain of $29.4 million, recorded in "Other income, net" in the Consolidated Statements of Income, for the amount by which the fair value of the 30% equity interest exceeded its previous carrying value.

107

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All assets and liabilities have been recorded at fair value, excluding deferred tax liabilities. The valuation of assets acquired was derived using primarily unobservable Level 3 inputs, which require significant management judgment and estimation, and resulted in identifiable intangible assets as follows (in millions):

	Travelex Global Business Payments (a)		Finint S.r.l.		Angelo Costa S.r.l.
Customer and other contractual relationships	$	264.5	$	—	$	—
Network of subagents	—		53.9		44.6
Other	49.7		10.9		6.8
Total identifiable intangible assets	$	314.2	$	64.8	$	51.4

____________________

(a) Amounts include the impact of the acquisition of the French assets of TGBP on May 4, 2012.

Customer and other contractual relationships and network of subagents identifiable intangible assets were valued using an income approach and are being amortized over 9 to 15 years. Other intangibles were valued using both income and cost approaches and are being amortized over one to five years. For the remaining assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill and deferred tax liabilities, fair value approximated carrying value.

The goodwill recognized for TGBP of $704.3 million is attributable to expected synergies, the projected long-term business growth in current and new markets and an assembled workforce and relates entirely to the Business Solutions segment. The goodwill recognized for Finint and Costa of $153.6 million and $174.2 million, respectively, is attributable to growth opportunities that will arise from the Company directly managing its agent relationships, expected synergies, projected long-term business growth and an assembled workforce and relates entirely to the Consumer-to-Consumer segment. Goodwill expected to be deductible for income tax purposes for TGBP, Finint and Costa is approximately $488.4 million, $97.0 million and $104.9 million, respectively.

The following table presents changes to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business			Business Solutions			Other			Total
January 1, 2012 balance	$	1,945.3	$	224.9		$	1,013.7		$	15.0		$	3,198.9
Purchase price adjustments	2.4		—			(24.4		)	—			(22.0		)
Currency translation	—		(3.8		)	6.7			(0.1		)	2.8
December 31, 2012 balance	$	1,947.7	$	221.1		$	996.0		$	14.9		$	3,179.7
Currency translation	—		(6.4		)	—			(1.3		)	(7.7		)
December 31, 2013 balance	$	1,947.7	$	214.7		$	996.0		$	13.6		$	3,172.0

108

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.  Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees

The Company had approximately $100 million in outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees as of December 31, 2013 with expiration dates through 2016, the majority of which contain a one-year renewal option. The letters of credit and bank guarantees are primarily held in connection with lease arrangements and certain agent agreements. The Company expects to renew the letters of credit and bank guarantees prior to expiration in most circumstances.

Litigation and Related Contingencies

The Company and one of its subsidiaries are defendants in two purported class action lawsuits: James P. Tennille v. The Western Union Company and Robert P. Smet v. The Western Union Company, both of which are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. The original complaints asserted claims for violation of various consumer protection laws, unjust enrichment, conversion and declaratory relief, based on allegations that the Company waits too long to inform consumers if their money transfers are not redeemed by the recipients and that the Company uses the unredeemed funds to generate income until the funds are escheated to state governments. The Tennille complaint was served on the Company on April 27, 2009. The Smet complaint was served on the Company on April 6, 2010. On September 21, 2009, the Court granted the Company's motion to dismiss the Tennille complaint and gave the plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. On October 21, 2009, Tennille filed an amended complaint. The Company moved to dismiss the Tennille amended complaint and the Smet complaint. On November 8, 2010, the Court denied the motion to dismiss as to the plaintiffs' unjust enrichment and conversion claims. On February 4, 2011, the Court dismissed the plaintiffs' consumer protection claims. On March 11, 2011, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that adds a claim for breach of fiduciary duty, various elements to its declaratory relief claim and Western Union Financial Services, Inc. ("WUFSI"), a subsidiary of the Company, as a defendant. On April 25, 2011, the Company and WUFSI filed a motion to dismiss the breach of fiduciary duty and declaratory relief claims. WUFSI also moved to compel arbitration of the plaintiffs' claims and to stay the action pending arbitration. On November 21, 2011, the Court denied the motion to compel arbitration and the stay request. Both companies appealed the decision. On January 24, 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit granted the companies' request to stay the District Court proceedings pending their appeal. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the parties executed a settlement agreement, which the Court preliminarily approved on January 3, 2013. On June 25, 2013, the Court entered an order certifying the class and granting final approval to the settlement. Under the approved settlement, a substantial amount of the settlement proceeds, as well as all of the class counsel’s fees, administrative fees and other expenses, would be paid from the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds, which are included within "Settlement obligations" in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. During the final approval hearing, the Court overruled objections to the settlement that had been filed by several class members. In July 2013, two of those class members filed notices of appeal. The United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit has scheduled oral argument for March 18, 2014. The settlement requires Western Union to deposit the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds into a class settlement fund, from which class member claims, administrative fees and class counsel’s fees, as well as other expenses will be paid. On November 6, 2013, the Attorney General of California notified Western Union of the California Controller’s position that Western Union’s deposit of the unclaimed money transfer funds into the class settlement fund pursuant to the settlement “will not satisfy Western Union’s obligations to report and remit funds” under California’s unclaimed property law, and that “Western Union will remain liable to the State of California” for the funds that would have escheated to California in the absence of the settlement. The State of Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. have expressed similar views. There is thus reason to believe that these and potentially other jurisdictions may bring actions against the Company seeking reimbursement for amounts equal to the class counsel’s fees, administrative costs and other expenses that are paid from the class settlement fund.  If such actions are brought or claims that may otherwise require Western Union to incur additional escheatment-related liabilities are asserted, Western Union would defend itself vigorously.

109

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On February 11, 2010, WUFSI signed an agreement and settlement ("Settlement Agreement"), which resolved all outstanding legal issues and claims with the State of Arizona (the "State") and required the Company to fund a multi-state not-for-profit organization promoting safety and security along the United States and Mexico border, in which California, Texas and New Mexico are participating with Arizona. As part of the Settlement Agreement, the Company has made and expects to make certain investments in its compliance programs along the United States and Mexico border and a monitor (the "Monitor") has been engaged for those programs. The Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, significant costs in connection with the Settlement Agreement. The Monitor has made a number of recommendations related to the Company's compliance programs. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company's Business Solutions business was included in the scope of the Monitor's review.

On January 31, 2014, WUFSI and the State agreed to amend the Settlement Agreement. Such amendment (the “Amendment”) was subsequently approved by the Superior Court of the State of Arizona In and For the County of Maricopa that same day. The Amendment extends the term of the Settlement Agreement until December 31, 2017, and imposes obligations on the Company and WUFSI in connection with WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance programs and cooperation with law enforcement. In particular, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue implementing the primary and secondary recommendations made by the Monitor appointed pursuant to the Settlement Agreement related to WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance program, and includes, among other things, timeframes for implementing such primary and secondary recommendations. Under the Amendment, the Monitor may make additional primary recommendations until January 1, 2015, and additional secondary recommendations until January 31, 2017. After these dates, the Monitor may only make additional primary or secondary recommendations, as applicable, that meet certain requirements as set forth in the Amendment. Primary recommendations may also be re-classified as secondary recommendations.

The Amendment provides that if WUFSI is unable to implement an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, as determined by the Monitor and subject to limited judicial review, within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State may, within 180 days after the Monitor delivers its final report on the primary recommendations on December 31, 2016, and subsequent to any judicial review of the Monitor’s findings, elect one, and only one, of the following remedies: (i) assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement and pursue remedies under the Settlement Agreement, which could include initiating civil or criminal actions; or (ii) require WUFSI to pay (a) $50 million plus (b) $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully. There are currently more than 70 primary recommendations and groups of primary recommendations.

If the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State cannot pursue either of the remedies above, except that the State may require WUFSI to pay $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully.

If, at the conclusion of the timeframe to implement the secondary recommendations on December 31, 2017, the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has not implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, the State cannot assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement but may require WUFSI to pay an additional $25 million. Additionally, if the Monitor determines that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border but has not implemented some of the Monitor’s secondary recommendations or groups of secondary recommendations that were originally classified as primary recommendations or groups of primary recommendations on the date of the Amendment, the State may require WUFSI to pay $500,000 per such secondary recommendation or group of recommendations. There is no monetary penalty associated with secondary recommendations that are classified as such on the date of the Amendment or any new secondary recommendations that the Monitor makes after the date of the Amendment.

The Amendment also requires WUFSI to make a one-time payment of $250,000 and thereafter $150,000 per month for five years to fund the activities and expenses of a money transfer transaction data analysis center formed by WUFSI and a Financial Crimes Task Force comprised of federal and state and local law enforcement representatives, including those from the State. In addition, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue funding the Monitor’s reasonable expenses in $500,000 increments as requested by the Monitor.

110

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The changes in WUFSI’s anti-money laundering program required by the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, and the Monitor’s recommendations have had, and will continue to have, adverse effects on the Company’s business, including additional costs. Additionally, if WUFSI is not able to implement a successful anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border or timely implement a substantial portion of the Monitor’s primary recommendations, each as determined by the Monitor, pursuit by the State of remedies under the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

On March 20, 2012, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney's Office for the Central District of California ("USAO") seeking documents relating to Shen Zhou International ("US Shen Zhou"), a former Western Union agent located in Monterey Park, California. The principal of US Shen Zhou was indicted in 2010 and in December 2013, pled guilty to one count of structuring international money transfers in violation of United States federal law in U.S. v. Zhi He Wang (SA CR 10-196, C.D. Cal.). Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is a target of an ongoing investigation into structuring and money laundering. Since March 20, 2012, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO seeking additional documents relating to US Shen Zhou, materials relating to certain other former and current agents and other materials relating to the Company's anti-money laundering compliance policies and procedures. The government has interviewed several current and former Western Union employees and has served grand jury subpoenas seeking testimony from several current and former employees. The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

On December 10, 2013, the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado against The Western Union Company, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a former executive officer of the Company, asserting claims under sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against all defendants, and under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the individual defendants. Plaintiff alleges that during the alleged class period, February 7, 2012 through October 30, 2012, defendants made false or misleading statements or failed to disclose adverse facts known to them, including: (1) the Company was experiencing difficulties in complying with its increased duties required by the Southwest Border Agreement and that the State of Arizona was dissatisfied with the Company’s efforts; (2) the Company was spending significantly more than forecast on its efforts to satisfy the compliance and monitoring program; (3) the Company had downplayed the impact that changes in its compliance and regulatory environment were having on its operations, including its operations in Mexico and Latin America; (4) the scope of the Monitor’s review was being expanded to include Western Union Business Solutions, which would increase compliance costs; and (5) the Company’s ability to charge a premium for its core money transfer product was under competitive pressure, which would require drastic price reductions to stem market share losses. On January 30, 2014, another shareholder, Norma A. Garavaglia, filed a second purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado that names the same defendants and contains allegations which are substantially similar to those made in the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit. These actions are in a preliminary stage and the Company is unable to predict the outcome, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with these actions. The Company and the named individuals intend to vigorously defend themselves in all of these matters.

In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company is subject to other claims and litigation. Management of the Company believes such matters involving a reasonably possible chance of loss will not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company accrues for loss contingencies as they become probable and estimable.

111

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement with First Data in connection with the Spin-off (see Note 1), First Data and the Company are each liable for, and agreed to perform, all liabilities with respect to their respective businesses. In addition, the separation and distribution agreement also provides for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of the Company's business with the Company and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of First Data's retained businesses with First Data. The Company also entered into a tax allocation agreement that sets forth the rights and obligations of First Data and the Company with respect to taxes imposed on their respective businesses both prior to and after the Spin-off as well as potential tax obligations for which the Company may be liable in conjunction with the Spin-off (see Note 10).

112

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.  Related Party Transactions

The Company has ownership interests in certain of its agents accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company pays these agents, as it does its other agents, commissions for money transfer and other services provided on the Company's behalf. Commission expense recognized for these agents for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $65.5 million, $66.1 million and $131.9 million, respectively. Commission expense recognized for Finint prior to October 31, 2011 and Costa prior to April 20, 2011, the date of the acquisitions (see Note 4), was considered a related party transaction.

The Company has a director who is also a director for a company that previously held significant investments in two of the Company's existing agents. During the first quarter of 2012, this company sold its interest in one of these agents, so that for the year ended December 31, 2013, this company held a significant investment in only one agent. These agents had been agents of the Company prior to the director being appointed to the board. The Company recognized commission expense of $15.1 million, $28.9 million and $58.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to these agents during the periods the agents were affiliated with the Company's director. In January 2014, this director advised the Company that he does not intend to stand for re-election as a director at the Company's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

7. Investment Securities

Investment securities included in "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of highly-rated state and municipal debt securities, including variable rate demand notes. Variable rate demand note securities can be put (sold at par) typically on a daily basis with settlement periods ranging from the same day to one week, but have varying maturities through 2051. Generally, these securities are used by the Company for short-term liquidity needs and are held for short periods of time, typically less than 30 days. The Company is required to hold specific highly-rated, investment grade securities and such investments are restricted to satisfy outstanding settlement obligations in accordance with applicable state and foreign country requirements.

During the third quarter of 2013, the Company invested in a short-term bond mutual fund which holds a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, with a combined average maturity of less than one year. This investment can be redeemed daily. The fair value of this investment, which is included in "Other assets" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $100.2 million as of December 31, 2013.

The substantial majority of the Company's investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. Investment securities are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates and credit risk. Western Union regularly monitors credit risk and attempts to mitigate its exposure by investing in highly-rated securities and through investment diversification. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the Company's investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency.

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of related deferred taxes. Proceeds from the sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $19.0 billion, $16.3 billion and $14.2 billion, respectively.

Gains and losses on investments are calculated using the specific-identification method and are recognized during the period in which the investment is sold or when an investment experiences an other-than-temporary decline in value. Factors that could indicate an impairment exists include, but are not limited to: earnings performance, changes in credit rating or adverse changes in the regulatory or economic environment of the asset. If potential impairment exists, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the debt security, more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery or expects that some of the contractual cash flows will not be received. The Company had no material other-than-temporary impairments during the periods presented.

113

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The components of investment securities are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	868.1	$	874.2	$	7.8	$	(1.7	)	$	6.1
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	865.0		865.0		—		—			—
Other debt securities	11.2		11.3		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5	$	7.9	$	(1.7	)	$	6.2
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.0		100.2		0.2		—			0.2
	$	1,844.3	$	1,850.7	$	8.1	$	(1.7	)	$	6.4
December 31, 2012	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	991.5	$	1,003.7	$	12.5	$	(0.3	)	$	12.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	463.3		463.3		—		—			—
Other debt securities	47.7		47.8		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,502.5	$	1,514.8	$	12.6	$	(0.3	)	$	12.3

____________

(a) The majority of these securities are fixed rate instruments.

There were no investments with a single issuer or individual securities representing greater than 10% of total investment securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following summarizes the contractual maturities of settlement-related debt securities as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due within 1 year	$	187.6	$	188.4
Due after 1 year through 5 years	425.2		429.1
Due after 5 years through 10 years	306.7		308.1
Due after 10 years	824.8		824.9
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay the obligations or the Company may have the right to put the obligation prior to its contractual maturity, as with variable rate demand notes. Variable rate demand notes, having a fair value of $21.6 million, $21.4 million and $822.0 million are included in the "Due after 1 year through 5 years," "Due after 5 years through 10 years" and "Due after 10 years" categories, respectively, in the table above.

114

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8.  Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, as defined by the relevant accounting standards, represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. For additional information on how the Company measures fair value, refer to Note 2.

The following tables reflect assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	874.2	$	—	$	874.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		865.0		—		865.0
Other debt securities	—		11.3		—		11.3
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.2		—		—		100.2
Derivatives	—		224.3		—		224.3
Total assets	$	100.2	$	1,974.8	$	—	$	2,075.0
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,343.2	$	—	$	4,343.2
Derivatives	—		223.4		—		223.4
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,566.6	$	—	$	4,566.6
	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2012	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	1,003.7	$	—	$	1,003.7
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		463.3		—		463.3
Other debt securities	—		47.8		—		47.8
Other assets:
Derivatives	—		96.8		—		96.8
Total assets	$	—	$	1,611.6	$	—	$	1,611.6
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,200.8	$	—	$	4,200.8
Derivatives	—		86.1		—		86.1
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,286.9	$	—	$	4,286.9

No non-recurring fair value adjustments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, except those associated with acquisitions, as disclosed in Note 4.

115

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts for many of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, settlement cash and cash equivalents, and settlement receivables and settlement obligations approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The aggregate fair value of the Company's borrowings was based on quotes from multiple banks and excluded the impact of related interest rate swaps. All the assets and liabilities in the above tables were carried at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the exception of borrowings, which had a carrying value of $4,213.0 million and $4,029.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively (see Note 15).

The fair value of the assets in the Trust, which holds the assets for the Company's defined benefit plan, is disclosed in Note 11.

9.  Other Assets and Other Liabilities

The following table summarizes the components of other assets and other liabilities (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Other assets:
Derivatives	$	224.3	$	96.8
Short-term bond mutual fund (Note 7)	100.2		—
Prepaid expenses	69.0		56.9
Amounts advanced to agents, net of discounts	41.8		37.7
Equity method investments	41.0		41.0
Other receivables	21.1		21.4
Debt issue costs	17.3		17.3
Deferred customer set up costs	17.1		15.9
Accounts receivable, net	14.9		15.6
Other	15.4		17.3
Total other assets	$	562.1	$	319.9
Other liabilities:
Derivatives	$	223.4	$	86.1
Pension obligations	70.4		102.1
Deferred revenue	25.1		30.5
Other	39.3		36.0
Total other liabilities	$	358.2	$	254.7

116

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10.  Income Taxes

The components of pre-tax income, generally based on the jurisdiction of the legal entity, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Components of pre-tax income:
Domestic	$	(28.4	)	$	94.8	$	423.9
Foreign	955.3			1,074.0		850.7
	$	926.9		$	1,168.8	$	1,274.6

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 103%, 92% and 67% of the Company's pre-tax income was derived from foreign sources, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, domestic pre-tax income and foreign pre-tax income were affected by the pre-tax impact of the Company's agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS Agreement") resolving substantially all of the issues related to the Company's restructuring of its international operations in 2003.

The provision for income taxes was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Federal	$	88.3		$	92.5		$	78.1
State and local	(3.7		)	(14.8		)	4.5
Foreign	43.9			65.2			26.6
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Domestic taxes have been incurred on certain pre-tax income amounts that were generated by the Company's foreign operations. Accordingly, the percentage obtained by dividing the total federal, state and local tax provision by the domestic pre-tax income, all as shown in the preceding tables, may be higher than the statutory tax rates in the United States.

The Company's effective tax rates differed from statutory rates as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal statutory rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits	0.7	%	0.6	%	2.0	%
Foreign rate differential, net of U.S. tax paid on foreign earnings (9.2%, 5.1% and 1.2%, respectively)	(22.9	)%	(22.5	)%	(14.0	)%
IRS Agreement	—	%	—	%	(16.1	)%
Other	1.1	%	(0.9	)%	1.7	%
Effective tax rate	13.9	%	12.2	%	8.6	%

117

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The increase in the Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to the combined effect of various discrete items, partially offset by an increasing proportion of profits that were foreign-derived in 2013, and generally taxed at lower rates than the Company's combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. The increase in the Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to the impact of the IRS Agreement, discussed above, which resulted in a tax benefit of $204.7 million related to the adjustment of reserves associated with this matter during 2011, partially offset by benefits from favorable tax settlements in 2012 and higher taxes associated with the Finint and Costa remeasurement gains during 2011 (see Note 4). The Company continues to benefit from a significant proportion of its profits being foreign-derived, and generally taxed at lower rates than its combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. Certain portions of the Company's foreign source income are subject to United States federal and state income tax as earned due to the nature of the income, and dividend repatriations of the Company's foreign source income are generally subject to United States federal and state income tax.

The Company's provision for income taxes consisted of the following components (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	86.1		$	117.2		$	36.2
State and local	8.1			(2.5		)	0.6
Foreign	73.6			63.4			51.2
Total current taxes	167.8			178.1			88.0
Deferred:
Federal	2.2			(24.7		)	41.9
State and local	(11.8		)	(12.3		)	3.9
Foreign	(29.7		)	1.8			(24.6		)
Total deferred taxes	(39.3		)	(35.2		)	21.2
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. The following table outlines the principal components of deferred tax items (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets related to:
Reserves, accrued expenses and employee-related items	$	57.0		$	65.7
Pension obligations	25.6			36.7
Tax attribute carryovers	22.3			14.7
Other	26.6			25.3
Valuation allowance	(16.4		)	(13.0		)
Total deferred tax assets	115.1			129.4
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
Intangibles, property and equipment	434.3			481.5
Total deferred tax liabilities	434.3			481.5
Net deferred tax liability	$	319.2		$	352.1

The valuation allowance relates primarily to the Company's ability to recognize tax benefits associated with certain foreign net operating losses, which are included in "Tax attribute carryovers" in the table above. The recognition of these benefits is dependent upon the future taxable income in such foreign jurisdictions.

118

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company has established contingency reserves for a variety of material, known tax exposures. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of tax contingency reserves was $125.5 million, including accrued interest and penalties, net of related items. The Company's tax reserves reflect management's judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review or other settlement. While the Company believes its reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed its related reserve. With respect to these reserves, the Company's income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in the facts and circumstances (i.e., new information) surrounding a tax issue and (ii) any difference from the Company's tax position as recorded in the financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period. Such resolution could materially increase or decrease income tax expense in the Company's consolidated financial statements in future periods and could impact operating cash flows.

Unrecognized tax benefits represent the aggregate tax effect of differences between tax return positions and the amounts otherwise recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements, and are reflected in "Income taxes payable" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in millions):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	103.2		$	123.7
Increases - positions taken in current period (a)	18.5			13.1
Increases - positions taken in prior periods (b)	15.6			—
Decreases - positions taken in prior periods	(8.7		)	(6.1		)
Decreases - settlements with taxing authorities	(4.1		)	(24.1		)
Decreases - lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(7.0		)	(3.4		)
Balance as of December 31,	$	117.5		$	103.2

____________

(a) Includes recurring accruals for issues which initially arose in previous periods.

(b) Changes to positions taken in prior periods relate to changes in estimates used to calculate prior period unrecognized tax benefits.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $108.9 million and $93.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, excluding interest and penalties.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties with respect to unrecognized tax benefits in "Provision for income taxes" in its Consolidated Statements of Income, and records the associated liability in "Income taxes payable" in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognized $(1.8) million, $0.5 million and $(4.0) million in interest and penalties during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company has accrued $17.7 million and $20.0 million for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The unrecognized tax benefits accrual as of December 31, 2013 consists of federal, state and foreign tax matters. It is reasonably possible that the Company's total unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $55 million during the next 12 months in connection with various matters which may be resolved.

The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns for the United States, for multiple states and localities, and for various non-United States jurisdictions, and the Company has identified the United States as its major tax jurisdiction, as the income tax imposed by any one foreign country is not material to the Company. The United States federal income tax returns of First Data, which include the Company, are eligible to be examined for 2005 and 2006. The Company's United States federal income tax returns since the Spin-off are also eligible to be examined.

119

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") completed its examination of the United States federal consolidated income tax returns of First Data for 2003 and 2004, which included the Company, and issued a Notice of Deficiency in December 2008. In December 2011, the Company reached an agreement with the IRS resolving substantially all of the issues related to the Company's restructuring of its international operations in 2003. As a result of the IRS Agreement, the Company expects to make cash payments of approximately $190 million, plus additional accrued interest, of which $92.4 million have been made as of December 31, 2013. These payments were made during 2012. The Company expects to pay the remaining amount in 2014 and beyond. The IRS completed its examination of the United States federal consolidated income tax returns of First Data, which include the Company's 2005 and pre-Spin-off 2006 taxable periods and issued its report on October 31, 2012 ("FDC 30-Day Letter"). Furthermore, the IRS completed its examination of the Company's United States federal consolidated income tax returns for the 2006 post-Spin-off period through 2009 and issued its report also on October 31, 2012 ("WU 30-Day Letter"). Both the FDC 30-Day Letter and the WU 30-Day Letter propose tax adjustments affecting the Company, some of which are agreed and some of which are unagreed. Both First Data and the Company filed their respective protests with the IRS Appeals Division on November 28, 2012 related to the unagreed proposed adjustments. The Company believes its reserves are adequate with respect to both the agreed and unagreed adjustments.

As of December 31, 2013, no provision had been made for United States federal and state income taxes on certain of the Company's outside tax basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated foreign earnings of approximately $5.0 billion, which have been reinvested and are expected to continue to be reinvested outside the United States indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings to the United States in the form of actual or constructive dividends, the Company would be subject to United States income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits), state income taxes and possible withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. Such taxes could be significant. Determination of this amount of unrecognized United States deferred tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

Tax Allocation Agreement with First Data

The Company and First Data each are liable for taxes imposed on their respective businesses both prior to and after the Spin-off. If such taxes have not been appropriately apportioned between First Data and the Company, subsequent adjustments may occur that may impact the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Also under the tax allocation agreement, with respect to taxes and other liabilities that result from a final determination that is inconsistent with the anticipated tax consequences of the Spin-off (as set forth in the private letter ruling and relevant tax opinion) ("Spin-off Related Taxes"), the Company will be liable to First Data for any such Spin-off Related Taxes attributable solely to actions taken by or with respect to the Company. In addition, the Company will also be liable for half of any Spin-off Related Taxes (i) that would not have been imposed but for the existence of both an action by the Company and an action by First Data or (ii) where the Company and First Data each take actions that, standing alone, would have resulted in the imposition of such Spin-off Related Taxes. The Company may be similarly liable if it breaches certain representations or covenants set forth in the tax allocation agreement. If the Company is required to indemnify First Data for taxes incurred as a result of the Spin-off being taxable to First Data, it likely would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. First Data generally will be liable for all Spin-off Related Taxes, other than those described above.

11. Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans

The Western Union Company Incentive Savings Plan (the "401(k)") covers eligible employees on the United States payroll of the Company. Employees who make voluntary contributions to this plan receive up to a 4% Company matching contribution. All matching contributions are immediately vested.

The Company administers more than 25 defined contribution plans in various countries globally on behalf of approximately 1,700 employee participants as of December 31, 2013. Such plans have vesting and employer contribution provisions that vary by country.

120

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In addition, the Company sponsors a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of highly compensated United States employees. The plan provides tax-deferred contributions and the restoration of Company matching contributions otherwise limited under the 401(k).

The aggregate amount charged to expense in connection with all of the above plans was $16.9 million, $15.3 million and $12.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plan

The Company has one frozen defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") for which it had a recorded unfunded pension obligation of $70.4 million and $102.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, included in "Other liabilities" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company made contributions of $15.7 million and $25.0 million to the Plan in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including discretionary contributions of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company will be required to fund approximately $13 million to the Plan in 2014.

The Company recognizes the funded status of the Plan in its Consolidated Balance Sheets with a corresponding adjustment to "Accumulated other comprehensive loss," net of tax.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the Plan's projected benefit obligation, fair value of assets and the funded status (in millions):

	2013			2012
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation as of January 1,	$	418.8		$	414.4
Interest cost	12.1			14.7
Actuarial (gain)/loss	(25.4		)	30.2
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Projected benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1,	$	316.7		$	301.7
Actual return on plan assets	2.7			30.5
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Company contributions	15.7			25.0
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31,	295.8			316.7
Funded status of the Plan as of December 31,	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8

Differences in expected returns on plan assets estimated at the beginning of the year versus actual returns, and assumptions used to estimate the beginning of year projected benefit obligation versus the end of year obligation (principally discount rate and mortality assumptions) are, on a combined basis, considered actuarial gains and losses. Such actuarial gains and losses are recognized as a component of "Comprehensive income" and amortized to income over the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants. Included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" as of December 31, 2013 is $10.4 million ($6.6 million, net of tax) of actuarial losses that are expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2014.

121

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table provides the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accrued benefit liability	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)	187.0			206.8
Net amount recognized	$	116.6		$	104.7

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Plan (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Interest cost	$	12.1		$	14.7		$	17.9
Expected return on plan assets	(20.7		)	(20.8		)	(21.3		)
Amortization of actuarial loss	12.4			10.5			8.1
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3.8		$	4.4		$	4.7

The accrued loss related to the pension liability included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss", net of tax, decreased$11.4 million in 2013 and increased $7.7 million and $12.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's benefit obligation were as follows:

	2013		2012
Discount rate	3.91	%	3.03	%

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's net cost were as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Discount rate	3.03	%	3.72	%	4.69	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The Company measures the Plan's obligations and annual expense using assumptions that reflect best estimates and are consistent to the extent that each assumption reflects expectations of future economic conditions. As the bulk of the pension benefits will not be paid for many years, the computation of pension expenses and benefits is based on assumptions about future interest rates and expected rates of return on plan assets. In general, pension obligations are most sensitive to the discount rate assumption, and it is set based on the rate at which the pension benefits could be settled effectively. The discount rate is determined by matching the timing and amount of anticipated payouts under the Plan to the rates from an AA spot rate yield curve. The curve is derived from AA bonds of varying maturities.

The estimated undiscounted future benefit payments are expected to be $37.9 million in 2014, $36.3 million in 2015, $34.9 million in 2016, $33.2 million in 2017, $31.6 million in 2018 and $132.3 million in 2019 through 2023.

The Company employs a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical risk, return, and co-variance relationships between equities, fixed-income securities, and alternative investments are considered consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Consideration is given to diversification, re-balancing and yields anticipated on fixed income securities held. Historical returns are reviewed within the context of current economic conditions to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. The Company then applies this rate against a calculated value for its plan assets. The calculated value recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over a five-year period.

122

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Pension plan asset allocation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and target allocations based on investment policies, were as follows:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of Measurement Date
Asset Class	2013		2012
Equity investments	18	%	16	%
Debt securities	59	%	62	%
Alternative investments	23	%	22	%

	Target Allocation
Equity investments	15%
Debt securities	60%
Alternative investments	25%

The Plan's assets are managed in a third-party Trust. The investment policy and allocation of the assets in the Trust are overseen by the Company's Investment Council. The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity, fixed income, and alternative investments are used in an effort to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities and plan funded status. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity, fixed-income, and alternative investments (e.g. hedge funds, royalty rights and private equity funds). Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across United States and non-United States stocks, as well as securities deemed to be growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Alternative investments, the majority of which are hedge funds, are used in an effort to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Hedge fund strategy types include, but are not limited to: relative value, equity long-short, commodities/currencies, multi-strategy, event driven, and global-macro. The Plan holds derivative contracts directly which consist of interest rate swap agreements, under which the Plan is committed to pay a short-term LIBOR-based variable interest rate in exchange for a fixed interest rate based on five and ten-year maturities. Additionally, derivatives are held indirectly through funds in which the Plan is invested. Derivatives are used by the Plan to help reduce the Plan's exposure to interest rate volatility and to provide an additional source of return. Cash held by the Plan is used to satisfy margin requirements on the derivatives. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements, and periodic asset and liability studies.

123

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables reflect investments of the Trust that were measured and carried at fair value (in millions). For information on how the Company measures fair value, refer to Note 2.

December 31, 2013	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	26.2	$	—	$	—	$	26.2
International (a)	1.5		26.5		—		28.0
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		127.3		—		127.3
U.S. treasury bonds	36.8		—		—		36.8
State and municipal debt securities	—		3.9		—		3.9
Other	—		4.4		—		4.4
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds (c)	—		42.4		—		42.4
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		25.9		25.9
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	294.9
Other assets							0.9
Total investments of the Trust	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	295.8

December 31, 2012	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	24.2	$	—	$	—	$	24.2
International (a)	1.4		25.0		—		26.4
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		131.4		—		131.4
U.S. treasury bonds	52.3		—		—		52.3
State and municipal debt securities	—		4.4		—		4.4
Other	—		3.1		—		3.1
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds	—		44.7		—		44.7
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		23.8		23.8
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	310.3
Other assets							6.4
Total investments of the Trust	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	316.7

____________

124

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(a)	Funds included herein have redemption frequencies of daily to monthly, with redemption notice periods of one to ten business days.
(b)	Substantially all corporate debt securities are investment grade securities.
(c)	Hedge funds generally hold liquid and readily priceable securities, such as public equities, exchange-traded derivatives, and corporate bonds. Hedge funds themselves do not have readily available market quotations, and therefore are valued using the Net Asset Value ("NAV") per share provided by the investment sponsor or third party administrator. Funds investing in diverse hedge fund strategies (primarily commingled funds) had the following composition of underlying hedge fund investments within the pension plan at December 31, 2013: relative value (24%), equity long/short (21%), commodities/currencies (20%), multi-strategy (13%), event driven (12%), and global-macro (10%). As of December 31, 2013, funds included herein had redemption frequencies of monthly to quarterly, with redemption notice periods of three to 60 days.
(d)	Diversified investments in royalty rights related to the sale of pharmaceutical products by third parties. Also included are private equity funds with a focus on venture capital. These investments are illiquid, with investment distributions expected to be received over the lives of the funds, which are uncertain but based on the voting rights of investors and the maturities of the underlying investments.

The maturities of debt securities as of December 31, 2013 range from less than one year to approximately 32 years with a weighted-average maturity of 14 years.

The following tables provide summaries of changes in the fair value of the Trust's Level 3 financial assets (in millions):

	Royalty Rights			Private Equity			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	11.4		$	2.2		$	13.6
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	1.6			0.1			1.7
Relating to assets sold during the year	0.8			(0.1		)	0.7
Net purchases and sales	7.6			0.2			7.8
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	21.4		$	2.4		$	23.8
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	2.3			0.3			2.6
Relating to assets sold during the year	1.6			0.1			1.7
Net purchases and sales	(2.0		)	(0.2		)	(2.2		)
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	23.3		$	2.6		$	25.9

Royalty rights are held through investment funds. These investments are priority interests in contractual royalty revenue derived from the sale of pharmaceutical products that entitle the investment fund to receive a portion of revenue from the patent-protected product. The fair value of the Company's investment in royalty rights is estimated using consensus sales estimates for the pharmaceutical products obtained from third-party experts, which are multiplied by the contractual royalty rate, and then discounted by an interest rate based off the estimated weighted average cost of capital of the pharmaceutical sector (approximately 10%).

Private equity funds invest in the non-marketable securities of individual private companies. These private companies ultimately may become public in the future. The fair value of the Company's investment in private equity funds is estimated using many types of inputs, including historical sales multiples, valuations of comparable public companies, and recently completed equity financings.

125

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12.  Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain real properties for use as customer service centers and administrative and sales offices. The Company also leases automobiles and office equipment. Certain of these leases contain renewal options and escalation provisions. Total rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income, was $54.1 million, $53.9 million and $44.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum aggregate rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in millions):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	44.0
2015	36.5
2016	28.1
2017	21.6
2018	15.9
Thereafter	15.0
Total future minimum lease payments	$	161.1

13.  Stockholders' Equity

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period that have yet to be recognized in income, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. The major components include unrealized gains and losses on investment securities, gains or losses from cash flow hedging activities, foreign currency translation adjustments and defined benefit pension plan liability adjustments.

Unrealized gains and losses on investment securities that are available for sale, primarily state and municipal debt securities, are included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the investment is either sold or deemed other-than-temporarily impaired. See Note 7 for further discussion.

The effective portion of the change in fair value of derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss." Generally, amounts are recognized in income when the related forecasted transaction affects earnings. See Note 14 for further discussion.

The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the United States dollar are translated using the appropriate exchange rate as of the end of the year. Foreign currency translation adjustments represent unrealized gains and losses on assets and liabilities arising from the difference in the foreign country currency compared to the United States dollar. These gains and losses are accumulated in comprehensive income. When a foreign subsidiary is substantially liquidated, the cumulative translation gain or loss is removed from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and is recognized as a component of the gain or loss on the sale of the subsidiary.

The defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment is recognized for the difference between estimated assumptions (e.g., asset returns, discount rates, mortality) and actual results. The amount in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" is amortized to income over the remaining life expectancy of the plan participants. Details of the pension plan's assets and obligations are explained further in Note 11.

126

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Unrealized gains on investment securities, beginning of period	$	7.7		$	4.9		$	3.1
Unrealized gains/(losses)	(0.1		)	9.9			9.7
Tax (expense)/benefit	0.1			(3.7		)	(3.6		)
Reclassification of gains into "Other revenues"	(5.8		)	(5.5		)	(6.9		)
Tax expense related to reclassifications	2.2			2.1			2.6
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities	(3.6		)	2.8			1.8
Unrealized gains on investment securities, end of period	$	4.1		$	7.7		$	4.9
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, beginning of period	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1		$	(21.9	)
Unrealized losses	(3.1		)	(20.1		)	(5.2		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(1.7		)	3.1			5.6
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Transaction fees"	(7.6		)	(10.3		)	23.3
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Foreign exchange revenues"	(2.8		)	(3.1		)	7.0
Reclassification of losses into "Interest expense"	3.6			3.6			2.7
Tax expense/(benefit) related to reclassifications	0.5			(0.2		)	(6.4		)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities	(11.1		)	(27.0		)	27.0
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, end of period	$	(33.0	)	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1
Foreign currency translation adjustments, beginning of period	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)	$	(4.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(17.7		)	(4.6		)	(3.7		)
Tax benefit	4.6			2.4			1.7
Net foreign currency translation adjustments	(13.1		)	(2.2		)	(2.0		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, end of period	$	(21.6	)	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, beginning of period	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)	$	(109.7	)
Unrealized gains/(losses)	7.4			(20.5		)	(28.4		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(3.9		)	6.2			10.9
Reclassification of losses into "Cost of services"	12.4			10.5			8.1
Tax benefit related to reclassifications and other	(4.5		)	(3.9		)	(3.1		)
Net defined benefit pension plan adjustments	11.4			(7.7		)	(12.5		)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, end of period	$	(118.5	)	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, end of period	$	(169.0	)	$	(152.6	)	$	(118.5	)

127

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Cash Dividends Paid

Cash dividends paid for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $277.2 million, $254.2 million and $194.2 million, respectively. Dividends per share declared quarterly by the Company's Board of Directors during the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Year	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
2013	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125
2012	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.125
2011	$	0.07	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	0.08

On February 21, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share payable on March 31, 2014.

Share Repurchases

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 25.7 million, 51.0 million and 40.3 million shares, respectively, have been repurchased for $393.6 million, $771.9 million and $800.0 million, respectively, excluding commissions, at an average cost of $15.29, $15.12 and $19.83 per share, respectively.

On February 11, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized $500 million of common stock repurchases through June 30, 2015.

14.  Derivatives

The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates, primarily the euro, and to a lesser degree the Canadian dollar, British pound, Australian dollar, Swiss franc, and other currencies, related to forecasted money transfer revenues and on money transfer settlement assets and obligations. The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. Additionally, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in market rates both prior to and subsequent to the issuance of debt. The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers.

The Company executes derivatives with established financial institutions, with the substantial majority of these financial institutions having credit ratings of "A-" or better from a major credit rating agency. The Company also writes Business Solutions derivatives mostly with small and medium size enterprises. The primary credit risk inherent in derivative agreements represents the possibility that a loss may occur from the nonperformance of a counterparty to the agreements. The Company performs a review of the credit risk of these counterparties at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. The Company also monitors the concentration of its contracts with any individual counterparty. The Company anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements, but takes action (including termination of contracts) when doubt arises about the counterparties' ability to perform. The Company's hedged foreign currency exposures are in liquid currencies; consequently, there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the hedging program would not be available in the future.

Foreign Currency — Consumer-to-Consumer

The Company's policy is to use longer-term foreign currency forward contracts, with maturities of up to 36 months at inception and a targeted weighted-average maturity of approximately one year, to mitigate some of the risk that changes in foreign currency exchange rates compared to the United States dollar could have on forecasted revenues denominated in other currencies related to its business. As of December 31, 2013, the Company's longer-term foreign currency forward contracts had maturities of a maximum of 24 months with a weighted-average maturity of approximately one year. These contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges of forecasted revenue, with effectiveness assessed based on changes in the spot rate of the affected currencies during the period of designation. Accordingly, all changes in the fair value of the hedges not considered effective or portions of the hedge that are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net" within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

128

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company also uses short duration foreign currency forward contracts, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations between initiation and settlement. In addition, forward contracts, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are utilized to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions. None of these contracts are designated as accounting hedges.

The aggregate equivalent United States dollar notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Contracts not designated as hedges:
Euro	$	237.4
Canadian dollar	98.0
British pound	52.0
Australian dollar	36.6
Other (a)	157.0
Contracts designated as hedges:
Euro	$	392.8
Canadian dollar	125.3
British pound	85.5
Swiss franc	43.7
Australian dollar	39.2
Other	49.7

____________________

(a) Comprised of exposures to 15 different currencies. None of these individual currency exposures is greater than $25 million.

Foreign Currency — Business Solutions

The Company writes derivatives, primarily foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts, mostly with small and medium size enterprises and derives a currency spread from this activity as part of its Business Solutions operations. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts). The derivatives written are part of the broader portfolio of foreign currency positions arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations, which primarily include spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. Foreign exchange revenues from the total portfolio of positions were $355.5 million, $332.0 million, and $154.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. None of the derivative contracts used in Business Solutions operations are designated as accounting hedges. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year.

The aggregate equivalent United States dollar notional amounts of foreign currency derivative customer contracts held by the Company in its Business Solutions operations as of December 31, 2013 were approximately $5.8 billion. The significant majority of customer contracts are written in major currencies such as the euro, Canadian dollar, British pound, and the Australian dollar.

Interest Rate Hedging — Corporate

The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The Company designates these derivatives as fair value hedges. The change in fair value of the interest rate swaps is offset by a change in the carrying value of the debt being hedged within "Borrowings" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income has been adjusted to include the effects of interest accrued on the swaps.

129

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company, at times, utilizes derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in the fixed-rate coupon of the debt expected to be issued. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company held interest rate swaps in an aggregate notional amount of $1,550.0 million and $800.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of this aggregate notional amount held at December 31, 2013, $500.0 million related to notes due in 2014, $250.0 million related to notes due in 2015, $500.0 million related to notes due in 2017, and $300.0 million related to notes due in 2018.

Balance Sheet

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivatives reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Derivative Assets					Derivative Liabilities
		Fair Value					Fair Value
	Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Derivatives — hedges:
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	Other assets	$	11.4	$	13.1	Other liabilities	$	7.8	$	—
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	11.1		10.8		Other liabilities	27.7		17.6
Total		$	22.5	$	23.9		$	35.5	$	17.6
Derivatives — undesignated:
Foreign currency — Business Solutions	Other assets	$	201.2	$	71.9	Other liabilities	$	186.2	$	66.5
Foreign currency — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	0.6		1.0		Other liabilities	1.7		2.0
Total		$	201.8	$	72.9		$	187.9	$	68.5
Total derivatives		$	224.3	$	96.8		$	223.4	$	86.1

The following table summarizes the net fair value of derivatives held as of December 31, 2013 and their expected maturities (in millions):

	Total			2014			2015			2016		2017			2018			Thereafter
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	$	(16.6	)	$	(11.5	)	$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	(1.1		)	(1.1		)	—			—		—			—			—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Business Solutions	15.0			15.0			—			—		—			—			—
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	3.6			11.2			—			—		(2.7		)	(4.9		)	—
Total	$	0.9		$	13.6		$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	(2.7	)	$	(4.9	)	$	—

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities associated with contracts that include netting language that the Company believes to be enforceable have been netted in the following tables to present the Company's net exposure with these counterparties. The Company's rights under these agreements generally allow for transactions to be settled on a net basis, including upon early termination, which could occur upon the counterparty's default, a change in control, or other conditions.

In addition, certain of the Company's other agreements include netting provisions, the enforceability of which may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and depending on the circumstances. Due to the uncertainty related to the enforceability of these provisions, the derivative balances associated with these agreements are included within "Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement" in the following tables. In certain circumstances, the Company may require its Business Solutions customers to maintain collateral balances which may mitigate the risk associated with potential customer defaults.

130

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables summarize the gross and net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	118.4	$	—	$	118.4	$	(93.3	)	$	25.1
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	105.9
Total	$	224.3
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	39.1	$	—	$	39.1	$	(19.6	)	$	19.5
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	57.7
Total	$	96.8

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	146.1	$	—	$	146.1	$	(93.3	)	$	52.8
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	77.3
Total	$	223.4
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	30.5	$	—	$	30.5	$	(19.6	)	$	10.9
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	55.6
Total	$	86.1

131

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Income Statement

The following tables summarize the location and amount of gains and losses of derivatives in the Consolidated Statements of Income segregated by designated, qualifying hedging instruments and those that are not, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

Fair Value Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives									Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item (a)							Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
	Income Statement Location	Amount								Income Statement Location	Amount						Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012		2011		Hedged  Item		2013		2012		2011			2013		2012		2011
Interest rate contracts	Interest  expense	$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8	Fixed-rate debt	Interest  expense	$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6	Interest  expense	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total gain/(loss)		$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8			$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6		$	—	$	—	$	—

Cash Flow Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized									Gain/(Loss) Reclassified										Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on
	in OCI on Derivatives									from Accumulated OCI into Income										Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount
	(Effective Portion)									(Effective Portion)										Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) (b)
	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives	2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	16.4		Revenue	$	10.4		$	13.4		$	(30.3	)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)
Interest rate contracts (c)	—			—			(21.6		)	Interest expense	(3.6		)	(3.6		)	(2.7		)	Interest expense	—			—			—
Total gain/(loss)	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	(5.2	)		$	6.8		$	9.8		$	(33.0	)		$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)

Undesignated Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of net gains/(losses) from undesignated hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (d)
	Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts (e)	Selling, general and administrative	$	(3.7	)	$	(10.6	)	$	5.9
Foreign currency contracts (f)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	(0.9		)	0.6			21.9
Total gain/(loss)		$	(4.6	)	$	(10.0	)	$	27.8

 ____________________

(a) The 2013 gain of $19.3 million was comprised of a gain in value on the debt of $8.5 million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $10.8 million. The 2012 gain of $3.7 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(3.9) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $7.6 million. The 2011 gain of $12.6 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(11.8) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $24.4 million.

132

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(b) The portion of the change in fair value of a derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment for foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges represents the difference between changes in forward rates and spot rates.

(c) The Company uses derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt and records the effective portion of the derivative's fair value in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounts are reclassified to "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes.

(d) The Company uses foreign currency forward and option contracts as part of its Business Solutions payments operations. These derivative contracts are excluded from this table as they are managed as part of a broader currency portfolio that includes non-derivative currency exposures. The gains and losses on these derivatives are included as part of the broader disclosure of portfolio revenue for this business discussed above.

(e) The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations as well as certain foreign currency denominated positions. Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on settlement assets and obligations and cash balances, not including amounts related to derivatives activity as displayed above, were $(5.4) million, $7.8 million and $(20.5) million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(f) The derivative contracts used in the Company's revenue hedging program are not designated as hedges in the final month of the contract. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into derivative contracts, consisting of foreign currency forward contracts with maturities of less than one year, to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition, and recorded a net gain of $20.8 million in "Derivatives gains/(losses), net."

An accumulated other comprehensive pre-tax loss of $11.4 million related to the foreign currency forward contracts is expected to be reclassified into revenue within the next 12 months as of December 31, 2013. Approximately $3.6 million of net losses on the forecasted debt issuance hedges are expected to be recognized in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income within the next 12 months as of December 31, 2013. No amounts have been reclassified into earnings as a result of the underlying transaction being considered probable of not occurring within the specified time period.

133

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.  Borrowings

The Company’s outstanding borrowings consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Due in less than one year:
Floating rate notes (a)	$	—		$	300.0
6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 (b)	500.0			500.0
Due in greater than one year (b):
Floating rate notes due 2015 (c)	250.0			—
2.375% notes due 2015 (d)	250.0			250.0
5.930% notes due 2016 (d)	1,000.0			1,000.0
2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 (b)	500.0			500.0
3.650% notes due 2018 (d)	400.0			400.0
3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 (e)	250.0			—
5.253% notes due 2020 (d)	324.9			324.9
6.200% notes due 2036 (d)	500.0			500.0
6.200% notes due 2040 (d)	250.0			250.0
Other borrowings	5.7			5.8
Total borrowings at par value	4,230.6			4,030.7
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments, net (b)	0.9			20.2
Unamortized discount, net	(18.5		)	(21.7		)
Total borrowings at carrying value (f)	$	4,213.0		$	4,029.2

____________________ 

(a) The floating rate notes due in March 2013 were repaid using the Company's cash, including cash generated from operations and proceeds from the Company's issuance of the fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017.

(b) The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes’ stated rate.

(c) On August 22, 2013, the Company issued$250.0 millionof aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.

(d) The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.

(e) On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.

(f) As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

The Company’s maturities of borrowings at par value as of December 31, 2013 are $500.0 million in 2014, $500.0 million in 2015, $1.0 billion in 2016, $500.0 million in 2017, $400.0 million in 2018, and approximately $1.3 billion thereafter.

The Company’s obligations with respect to its outstanding borrowings, as described above, rank equally.

134

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Commercial Paper Program

Pursuant to the Company’s commercial paper program, the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes in an amount not to exceed $1.5 billion outstanding at any time, reduced to the extent of borrowings outstanding on the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility in excess of $150 million. The Commercial Paper Notes may have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issuance. The Company had no commercial paper borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the average commercial paper balance outstanding was $161.3 million and the maximum balance outstanding was $422.8 million. Proceeds from the Company’s commercial paper borrowings were used for general corporate purposes.

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 23, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement which expires January 2017 providing for unsecured financing facilities in an aggregate amount of $1.65 billion, including a $250.0 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $150.0 million swing line sub-facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"). The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s ability to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, grant certain types of security interests, incur certain types of liens, impose restrictions on subsidiary dividends, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or incur certain subsidiary level indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions. The Company is required to maintain compliance with a consolidated interest coverage ratio covenant. The Revolving Credit Facility supports borrowings under the Company’s $1.5 billion commercial paper program.

Interest due under the Revolving Credit Facility is fixed for the term of each borrowing and is payable according to the terms of that borrowing. Generally, interest is calculated using a selected LIBOR rate plus an interest rate margin of 100 basis points. A facility fee of 12.5 basis points is also payable quarterly on the total facility, regardless of usage. Both the interest rate margin and facility fee percentage are based on certain of the Company’s credit ratings.

As of and during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Notes

On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due May 22, 2019. Interest with respect to the 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 22 and November 22 of each year, beginning on May 22, 2014, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.350%. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to the note is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on the 2019 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 3.350% per annum. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 3.350% per annum. The 2019 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company's and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2019 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On August 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015. Interest with respect to the 2015 Floating Rate Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on each February 21, May 21, August 21 and November 21, beginning November 21, 2013, at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (reset quarterly). The 2015 Floating Rate Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

135

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On December 10, 2012, the Company issued $250.0 million and $500.0 million of aggregate principal amounts of unsecured notes due December 10, 2015 ("2015 Fixed Rate Notes") and December 10, 2017 ("2017 Notes"), respectively. Interest with respect to the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 10 and December 10 of each year, currently based on the per annum rates of 2.375% and 2.875%, respectively. The interest rates payable on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to such notes is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on either the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes or 2017 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 2.375% and 2.875% per annum, respectively. The interest rates on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 2.375% and 2.875% per annum.The 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 and 40 basis points, respectively.

On August 22, 2011, the Company issued $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due August 22, 2018 ("2018 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2018 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 22 and August 22 of each year, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.650%. The 2018 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2018 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 basis points.

On March 7, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due March 7, 2013 ("2013 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2013 Notes was payable quarterly in arrears on each March 7, June 7, September 7 and December 7, beginning June 7, 2011, at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 58 basis points (reset quarterly). The 2013 Notes were redeemed upon maturity in March 2013.

On June 21, 2010, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due June 21, 2040 ("2040 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2040 Notes is payable semi-annually on June 21 and December 21 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. The 2040 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2040 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On March 30, 2010, the Company exchanged $303.7 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2011 Notes for unsecured notes due April 1, 2020 ("2020 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 5.253%. In connection with the exchange, note holders were given a 7% premium ($21.2 million), which approximated market value at the exchange date, as additional principal. As this transaction was accounted for as a debt modification, this premium was not charged to expense. Rather, the premium, along with the offsetting hedge accounting adjustments, will be accreted into "Interest expense" over the life of the notes. The 2020 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries), or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2020 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 15 basis points.

The 2020 Notes were originally issued in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). On October 8, 2010, the Company exchanged the 2020 Notes for notes registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.

136

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On February 26, 2009, the Company issued $500.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due February 26, 2014 ("2014 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2014 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 26 and August 26 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.500%. The 2014 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2014 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 50 basis points. The Company has the ability to use cash, including cash generated from operations, proceeds from the sale of non-settlement related investments, and the Revolving Credit Facility, and could also access commercial paper and other financing sources to repay this debt obligation.

On November 17, 2006, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Notes due 2036 ("2036 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2036 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 17 and November 17 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. The 2036 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries), or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2036 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 25 basis points.

On September 29, 2006, the Company issued $1.0 billion of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes maturing on October 1, 2016 ("2016 Notes"). Interest on the 2016 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on a fixed per annum rate of 5.930%. The 2016 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2016 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 20 basis points.

Certain of the Company’s notes (the 2019 Notes, 2015 Floating Rate Notes, 2015 Fixed Rate Notes, 2017 Notes, and 2018 Notes) include a change of control triggering event provision, as defined in the terms of the notes. If a change of control triggering event occurs, holders of the notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of their notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.  A change of control triggering event will occur when there is a change of control involving the Company and among other things, within a specified period in relation to the change of control, the notes are downgraded from an investment grade rating to below an investment grade rating by all three major credit rating agencies.

137

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16.  Stock Compensation Plans

Stock Compensation Plans

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2006 LTIP") provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other equity-based awards to employees and others who perform services for the Company. A maximum of 120.0 million shares of common stock may be awarded under the 2006 LTIP, of which 34.0 million shares are available as of December 31, 2013.

Options granted under the 2006 LTIP are issued with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Western Union common stock on the grant date, have 10-year terms, and typically vest over four equal annual increments beginning 12 months after the date of grant, with the exception of options granted to retirement eligible employees, which will vest on a prorated basis, upon termination. Compensation expense related to stock options is recognized over the requisite service period.

Restricted stock awards and units granted under the 2006 LTIP typically become 100% vested on the three year anniversary of the grant date, with the exception of restricted stock units granted to retirement eligible employees, which will vest on a prorated basis, upon termination. The fair value of the awards granted is measured based on the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Certain share unit grants do not provide for the payment of dividend equivalents. For those grants, the value of the grants is reduced by the net present value of the foregone dividend equivalent payments. The related compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is the same as the vesting period.

The compensation committee of the Company's Board of Directors has also granted the Company's executives and other key employees long-term incentive awards under the 2006 LTIP which consist of approximately two-thirds performance based restricted stock unit awards and approximately one-third stock option awards. The performance based restricted stock units are restricted stock awards. The grant date fair value is fixed and the amount of restricted stock units released depends upon certain financial and strategic performance objectives being met over a two-year period plus an additional vesting period after the two-year performance period. For the 2012 awards, achievement is also limited if certain total shareholder return metrics are not met over a three-year period. The actual number of performance based restricted stock units that the recipients receive ranges from 0% up to 300% of the target number of stock units granted under the LTIP. The performance-based restricted stock units granted in 2013 are restricted stock units, primarily granted to the Company's executives, which require certain financial objectives to be met during 2013 and 2014 plus an additional vesting period and are subject to a payout modifier based on the Company's relative total shareholder return over a three year performance period (2013 through 2015). Additionally, the compensation committee granted non-executive employees of the Company participating in the 2006 LTIP annual equity grants of two-thirds restricted stock units and one-third stock option awards, or all restricted stock units depending on their employment grade level.

In 2012, the Company started granting bonus stock units out of the 2006 LTIP to the non-employee directors of the Company. Since bonus stock units vest immediately, compensation expense is recognized on the date of grant based on the fair value of the awards when granted. These awards may be settled immediately unless the participant elects to defer the receipt of common shares under the applicable plan rules.

138

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan

The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan ("2006 Director Plan") provides for the granting of equity-based awards to non-employee directors of the Company. Options granted under the 2006 Director Plan are issued with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Western Union common stock on the grant date, have 10-year terms, and vest immediately. Since options and deferred stock units under this plan vest immediately, compensation expense is recognized on the date of grant based on the fair value of the awards when granted. Awards under the plan may be settled immediately unless the participant elects to defer the receipt of the common shares under applicable plan rules. A maximum of 1.5 million shares of common stock may be awarded under the 2006 Director Plan. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has awarded 1.2 million options and 0.3 million unrestricted stock units to non-employee directors of the Company. As the shares available to be granted under the 2006 Director Plan were depleted during 2013, the Company started granting options out of the 2006 LTIP to the non-employee directors of the Company, as permitted by the plans. These options have the same vesting and expense terms as non-employee director option grants under the 2006 Director Plan.

Impact of Spin-Off to Stock-Based Awards Granted Under First Data Plans

At the time of the Spin-off, First Data converted stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively, "Stock-Based Awards") of First Data stock held by Western Union and First Data employees. For Western Union employees, outstanding First Data Stock-Based Awards were converted to new Western Union Stock-Based Awards. For First Data employees, each outstanding First Data Stock-Based Award held prior to the Spin-off was converted into one replacement First Data Stock-Based Award and one Western Union Stock-Based Award. The new Western Union and First Data Stock-Based Awards maintained their pre-conversion aggregate intrinsic values, and, in the case of stock options, their ratio of the exercise price per share to their fair value per share.

After the Spin-off, the Company receives all cash proceeds related to the exercise of all Western Union stock options, recognizes all stock compensation expense and retains the resulting tax benefits relating to Western Union awards held by Western Union employees. First Data recognizes all stock-based compensation expense and retains all associated tax benefits for Western Union Stock-Based Awards held by First Data employees.

Stock Option Activity

A summary of Western Union stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows (options and aggregate intrinsic value in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of January 1	27.0		$	18.46
Granted	4.0		14.02
Exercised	(1.8	)	15.86
Cancelled/forfeited	(5.4	)	17.86
Outstanding as of December 31	23.8		$	18.05	4.4	$	19.7
Options exercisable as of December 31	18.1		$	18.77	3.1	$	8.4

The Company received $28.6 million, $51.9 million and $98.8 million in cash proceeds related to the exercise of stock options during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Upon the exercise of stock options, shares of common stock are issued from authorized common shares.

139

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company realized total tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from stock option exercises of $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4.2 million, $5.1 million and $20.6 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Activity

A summary of Western Union activity for restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2013 is listed below (units in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested as of January 1	4.8	$	17.38
Granted	3.2	13.10
Vested	(1.0)	15.63
Forfeited	(0.7)	15.42
Non-vested as of December 31	6.3	$	15.69

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table sets forth the total impact on earnings for stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income resulting from stock options, restricted stock units, performance based restricted stock units and bonus stock units for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions, except per share data).

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock-based compensation expense	$	(34.5	)	$	(34.0	)	$	(31.2	)
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense	10.0			10.0			9.8
Net income impact	$	(24.5	)	$	(24.0	)	$	(21.4	)
Earnings per share:
Basic and Diluted	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.03	)

As of December 31, 2013, there was $13.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of assumed forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years, and there was $35.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of assumed forfeitures, related to non-vested restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

140

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value Assumptions

The Company used the following assumptions for the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the value of Western Union options granted.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock options granted:
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	1.2		%	1.2		%	2.5		%
Weighted-average dividend yield	3.7		%	1.8		%	1.4		%
Volatility	35.3		%	33.2		%	31.0		%
Expected term (in years)	6.09			6.09			5.80
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	3.20		$	4.90		$	5.99

Risk-free interest rate - The risk-free rate for stock options granted during the period is determined by using a United States Treasury rate for the period that coincided with the expected terms listed above.

Expected dividend yield - The Company's expected annual dividend yield is the calculation of the annualized Western Union dividend divided by an average Western Union stock price on each respective grant date.

Expected volatility - For the Company's executives and non-employee directors, the expected volatility for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 grants was 35.3%, 33.2% and 29.7%, respectively. The expected volatility for the Company's non-executive employees was 35.2%, 33.2% and 31.9% for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 grants, respectively. The Company used a blend of implied and historical volatility. The Company's implied volatility was calculated using the market price of traded options on Western Union's common stock and the historical volatility of Western Union stock data. Prior to 2012, the Company's historical volatility represented a blend of Western Union and First Data (prior to the Spin-off) stock data.

Expected term - For 2013 and 2012, Western Union's expected term for all employees was approximately 6 years. For 2011 Western Union's expected term was approximately 5 years for non-executive employees and approximately 7 years for executives and non-employee directors. The Company's expected term of options was based upon, among other things, historical exercises, the vesting term of the Company's options and the options' contractual term of ten years.

The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of options granted are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and the Company's historical experience and future expectations. The calculated fair value is recognized as compensation cost in the Company's consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period of the entire award. Compensation cost is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant and evaluated and adjusted periodically to reflect the Company's historical experience and future expectations. Any change in the forfeiture assumption is accounted for as a change in estimate, with the cumulative effect of the change on periods previously reported being reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the period in which the change is made. In the future, as more historical data is available to calculate the volatility of Western Union stock and the actual terms Western Union employees hold options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could change the grant-date fair value of future stock option awards and, ultimately, the recorded compensation expense.

141

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17.  Segments

As previously described in Note 1, the Company classifies its businesses into three segments: Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities, about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company's CODM in deciding where to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Consumer-to-Consumer operating segment facilitates money transfers between two consumers. The Company's money transfer service is viewed by the Company as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world, including related transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers. The segment includes five geographic regions whose functions are limited to generating, managing and maintaining agent relationships and localized marketing activities and also includes the Company's online money transfer service conducted through Western Union branded websites ("westernunion.com"). By means of common processes and systems, these regions and westernunion.com create an interconnected network for consumer transactions, thereby constituting one global Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer business and one operating segment.

The Consumer-to-Business operating segment facilitates bill payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses.

The Business Solutions operating segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals.

All businesses that have not been classified in the above segments are reported as "Other" and primarily include the Company's money order, prepaid and other businesses and services.

The Company's reportable segments are reviewed separately below because each reportable segment represents a strategic business unit that offers different products and serves different markets. The business segment measurements provided to, and evaluated by, the Company's CODM are computed in accordance with the following principles:

• The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

• Corporate and other overhead is allocated to the segments primarily based on a percentage of the segments' revenue compared to total revenue.

• Costs incurred for the review and closing of acquisitions are included in "Other."

• The Company incurred restructuring and related expenses of $46.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 which were not allocated to the Company's segments. While these items were identifiable to the Company's segments, they were not included in the measurement of segment operating profit provided to the CODM for purposes of assessing segment performance and decision making with respect to resource allocation. For additional information on restructuring and related activities, refer to Note 3.

• All items not included in operating income are excluded from the segments.

142

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present the Company's reportable segment results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues:
Consumer-to-Consumer:
Transaction fees	$	3,396.1		$	3,545.6		$	3,580.2
Foreign exchange revenues	981.3			988.5			983.1
Other revenues	56.2			50.2			45.1
	4,433.6			4,584.3			4,608.4
Consumer-to-Business:
Transaction fees	579.1			573.6			581.8
Foreign exchange and other revenues	29.4			30.3			34.1
	608.5			603.9			615.9
Business Solutions:
Foreign exchange revenues	355.5			332.0			154.6
Transaction fees and other revenues	37.4			35.4			6.5
	392.9			367.4			161.1
Other:
Total revenues	107.0			109.2			106.0
Total consolidated revenues	$	5,542.0		$	5,664.8		$	5,491.4
Operating income/(loss):
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	1,030.4		$	1,266.9		$	1,316.0
Consumer-to-Business	121.9			137.6			146.9
Business Solutions (a)	(27.0		)	(54.8		)	(9.6		)
Other	(17.9		)	(19.7		)	(21.5		)
Total segment operating income	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,431.8
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—			—			(46.8		)
Total consolidated operating income	$	1,107.4		$	1,330.0		$	1,385.0

____________________ 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $19.3 million, $42.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP. TGBP integration expense consists primarily of severance and other benefits, retention, direct and incremental expense consisting of facility relocation, consolidation and closures; IT systems integration; amortization of a transitional trademark license; and other expenses such as training, travel and professional fees. Integration expense does not include costs related to the completion of the TGBP acquisition, which are included in Other.

143

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	5,321.9	$	4,854.2	$	4,644.6
Consumer-to-Business	1,129.9		1,029.6		955.8
Business Solutions	2,256.4		2,012.6		1,906.2
Other	1,413.1		1,569.3		1,563.3
Total assets	$	10,121.3	$	9,465.7	$	9,069.9
Depreciation and amortization:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	179.4	$	158.2	$	141.0
Consumer-to-Business	15.8		14.7		18.8
Business Solutions	59.6		65.7		26.8
Other	8.0		7.5		4.7
Total segment depreciation and amortization	262.8		246.1		191.3
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—		—		1.3
Total consolidated depreciation and amortization	$	262.8	$	246.1	$	192.6
Capital expenditures:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	174.0	$	219.1	$	138.4
Consumer-to-Business	36.9		21.8		13.4
Business Solutions	14.8		16.1		6.7
Other	15.6		11.2		4.0
Total capital expenditures	$	241.3	$	268.2	$	162.5

Information concerning principal geographic areas was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue:
United States	$	1,523.7	$	1,593.1	$	1,568.6
International	4,018.3		4,071.7		3,922.8
Total	$	5,542.0	$	5,664.8	$	5,491.4
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	156.6	$	148.2	$	152.1
International	53.3		47.9		46.0
Total	$	209.9	$	196.1	$	198.1

The Consumer-to-Consumer geographic split is determined based upon the region where the money transfer is initiated and the region where the money transfer is paid. For transactions originated and paid in different regions, the Company splits the revenue between the two regions, with each region receiving 50%. For money transfers initiated and paid in the same region, 100% of the revenue is attributed to that region. The geographic split of revenue above for the Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions segments is based upon the country where the transaction is initiated with 100% of the revenue allocated to that country. Long-lived assets, consisting of "Property and equipment, net," are presented based upon the location of the assets.

144

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A significant majority of the Company's Consumer-to-Consumer transactions involve at least one non-United States location. Based on the method used to attribute revenue between countries described in the paragraph above, each individual country outside the United States accounted for less than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, each individual agent, Consumer-to-Business, or Business Solutions customer accounted for less than 10% of revenue during these periods.

145

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in millions, except per share data):

2013 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	1,325.4	$	1,385.9	$	1,408.8	$	1,421.9	$	5,542.0
Expenses (a) (b)	1,028.5		1,109.1		1,113.5		1,183.5		4,434.6
Operating income	296.9		276.8		295.3		238.4		1,107.4
Other expense, net	46.7		44.6		43.6		45.6		180.5
Income before income taxes	250.2		232.2		251.7		192.8		926.9
Provision for income taxes	38.2		33.6		37.3		19.4		128.5
Net income	$	212.0	$	198.6	$	214.4	$	173.4	$	798.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Diluted	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	567.6		555.7		552.1		551.2		556.6
Diluted	569.7		558.3		555.8		555.0		559.7
____________

(a) Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(b) Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

2012 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,393.4	$	1,425.1	$	1,421.6	$	1,424.7	$	5,664.8
Expenses (c) (d)	1,060.9		1,079.2		1,056.0		1,138.7		4,334.8
Operating income	332.5		345.9		365.6		286.0		1,330.0
Other expense, net	42.4		35.8		41.8		41.2		161.2
Income before income taxes	290.1		310.1		323.8		244.8		1,168.8
Provision for income taxes	42.8		38.9		54.3		6.9		142.9
Net income	$	247.3	$	271.2	$	269.5	$	237.9	$	1,025.9
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.70
Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.69
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	619.1		610.9		601.5		588.0		604.9
Diluted	621.9		613.1		604.2		590.2		607.4
____________

(c) Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(d) Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

146

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT

The following lists the condensed financial information for the parent company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and statements of income and comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions, except per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	151.4		$	383.7
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $17.0 and $14.4, respectively	41.0			33.6
Other assets	160.4			68.4
Investment in subsidiaries	5,534.1			5,420.3
Total assets	$	5,886.9		$	5,906.0
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	76.8		$	79.3
Income taxes payable	76.3			88.3
Payable to subsidiaries, net	413.2			773.5
Borrowings	4,207.3			4,023.4
Other liabilities	8.6			0.9
Total liabilities	4,782.2			4,965.4
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized; no shares issued	—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5			5.7
Capital surplus	390.9			332.8
Retained earnings	877.3			754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0		)	(152.6		)
Total stockholders’ equity	1,104.7			940.6
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	5,886.9		$	5,906.0

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

147

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses	—			—			—
Operating income	—			—			—
Interest income	0.4			0.2			0.1
Interest expense	(195.7		)	(178.6		)	(181.0		)
Other expense	—			—			(0.1		)
Loss before equity in earnings of affiliates and income taxes	(195.3		)	(178.4		)	(181.0		)
Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of tax	919.0			1,136.1			1,276.7
Income tax benefit	74.7			68.2			69.7
Net income	798.4			1,025.9			1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax	2.2			2.0			(11.7		)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) of affiliates, net of tax	(18.6		)	(36.1		)	26.0
Comprehensive income	$	782.0		$	991.8		$	1,179.7

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

148

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	689.1		$	228.3		$	698.1
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(8.5		)	(3.3		)	(4.2		)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0		)	—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(108.5		)	(3.3		)	(4.2		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Advances from/(to) subsidiaries, net	(362.2		)	679.1			(180.9		)
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3			742.8			696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0		)	—			(696.3		)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	—			(297.0		)	297.0
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9			53.4			100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2		)	(254.2		)	(194.2		)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7		)	(766.5		)	(803.9		)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(812.9		)	157.6			(782.0		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(232.3		)	382.6			(88.1		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	383.7			1.1			89.2
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	151.4		$	383.7		$	1.1

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

149

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Basis of Presentation

The Western Union Company (the "Parent") is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its subsidiaries. Under a parent company only presentation, the Parent's investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting, and the condensed financial statements do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with The Western Union Company's consolidated financial statements.

2.  Restricted Net Assets

Certain assets of the Parent's subsidiaries totaling approximately $335 million constitute restricted net assets, as there are legal or regulatory limitations on transferring such assets outside of the countries where the respective assets are located. Additionally, certain of the Parent's subsidiaries must meet minimum capital requirements in some countries in order to maintain operating licenses. As of December 31, 2013, the Parent is in a stockholders' equity position of $1,104.7 million, and as such, the restricted net assets of the Parent's subsidiaries currently exceeds 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries, thus requiring this Schedule I, "Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant."

3.  Related Party Transactions

On October 1, 2012, the Parent issued a promissory note payable to its 100% owned subsidiary First Financial Management Corporation in the amount of $268.2 million in exchange for funds distributed to the Parent. The promissory note is due on June 30, 2015, bears interest at the fixed rate of 0.23% per annum, and may be repaid at any time without penalty. The promissory note is included within "Payable to subsidiaries, net" in the Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Excess cash generated from operations of the Parent's subsidiaries that is not required to meet certain regulatory requirements is paid periodically to the Parent and is also included within "Payable to subsidiaries, net" in the Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Parent's subsidiaries periodically distribute excess cash balances to the Parent in the form of a dividend, although the amounts of such dividends may vary from year to year.

The Parent files a consolidated United States federal income tax return, and also a number of consolidated state income tax returns on behalf of its subsidiaries. In these circumstances, the Parent is responsible for remitting income tax payments on behalf of the consolidated group. The Parent's provision for income taxes has been computed as if it were a separate tax-paying entity.

4.  Commitments and Contingencies

The Parent had $14.4 million in outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees as of December 31, 2013 with expiration dates through 2014. The letters of credit and bank guarantees are primarily held in connection with credit-related dealings, which include, but are not limited to, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions. The Company expects to renew the letters of credit and bank guarantees prior to expiration in most circumstances.

150

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our controls and procedures related to our reporting and disclosure obligations as of December 31, 2013, which is the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit are accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management's report on Western Union's internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

151

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Except for the information required by this item with respect to our executive officers included in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our Code of Ethics, the information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion in "Proposal 1—Election of Directors," "Board of Directors Information," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," and "Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board of Directors" of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

Code of Ethics

The Company's Directors' Code of Conduct, Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, Procedure for Accounting and Auditing Concerns, Professional Conduct Policy for Attorneys, and the Code of Conduct are available without charge through the "Corporate Governance" portion of the Company's website, www.westernunion.com, or by writing to the attention of: Investor Relations, The Western Union Company, 12500 East Belford Avenue, Englewood, Colorado 80112. In the event of an amendment to, or a waiver from, the Company's Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, the Company intends to post such information on its website, www.westernunion.com.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Executive Compensation," "Compensation of Directors," and "Compensation and Benefits Committee Report" of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, provided that the Compensation and Benefits Committee Report shall not be deemed filed in this Form 10-K.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion in "Stock Beneficially Owned by Directors, Executive Officers and Our Largest Stockholders," and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion of "Corporate Governance—Independence of Directors" of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion in "Proposal 3—Ratification of Selection of Auditors" of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

152

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. Financial Statements (See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K);

2. Financial Statement Schedule (See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K);

3. The exhibits listed in the "Exhibit Index" attached to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

153

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

	The Western Union Company (Registrant)
February 24, 2014	By:	/S/    HIKMET ERSEK
		Hikmet Ersek
		President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Hikmet Ersek	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 24, 2014
Hikmet Ersek
/s/ Rajesh K. Agrawal	Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 24, 2014
Rajesh K. Agrawal
/s/ Amintore T.X. Schenkel	Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 24, 2014
Amintore T.X. Schenkel
/s/ Jack M. Greenberg	Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors	February 24, 2014
Jack M. Greenberg
/s/ Dinyar S. Devitre	Director	February 24, 2014
Dinyar S. Devitre
/s/ Richard A. Goodman	Director	February 24, 2014
Richard A. Goodman
/s/ Betsy D. Holden	Director	February 24, 2014
Betsy D. Holden
/s/ Linda Fayne Levinson	Director	February 24, 2014
Linda Fayne Levinson
/s/ Roberto G. Mendoza	Director	February 24, 2014
Roberto G. Mendoza
/s/ Michael A. Miles, Jr.	Director	February 24, 2014
Michael A. Miles, Jr.
/s/ Wulf von Schimmelmann	Director	February 24, 2014
Wulf von Schimmelmann
/s/ Frances Fragos Townsend	Director	February 24, 2014
Frances Fragos Townsend
/s/ Solomon D. Trujillo	Director	February 24, 2014
Solomon D. Trujillo

154

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
2.1	Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006, between First Data Corporation and The Western Union Company (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Western Union Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 30, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Western Union Company, as amended as of May 30, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.1	Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2006, between The Western Union Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.2	Form of 5.930% Note due 2016 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.3	Form of 5.930% Note due 2016 (filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 22, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.4	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2006, among The Western Union Company, First Financial Management Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.5	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2006, among The Western Union Company, First Financial Management Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.6	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 6, 2007, among The Western Union Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.7	Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2006, between The Western Union Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.8	Form of 6.200% Note due 2036 (filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 22, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.9	Form of 6.50% Note due 2014 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.10	Form of 6.200% Note due 2040 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.11	Form of 5.253% 144A Note due 2020 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.12	Form of 5.253% Note due 2020 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on August 5, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).

155

4.13	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 6, 2007, among The Western Union Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.13 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.14	Form of 3.650% Note due 2018 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.15	Form of 2.375% Note due 2015 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.16	Form of 2.875% Note due 2017 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.17	Form of Floating Rate Note due 2015 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.18	Form of 3.350% Note due 2019 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.1	Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006, between First Data Corporation and The Western Union Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.2	Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006, between First Data Corporation and The Western Union Company (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.3	Transition Services Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006, between First Data Corporation and The Western Union Company (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.4	Patent Ownership Agreement and Covenant Not to Sue, dated as of September 29, 2006, between First Data Corporation and The Western Union Company (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.5	Settlement Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2010, by and between Western Union Financial Services, Inc. and the State of Arizona (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.6	Order Tolling Time Frames and Extending Benefits and Obligations of Settlement Agreement issued June 14, 2013 by The Honorable Warren Granville, Maricopa County Superior Court Judge (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.7	Order Tolling Time Frames and Extending Benefits and Obligations of Settlement Agreement issued October 28, 2013 by The Honorable Warren Granville, Maricopa County Superior Court Judge (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.8	Order Tolling Time Frames and Extending Benefits and Obligations of Settlement Agreement issued December 19, 2013 by The Honorable Warren Granville, Maricopa County Superior Court Judge (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.9	Settlement Agreement Amendment issued January 31, 2014 by The Honorable Warren Granville, Maricopa County Superior Court Judge (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.10	Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 (file no. 001-32903) filed on August 28, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*

156

10.11	The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on January 31, 2014.*
10.12	The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective January 31, 2014.*
10.13	The Western Union Company Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 19, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.14	The Western Union Company Severance/Change in Control Policy (Executive Committee Level), as Amended and Restated Effective September 15, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.15	The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective February 23, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.16	The Western Union Company Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective November 30, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.17	The Western Union Company Grandfathered Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.18	Form of Unrestricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective February 17, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.19	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective February 17, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.20	Form of Unrestricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing Outside the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.21	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing Outside the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.22	Form of Unrestricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing in the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.23	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing in the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.24	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Committee Members Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*

157

10.25	Amendment to Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Committee Members Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.26	Amendment to Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Committee Members under the 2002 First Data Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.27	Amendment to Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Committee Members under the First Data Corporation 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.28	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Scott T. Scheirman Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.29	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Committee Members Residing in the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*
10.30	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Section 16 Officers (U.S.) Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.31	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Section 16 Officers (Non - U.S.) Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.32	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice for Executive Committee Members (U.S.) Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.33	Employment Contract, dated as of November 9, 2009, between Western Union Financial Services GmbH and Hikmet Ersek (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.34	Expatriate Letter Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2009, between Western Union Financial Services GmbH, The Western Union Company and Hikmet Ersek (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.35	First Amendment to Employment Contract and Expatriate Letter Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2010, between Western Union Financial Services GmbH, The Western Union Company and Hikmet Ersek (filed as Exhibit 10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.36	Expatriate Letter Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2012, between Western Union, LLC and Rajesh K. Agrawal (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.37	Expatriate Letter Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2011, between Western Union, LLC and Robin S. Heller (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.38	Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2011, among The Western Union Company, the banks named therein, as lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the swing line bank, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Citibank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in their respective capacities as issuing lenders, Citibank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agents, Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as documentation agents, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).

158

10.39	Form of Award Agreement Under The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan for 2013.*
10.40	Form of Bonus Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing in the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.41	Form of Bonus Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing Outside of the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.42	Offer Letter, dated as of October 28, 2011, between Western Union, LLC and John Dye (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.43	First Amendment to Offer Letter, dated as of November 15, 2011, between Western Union, LLC and John Dye (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.44	Offer Letter, dated as of April 12, 2012, between Western Union, LLC and John "David" Thompson (filed as Exhibit 10.45 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).*
10.45	Form of 2013 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice for Section 16 Officers (Non-U.S.) Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*
10.46	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing Outside the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*
10.47	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Residing in the United States Under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*
10.48	Separation Agreement dated as of January 16, 2014 and Release between Scott T. Scheirman, Western Union, LLC, and The Western Union Company.*
12	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
14	The Western Union Company Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, as Amended and Restated Effective December 9, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
21	Subsidiaries of The Western Union Company
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of The Western Union Company Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of The Western Union Company Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

159

101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
* Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

160

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated on January 31, 2014)

I. INTRODUCTION

1.1.    Purposes. The purposes of The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on January 31, 2014, (the “Plan”) are (i) to advance the interests of The Western Union Company (the "Company") by attracting and retaining high caliber employees, and other key individuals who perform services for the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, (ii) to align the interests of the Company’s stockholders and recipients of awards under this Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in the Company’s growth and success and (iii) to motivate award recipients to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

1.2.    Definitions.

“2006 LTIP” shall mean The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan as adopted on September 28, 2006 by First Data in its capacity as the sole stockholder of the Company.

“Affiliate” shall mean any entity of which the Company owns or controls, directly or indirectly, less than 50% but at least 20% of the outstanding shares of stock normally entitled to vote for the election of directors (or comparable equity participation and voting power).

“Agreement” shall mean the written agreement evidencing an award hereunder between the Company and the recipient of such award and shall include any terms and conditions that may apply to such award.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Bonus Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock that are not subject to a Restriction Period or Performance Measures.

“Bonus Stock Award” shall mean an award of Bonus Stock.

“Bonus Stock Unit” shall mean the right to receive one share of Common Stock that is not subject to a Restriction Period or Performance Measures.

“Bonus Stock Unit Award” shall mean an award of Bonus Stock Units under this Plan.

“Cause” shall mean the willful and continued failure to substantially perform the duties assigned by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate (other than a failure resulting from the award recipient’s Disability), the willful engaging in conduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate (monetarily or otherwise), any act of dishonesty, the commission of a felony, the continued failure to meet performance standards, excessive absenteeism, or a significant violation of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

“Change in Control” shall mean:

(a)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a “Person”), including any “person” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition resulting from the exercise of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege unless the security being so exercised, converted or exchanged was acquired directly from the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this definition; provided further, that for purposes of clause (B), if any Person (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company) shall become the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock or 35% or more of the Outstanding Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company, and such Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Common Stock or any additional Outstanding Voting Securities and such beneficial ownership is publicly announced, such additional beneficial ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

(b)    the cessation of individuals, who constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) as of the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, to constitute at least a majority of such Incumbent Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to the date this Plan is approved by the Boardwhose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation by a Person other than the Board for the purpose of opposing a solicitation by any other Person with respect to the election or removal of directors, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board;

(c)    the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or indirectly) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than: the Company; any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company; the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; and any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock or the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the

outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

(d)    the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board or its delegate, or any other committee comprised entirely of “non-employee” directors within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act that the Board may designate to administer this Plan.

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

“Company” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1.

“Corporate Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control” in this Section 1.2.

“Disability” shall mean the inability of the holder of an award to perform substantially such holder’s duties and responsibilities due to a physical or mental condition (i) that would entitle such holder to benefits under the Company's Long-Term Disability Plan (or similar disability plan of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate in which such holder is a participant) or if the Committee deems it relevant, any disability rights provided as a matter of local law or (ii) if such holder is not eligible for long-term disability benefits under any plan sponsored by the Company, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate, that would, as determined by the Committee, entitle such holder to benefits under the Company's Long-Term Disability Plan if such holder were eligible therefor. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the term “Disability” shall have the same meaning as “Permanent and Total Disability” as such term is defined in this Section 1.2.

“Employee Matters Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and First Data as of September 29, 2006.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the United StatesSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” shall mean the closing price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange trading on a “when issued” basis or in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions, as the case may be, on the date as of which such value is being determined; provided, however, that if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, Fair Market Value shall be based on the appropriate closing price on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported; and provided further that if Fair Market Value for any date cannot be so determined, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee by whatever means or method as the Committee, in the good faith exercise of its discretion, shall at such time deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, solely for purposes of determining an award holder’s tax payment obligations under Section 5.5, in lieu of the definition of Fair Market Value in the preceding sentence, the Committee may determine that Fair Market Value shall mean the average of the high and low transaction prices of a share of Common Stock as reported in the New York Stock Exchange

Composite Transactions on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported.

“Family Entity” shall mean a trust in which one or more Family Members have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which the award holder and/or one or more Family Members control the management of assets and any other entity in which the award holder and/or one or more Family Members own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

“Family Member” shall mean an award holder's spouse, parent, child, stepchild, grandchild, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, stepparent, grandparent, former spouse, niece, nephew or brother or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing the award holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee).

“First Data” shall mean First Data Corporation, including any subsidiary or affiliate thereof. A subsidiary of First Data Corporation shall mean any entity of which First Data Corporation owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding shares of stock normally entitled to vote for the election of directors (or comparable equity participation and voting power). An affiliate of First Data Corporation shall mean any entity of which First Data Corporation owns or controls, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the outstanding shares of stock normally entitled to vote for the election of directors (or comparable equity participation and voting power).

“Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, which is intended by the Committee to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

“Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control” in this Section 1.2.

“Mature Shares” shall mean previously-acquired shares of Common Stock for which the holder thereof has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and which such holder either (i) has held for at least six months or (ii) has purchased on the open market.

“Non-Employee Director” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an option (including a Purchased Stock Option) to purchase shares of Common Stock which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Outstanding Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control” in this Section 1.2.

“Outstanding Voting Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control” in this Section 1.2.

“Performance Grant” shall mean an award conferring a right, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period, to receive shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, cash, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee or as evidenced in the Agreement relating to such Performance Grant.

“Performance Measures” shall mean the criteria and objectives that may be established by the Committee, which must be satisfied or met (i) as a condition to the exercisability of all or a portion of a Stock Option or SAR, (ii) as a condition to the grant of a Stock Award or (iii) during the applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period as a condition to the holder’s receipt, in the case of a Stock Award, of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award and/or of payment with respect to such award, or, in the case of a Performance Grant, of the shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units subject to such award and/or of payment with respect to such award. Such criteria and objectives may include one or more of the following: the attainment by a share of Common Stock of a specified value within or for a specified period of time, earnings per share, earnings before interest expense and taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”), growth in EBITDA, return to stockholders (including dividends), total shareholder return, return on equity, earnings, revenues, growth in revenues, cash flow or cost reduction goals, operating income, pretax return on total capital, economic value added, or any combination of the foregoing. Such criteria and objectives may relate to results obtained by the individual, the Company, a Subsidiary, an Affiliate, or any business unit or division thereof, or may apply to results obtained relative to a specific industry or a specific index. If the Committee desires that compensation payable pursuant to any award subject to Performance Measures be “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Performance Measures (i) shall be established by the Committee no later than the end of the first quarter of the Performance Period or Restriction Period, as applicable (or such other time designated by the United StatesInternal Revenue Service) and (ii) shall satisfy all other applicable requirements imposed under United StatesTreasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that such Performance Measures be stated in terms of an objective formula or standard.

“Performance Period” shall mean any period designated by the Committee or specified in an Agreement during which the Performance Measures applicable to a Performance Grant shall be measured.

“Permanent and Total Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor thereto.

“Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of "Change in Control” set forth in this Section 1.2.

“Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

“Plan Share Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5.

“Post-Termination Exercise Period” shall mean the period specified in or pursuant to Section 2.3(a), Section 2.3(b), Section 2.3(d) or Section 2.3(e) following termination of employment with or service to the Company during which a Stock Option or SAR may be exercised.

“Purchased Stock Option” shall mean a Nonqualified Stock Option that is sold to eligible individuals at a price determined by the Committee, has an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Option on the date such Stock Option is sold to the eligible individual, and contains such additional terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.

“Related Employment” shall mean the employment or performance of services by an individual for an employer that is neither the Company nor a Subsidiary nor an Affiliate, provided that (i) such employment or performance of services is undertaken by the individual at the request of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, (ii) immediately prior to undertaking such employment or performance of services,

the individual was employed by or performing service for the Company, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate or was engaged in Related Employment and (iii) such employment or performance of services is in the best interests of the Company as determined by the Committee and is recognized by the Committee, in its discretion, as Related Employment. The death or Disability of an individual or his or her involuntary termination of employment during a period of Related Employment shall be treated, for purposes of this Plan, as if the death, Disability or involuntary termination had occurred while the individual was employed by or performing services for the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

“Replacement and Substitute Award” shall mean a Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted in connection with the spin-off of the Company to certain current and former employees and directors of First Data pursuant to the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement.

“Restricted Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock which are subject to a Restriction Period.

“Restricted Stock Award” shall mean an award of Restricted Stock under this Plan.

“Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean the right to receive one share of Common Stock or the Fair Market Value thereof in cash, which shall be contingent upon the expiration of a specified Restriction Period and subject to such additional restrictions as may be contained in the Agreement relating thereto. The Committee shall specify in the Agreement whether a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be payable in Common Stock, cash, or any combination thereof.

“Restricted Stock Unit Award” shall mean an award of Restricted Stock Units under this Plan.

“Restriction Period” shall mean any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as provided in this Plan or the Agreement relating to such award or (ii) the vesting conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall remain in effect.

“Retirement” shall mean an employee's termination of employment with or service to the Company (other than a termination by reason of death or Disability or for Cause) on or after (i) age 65, or (ii) age 55, provided the employee has completed at least 10 Years of Service.

“SAR” shall mean the right to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock), cash or a combination thereof with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of such SARs which are exercised.

“Stock Award” shall mean a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Bonus Stock Award or a Bonus Stock Unit Award.

“Stock Option” shall mean a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

“Subsidiary” shall mean any entity of which the Company owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding shares of stock normally entitled to vote for the election of directors (or comparable equity participation and voting power).

“Tax Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

“Ten Percent Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Years of Service” shall mean (i) the number of years of service credited to an individual under the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan ("ISP") or (ii) if the individual is not eligible to participate in the ISP, the number of such individual's years of service, computed as if the individual had been eligible to participate in the ISP while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, provided, however, that unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, the computed number of years of service shall not include any period of an individual's employment with an Affiliate.

1.3.    Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may grant any one or a combination of the following awards under this Plan to eligible persons: (i) Stock Options (in the form of Nonqualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options), (ii) SARs, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (v) Bonus Stock Awards, (vi) Bonus Stock Unit Awards and (vii) Performance Grants.

The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select eligible persons for participation in this Plan and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons, the exercise price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of the award, including, without limitation, the form of the Agreement evidencing the award.

The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan, adopt sub-plans applicable to specific Subsidiaries, Affiliates or locations and may impose, incidental to the grant of an award, conditions with respect to the award, such as limiting competitive employment or other activities to the extent permitted under local law. The Committee may require, as a condition to the issuance, exercise, settlement or acceptance of an award under this Plan, that the award recipient agree to mandatory arbitration to settle any disputes relating to such award. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be final, binding and conclusive.

In exercising its power and authority hereunder with respect to Replacement and Substitute Awards held by current and former employees (other than Business Employees, as such term is defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) and directors of First Data (and their respective transferees), the Company shall (i) act in good faith and (ii) cooperate with and give due regard to any information provided by First Data. In addition, with respect to such Replacement and Substitute Awards, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the First Data Compensation Committee, take any discretionary action to accelerate vesting of any such awards.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to another entity or committee, a member of the Board, or one or more officers of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate;provided, however, that the Committee may not delegate its power and authority to another entity or committee, a member of the Board, or one or more officers of the Company with regard to (i) the grant of an award to any person who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or who, in the Committee’s judgment, is likely to be a covered employee at any time during the period an award hereunder to such employee would be outstanding, (ii) the selection for participation in this Plan of an officer or other person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amount of an award to such an officer or other person, and (iii) any decision regarding the impact of a Change in Control on awards issued under the Plan.

No member of the Committee, and no entity, committee, member of the Board or officer to whom the Committee delegates any of its power and authority hereunder, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Committee and such entities, committees, members of the Board or officers shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of the Committee shall be either (i) acts of a majority of the members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or (ii) acts approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee without a meeting.

1.4.    Eligibility. All employees of the Company, Subsidiaries and Affiliates and other individuals who perform services for the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate are eligible to receive awards under this Plan, as the Committee in its sole discretion may select from time to time. In connection with the spin-off of the Company, certain current and former employees and directors of First Data will receive Replacement and Substitute Awards. The Committee’s selection of a person to participate in this Plan at any time shall not require the Committee to select such person to participate in this Plan at any other time.

1.5.    Shares Available.

(a)Plan Share Limit. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7, 120,000,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available under this Plan (the “Plan Share Limit”).

(b)Deductions. Shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Options and SARs shall apply against and reduce the Plan Share Limit as one share for every one share subject thereto. Shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Awards and Performance Grants shall apply against and reduce the Plan Share Limit as one share for every one share subject thereto or payable pursuant thereto; provided, however, that if and during any period when more than 30,000,000 of the shares of Common Stock available under the Plan Share Limit are subject to Stock Awards and Performance Grants, the remaining shares of Common Stock available under the Plan Share Limit shall be reduced by three shares for every one share awarded pursuant to Stock Awards and Performance Grants in excess of 30,000,000 of the Plan Share Limit. Dividend equivalents paid in cash with respect to awards shall not apply against or reduce the Plan Share Limit.

(c)Increases. The Plan Share Limit, as reduced pursuant to Section 1.5(b), shall be increased (but not above the number of shares set forth in Section 1.5(a)) by shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding award that are not issued or delivered by reason of the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award. The Plan Share Limit shall not be increased by (i) shares of Common Stock delivered or withheld to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of an award, (ii) shares of Common Stock delivered or withheld to satisfy all or a portion of the tax withholding obligations relating to an award, (iii) shares subject to a SAR that is exercised, whether or not shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant upon exercise of the SAR, or (iv) shares of Common Stock that are repurchased by the Company with the proceeds from the exercise of an award. Increases in the Plan Share Limit pursuant to this Section 1.5(c) shall be made in a manner consistent with the Plan Share Limit deductions in effect at the time such increase occurs under Section 1.5(b).

(d)Performance-based Compensation. To the extent necessary for an award to be qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Stock Options, SARs, Stock Awards or Performance Grants may be issued to any individual during a calendar year shall be one-half of one percent of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company as of the preceding December 31^st. The maximum

amount of cash payable during a calendar yearto any person in connection with a Performance Grant shall be $8,000,000.

(e)Source of Shares. Shares of Common Stock shall be made available from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, reacquired shares, or any combination thereof.

1.6.Employment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to "employment" with the Company or "employment with or service to the Company" shall mean the employment with or service to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, including transfers of employment between the Company, a Subsidiary and an Affiliate, approved leaves of absence, and Related Employment.

II. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

2.1.    Stock Options. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Options to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. An Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to any person who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary (as defined in Section 424 of the Code). Each Incentive Stock Option shall be granted within ten years of the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary as defined in Section 424 of the Code) exceeds the amount (currently $100,000) established by the Code, such options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options.

Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a)    Number of Shares and Purchase Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such Stock Option; provided, however, that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns capital stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company (or of any parent or subsidiary as defined in Section 424 of the Code) (a “Ten Percent Holder”), the purchase price per share of Common Stock shall be the price (currently 110% of Fair Market Value) required by the Code in order to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

(b)    Option Period and Exercisability. The period during which a Stock Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that no Stock Option shall be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant; provided further, that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Ten Percent Holder, such Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercised later than five years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of a Stock Option or to the exercisability of all or a portion of a Stock Option. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Option shall become exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable Stock Option, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock.

(c)    Method of Exercise. A Stock Option may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and accompanied by payment therefor in full (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (A) in cash, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of

Mature Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, or (D) by a combination of (A) and (B), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the Stock Option, and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to pay such purchase price shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the optionee. No certificate or other indicia of ownership representing Common Stock shall be delivered until the full purchase price therefor, and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5, have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).

(d)    Minimum Vesting Period. Except as provided in this subsection or as otherwise provided under the Plan, no Stock Option award may become exercisable in full until three years from the date such Stock Option was granted and no portion of a Stock Option award may become exercisable until one year from the date such Stock Option was granted. The limitations of the preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of a Stock Option that becomes exercisable as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure or in the case of a Stock Option granted as an employee recognition award, a retention award, or to a Non-Employee Director or a newly hired employee; provided that except for a Stock Option granted to a Non-Employee Director or as otherwise provided for under the Plan no portion of any such Stock Option may become exercisable until six months from the date the Stock Option was granted. The exceptions in the preceding sentence to the general minimum vesting provisions of this subsection, other than the exceptions applying to a Stock Option granted to a Non-Employee Director or that becomes exercisable as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure, are intended to be applied only in special circumstances as determined by the Committee (or its delegate).

(e)    Repricing and Discounting. Other than pursuant to Section 5.7, neither the Board nor the Committee shall without the approval of the Company’s stockholders (i) lower the purchase price per share of Common Stock subject to an Option after it is granted, (ii) cancel an Option when the purchase price per share of Common Stock subject to an Option exceeds the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock in exchange for cash or another award (other than in connection with a Change in Control), or (iii) take any other action with respect to an Option that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.

2.2.    Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant SARs to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.

SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a)    Number of SARs and Base Price. The number of SARs subject to an award shall be determined by the Committee. The base price of an SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date such SAR is granted.

(b)    Exercise Period and Exercisability. The Agreement relating to an award of SARs shall specify whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock) or cash or a combination thereof. The period for the exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that no SAR shall be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an SAR or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an SAR. The Committee shall determine whether

an SAR may be exercised in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable SAR, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to a whole number of SARs. If an SAR is exercised for shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c) and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Prior to the exercise of an SAR for shares of Common Stock, including Restricted Stock, the holder of such SAR shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such SAR and shall have rights as a stockholder of the Company in accordance with Section 5.10.

(c)    Method of Exercise. An SAR may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the whole number of SARs which are being exercised and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request.

(d)    Minimum Vesting Period. Except as provided in this subsection or as otherwise provided under the Plan, no SAR award may become exercisable in full until three years from the date such SAR was granted and no portion of a SAR award may become exercisable until one year from the date such SAR was granted. The limitations of the preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of a SAR that becomes exercisable as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure or in the case of a SAR granted as an employee recognition award, a retention award, or to a Non-Employee Director or a newly hired employee; provided that except for a SAR granted to a Non-Employee Director or as otherwise provided for under the Plan no portion of any such SAR may become exercisable until six months from the date the SAR was granted. The exceptions in the preceding sentence to the general minimum vesting provisions of this subsection, other than the exceptions applying to a SAR granted to a Non-Employee Director or that becomes exercisable as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure, are intended to be applied only in special circumstances as determined by the Committee (or its delegate).

(e)    Repricing and Discounting. Other than pursuant to Section 5.7, neither the Board nor the Committee shall without the approval of the Company’s stockholders (i) lower the base price of an SAR after it is granted, (ii) cancel an SAR when the base price of an SAR exceeds the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock in exchange for cash or another award (other than in connection with a Change in Control), or (iii) take any other action with respect to an SAR that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.

2.3.    Termination of Employment or Service.

(a)    Disability. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR terminates by reason of Disability, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall become fully vested and exercisable and may thereafter be exercised by such holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the date which is one year after the effective date of such holder’s termination of employment or service, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

(b)    Retirement.

(i)Stock Options and SARs Granted on and after January 31, 2011. Effective for Stock Options and SARs granted under the Plan on and after January 31, 2011, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR terminates by

reason of Retirement, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder, to the extent not already vested, shall vest on a prorated basis on the effective date of the holder’s termination of employment or service. Such prorated vesting shall be calculated on a grant-by-grant basis by multiplying the unvested portion of each such Stock Option and SAR award by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the grant date and the effective date of the holder’s termination of employment or service and the denominator of which is the number of days between the grant date and the date the Stock Option or SAR award would have become fully vested and exercisable had the holder not terminated his or her employment or service. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, a vested Stock Option and SAR held by such holder may be exercised by the holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the date which is two years after the effective date of such holder’s termination of employment or service, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

(ii)Stock Options and SARs Granted Prior to January 31, 2011.Effective for Stock Options and SARs granted under the Plan prior to January 31, 2011, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR terminates by reason of Retirement, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall continue to vest in accordance with its terms, and to the extent vested, may thereafter be exercised by such holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the date which is four years after the effective date of such holder’s termination of employment or service, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

(c)    Death. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR terminates by reason of death, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall become fully vested and exercisable and may thereafter be exercised by such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative, beneficiary or similar person until the date which is one year after the date of death, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

(d)    Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, and except as provided in Section 5.8, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR is terminated by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate without Cause, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall cease to vest, and to the extent already vested, may thereafter be exercised by such holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the date which is three months after such involuntary termination, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

(e)    Termination for Cause. If the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR is terminated for Cause, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall cease to vest, and to the extent already vested, may thereafter be exercised by such holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the close of the New York Stock Exchange (if open) on the date of such holder’s termination of employment or service. If the New York Stock Exchange is closed at the time of such holder's termination of employment, then such Stock Option or SAR shall be forfeited at the time such holder's employment is terminated and shall be canceled by the Company.

(f)    Other Termination. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Option or SAR terminates for any reason other than Disability, Retirement, death, involuntary termination without Cause, or termination for Cause, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall cease to vest, and to the extent already vested, may thereafter be exercised by such holder (or such holder’s legal representative or similar person) until the close of the New York Stock Exchange (if open) on the date which is the thirtieth (30^th) day following such holder’s termination of employment or service. If the New York Stock Exchange is closed on such date, then such Stock Option or

SAR shall be forfeited and shall be canceled by the Company effective with the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the next following day in which the New York Stock Exchange is open.

(g)    Death Following Termination of Employment or Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, if the holder of a Stock Option or SAR dies during the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, each Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall be exercisable only to the extent that such Stock Option or SAR is exercisable on the date of such holder’s death and may thereafter be exercised by the holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative, beneficiary or similar person until the date which is one year after the date of death, or if earlier, the expiration date of the term of such Stock Option or SAR.

III. STOCK AWARDS

3.1.    Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to the Stock Award shall specify whether the Stock Award is a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Bonus Stock Award or a Bonus Stock Unit Award.

3.2.    Terms of Stock Awards. Stock Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

(a)    Number of Shares and Other Terms. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award and the Performance Measures (if any) and the Restriction Period applicable to a Restricted Stock Award or a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b)    Vesting and Forfeiture. The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, or for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award itself, in the case of Restricted Stock Unit Award, (i) if specified Performance Measures are satisfied or met during the specified Restriction Period or (ii) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of or service to the Company during the specified Restriction Period, and for the forfeiture of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, or for the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Unit Award itself, in the case of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (x) if specified Performance Measures are not satisfied or met during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of or service to the Company during the specified Restriction Period.

Bonus Stock Awards and Bonus Stock Unit Awards shall not be subject to any Performance Measures or Restriction Periods.

(c)    Share Certificates/Indicia of Ownership. During the Restriction Period, a certificate or certificates or other indicia of ownership representing a Restricted Stock Award may be registered in the holder’s name or a nominee name at the discretion of the Company and may bear a legend, in addition to any legend which may be required pursuant to Section 5.6, indicating that the ownership of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby is subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award. As determined by the Committee, all certificates or other indicia of ownership registered in the holder’s name shall be deposited with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank

with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event such award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon termination of any applicable Restriction Period (and the satisfaction or attainment of any applicable Performance Measures), upon the grant of a Bonus Stock Award, or upon the settlement of a Bonus Stock Unit Award, in each case subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 5.5, a certificate or certificates evidencing ownership, or such other indicia of ownership as determined by the Committee, of the requisite number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award.

(d)    Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock Awards. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award, and subject to the Committee’s right to cause such Award to be cancelled pursuant to an adjustment under Section 5.7, the holder of such award shall have all rights as a stockholder of the Company, including voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Common Stock; provided, however, that unless the Committee determines otherwise, a distribution with respect to shares of Common Stock, including a regular cash dividend, shall be deposited with the Company and replaced with additional Restricted Stock Awards with a Fair Market Value equal to such distribution and otherwise subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such distribution was made.

(e)    Rights and Provisions Applicable to Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award. Prior to the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the holder thereof shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such award, except to the extent that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Unit Awards which are settled in shares of Common Stock. No shares of Common Stock and no certificates or other indicia of ownership representing shares of Common Stock that are subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be issued upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award. Instead, shares of Common Stock subject to Restricted Stock Unit Awards and the certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such shares of Common Stock shall only be distributed at the time of settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit Awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(f)    Minimum Restriction Period. Except as provided in this subsection or as otherwise provided under the Plan, the Restriction Period applicable to a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award may not lapse in full until three years from the date such award was granted and no portion of the Restriction Period applicable to a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award may lapse until one year from the date such award was granted. The limitations of the preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award that vests as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure or in the case of a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted as a founder’s grant, an employee recognition award, a retention award, or to a newly hired employee; provided that except as provided for under the Plan the minimum Restriction Period applicable to such award shall be six months. The exceptions in the preceding sentence to the general minimum vesting provisions of this subsection, other than the exception applying to a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award that vests as a result of the attainment of a specified Performance Measure, are intended to be applied only in special circumstances as determined by the Committee (or its delegate).

(g)    Rights and Provisions Applicable to Bonus Stock Unit Awards. The Agreement relating to a Bonus Stock Unit Award shall specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or

deferred basis, dividend equivalents, or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award. Prior to the settlement of a Bonus Stock Unit Award, the holder thereof shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such award, except to the extent that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant dividend equivalents on Bonus Stock Unit Awards. No shares of Common Stock and no certificates or other indicia of ownership representing shares of Common Stock that are subject to a Bonus Stock Unit Award shall be issued upon the grant of a Bonus Stock Unit Award. Instead, shares of Common Stock subject to Bonus Stock Unit Awards and the certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such shares of Common Stock shall only be distributed at the time of settlement of such Bonus Stock Unit Awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to such Bonus Stock Unit Award.

3.3.    Termination of Employment or Service.

(a)    Disability and Death. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Stock Award, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award terminates by reason of Disability or death, the Restriction Period shall terminate as of the effective date of such holder’s termination of employment or service and all Performance Measures applicable to such award shall be deemed to have been satisfied at the maximum level.

(b)    Retirement.

(i)In the case of Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted under the Plan on and afterJanuary 31, 2011 which are not subject to Performance Measures, unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award terminates by reason of Retirement, a prorated portion of such Restricted Stock Unit Award shall vest and be settled on the date on which the holder’s employment with or service to the Company terminates, and the remaining portion of such awardshall be forfeited by such holder and canceled by the Company. Such proration shall be calculated on a grant-by-grant basis by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the grant date and the effective date of the holder’s termination of employment or service and the denominator of which is the number of days between the grant date and the date the Restriction Period applicable to the Restricted Stock Unit Award would have lapsed in full.

(ii)In the case of Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted under the Plan on and afterJanuary 31, 2011 which are subject to Performance Measures, unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award terminates by reason of Retirement, a prorated portion of the amount of such Restricted Stock Unit Award which is actually earned, based upon satisfaction of the Performance Measures during the applicable performance period, shall vest and be settled on the later of (i) date on which the holder’s employment with or service to the Company terminates or (ii) as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable performance period, and in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable performance period ends, and the remaining portion of such awardshall be forfeited by such holder and canceled by the Company. Such proration shall be calculated on a grant-by-grant basis by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the grant date and the effective date of the holder’s termination of employment or service and the denominator of which is the number of days between the grant date and the date the Restriction Period applicable to the Restricted Stock Unit Award would have lapsed in full.

(c)    Other Termination. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Stock Award, and except as provided in Section 3.3(b) and Section 5.8, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Stock Award terminates for any reason other than Disability or death, the portion of such award which is subject to a Restriction Period on the effective date of such holder’s termination of employment or service shall be immediately forfeited by such holder and canceled by the Company.

IV. PERFORMANCE GRANTS

4.1.    Performance Grants. The Committee may, in its discretion, make Performance Grants to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.

4.2.    Terms of Performance Grants. Performance Grants shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

(a)    Amount of Performance Grant and Performance Measures. The Agreement shall set forth the amount of the Performance Grant and a description of the Performance Measures and the Performance Period applicable to such Performance Grant, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(b)    Vesting and Forfeiture. The Agreement shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee in its discretion, for the vesting of a Performance Grant, if specified Performance Measures are satisfied during the specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of all or a portion of such award, if specified Performance Measures are not satisfied during the specified Performance Period.

(c)    Settlement of Vested Performance Grants. The Agreement (i) shall specify whether a Performance Grant may be settled in shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, cash or a combination thereof and (ii) may specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, and, if determined by the Committee, interest on or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award, if any. If a Performance Grant is settled in shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c) and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Prior to the settlement of a Performance Grant in shares of Common Stock or Restricted Stock the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to such award and shall have rights as a stockholder of the Company in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    Minimum Performance Period. The minimum Performance Period for any Performance Grant is one year from the date such grant is made.

4.3.    Termination of Employment or Service.

(a)    Disability, Retirement and Death. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Performance Grant terminates during the Performance Period by reason of Disability, Retirement or death, the Performance Period shall continue and the holder, or the holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative, beneficiary or similar person, as applicable, shall be entitled to a prorated award. Such prorated award shall be equal to the value of the award at the end of the Performance Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days such holder was employed with or performing services for the Company during the Performance

Period and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days in the Performance Period; provided, however, that such holder, or such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative, beneficiary or similar person, as applicable, shall not be entitled to payment or distribution of such Performance Grant earlier than the date set forth in the Agreement.

(b)    Other Termination. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, if the employment with or service to the Company of the holder of a Performance Grant terminates during the Performance Period for any reason other than Disability, Retirement or death, each Performance Grant that is not vested shall be immediately forfeited.

V. GENERAL

5.1.    Effective Date and Term of Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval and, if approved, shall become effective as of September 28, 2006, the date on which the 2006 LTIP was approved by First Data in its capacity as sole stockholder of the Company. This Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of approval of the Plan by the Board or Committee, or if earlier when shares of Common Stock are no longer available for the grant, exercise or settlement of awards, unless terminated earlier by the Board or the Committee. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any award granted prior to termination. If this Plan is not approved by the stockholders of the Company, this Plan shall be null and void and the 2006 LTIP shall remain in full force and effect.

5.2.    Amendments. The Board orthe Committeemay amend or terminate this Plan, and except as provided in Sections 2.1(e) and 2.2(e), the Committee may amend outstanding awards under this Plan in any manner as it shall deem advisable in its sole discretion, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including Section 162(m) and Section 422 of the Code and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange; provided, however, that no amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval if such amendment would increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available under this Plan (subject to Section 5.7). No amendment of the Plan or an outstanding award may impair the rights of a holder (the determination of which shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion) of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder.

5.3.    Agreement. The Company may condition an award holder's right (a) to exercise, vest or settle the award and (b) to receive delivery of shares, on the execution and delivery to the Company of the Agreement and the completion of other requirements, including, but not limited to, the execution of a nonsolicitation agreement by the recipient and delivery thereof to the Company. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Committee may approve an Agreement that, upon the termination of an award holder's employment or service, provides that, or may, in its sole discretion based on a review of all relevant facts and circumstances, otherwise take action regarding an Agreement such that (i) any or all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or a portion of the Restriction Period applicable to any outstanding Stock Award shall lapse, (iii) all or a portion of the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding Performance Grant shall lapse and (iv) the Performance Measures applicable to any outstanding award (if any) shall be deemed to be satisfied at the maximum or any other level.

5.4.    Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by the holder thereof, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, as long as the holder continues employment with or service to the Company, such holder may transfer Stock Options to a Family Member or Family Entitywithout consideration; provided, however, in the case of a transfer of Stock Options to a limited liability company or a partnership which is a Family Entity, such transfer may be for consideration

consisting solely of an equity interest in the limited liability company or partnership to which the transfer is made. Any transfer of Stock Options shall be in a form acceptable to the Committee, shall be signed by the holder and shall be effective only upon written acknowledgement by the Committee of its receipt and acceptance of such notice. If a Stock Option is transferred to a Family Member or to a Family Entity, such Stock Option may not thereafter be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by such Family Member or Family Entity except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

5.5.    Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to require, as of the grant, vesting, or exercise of an award, the sale of any shares of Common Stock, the receipt of any dividends or the payment of any cash pursuant to an award made hereunder, payment by the holder of such award of any federal, state, local or other income, social insurance, payroll or other tax-related items which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award. An Agreement may provide that (i) the Company shall withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to a holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes arises in connection with an award (the “Tax Date”) in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, including withholding from wages or other cash compensation otherwise due to the holder, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation or (ii) the holder may satisfy any such obligation by any of the following means: (A) a cash payment to the Company, (B) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (D) a cash payment to the Company by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise (in the case of a Stock Option) or an irrevocable notice of sale (in the case of a Stock Award) , in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to an award, or (E) any combination of (A) and (B). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate, provided that any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation may be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

5.6.    Restrictions on Shares. Each award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting, exercise or settlement of such award or the delivery of shares thereunder, such award shall not vest, be exercised or settled and such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. In addition, the Committee may condition the grant of an award on compliance with certain listing, registration or other qualifications applicable to the award under any law or any obligation to obtain the consent or approval of a governmental body. The Company may require that certificates or other indicia of ownership evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to any award made hereunder bear a legend indicating that the sale, transfer or other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

5.7.    Adjustment. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of Common Stock other than a regular cash dividend, the number,

class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) available under this Plan, the maximum number of securities available for Stock Awards and Performance Grants, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding Stock Option and the purchase price per security, the terms of each outstanding Stock Option, the maximum number of securities with respect to which Stock Options or SARs (or a combination thereof), or Stock Awards or Performance Grants may be made or granted during any calendar year to any person, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding SAR and the base price per SAR, the terms of each outstanding SAR, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding Stock Award or Performance Grant, and the terms of each outstanding Stock Award or Performance Grant shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding Stock Options and SARs without an increase in the aggregate purchase price or base price. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive. If any such adjustment would result in a fractional security being (a) available under this Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded, or (b) subject to an award under this Plan, the Company shall pay the holder of such award, in connection with the adjustment or first vesting, exercise or settlement of such award in whole or in part occurring after such adjustment, as the Committee may determine , an amount in cash determined by multiplying (i) the fraction of such security (rounded to the nearest hundredth) by (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value on the vesting, exercise or settlement date over (B) the exercise or base price, if any, of such award.

5.8.    Change in Control.

(a)    Awards Granted On and After February 17, 2009. Effective for awards granted under the Plan on and after February 17, 2009, if an award holder’s employment is terminated by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate without Cause (or otherwise terminates for an eligible reason according to the terms of the Company severance policy applicable to the holder as of the effective date of a Change in Control) during the period commencing on and ending twenty-four months after the effective date of the Change in Control, then effective on the holder’s date of termination of employment (i) each outstanding Stock Option and SAR held by such holder shall become fully vested and exercisable, and (ii) the Restriction Period applicable to each outstanding Stock Award held by such holder shall lapse; provided, however, that awards that will vest or become exercisable or payable only if specified Performance Measures are attained and awards that provide for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Code § 409A shall vest or be exercisable or payable in accordance with the applicable Agreements, subject to the terms of the Plan. All other awards granted under the Plan to such holder, including Performance Grants, shall vest or be exercisable or payable, if at all, in accordance with the applicable Agreements, subject to the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, each Stock Option or SAR granted to such holder shall remain exercisable by the holder (or his or her legal representative or similar person) until the earlier of (y) the end of the severance period applicable to the holder under the Company severance policy (if any) applicable to the holder as of the effective date of a Change in Control or, if later, the end of the otherwise applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, or (z) the expiration date of the term of the Stock Option or SAR.

(b)Awards Granted Prior to February 17, 2009. Effective for awards granted under the Plan prior to February 17, 2009, as of the effective date of a Change in Control (i) each outstanding Stock Option and SAR shall become fully vested and exercisable, (ii) the Restriction Period applicable to each outstanding Stock Award shall lapse, (iii) the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding Performance Grant shall lapse, and (iv) the Performance Measures applicable to any outstanding award shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target level (or if greater, at the performance level actually attained). Notwithstanding any provision

of this Plan to the contrary, each Stock Option or SAR granted to a holder whose employment is terminated for an eligible reason according to the terms of the Company severance policy applicable to the holder as of the effective date of a Change in Control during the period commencing on and ending twenty-four months after the effective date of the Change in Control shall remain exercisable by such holder (or his or her legal representative or similar person) until the earlier of (y) the end of the severance period applicable to the holder under such severance policy or, if later, the end of the otherwise applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, or (z) the expiration date of the term of the Stock Option or SAR.

5.9.    No Right of Participation or Employment. No person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

5.10    Rights as Stockholder. No person shall have any right as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an award hereunder unless and until such person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of Common Stock or equity security.

5.11.    Designation of Beneficiary. If permitted by the Committee, the holder of an award may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as such holder’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the holder’s death. To the extent an outstanding Stock Option or SAR granted hereunder is exercisable, such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to exercise such Stock Option or SAR to the extent permitted under local law.

Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the holder’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. The spouse of a married holder domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Committee of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations.

If a holder fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a holder predecease the holder, then each outstanding Stock Option and SAR hereunder held by such holder, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised by such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.

5.12.    Governing Law. This Plan, each award hereunder and the related Agreement, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

5.13.    Replacement and Substitute Awards. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Stock Option or Stock Award that is intended to be a Replacement or Substitute Award granted in connection with the spin-off of the Company shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the original First Data award to which it relates; provided, however that such awards shall be administered by the Committee.

5.14.    Foreign Employees. The Committee may adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures or sub-plans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures and to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of this Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules, procedures and sub-

plans with provisions that limit or modify rights on death, Disability or Retirement or on termination of employment; available methods of exercise or settlement of an award; payment of income, social insurance contributions and payroll taxes; the withholding procedures and handling of any stock certificates or other indicia of ownership which vary with local requirements. The Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Subsidiaries, Affiliates or locations. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Sections 1.5 and 5.2, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

5.15.    Termination of Employment or Service. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an award holder employed by or providing service to an entity that is a Subsidiary or an Affiliate under this Plan shall be deemed to have terminated employment with or service to the Company for purposes of this Plan on the date that such entity ceases to be a Subsidiary or an Affiliate hereunder.

5.16.Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary (for purposes of this Section 5.16, “Plan” shall include all Agreements under the Plan), the Plan will be construed, administered or deemed amended as necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code to the extent subject to Section 409A of the Code. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the requirements of Section 409A of the Code applicable to the Plan and shall interpret the terms of the Plan consistently therewith. Under no circumstances, however, shall the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or any of its or their employees, officers, directors, service providers or agents have any liability to any person for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A of the Code. Any payments to award holders pursuant to this Plan are also intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code to the maximum extent possible, first, to the extent such payments are scheduled to be paid and are in fact paid during the short-term deferral period, as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then, if applicable, under the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and for this purpose each payment shall be considered a separate payment such that the determination of whether a payment qualifies as a short-term deferral shall be made without regard to whether other payments so qualify and the determination of whether a payment qualifies under the separation pay exemption shall be made without regard to any payments which qualify as short-term deferrals. To the extent any amounts under this Plan are payable by reference to an award holder’s “termination of employment,” such term shall be deemed to refer to the award holder’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, if an award holder is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of the award holder’s separation from service, then to the extent any amount payable under this Plan (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) is payable upon the award holder’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this Plan would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of the award holder’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the separation from service or (b) the date of the award holder’s death.

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

2006 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 31, 2014)

1.Purpose. The purposes of the 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) of The Western Union Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), are (i) to align the interests of the Company’s stockholders and members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) who are not employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates by increasing the proprietary interest of the Board members in the Company’s growth and success and (ii) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting, motivating and retaining highly qualified Board members.

2.Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions specified in Sections 5, 6 and 7, the Committee may grant any one or a combination of the following awards under this Plan to eligible persons: (i) non-qualified stock options (“NQOs”), (ii) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), (iii) restricted stock awards, (iv) unrestricted stock units, and (v) restricted stock units.

The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select from among the eligible persons for participation in this Plan and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons, the exercise price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of the award, including, without limitation, the form of the Agreement evidencing the award.

The Committee may, in its sole discretion and for any reason at any time, take action such that (i) any or all outstanding NQOs and SARs shall become exercisable in part or in full and (ii) all or a portion of the Restriction Period applicable to any restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award shall lapse.

The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, establish amend and revoke rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan, adopt sub-plans applicable to specific subsidiaries, affiliates or locations as it deems necessary or desirable, and may impose, incidental to the grant of an award, conditions with respect to the award. Any rules, regulations or procedures established by the Committee with respect to elections made by eligible persons under this Plan to convert such persons’ annual cash retainer fees for services as a director of the Company to NQOs and/or unrestricted stock unit awards and to defer the settlement of unrestricted stock unit awards under this Plan shall require that such elections be made in such a time and manner so as to satisfy the requirements under Sections 409A(a)(2), (3) or (4) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the extent applicable, and in accordance with the terms of The Western Union Company Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Committee may require, as a condition to the issuance, exercise, settlement or acceptance of an award under this Plan, that the award recipient agree to mandatory arbitration to settle any disputes relating to such award. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be final, binding and conclusive.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of the Committee shall be either (i) acts of a majority of the members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or (ii) acts approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee without a meeting. The Committee

may authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

No member of the Board or the Committee, and no officer of the Company to whom the Committee delegates any of its power and authority hereunder, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Board and the Committee and such officers shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law.

3.Eligibility. Each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of its affiliates (“Non-Employee Director”) shall be eligible to receive awards under the Plan. As used herein, the term "subsidiary" means any corporation or other trade or business at least 50% of whose outstanding voting stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. As used herein, the term "affiliate" means any person who owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

4.Shares Available.

(a)Plan Share Limit. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9, 1,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company shall be available under this Plan (the “Plan Share Limit”).

(b) Deductions. Shares of common stock subject to NQOs and SARs shall apply against and reduce the Plan Share Limit as one share for every one share subject thereto. Shares of common stock subject to restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock unit awards, and restricted stock unit awards shall apply against and reduce the Plan Share Limit as one share for every one share subject thereto or payable pursuant thereto; provided, however, that if and during any period when more than 25% of the shares of common stock available under the Plan Share Limit are subject to restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock unit awards, and restricted stock unit awards, the remaining shares of common stock available under the Plan Share Limit shall be reduced by three shares for every one share awarded pursuant to restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock unit awards, and restricted stock unit awards in excess of 25% of the Plan Share Limit. Dividend equivalents paid in cash with respect to awards shall not apply against or reduce the Plan Share Limit.

(c)Increases. The Plan Share Limit, as reduced pursuant to Section 4(b), shall be increased (but not above the number of shares set forth in Section 4(a)) by shares of common stock subject to an outstanding award that are not issued or delivered by reason of the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award (other than by reason of the delivery or withholding of shares of common stock to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of an award, or to satisfy all or a portion of the tax withholding obligations relating to an award), or to the extent an award is satisfied in cash rather than shares of common stock. Increases in the Plan Share Limit pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall be made in a manner consistent with the Plan Share Limit deductions, as in effect at the time such increase occurs, under Section 4(b). No increases shall be made in the Plan Share Limit by reason of the exercise of SARs.

(d)Source of Shares. Shares of common stock shall be made available from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, reacquired shares, or any combination thereof.

5.Nonqualified Stock Options. Each NQO granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a)Number of Shares and Purchase Price. The number of shares of common stock subject to a NQO shall be determined by the Committee. The purchase price per share of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of a NQO shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant of such NQO. As used in the Plan, “fair market value” means the closing price of a share of common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if the common stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock on the principal national stock exchange on which the common stock is traded on the date as of which such value is being determined; provided, however, that if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, fair market value shall be based on the appropriate closing price on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported; and providedfurther that if fair market value for any date cannot be so determined, fair market value shall be determined by the Committee by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method and in the good faith exercise of its discretion. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, solely for purposes of determining an award holder’s tax payment obligations under Section 11(f), in lieu of the definition of fair market value in the preceding sentence, the Committee may determine that fair market value shall mean the average of the high and low transaction prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported.

(b)Option Period and Exercisability. The period during which a NQO may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine whether a NQO shall become exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable NQO, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of common stock.

(c)Method of Exercise. A NQO may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of common stock to be purchased and accompanied by payment therefor in full (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (A) in cash, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of common stock (which the optionee has held for at least six months prior to the delivery of such shares or which the optionee purchased on the open market and in each case for which the optionee has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances) having an aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, or (D) by a combination of (A) and (B), in each case to the extent set forth in the agreement relating to the NQO and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. Any fraction of a share of common stock which would be required to pay such purchase price shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the optionee. No certificate or other indicia of ownership representing common stock shall be delivered until the full purchase price therefor, and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 11(f), has been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).

(d)No Repricing or Discounting. Other than pursuant to Section 9, the Committee shall not without the approval of the Company’s stockholders (i) lower the purchase price per share of common stock subject to a NQO after it is granted, (ii) cancel a NQO when the purchase price per share of common stock subject to the NQO exceeds the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock in exchange for cash or another award (other than in connection with a Change in Control), or (iii) take any other action with respect to a NQO that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the shares of the Company’s common stock are listed.

6.Stock Appreciation Rights.Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a)Award. SARs shall entitle the grantee, subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, to receive upon exercise, shares of common stock with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of such SARs which are exercised. The base price of an SAR shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date such SAR is granted.

(b)Exercise Period and Exercisability. The period during which an SAR may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine whether an SAR may be exercised in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable SAR, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to a whole number of SARs.

(c)Method of Exercise. An SAR may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the whole number SARs which are being exercised and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request.

(d)Settlement In Shares. Upon exercise of an SAR, payment of the settlement amount shall be made to the holder in shares of common stock at 100 percent of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise.

(e)No Repricing or Discounting. Other than pursuant to Section 9, the Committee shall not without the approval of the Company’s stockholders (i) lower the base price of an SAR after it is granted, (ii) cancel an SAR when the base price of an SAR exceeds the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock in exchange for cash or another award (other than in connection with a Change in Control), or (iii) take any other action with respect to an SAR that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the shares of the Company’s common stock are listed.

7.Stock Awards. Stock awards granted under this Section 7 shall include (i) restricted stock, which shall consist of shares of common stock which are subject to a restriction period and may be subject to other terms and conditions, (ii) unrestricted stock unit awards, which shall be immediately vested upon grant and subject to additional restrictions that may be contained in the agreement relating thereto, and shall entitle the holder to receive one share of common stock or the fair market value thereof in cash for each unit awarded and (iii) restricted stock units, which shall, contingent upon the expiration of a specified restriction period and subject to additional restrictions that may be contained in the agreement relating thereto, entitle the holder to receive one share of common stock or the fair market value thereof in cash for each unit awarded. Each stock award shall be evidenced by an agreement in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions:

(a)Restriction Period. Restrictions shall be imposed for such period or periods as may be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the agreement circumstances under which the award shall become immediately transferable and nonforfeitable or under which the award shall be forfeited. During any restriction period designated by the Committee, the

common stock subject to a restricted stock award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as provided in this Plan or the agreement relating to such award, and the vesting conditions applicable to a restricted stock unit award shall remain in effect.

(b)Share Certificates/Indicia of Ownership. During any restriction period, a certificate or certificates, or other indicia of ownership, representing a restricted stock award may be registered in the holder’s name or a nominee name at the discretion of the Company and may bear a legend, in addition to any legend which may be required pursuant to Section 11(e), indicating that the ownership of the shares of common stock represented thereby is subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions of this Plan and the agreement relating to the restricted stock award. As determined by the Committee, all certificates or other indicia of ownership registered in the holder’s name shall be deposited with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares of common stock subject to the restricted stock award in the event such award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon termination of any applicable restriction period, or upon the grant of unrestricted stock, in each case subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 11(f), a certificate or certificates evidencing ownership, or such other indicia of ownership as determined by the Committee, of the requisite number of shares of common stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award.

(c)Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock Awards. Unless otherwise set forth in the agreement relating to a restricted stock award, and subject to the Committee’s right to cause such award to be cancelled pursuant to an adjustment pursuant to Section 9, the holder of such award shall have all rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of common stock; provided, however, that unless the Committee determines otherwise, a distribution with respect to shares of common stock, including a regular cash dividend, shall be deposited with the Company and replaced with additional restricted stock awards with a fair market value equal to such distribution and otherwise subject to the same restrictions as the shares of common stock with respect to which such distribution was made.

(d)Rights and Provisions Applicable to Unrestricted Stock Unit Awards. The agreement relating to an unrestricted stock unit award shall specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of common stock subject to such award. Prior to the settlement of an unrestricted stock unit award, the holder thereof shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of common stock subject to such award, except to the extent that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant dividend equivalents on unrestricted stock unit awards which are settled in shares of common stock. No shares of common stock and no certificates or other indicia of ownership representing shares of common stock that are subject to an unrestricted stock unit award shall be issued upon the grant of an unrestricted stock unit award. Instead, shares of common stock subject to unrestricted stock unit awards and the certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such shares of common stock shall be distributed only at the time of settlement of such unrestricted stock unit awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Deferred Compensation Plan, and the agreements relating to such unrestricted stock unit awards. The Committee may permit the deferral of any unrestricted stock unit award, subject to the rules and procedures as it may establish, in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Deferred Compensation Plan, and which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents, on a current or deferred basis, or the deemed reinvestment of

any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of common stock subject to such award.

(e)Rights and Provisions Applicable to Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The agreement relating to a restricted stock unit award shall specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of common stock subject to such award. Prior to the settlement of a restricted stock unit award, the holder thereof shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of common stock subject to such award, except to the extent that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant dividend equivalents on restricted stock unit awards which are settled in shares of common stock. No shares of common stock and no certificates or other indicia of ownership representing shares of common stock that are subject to a restricted stock unit award shall be issued upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Instead, shares of common stock subject to restricted stock unit awards and the certificates or other indicia of ownership representing such shares of common stock shall be distributed only at the time of settlement of such restricted stock unit awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and the agreements relating to such restricted stock unit awards.

8.Election to Convert Annual Retainer into Nonqualified Stock Options and/or Unrestricted Stock Units. To the extent permitted by the Committee, each Non-Employee Director may from time to time elect, in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, to receive in lieu of all the annual cash retainer fee for services as a director of the Company, or a part of such annual cash retainer fee as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, a grant of NQOs and/or unrestricted stock units under this Plan; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the discretion to require a Non-Employee Director to receive in lieu of all or part of the Eligible Director’s annual retainer fee either a grant of both NQOs and unrestricted stock units under this Plan or, if the Non-Employee Director so elects, a grant solely of unrestricted stock units under this Plan.

9.Adjustment. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of common stock other than a regular cash dividend, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) available under this Plan, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding NQO and the purchase price per security, the terms of each outstanding NQO, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding SAR and the base price per SAR, the terms of each outstanding SAR, the number, class and kind of securities (including, for this purpose, securities of any other entity that is a party to any such transaction) subject to each outstanding restricted stock award, unrestricted stock unit award, and restricted stock unit award, and the terms of each outstanding restricted stock award, unrestricted stock unit award, and restricted stock unit award, and the maximum number of shares with respect to which restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock unit awards, and restricted stock unit awards may be made under this Plan shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding NQOs and SARs without an increase in the aggregate purchase price or base price. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive. If any such adjustment would result in a fractional security being (a) available under this Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded, or (b) subject to an award under this Plan, the Company shall pay the holder of such award, in connection with the adjustment or first vesting, exercise or settlement of such award in whole or in part occurring after such adjustment, as the Committee may determine, an amount in cash determined by multiplying (i) the fraction of such security (rounded to the nearest hundredth) by (ii) the excess, if any, of

(A) the fair market value on the vesting, exercise or settlement date over (B) the exercise or base price, if any, of such award.

10.Change in Control. As of the effective date of a Change in Control (a) each outstanding NQO and SAR granted under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable and (b) the Restriction Period applicable to each outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock unit award granted under the Plan shall lapse. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control” shall mean:

(a)the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a “Person”), including any “person” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 25% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition resulting from the exercise of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege unless the security being so exercised, converted or exchanged was acquired directly from the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this definition; provided further, that for purposes of clause (B), if any Person (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company) shall become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock or 25% or more of the Outstanding Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company, and such Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Common Stock or any additional Outstanding Voting Securities and such beneficial ownership is publicly announced, such additional beneficial ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

(b)the cessation of individuals, who constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) as of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, to constitute at least a majority of such Incumbent Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to the date the Plan is approved by the Board whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation by a Person other than the Board for the purpose of opposing a solicitation by any other Person with respect to the election or removal of directors, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board;

(c)the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or indirectly) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to such

Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than: the Company; any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company; the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; and any Person who beneficially owned, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock or the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

(d)the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

11.Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)No Right of Participation or Service. No person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to be retained in the service of the Company, any subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the service of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

(b)Rights as Stockholder. No person shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of common stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an award hereunder unless and until such person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of common stock or equity security.

(c)Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Plan will be construed, administered or deemed amended as necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code to the extent subject to Section 409A of the Code. The Committee, in its sole discretion shall determine the requirements of Section 409A of the Code applicable to the Plan and shall interpret the terms of the Plan consistently therewith. Under no circumstances, however, shall the Company or any affiliate or any of its or their employees, officers, directors, service providers or agents have any liability to any person for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A of the Code.

(d)Transferability of Non-Qualified Options. NQOs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by the holder thereof, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, as long as the holder continues service to the Company, such holder may transfer NQOs to a family member or family entitywithout consideration; provided, however, in the case of a transfer of NQOs to a limited liability company or a partnership which is a family entity, such transfer may be for consideration consisting solely of an entity interest in the limited liability company or partnership to which the transfer is made. Any transfer of NQOs shall be in a form acceptable to the Committee, shall be signed by the holder and shall be effective only upon written acknowledgement by the Committee of its receipt and acceptance of such notice. If a NQO is transferred to a family member or to a family entity, such NQO may not thereafter be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by such family member or family entity except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. As used herein, the term “family member” shall mean an award holder's spouse, parent, child, stepchild, grandchild, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-

in-law, stepparent, grandparent, former spouse, niece, nephew or brother or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing the award holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee). The term “family entity” shall mean a trust in which one or more family members have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which the award holder and/or one or more family members control the management of assets and any other entity in which the award holder and/or one or more family members own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

(e)Restrictions on Shares. Each award hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of common stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting, exercise or settlement of such award or the delivery of shares thereunder, such award shall not vest, be exercised or settled and such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. In addition, the Committee may condition the grant of an award on compliance with certain listing, registration or other qualifications applicable to the award under any law or any obligation to obtain the consent or approval of a governmental body. The Company may require that certificates or other indicia of ownership evidencing shares of common stock delivered pursuant to any award hereunder bear a legend indicating that the sale, transfer or other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(f)Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of common stock, payment by the holder of an award of any Federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with an award hereunder.

(g)Agreement and Interpretation. The Company may condition an award holder’s right (i) to exercise, vest in or settle an award and (ii) to receive delivery of shares upon the execution and delivery to the Company of a written agreement evidencing such award and the completion of other requirements. By accepting any award or other benefit under the Plan, each Non-Employee Director and each person claiming under or through a Non-Employee Director shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee. The masculine pronoun means the feminine and the singular means the plural in the Plan, wherever appropriate.

(h)Designation of Beneficiary. If permitted by the Company, a holder of an award may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as such holder’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the holder’s death. To the extent an outstanding NQO or SAR granted hereunder is exercisable, such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to exercise such NQO or SAR to the extent permitted under local law.

Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the holder’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. The spouse of a married holder domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Committee of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations.

If a holder fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a holder predecease the holder, then each outstanding NQO or SAR hereunder held by such holder, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised by such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.

(i)Governing Law. The Plan, each award hereunder and the related agreement, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

12.Amendment and Termination. The Board or the Committee may amend or terminate this Plan, and except as provided in Sections 5(d) and 6(e), the Committee may amend outstanding awards under this Plan in any manner as it shall deem advisable in its sole discretion, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation; provided, however, that no amendment of the Plan or an outstanding award shall be made without stockholder approval if such amendment would increase the maximum number of shares of common stock available under this Plan (subject to Section 9). No amendment of the Plan or an outstanding award may impair the rights of a holder (the determination of which shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion) of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may be amended at any time, without the consent of any holder, as necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements, or avoid the application, of Section 409A of the Code.

13.Stockholder Approval and Effective Date. This Plan was adopted as of September 28, 2006, the date on which the Plan was approved by First Data Corporation in its capacity as sole shareholder of the Company. The Plan is now being amended and restated effective January 31, 2014. This Plan shall terminate on September 28, 2016, or if earlier, when shares of common stock are no longer available for the grant, exercise or settlement of awards, or the Plan is terminated by the Board or Committee. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any award granted prior to termination.

EX-10.29

Exhibit 10.29

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY 2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT -- TERMS AND CONDITIONS

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (U.S.)

1. Pursuant to The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), The Western Union Company (the “Company”) hereby grants to you (“Executive”) an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “Units”), in the amount specified in Executive’s Award Notice (which forms part of this Agreement) as of the Grant Date specified in Executive’s Award Notice, related to shares of the Company’s common stock (“Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by this reference and made a part hereof. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

2. Each Unit shall provide for the issuance and transfer to Executive of one Share upon lapse of the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 below. Upon issuance and transfer of Shares to the Executive following the Restricted Period (as defined herein), Executive shall have all rights incident to ownership of such Shares, including but not limited to voting rights and the right to receive dividends.

3. Subject to other provisions of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, on the third anniversary of the Grant Date, all restrictions on the Units shall lapse and the Shares subject to the Units shall be issued and transferred to Executive. Effective on and after such date, subject to applicable laws and Company policies, Executive may hold, assign, pledge, sell, or transfer the Shares in Executive’s discretion. The three year period in which the Units may be forfeited by the Executive is defined as the “Restricted Period.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this paragraph 3, you will forfeit all rights to the Units unless you accept these Terms and Conditions either through on-line electronic acceptance (if permitted by the Company) or by signing and returning to the Company a copy of these Terms and Conditions prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date. Signed copies of these Terms and Conditions should be sent to the attention of: Western Union Stock Plan Administration, 12500 E. Belford Avenue, M21B2, Englewood, Colorado 80112. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, in order for the restrictions on the Units to lapse, you must execute and return to the Company or accept electronically an updated restrictive covenant agreement (and exhibits) if requested by the Company which may contain certain noncompete, nonsolicitation and/or nondisclosure provisions. Failure to execute or electronically accept such an agreement prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date will cause the Units to be forfeited.

Prior to the issuance and transfer of Shares upon vesting, the Units will represent only an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company. Any Units that vest in accordance with paragraphs 3, 7 or 9 will be settled as soon as administratively practicable after vesting (i.e., upon lapse of the restrictions on the Units). If at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance and transfer of Shares to the Executive (or his or her estate), such issuance and transfer will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained.

4. Executive may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the amount of any required income or other withholding taxes (the “Required Tax Payments”) incurred in connection with the issuance and transfer of the Shares by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company, (2) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (3) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Executive having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to Executive, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (4) a cash payment to the Company by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Executive has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale, or (5) any combination of (1) and (2). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate.

5. The Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, while subject to restrictions. If Executive or anyone claiming under or through Executive attempts to make any such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition of Units in violation of this paragraph 5, such attempted violation shall be null, void, and without effect.

6. Executive shall forfeit Executive’s right to any unvested Units if Executive’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period (except solely by reason of a period of Related Employment or as set forth in paragraphs 7 and 9).

7. Except to the extent paragraph 9 applies, if Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate is terminated involuntarily and without Cause and on the date of such termination Executive is an eligible participant in the Severance/Change in Control Policy applicable to members of the Company’s Executive Committee, subject to the terms of such policy, any then-restricted Units shall vest on a prorated basis effective on Executive’s termination date. Such prorated vesting shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the Grant Date and Executive’s termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days between the Grant Date and the third anniversary of the Grant Date. If Executive dies or incurs a Disability during a period of continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate during the Restricted Period, Executive shall immediately vest, as of the date of such termination of employment, in any then-unvested Units. If Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate is terminated by reason of Retirement, any then-restricted Units shall vest and be settled on a prorated basis effective on Executive’s termination date. Such prorated vesting shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed between the Grant Date and Executive’s termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days between the Grant Date and the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

8. During the Restricted Period, Executive (and any person succeeding to Executive’s rights pursuant to the Plan) will have no ownership interest or rights in Shares underlying the Units, including no rights to receive dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares or to exercise voting or other shareholder rights with respect to such Shares. Executive shall not be entitled to receive dividend equivalents in connection with this award.

9. If Executive is eligible to participate in the Severance/Change in Control Policy applicable to members of the Company’s Executive Committee at the time of a Change in Control and Executive’s

employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate terminates for an eligible reason under such policy during the 24-month period commencing on the effective date of the Change in Control, then, subject to the terms of such policy, any remaining restrictions applicable to the Units shall immediately lapse effective on the date of Executive’s termination.

10. The terms of this Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate; provided, however, that no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of Executive under this Agreement without Executive’s written consent.

11. Any action taken or decision made by the Company, the Board, or the Committee or its delegates arising out of or in connection with the construction, administration, interpretation or effect of the Plan or this Agreement shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion, as the case may be, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on Executive and all persons claiming under or through Executive. By accepting this grant of Units or other benefit under the Plan, Executive and each person claiming under or through Executive shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee or its delegates.

12. This grant of Units is discretionary, non-binding for future years and there is no promise or guarantee that such grants will be offered to Executive in future years.

13. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Executive’s participation in the Plan, or Executive’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Units. Executive is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

14. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and rights relating to the Plan and to this Agreement, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware, as provided in the Plan. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises directly or indirectly under the grant of the Units or the Agreement (including the Appendix), the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Colorado, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Arapahoe County, or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Colorado, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

15. If one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provisions which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Agreement to be construed as to foster the intent of this Agreement and the Plan.

16. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in the case of Executive’s termination of employment due to death, Disability or for an eligible reason under the Severance/Change in Control Policy applicable to members of the Company’s Executive Committee during the 24-month period commencing on the effective date of a Change in Control, in order for the restrictions on the Units to lapse the Company must achieve as a Performance Measure not less than [____________] of operating income during the fiscal year ending [__________],as

determined by the Committee based on the Company’s [___] annual financial statements.

17. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read the Company’s Clawback Policy. In consideration of the grant of the Units, Executive agrees to abide by the Company’s Clawback Policy and any determinations of the Board pursuant to the Clawback Policy. Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines that any Incentive Compensation (as defined in the Company’s Clawback Policy) received by or paid to Executive resulted from any financial result or performance metric that was impacted by Executive’s misconduct or fraud and that compensation should be recovered from Executive (such amount being recovered, the “Clawbacked Compensation”), then upon such determination, the Board may recover such Clawbacked Compensation by (a) cancelling all or any portion of the unvested Units (the “Clawbacked Portion”) and, in such case, the Clawbacked Portion of the unvested Units shall automatically and without further action of the Company be cancelled, (b) requiring Executive to deliver to the Company shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Units (to the extent held by Executive), (c) requiring Executive to repay to the Company any net proceeds resulting from the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Units or (d) any combination of the remedies set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c). The foregoing remedies are in addition to and separate from any other relief available to the Company due to Executive’s misconduct or fraud. Any determination by the Board with respect to the foregoing shall be final, conclusive and binding upon Executive and all persons claiming through Executive.

18. To the extent any amounts under this Agreement are payable by reference to Executive’s “termination of employment,” such term shall be deemed to refer to Executive’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, then to the extent any amount payable under this Agreement (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) is payable upon Executive’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

I hereby confirm that the foregoing and the documents attached hereto are hereby in all respects accepted and agreed to by the undersigned as of the date of this Agreement:
Signature:_________________________	Printed Name: ______________________________
Date:_____________________________

EX-10.39

Exhibit 10.39

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

INCENTIVE AWARD ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), ______________ (“the Participant”) has been identified as eligible to participate in the Plan for the Performance Period set forth below and has been determined to be eligible to receive the Incentive Award described below. Certain terms and conditions of the Incentive Award are set forth immediately below in this Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement. Other terms and conditions are set forth in the Incentive Award Agreement which is appended to this Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement. The Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement and the Incentive Award Agreement are together the “Agreement” which is made and entered into between The Western Union Company, a Delaware corporation (“the Company”), and the Participant as of the beginning of the Performance Period set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement are defined in the Plan or the Incentive Award Agreement.

Maximum Award:	___% of the Incentive Pool
Target Award:	[________________]
Performance Period:	[________________]
Incentive Pool:	[________________]
Cash Incentive Award:	[________________]
Supplemental RSU Incentive Award:	[________________]
Cash Incentive Award Vesting Date:	[________________]
Supplemental RSU Incentive Award Vesting Dates:	[___] Anniversary of Grant Date ([___]) [___] Anniversary of Grant Date ([___])

Subject to the terms of the Agreement, the Cash Incentive Award and Supplemental RSU Incentive Award shall be determined as follows:

• Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement and the Plan, the Cash Incentive Award shall be determined based on Corporate Performance Measures and Individual Performance Measures (weighted [___][___] and [___][___], respectively) established by the Committee and set forth in Exhibit A; provided, however, that if the Strategic Performance Measures established by the Committee and set forth in Exhibit Bare not achieved, the Cash Incentive Award determined based on the achievement of the Corporate Performance Measures and Individual Performance Measures shall be reduced by up to [___] of the Target Award.

• Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement and the Plan, the Supplemental RSU Incentive Award shall be determined based on Strategic Performance Measures established by the Committee and set forth in Exhibit B; provided, however, that the vesting of the Supplemental RSU Incentive Award shall be subject to the Company’s achievement of operating income of [_________] for [____].

The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Incentive Award Agreement, The Western Union Company Severance/Change in Control Policy (Executive Committee Level) (the “Severance/Change in Control Policy”), The Western Union Company Clawback Policy (the “Clawback Policy”) and the Plan (which are incorporated by reference and made a part hereof) and this Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement and agrees to abide by all of the terms and conditions of the Incentive Award Agreement, the Severance/Change in Control Policy, the Clawback Policy and the Plan.

In witness whereof, the parties have executed the Agreement as of _____________, [____].

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY,

a Delaware corporation

By: _______________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: _________________________

Agreed and Accepted:

______________________________________

Participant

2013 Incentive Awards

INCENTIVE AWARD AGREEMENT

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

SENIOR EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the provisions of The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), _____________________________ (the “Participant”), has been identified as eligible to participate in the Plan for the Performance Period set forth in the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement and has been determined to be eligible to receive an Incentive Award (the “Award”), upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement, the Plan and below. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

1.Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Award shall be null and void unless the Participant shall accept this Agreement by executing the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement and returning it to the Company at such time as shall be satisfactory to the Company.

2.Service Vesting Requirement. Except as otherwise provided in The Western Union Company Severance/Change in Control Policy (Executive Committee Level) or determined by the Committee, if the Participant’s employment in his current position with the Company terminates for any reason prior to the Cash Incentive Award Vesting Date or the Supplemental RSU Incentive Award Vesting Dates, set forth in the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement (each, a “Vesting Date”), the Participant shall not be entitled to receive the Cash Incentive Award and/or Supplemental RSU Incentive Award, as applicable.

3.Committee Discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in all cases, the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion, taking into account such factors as the Committee deems appropriate, to determine the amount of the Award payable to the Participant (not to exceed the maximum award set forth in the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement) or to decide that no payment shall be made.

4.Payment.

(a)Cash Incentive Award. If the Committee certifies that the applicable Performance Measures have been achieved and has determined the amount and approved the payment of the Cash Incentive Award to the Participant, the Participant shall receive, during the period beginning on [________] and ending on [________] ([________], in the case of a Participant who is not a United States taxpayer) of the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Cash Incentive Award Vesting Date occurs, a lump sum cash payment from the Company in an amount equal to the Cash Incentive Award determined by the Committee, subject to the deduction of taxes and other amounts pursuant to the Plan, unless the Participant is eligible to and elects to defer a permissible portion of the Cash Incentive Award into The Western Union Company Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan (“SISP”) by an election made no later than six months prior to end of the performance period. The Cash Incentive Award is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals,” within the meaning of Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.

(b)Supplemental RSU Incentive Award. If the Committee certifies that the applicable Performance Measures have been achieved and has determined the amount and approved the payment of the Supplemental RSU Incentive Award to the Participant, the Participant shall receive a grant of

restricted stock units, representing the right to acquire shares of the common stock of the Company, to vest and be settled on the Supplemental RSU Incentive Award Vesting Dates, as set forth in the Incentive Award Agreement, and upon such additional terms and conditions are set forth in The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Company’s standard form of restricted stock unit agreement and the Incentive Award Acceptance Agreement. The Supplemental RSU Incentive Award is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals,” within the meaning of Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.

5.Withholding. All payments under this Agreement are subject to withholding of any federal, state, local or other income, social insurance, payroll or other tax-related items which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award.

6.Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the Participant’s eligibility for the Award or its acceptance by the Participant give or be deemed to give the Participant any right to continued employment by the Company, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

7.Nontransferability of Award. The Award and any rights thereunder shall not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

8.Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Severance/Change in Control Policy and the Clawback Policy and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Severance/Change in Control Policy and the Clawback Policy.

9.Meaning of Certain Terms. As used herein, employment by the Company shall include employment by a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Company.

10.Administration. The authority to administer and interpret this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all the powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

11.Amendment and Termination. The Committee may at any time amend or terminate the Plan. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce or eliminate the Award at any time and for any reason.

12.Special 409A Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment hereunder is subject to section 409A of the Code and if such payment is to be paid on account of the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of section 409A of the Code), if the Participant is a specified employee (within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code), and if any such payment otherwise is required to be made prior to the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service. To the extent that any payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to section 409A of the Code and are paid or provided on account of the Participant’s termination of employment, the determination as to whether the Participant has had a termination of employment (or separation from service) shall be made in accordance with section 409A and the guidance issued thereunder.

13.Governing Law. This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles.

14.Statute of Limitations. Any action, claim or lawsuit relating to this Agreement must be filed no more than 6 months after the date of the event that is the subject of the action, claim or lawsuit. The Participant voluntarily waives any statute of limitations to the contrary.

15.Clawback Policy. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines that any Incentive Compensation (as defined in the Company’s Clawback Policy) received by or paid to the Participant resulted from any financial result or performance metric that was impacted by the Participant’s misconduct or fraud and that compensation should be recovered from the Participant (such amount being recovered, the “Clawbacked Compensation”), then upon such determination, the Board may recover such Clawbacked Compensation by (a) cancelling all or any portion of the Award (the “Clawbacked Portion”) and, in such case, the Participant shall not be entitled to receive the Clawbacked Portion of the Award and the Clawbacked Portion of the Award shall automatically and without further action of the Company be cancelled, (b) requiring the Participant to repay to the Company or forfeit any portion of the Clawbacked Portion of the Award the Participant has already received or (c) any combination of the remedies set forth in clauses (a) or (b). The foregoing remedies are in addition to and separate from any other relief available to the Company due to the Participant’s misconduct or fraud. Any determination by the Board with respect to the foregoing shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant and all persons claiming through the Participant.

EX-10.45

Exhibit 10.45

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD NOTICE

Pursuant to The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), [_________] (“Executive”) has been granted the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award described below (the “Award”). Certain terms and conditions of the Award are set forth immediately below in this Award Notice. Other terms and conditions are set forth in the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement which is appended to this Award Notice. The Award Notice and the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement are together the “Agreement” which is made and entered into between The Western Union Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Executive as of the Grant Date. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Award Notice are defined in the Plan or the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

Grant Date:	[__________]
Target Award: Maximum Award:	___ shares of Common Stock ___ shares of Common Stock
Performance Period:	[__________]
Performance Measure:	[__________]
Vesting Date:	[__________]

	THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY,
	a Delaware corporation
By:
	Name:
	Title:

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY 2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT --

TERMS AND CONDITIONS - [_____________]

1. Pursuant to The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), The Western Union Company (the “Company”) hereby grants to you (“Executive”) an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “Units”), in the amount specified in your Award Notice(which forms part of this Agreement) as of the Grant Date specified in your Award Notice, related to shares of the Company’s common stock (“Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by this reference and made a part hereof. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

2. Each Unit shall provide for the issuance and transfer to Executive of one Share upon lapse of the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 below and subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period set forth in the Award Notice and the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Award payable to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A. Upon issuance and transfer of Shares to Executive following the Restricted Period (as defined herein), Executive shall have all rights incident to ownership of such Shares, including but not limited to voting rights and the right to receive dividends.

3. Subject to other provisions of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, on the third anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period set forth in the Award Notice and the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Award payable to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A, all restrictions on the Units shall lapse and the number of Shares subject to the Units determined by the Committee to be transferred to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A shall be issued and transferred to Executive. Effective on and after such date, subject to applicable laws and Company policies, Executive may hold, assign, pledge, sell, or transfer the Shares transferred to Executive in Executive’s discretion. The three year period in which the Units may be forfeited by Executive is defined as the “Restricted Period.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this paragraph 3, you will forfeit all rights to the Units unless you accept these Terms and Conditions either through on-line electronic acceptance (if permitted by the Company) or by signing and returning to the Company a copy of these Terms and Conditions prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date. Signed copies of these Terms and Conditions should be sent to the attention of: Western Union Stock Plan Administration, 12500 E. Belford Avenue, M21B2, Englewood, Colorado 80112. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, in order for the restrictions on the Units to lapse, you must execute and return to the Company or accept electronically an updated restrictive covenant agreement (and exhibits) if requested by the Company which may contain certain noncompete, nonsolicitation and/or nondisclosure provisions. Failure to execute or electronically accept such an agreement prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date will cause the Units to be forfeited.

Prior to the issuance and transfer of Shares upon vesting, the Units will represent only an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company. Any Shares determined by the Committee to be transferred to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A shall be issued and transferred to Executive as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the Restricted Period, and in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Restricted Period ends. If at any

time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any foreign, state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance and transfer of Shares to the Executive (or his or her estate), such issuance and transfer will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained.

4. Executive may elect to satisfy Executive’s obligation to advance the amount of any required income tax (including foreign, federal, state and local taxes), social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Executive’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Executive (the “Required Tax Payments”) by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company, (2) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (3) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Executive having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to Executive, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (4) a cash payment to the Company by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Executive has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale, or (5) any combination of (1) and (2).

Executive acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Required Tax Payments legally due by Executive is and remains Executive’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or Executive’s employer. Executive further acknowledges that the Company and/or Executive’s employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Required Tax Payments in connection with any aspect of the Units, including the grant of the Units, the vesting of the Units, the conversion of the Units into Shares, and the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired at vesting; and (ii) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Units to reduce or eliminate tax Executive’s liability.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold or account for Required Tax Payments by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. If the obligation for Required Tax Payments is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Executive is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares due to Executive at vesting, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Required Tax Payments due as a result of any aspect of Executive’s participation in the Plan. Finally, Executive shall pay to the Company or Executive’s employer any amount of Required Tax Payments that the Company or Executive’s employer may be required to withhold as a result of Executive’s receipt of the Units, the vesting of the Units, or the conversion of the vested Units to Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue Shares to Executive if Executive fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Required Tax Payments as described herein.

5. The Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, while subject to restrictions. If Executive or anyone claiming under or through Executive attempts to make any such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition of Units in violation of this paragraph 5, such attempted violation shall be null, void, and without effect.

6. Executive shall forfeit Executive’s right to any unvested Units if Executive’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period

(except solely by reason of a period of Related Employment or as set forth in paragraphs 7 and 9).

7. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, other than voluntary termination by Executive, death, Disability, Retirement or for Cause, and paragraph 9 does not apply, Executive shall be entitled to a prorated Award. Such prorated Award shall be equal to the amount of the Award which is actually earned, based upon satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period (as certified by the Committee in writing) and the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Award payable to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed with the Company during the Restricted Period and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days in the Restricted Period. Such prorated Award shall be paid at the same time as if Executive had remained employed with the Company through the end of the Restricted Period. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates before the first anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, and paragraph 9 does not apply, Executive shall not be entitled to a prorated Award.

If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of death or Disability, the Award shall be paid, to the extent earned, based upon satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period (as certified by the Committee in writing) and the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Award payable to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A, to Executive or Executive’s executor, administrator, legal representative, beneficiary or similar person (together, the “Beneficiary”), as the case may be, as if Executive had remained employed with the Company through the end of the Restricted Period.

If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of Retirement, Executive shall be entitled to a prorated Award. Such prorated Award shall be equal to the amount of the Award which is actually earned, based upon satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period (as certified by the Committee in writing) and the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Award payable to Executive in accordance with Exhibit A, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed with the Company during the Restricted Period and the denominator of which shall equal the number of days in the Restricted Period. Such prorated Award shall be paid at the same time as if Executive had remained employed with the Company through the end of the Restricted Period.

If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated voluntarily by Executive (except for an Eligible Termination Reason described in Section 5(b) of the Severance/Change in Control Policy applicable to members of the Company’s Executive Committee at the time of a Change in Control) or is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive’s Award shall, except to the extent vested as of the date of termination, be immediately forfeited.

8. During the Restricted Period, Executive (and any person succeeding to Executive’s rights pursuant to the Plan) will have no ownership interest or rights in Shares underlying the Units, including no rights to receive dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares or to exercise voting or other shareholder rights with respect to such Shares. Executive shall not be entitled to receive dividend equivalents in connection with this Award.

9. If Executive is eligible to participate in the Severance/Change in Control Policy applicable to members of the Company’s Executive Committee at the time of a Change in Control and Executive’s employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate terminates for an eligible reason under such policy during the 24-month period commencing on the effective date of the Change in Control,

then, subject to the terms of such policy, the Award shall be paid to Executive, to the extent earned, based upon satisfaction of the Performance Measure during the Performance Period (as certified by the Committee in writing) and in accordance with Exhibit A, as if Executive had remained employed with the Company through the end of the Restricted Period.

10. The terms of this Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate; provided, however, that no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of Executive under this Agreement without Executive’s written consent.

11. Any action taken or decision made by the Company, the Board, or the Committee or its delegates arising out of or in connection with the construction, administration, interpretation or effect of the Plan or this Agreement shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion, as the case may be, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on Executive and all persons claiming under or through Executive. By accepting this grant of Units or other benefit under the Plan, Executive and each person claiming under or through Executive shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee or its delegates.

12. In accepting the award of Units, Executive acknowledges that (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, as provided in the Plan; (ii) the award of Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards of Units, or benefits in lieu of Units even if Units have been awarded repeatedly in the past; (iii) all decisions with respect to future awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Committee; (iv) Executive’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (v) the award of Units is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or to Executive’s employer, and the Units are outside the scope of Executive’s employment contract, if any; (vi) the Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculation of any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments; (vii) neither the award of the Units nor any provision of this Agreement, the Plan or the policies adopted pursuant to the Plan confer upon Executive any right with respect to employment or continuation of current employment, and in the event that Executive is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Units shall not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (viii) this grant of the Units does not establish or imply an employment relationship between Executive and the Company; (ix) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty, (x) if Executive receives Shares, the value of such Shares acquired upon vesting of the Units may increase or decrease in value; (xi) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Units, and no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from any diminution in value of the Units or Shares received upon the vesting of the Units resulting from termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Executive’s employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Executive irrevocably releases the Company and Executive’s employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Executive shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her entitlement to pursue such claim; and (xii) in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Executive’s right to receive Shares pursuant to the Units after termination of employment,

if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Executive’s active employment and will not be extended by a notice period mandated under local law; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Executive is no longer actively employed for purposes of the award of the Units.

13. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and rights relating to the Plan and to this Agreement, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

14. Executive hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Executive’s personal data as described in this Agreement by and among, as applicable, Executive’s employer, the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Executive’s participation in the Plan.

Executive understands that Executive’s employer and/or the Company hold certain personal information about Executive, including, but not limited to, Executive’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all equity awards to Executive under the Plan, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Executive understands that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Executive’s country, or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protection than Executive’s country. Executive understands that Executive may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Executive’s local human resources representative. Executive authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Executive’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker, escrow agent or other third party with whom the Shares received upon vesting of the Units may be deposited. Executive understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Executive’s participation in the Plan. Executive understands that Executive may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Executive’s local human resources representative. Executive understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect Executive’s ability to receive a transfer of Shares following the expiration of the Restricted Period. For more information on the consequences of Executive’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Executive understands that Executive may contact Executive’s local human resources representative.

15. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Units and to participation in the Plan or related to future Units that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Executive’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Executive hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

16. If one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any

respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provisions which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Agreement to be construed as to foster the intent of this Agreement and the Plan.

17. Executive should be aware that Executive may be entitled to revoke this Agreement and Executive’s acceptance of the grant of the Units pursuant to the Austrian Consumer Protection Act under the following conditions: (a) if Executive signs this Agreement outside of the business premises of Executive’s employer, Executive may be entitled to revoke the Agreement provided the revocation is made within one week of Executive’s acceptance; or (b) if circumstances relevant to Executive’s decision to enter into the Agreement, as presented by the Company, either do not materialize or materialize to a significantly reduced extent, through no fault of Executive’s, Executive may be entitled to revoke the Agreement. This revocation must be made within one week of the time that it is foreseeable that the circumstances mentioned above do not materialize or materialize at a significantly reduced extent. If Executive revokes under sections (a) or (b) listed above, the revocation must be in written form to be valid. It is sufficient if Executive returns this Agreement to the Company or the Company’s representative with language which can be understood as Executive’s refusal to conclude or honor this Agreement.

18. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read the Company’s Clawback Policy. In consideration of the grant of the Units, Executive agrees to abide by the Company’s Clawback Policy and any determinations of the Board pursuant to the Clawback Policy. Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines that any Incentive Compensation (as defined in the Company’s Clawback Policy) received by or paid to Executive resulted from any financial result or performance metric that was impacted by Executive’s misconduct or fraud and that compensation should be recovered from Executive (such amount being recovered, the “Clawbacked Compensation”), then upon such determination, the Board may recover such Clawbacked Compensation by (a) cancelling all or any portion of the unvested Units (the “Clawbacked Portion”) and, in such case, the Clawbacked Portion of the unvested Units shall automatically and without further action of the Company be cancelled, (b) requiring Executive to deliver to the Company shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Units (to the extent held by Executive), (c) requiring Executive to repay to the Company any net proceeds resulting from the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Units or (d) any combination of the remedies set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c). The foregoing remedies are in addition to and separate from any other relief available to the Company due to Executive’s misconduct or fraud. Any determination by the Board with respect to the foregoing shall be final, conclusive and binding upon Executive and all persons claiming through Executive.

19. To the extent any amounts under this Agreement are payable by reference to Executive’s “termination of employment,” such term shall be deemed to refer to Executive’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, then to the extent any amount payable under this Agreement (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) is payable upon Executive’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

I hereby confirm that the foregoing and the documents attached hereto are hereby in all respects accepted and agreed to by the undersigned as of the date of this Agreement:
Signature:	Printed Name:
Date:

EX-10.46

Exhibit 10.46

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY 2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT - TERMS AND CONDITIONS

(NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR - GERMANY)

1. These Terms and Conditions form part of the Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which you have been granted a Nonqualified Stock Option (“Stock Option”) under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan is enclosed for your convenience. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference and made a part hereof.Any capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

2. The number of common shares of The Western Union Company (the “Company”) subject to the Stock Option, and the option exercise price, are specified in the attached Award Notice (which forms part of the Agreement).

3. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, at any time or times on or after the Date of Grant specified in the attached Award Notice, but not later than the tenth anniversary of such Date of Grant, you may exercise this Stock Option as to the number of shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) which, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock as to which you have theretofore exercised under this Stock Option, if any, will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock covered hereby. This Stock Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock of the Company.

4. This Stock Option may not be exercised unless the following conditions are met:

(a) Legal counsel for the Company must be satisfied at the time of exercise that the issuance of shares upon exercise will comply with applicable U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws.

(b) You pay the exercise price as follows: (i) by giving notice to the Company or its designee of the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by making payment therefor in full (or arranging for such payment to the Company's satisfaction) either (A) in cash in U.S. dollars, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom you have submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise (i.e., also known as “cashless exercise”) or (D) by a combination of (A) and (B) and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request.

5. In the event that you cease to be a Non-Employee Director for any reason, you will continue to have the right to exercise this Stock Option in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Plan until and including the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant specified in the attached Award Notice.

6. As long as you continue service to the Company, you may transfer Stock Options to a Family Member or Family Entitywithout consideration; provided, however, in the case of a transfer of Stock Options

to a limited liability company or a partnership which is a Family Entity, such transfer may be for consideration consisting solely of an entity interest in the limited liability company or partnership to which the transfer is made. Any transfer of Stock Options shall be in a form acceptable to the Committee, shall be signed by you and shall be effective only upon written acknowledgement by the Committee of its receipt and acceptance of such notice. If a Stock Option is transferred to a Family Member or Family Entity, the Stock Option may not thereafter be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by such Family Member or Family Entity except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company. You further acknowledge that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Stock Option, including but not limited to, the grant, vesting, exercise of the Stock Option, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Stock Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for the Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if you have become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event (“Tax Date”), as applicable, you acknowledge that the Company may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the Tax Date, you will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, you authorize the Company or its agent, at its discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (A) accept a cash payment in U.S. dollars in the amount of Tax-Related Items, (B) withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to you having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash from any cash compensation which would otherwise be payable to you by the Company equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items, or (C) withhold from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization).

To avoid any negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the exercised Stock Option, notwithstanding that a number of shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of Director’s participation in the Plan. Finally, you shall pay to the Company any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares of Common Stock or the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the Director, if Director fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

8. The Board or Committee may amend or terminate the Plan and the Committee may amend (or its delegate may amend) these Terms and Conditions. No amendment may impair your rights as an option holder without your consent. The determination of such impairment shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9. The Committee (or its delegate) administers the Plan and has discretion to interpret the Plan and this Agreement. Any decision or interpretation rendered by the Committee or its delegate shall be final, conclusive and binding on you and all persons claiming under or through you. By accepting this grant or other benefit under the Plan, you and each person claiming under or through you shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Committee or its delegate.

10. This Award is discretionary, non-binding for future years and there is no promise or guarantee that such grants will be offered to the Director in future years.

11. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

12. You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this Agreement and any other grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

You understand that the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

You understand that Data will be transferred to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Company. You authorize the Company, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting the Company in writing. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact the Company.

13. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and this Agreement and rights relating to the Plan and to this Agreement, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, as provided in the Plan. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises directly or indirectly under the Stock Option or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Colorado in the United States of America, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of Arapahoe County in the State of Colorado in the United States of America, or the federal courts for the United States of America for the District of Colorado, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

14. If you have received this Agreement or any other document related to the Stock Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

15. If one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provisions which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Agreement to be construed as to foster the intent of this Agreement and the Plan.

16. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Director hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on the Stock Option and on any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Stock Option under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

NOTICE REGARDING EXCHANGE CONTROLS:If you are resident in Germany, you will have certain exchange control obligations related to your participation in the Plan. Specifically, as of March 2010, cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If you use a German bank to transfer a cross-border payment in excess of €12,500 in connection with the exercise of the Stock Option or the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, the bank will make the report for you. In addition, you must report any receivables, payables, or debts in foreign currency exceeding an amount of €5,000,000 on a monthly basis. It is your responsibility to comply with these exchange controls and they may change from time to time.

EX-10.47

Exhibit 10.47

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY 2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT - TERMS AND CONDITIONS

(NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS - U.S.)

1. These Terms and Conditions form part of the Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which you have been granted a Nonqualified Stock Option (“Stock Option”) under The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan is enclosed for your convenience. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference and made a part hereof.Any capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

2. The number of common shares of The Western Union Company (the “Company”) subject to the Stock Option, and the option exercise price, are specified in the attached Award Notice (which forms part of the Agreement).

3. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, at any time or times on or after the Date of Grant specified in the attached Award Notice, but not later than the tenth anniversary of such Date of Grant, you may exercise this Stock Option as to the number of shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) which, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock as to which you have theretofore exercised under this Stock Option, if any, will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock covered hereby. This Stock Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock of the Company.

4. This Stock Option may not be exercised unless the following conditions are met:

(a) Legal counsel for the Company must be satisfied at the time of exercise that the issuance of shares upon exercise will comply with applicable U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws.

(b) You pay the exercise price as follows: (i) by giving notice to the Company or its designee of the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by making payment therefor in full (or arranging for such payment to the Company's satisfaction) either (A) in cash, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom you have submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise (i.e., also known as “cashless exercise”) or (D) by a combination of (A) and (B) and (ii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request.

5. In the event that you cease to be a Non-Employee Director for any reason, you will continue to have the right to exercise this Stock Option in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Plan until and including the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant specified in the attached Award Notice.

6. As long as you continue service to the Company, you may transfer Stock Options to a Family Member or Family Entitywithout consideration; provided, however, in the case of a transfer of Stock Options to a limited liability company or a partnership which is a Family Entity, such transfer may be for consideration consisting solely of an entity interest in the limited liability company or partnership to

which the transfer is made. Any transfer of Stock Options shall be in a form acceptable to the Committee, shall be signed by you and shall be effective only upon written acknowledgement by the Committee of its receipt and acceptance of such notice. If a Stock Option is transferred to a Family Member or Family Entity, the Stock Option may not thereafter be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by such Family Member or Family Entity except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains your responsibility. You further acknowledge that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Stock Option, including but not limited to, the grant, vesting, exercise of the Stock Option, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Stock Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for the Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if you have become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event (“Tax Date”), you acknowledge that the Company may be required to account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

8. The Board or Committee may amend or terminate the Plan and the Committee may amend (or its delegate may amend) these Terms and Conditions. No amendment may impair your rights as an option holder without your consent. The determination of such impairment shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9. The Committee (or its delegate) administers the Plan and has discretion to interpret the Plan and this Agreement. Any decision or interpretation rendered by the Committee or its delegate shall be final, conclusive and binding on you and all persons claiming under or through you. By accepting this grant or other benefit under the Plan, you and each person claiming under or through you shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Committee or its delegate.

10. This Award is discretionary, non-binding for future years and there is no promise or guarantee that such grants will be offered to the Director in future years.

11. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

12. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and this Agreement and rights relating to the Plan and to this Agreement, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, as provided in the Plan. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises directly or indirectly under the Stock Option or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Colorado in the United States of America, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted only in

the courts of Arapahoe County in the State of Colorado in the United States of America, or the federal courts for the United States of America for the District of Colorado, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

13. If one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provisions which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Agreement to be construed as to foster the intent of this Agreement and the Plan.

14. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Director hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

15. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on the Stock Option and on any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Stock Option under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

EX-10.48

Exhibit 10.48

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This is a Separation Agreement and Release ("Separation Agreement") between Scott T. Scheirman ("Executive"), Western Union, LLC ("Company"), and The Western Union Company ("Western Union"), whereby Executive’s employment will be terminated effective February 28, 2014 (“Termination Date”) due to an eligible reason under The Western Union Company Severance / Change in Control Policy (Executive Committee Level) (“Severance Policy”) that is not a termination for cause by the Company (subject to the terms of paragraph 3 of this Separation Agreement).

For purposes of this Separation Agreement, “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, owns or controls, is owned or is controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, another Person. As used herein, “control” means the power to direct the management or affairs of a Person, and “ownership” means the beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the voting securities of the Person. The Company and/or Western Union shall be deemed to control any settlement network in which it has any equity ownership. As used herein, “Person” means any corporation, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, organization or other entity.

1.     Payments and Benefits. In consideration for Executive’s execution of this Separation Agreement, but subject to the paragraph in this Separation Agreement titled “Review Period and Revocation” and the terms of the paragraph titled “Consideration and Remedy,” the Company agrees to provide to Executive the following payments and benefits, consistent with and subject to the terms of the Severance Policy.

(a) Continued Employment and Transition Period. For the period through and including December 31, 2013, Executive shall continue to work full time and be required to perform Executive’s regular job duties as Chief Financial Officer of Western Union. Effective January 1, 2014, Executive shall no longer serve as Western Union’s Chief Financial Officer, but shall continue to be employed by the Company in a senior advisory capacity and shall be available as needed for questions and consultation at the direction of Western Union’s Chief Executive Officer through and including the Termination Date. The period beginning January 1, 2014 through and including the Termination Date is referred to herein as the “Transition Period.”

During the Transition Period, Executive shall: (i) serve as a member of Western Union’s Disclosure Committee and fulfill the duties and responsibilities of a member of such Committee with respect to Western Union’s 2013 financial performance disclosed in its 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K and 2013 year-end and fourth quarter earnings release, as set forth in Western Union’s Disclosure Committee Charter and Disclosure Controls and Procedures, provided that Executive shall not be required to make any certifications with respect to Western Union’s 2014 financial forecast or with respect to any other forward looking statements; and (ii) perform such other duties as may be reasonably requested by Western Union’s Chief Executive Officer.

During the Transition Period, Executive shall continue to receive Executive’s regular base salary at the gross annual rate of $585,312, paid in regular installments on the 15th and last business day of each month, and shall continue to be an active participant under the Company’s applicable paid time off policy, incentive compensation and equity plans, financial security, health, and welfare benefit programs (to the extent Executive participated in such programs immediately prior to the date of this Separation Agreement) in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Executive shall not be eligible to receive a merit increase for 2014, shall not be eligible to receive additional equity awards under Western Union’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and shall not be eligible to participate in Western Union’s 2014 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (but shall be eligible to participate in Western Union’s 2014 Performance Incentive Plan, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1(b) of Schedule 1 to this Separation Agreement (“February 28, 2014

Release”). Except as provided in the preceding sentence, nothing in this Separation Agreement or the February 28, 2014 Release shall constitute a waiver or release of Executive’s right to any compensation or benefit to which he would otherwise be entitled, pursuant to any agreement, grant, award or plan, as a result of his employment.

Following the Transition Period, the Company shall timely pay Executive his accrued but unused paid time off, unpaid base salary, if any, incurred but unreimbursed business expenses (in accordance with Company policy) and afford Executive the continuation/conversion rights available under the Company’s employee welfare benefits plans.

(b) Cash Incentive Award for 2013. Provided that the Compensation and Benefits Committee of Western Union’s Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”) has certified that the applicable performance goals under the Western Union Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (“SEAIP”) have been achieved for 2013, Executive shall be eligible to receive a 2013 Cash Incentive Award under the SEAIP in accordance with the terms of Executive’s 2013 SEAIP Award Agreement. Any Cash Incentive Award payable to Executive under in this subparagraph, less tax withholding and other legally allowed deductions, shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment at the same time that Cash Incentive Award payments for 2013 are paid to actively employed executives under the SEAIP. Subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee and its certification that the applicable performance goals under the SEAIP have been achieved for 2013, in the event of Executive’s death prior to the payout of Executive’s 2013 Cash Incentive Award under the SEAIP, such award shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment to Executive’s estate as soon as administratively practicable after Cash Incentive Award payments for 2013 are paid to actively employed executives under the SEAIP. Pursuant to Section 3 of the 2013 SEAIP Award Agreement, Executive shall not receive the 2013 Supplemental RSU Incentive Award (if any) and Executive acknowledges that Executive has no entitlement to receive a 2013 Supplemental RSU Incentive Award.

(c) February 28, 2014 Release. Provided that Executive executes and returns to the Company on or within three business days following the Termination Date the February 28, 2014 Release in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, which document is incorporated herein by reference, Executive shall be eligible to receive compensation and benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Separation Agreement and the February 28, 2014 Release, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. In the event Executive does not sign the February 28, 2014 Release or if Employee revokes the February 28, 2014 Release within seven (7) days of execution of the same, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to provide to Executive the consideration hereunder and such consideration immediately shall cease (except to the extent that such payments and benefits are required by law), including any payment or benefit Executive could have become eligible for under the February 28, 2014 Release.

If Executive accepts another position with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates during the Transition Period (“Subsequent Company Employment”), any and all further payments or benefits hereunder immediately will cease as of the date of such employment (other than any 2013 Cash Incentive Award payable to Executive under the SEAIP as referenced in subparagraph (b) above), and Executive will not be eligible to receive any payment or benefit under the February 28, 2014 Release. In the event of Subsequent Company Employment, Executive specifically agrees that the offer of employment to Executive by the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, and Executive’s acceptance thereof, is sufficient consideration to support the release of claims contained herein, including but not limited to the ADEA claims, notwithstanding the fact that payments and benefits hereunder have ceased.

(d) Outplacement Assistance. Executive will receive executive outplacement services provided by an outplacement provider to be selected by the Company in its sole discretion for a maximum duration of twelve (12) months from the date of activation, provided that such services are activated no earlier than January 1, 2014 and no later than January 1, 2015. The Company must approve the type and scope of the outplacement services and the Company will pay the outplacement provider directly for

any such services up to a value of $35,000. The availability of outplacement services following the Termination Date is subject to Executive’s execution, and non-revocation, of the February 28, 2014 Release.

(e) Status as Eligible Executive. Except to the extent paragraph 3 of this Separation Agreement applies, Executive shall be treated for all purposes as an “Eligible Executive” under the Severance Policy as of the Termination Date.

2.Complete Release.

(a) In consideration of those payments and benefits listed above which are payable only under this Separation Agreement, Executive agrees to and hereby does knowingly and voluntarily release and discharge the Company, Western Union, their subsidiaries and Affiliates, their agents, executives, directors, officers, employees, and their predecessors and successors, including the subsidiaries, Affiliates, agents, executives, directors, officers and employees of such predecessors and successors, (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, causes of action and demands of any kind, whether known or unknown, which Executive has, ever has had, or ever in the future may have and which are based on acts or omissions occurring up to and including the date of this Separation Agreement. Included in the release set forth in the preceding sentence, without limiting its scope, are claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), each as amended, as well as any other federal, state or local employment or labor laws, wrongful discharge or employment claims, as well as any claims in contract, tort, or common law, and which are related to Executive’s employment with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates or the termination of that employment (the “Claims”). The terms “Claims” is intended to be broad and all-encompassing and is not limited to those claims specifically cited in the foregoing sentence.

Executive does not waive claims, causes of action or demands of any kind that may arise after the date this Separation Agreement is executed and which are based on acts or omissions occurring after such date, or claims, causes of action, or demands which by law cannot be released by private agreement between the Company and the Executive. The foregoing release shall not apply to (i) Executive’s right to indemnification under the Company’s bylaws or otherwise, (ii) rights to directors and officers liability insurance (to the extent eligible), (iii) obligations of the Company created by this Separation Agreement, or (iv) claims, causes of action or demands of any kind that may arise after the date this Separation Agreement is executed and which are based on acts or omissions occurring after such date. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Separation Agreement waives a claim which by law cannot be waived.

(b) Executive further agrees that while nothing in this Separation Agreement shall limit Executive’s right to maintain a pending charge of discrimination, or file a future charge of discrimination, with any federal, state or local governmental agency relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and/or participate in any proceeding relating to any action or Executive’s employment, whether brought by an agency or by another on Executive’s behalf, Executive expressly waives by this Separation Agreement the right to recover monetary damages and any other relief personal to Executive if such charge, lawsuit or action is pursued. Notwithstanding this provision, Executive may bring a claim against the Company to enforce this Separation Agreement or to challenge the validity of this Separation Agreement under ADEA.

(c) While the Released Parties do not intend to release and discharge any claims or causes of action against Executive under this Separation Agreement, the Released Parties acknowledge that, as of the date of this Separation Agreement, the Released Parties are not aware of any claims or causes of action or demands of any kind which any of the Released Parties could assert against Executive based on Executive’s acts or omissions occurring up to and including the date of this Separation Agreement.

3.    Termination from Employment Prior to February 28, 2014. For purposes of this paragraph 3, the Company, Western Union and their subsidiaries and Affiliates are collectively referred to as the “Company.”

(a) Voluntary Termination by Executive. Prior to the Termination Date, Executive may terminate Executive’s employment, at any time. Unless such termination by Executive is for “Good Reason” following the occurrence of a “Change in Control”, as both terms are defined under the Severance Policy, in the event of such termination, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to continue to provide to Executive the benefits under the Severance Policy and this Separation Agreement and such consideration immediately shall cease (except to the extent that such benefits are required by law), including any payments and benefits Executive would be eligible for under the February 28, 2014 Release.

(b) Termination on Account of Death or Disability. Subject to and consistent with the terms of the Severance Policy, in the event of Executive’s termination of employment on account of death or “Disability” (as defined under the Severance Policy) prior to the Termination Date, or in the event of Executive’s death prior to having executed the February 28, 2014 Release, Executive (or Executive’s estate, in the event of Executive’s death) shall not be eligible to receive the benefits under the Severance Policy and this Separation Agreement and such consideration immediately shall cease (except to the extent that such benefits are required by law), including any payments and benefits Executive would have been eligible for under the February 28, 2014 Release. Nothing in this Separation Agreement or the February 28, 2014 Release shall constitute a waiver or release of Executive’s right to accelerated vesting of any equity awards upon death or disability to which he would otherwise be entitled pursuant to any agreement, grant, award or plan.

(c) Termination for Cause. Prior to the Termination Date, Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for “Cause.” For purposes of this Separation Agreement, Cause shall be determined by Western Union in good faith and, consistent with the terms of the Severance Policy, shall be limited to the following events:

• the willful and continued failure by Executive to substantially perform the duties assigned by the Company and agreed to by Executive as set forth in this Separation Agreement (other than a failure resulting from Disability);

• the willfulengagement by Executive in conduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise);

• any act of dishonesty;

• the commission of a felony;

• the continued failure by Executive to meet performance standards;

• excessive absenteeism; or

• a significant violation by Executive of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company.

None of the foregoing events shall be deemed to be Cause for termination unless (i) the Company shall have notified Executive in writing (setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of the event(s) constituting Cause) of such event within ten days of the Company first having knowledge of such event, and (ii) the Executive shall have failed to remedy or cure such event to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within ten days of receiving such notice.

In the event the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall have no obligation thereafter to provide to Executive the consideration under the Severance Policy and this Separation Agreement and such consideration immediately shall cease (except to the extent that such payments and benefits are required by law), including any payment Executive could be eligible for under the February 28, 2014 Release. In addition, the Company shall be entitled to all remedies available at law and equity; and the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of court incurred by the prevailing party in any lawsuit or other action in connection with such termination.

4.Cooperation. From the date of execution of this Separation Agreement and thereafter until February 28, 2014, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, its financial and legal advisors, and/or government officials in any claims, investigations, administrative proceedings, lawsuits, and other legal, internal or business matters, as reasonably requested by the Company. Company will take into consideration the Executive's personal commitments, will give the Executive as much advance notice as reasonably possible, and ask that Executive be available at such time or times, and at such location or locations, as are mutually convenient to the Company and the Executive. Company agrees to reimburse Executive for the actual out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs, in accordance with Western Union’s travel and expense policy, as such policy may be amended or modified by Western Union from time to time (“Travel Policy”), as a result of Executive's complying with this paragraph 4, subject to Executive's submission to the Company of documentation substantiating such expenses as the Company requires under its Travel Policy.

To the extent that it is consistent with Western Union’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation and applicable laws, the Company will engage on its own behalf to represent Executive with legal counsel of its choosing if necessary in connection with such cooperation, and in any event will reimburse Executive for documented, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket travel expenses as are required and which Executive incurs in complying with Executive's obligations under this paragraph in accordance with the Travel Policy. If a conflict of interest exists between Executive and the Company, the Company may require Executive to obtain, or Executive may elect to obtain, separate counsel of Executive’s choosing (subject to the Company’s approval of such legal counsel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), in which case the Company will subsequently reimburse Executive for the reasonable and necessary legal fees associated with the use of such counsel and/or related travel expenses (as limited above), to the extent that such reimbursement is permitted by the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation and applicable laws.

5. Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees not to intentionally make any direct or indirect derogatory statements regarding, or disparage in any way, the business or reputation of the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their directors, officers, managers or employees, unless such statements are required by law. Western Union agrees that its officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the date of this Separation Agreement and the members of Western Union’s board of directors as of the date of this Separation Agreement for so long as they serve in such capacity shall not intentionally make any direct or indirect derogatory statements regarding, or disparage in any way, the reputation of Executive, unless such statements are required by law.

6. Non-Admission. Nothing in this Separation Agreement is intended to be or shall be construed as an admission by Executive, the Company, or any of the other Released Parties that he or they violated any law, interfered with any right, breached any obligation or otherwise engaged in any improper or illegal conduct with respect to the other or otherwise, the parties hereto expressly denying any such improper or illegal conduct.

7. Severability and Governing Law. In the event that any provision of this Separation Agreement is deemed unenforceable, Executive agrees that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have jurisdiction to reform such provision to the extent necessary to cause it to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. The provisions in this Separation Agreement are severable, and if any provision is determined to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable. This Separation Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Colorado without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

8.Affirmation of Compliance. Executive specifically acknowledges familiarity with the Company’s

Code of Conduct, including the internal channels and procedures made available by the Company for the purpose of reporting employee concerns regarding any conduct, action, or omission that might give rise to possible noncompliance with any federal or state law, regulation, or Company policy. Executive further specifically affirms and represents that Executive has disclosed to the Office of General Counsel, the Ethics Department, Human Resources or to the outside Audit Committee of the Company any information or knowledge about the Company or any of its employees or agents that Executive believes represents possible or actual noncompliance, including but not limited to violation of any securities laws or regulations, fraudulent activity or other unlawful conduct. Executive acknowledges that Executive has no direct knowledge that Executive’s separation of employment from the Company is in retaliation to any expressed concern about the adequacy of the Company’s approach or response to any compliance matter.

9. Other Agreements, Survivability, and Successorship. Executive acknowledges that, except as provided in this paragraph, this Separation Agreement (including the February 28, 2014 Release) is the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and that Executive has not relied on any other representations or statements, written or oral, by the Released Parties or their employees or agents concerning the terms of the Separation Agreement or any other matters not contained herein. This Separation Agreement (including the February 28, 2014 Release) is supplemental to, and does not supersede, the non-solicitation, non-compete, non-disclosure, confidentiality, clawback and other written agreements that Executive signed while employed with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are listed in Schedule 2 to this Separation Agreement. In addition to this paragraph, the following paragraphs in this Separation Agreement survive the termination of this Separation Agreement: Complete Release; Cooperation; Non-Disparagement; Non-Admission; Severability and Governing Law; Affirmation of Compliance; Consideration and Remedy; and Code Section 409A.

This Separation Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of any successors or assigns of the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates, and Executive’s rights and obligations apply equally to the Company, Western Union, their subsidiaries, Affiliates, and/or their successors and assigns.

10.Consideration and Remedy. Executive acknowledges that the following paragraphs are material provisions of this Separation Agreement: Continued Employment and Transition Period; Complete Release; Termination from Employment Prior to February 28, 2014; Cooperation; Non-Disparagement; Affirmation of Compliance; Other Agreements, Survivability and Successorship; and Code Section 409A (collectively, the “Material Provisions”). Executive further acknowledges that (i) the first $10,000.00 payable to Executive pursuant to subparagraph (a) of the “Payments and Benefits” paragraph of this Separation Agreement is consideration (the “ADEA Consideration”) for Executive’s release and waiver in the “Complete Release” paragraph of this Separation Agreement of any claims, causes of action and demands of any kind arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “ADEA Released Claims”); and (ii) the remainder of the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to subparagraph (a) of the “Payments and Benefits” paragraph of this Separation Agreement and the benefits described in subparagraph (d) of the “Payments and Benefits” paragraph of this Separation Agreement are consideration (the “Other Consideration”) for (a) the Executive’s release and waiver in the “Complete Release” paragraph of this Separation Agreement of any claims, causes of action and demands of any kind other than the ADEA Released Claims (the “Other Released Claims”); and (b) the Executive’s obligations pursuant to the Material Provisions. In the event of a breach by the Executive of the Material Provisions (excluding ADEA Released Claims) or in the event Executive challenges the enforceability of this Separation Agreement as to any of the Other Released Claims, the Company shall be entitled to immediately cease providing to the Executive the Other Consideration and any other benefits under this Separation Agreement, except to the extent that such payments and benefits are required, either under this paragraph or by law. The Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates shall also be entitled to all remedies available at law or equity.

11.Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Separation Agreement to the contrary, this Separation Agreement will be construed, administered or deemed amended as necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to avoid taxation under Code Section 409A(a)(1) to the extent subject to Code Section 409A. However, under no circumstances shall the Company, Western Union, or their subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of their employees, officers, directors, service providers or agents have any liability to Executive for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable

under this Separation Agreement, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Code Section 409A. The payments to Executive pursuant to this Separation Agreement are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible, first, to the extent such payments are scheduled to be paid and are in fact paid during the short-term deferral period, as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and for this purpose each payment shall be considered a separate payment such that the determination of whether a payment qualifies as a short-term deferral shall be made without regard to whether other payments so qualify and the determination of whether a payment qualifies under the separation pay exemption shall be made without regard to any payments which qualify as short-term deferrals. To the extent any amounts under this Separation Agreement are payable by reference to Executive’s “termination of employment,” such term shall be deemed to refer to Executive’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Separation Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, then to the extent any amount payable under this Separation Agreement (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Code Section 409A, (ii) is payable upon Executive’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this Separation Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

12. Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings in this Separation Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

13. Modification. The parties agree that no waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Separation Agreement (including the February 28, 2014 Release) shall be effective unless in writing and signed by all parties affected by the waiver, amendment or modification. No waiver of any term, condition or default of any term of this Separation Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other term, condition or default.

14. Review Period and Revocation. Executive acknowledges that Executive was givena period of at least 21 calendar days to review this Separation Agreement from the date Executive received it.Executive agrees that to the extent there are changes made to the terms of this Separation Agreement, whether they are material or immaterial, the 21-day period for review of this Separation Agreement is not recommenced. To accept this Separation Agreement, Executive must sign both originals and return them to the Chief Human Resources Officeron or before January 16, 2014. Executive acknowledges that the Company, Western Union and the Released Parties have made no promises to Executive other than those contained in this Separation Agreement. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE WAS ADVISED IN WRITING BY THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT TO REVIEW THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT. Executive is further advised that Executive has 7 days after Executive signs this Separation Agreement to revoke it by notifying the Company of such revocation inwriting. In the event Executive revokes this Separation Agreement as specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Company and Western Union shall deem this Separation Agreement to be void in its entirety, in which case none of the parties shall be bound by its terms and no payment shall be made to the Executive hereunder. If Executive properly revokes this Separation Agreement, Executive shall nevertheless remain subject to any other agreement that Executive signed while employed with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates as referenced in the paragraph titled “Other Agreements, Survivability and Successorship”.

Executive’s signature below indicates that Executive has carefully read, reviewed, and fully understands this Separation Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive’s signature below constitutes a knowing and voluntary execution of this Separation Agreement and Executive signs the same of Executive’s own free will and it is Executive’s intention to be bound thereby.

Dated this 16th day of January, 2014.

/s/ Scott T. Scheirman

Scott T. Scheirman

Western Union, LLC

/s/ Darren Dragovich
By:	Darren Dragovich
Title:	Assistant Secretary

The Western Union Company

/s/ James G. Robinson
By:	James G. Robinson
Title:	Assistant Secretary

SCHEDULE 1 TO SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

FEBRUARY 28, 2014 RELEASE

This Schedule 1 to the Separation Agreement and Release, including the attached Exhibit A (together, the "February 28, 2014 Release"), is hereby entered into between Scott T. Scheirman ("Executive"), Western Union, LLC ("Company"), and The Western Union Company ("Western Union"), with respect to Executive’s termination of employment with the Company effective February 28, 2014 (“Termination Date”). This February 28, 2014 Release shall be binding on the parties according to its terms and the terms of the Separation Agreement and Release (“Separation Agreement”) upon its execution by Executive, whether or not executed by the Company and/or Western Union, subject to the provisions of The Western Union Company Severance / Change in Control Policy (Executive Committee Level) (“Severance Policy”).

For purposes of this February 28, 2014Release, “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, owns or controls, is owned or is controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, another Person. As used herein, “control” means the power to direct the management or affairs of a Person, and “ownership” means the beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the voting securities of the Person. The Company and/or Western Union shall be deemed to control any settlement network in which it has any equity ownership. As used herein, “Person” means any corporation, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, organization or other entity.

1.Payments and Benefits. Provided Executive (1) is in compliance with and has not breached the Separation Agreement; (2) has not terminated employment prior to the Termination Date for a reason specified in paragraph 3 of the Separation Agreement; and (3) has executed this February 28, 2014 Release and not revoked it pursuant to the paragraph in this February 28, 2014 Release titled “Review Period and Revocation,” and subject to the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release, the Company agrees to provide to Executive the following payments and benefits, consistent with and subject to the terms of the Severance Policy:

(a) Severance Pay. Executive will receive severance pay in the total gross amount of $2,265,420.36, less tax withholding and other legally allowed deductions. The period from the Termination Date through February 29, 2016 is the “Severance Period.” Payment of the severance will be as follows:

(i) Executive will receive a gross payment of $1,124,061.96 (which represents the present value, based on an interest rate of 1.5%, of the first 50% of the cash severance benefits payable to Executive under the Severance Policy) on or before March 31, 2014; and

(ii) a gross payment of $47,556.40 on the 15^th and last business day of each month for the period commencing on March 1, 2015 and ending on February 29, 2016.

To the extent permitted under applicable law and pursuant to the terms of the Severance Policy, Executive agrees the Company may deduct, at the time and to the extent such severance payments would have otherwise been paid, from the severance payments referenced in this paragraph any outstanding debt Executive owes the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates including, but not limited to, the value of unreturned property, any overpayment made to Executive, or any other amount Executive owes to the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(b) Bonus for Year of Termination. Executive shall not be eligible to participate in Western Union’s Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (“SEAIP”) for 2014 and shall instead participate in Western Union’s 2014 Performance Incentive Plan (“Incentive Plan”), subject to the provisions of this subparagraph, and the Company shall provide to Executive a copy of the necessary award agreement under the Incentive Plan. Provided that the Compensation and Benefits Committee of Western Union’s Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”) has certified that the applicable performance goals

have been achieved for 2014, and provided further that Executive has executed his award agreement under the Incentive Plan, and subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, Executive shall be eligible to receive an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the maximum bonus which could have been paid to Executive under the Incentive Plan for 2014 based on Western Union’s actual performance for such year as determined by the Compensation Committee and (2) Executive’s prorated target bonus under the Incentive Plan for 2014 (i.e., $89,881.45). Any bonus payable to Executive under this subparagraph shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment at the same time that bonus payments for 2014 are paid to actively employed executives under the SEAIP, but in no event later than March 15, 2015.

(c) Payment In Lieu of Continued Benefits Coverage. Provided Executive (and Executive’s eligible dependents, if applicable) timely elects continued group health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”), Executive will receive a lump sum payment approximately equal to the difference in cost between COBRA premiums and active employee contributions for 18 months of health coverage, as calculated by the Company in its sole discretion. Such lump sum payment, which shall constitute taxable income to Executive, shall be paid on the first pay date following the Company’s verification of Executive’s COBRA election. From and after the beginning of the Severance Period, Executive will not be eligible to continue active participation in any other Western Union benefit plan or program, including but not limited to long-term incentive compensation, nonqualified deferred compensation, 401(k), or any other plan. Details about specific plan coverages, conversion and distribution eligibility will be provided separately. Information on electing COBRA coverage will be provided shortly after Executive’s Termination Date.

(d) Long-Term Incentive Awards. Subject to the terms of the applicable long-term incentive award agreements, Executive’s outstanding long-term incentive awards shall be treated in the manner described in this subparagraph (d).

2002 First Data Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2002 LTIP”).

The 65,865 unexercised stock options granted to Executive on December 8, 2004 under the 2002 LTIP and the 87,820 unexercised stock options granted to Executive on February 13, 2006 under the 2002 LTIP, shall be exercisable within the three month period following the Termination Date, but not thereafter.

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2006 LTIP”).

(1) Stock Options. The 180,798 unexercised stock options granted to Executive on September 29, 2006 under the 2006 LTIP are fully vested and may be exercised by Executive until the end of the Severance Period, but not thereafter.

The 14,270 unexercised stock options granted to Executive on February 17, 2009 under the 2006 LTIP are fully vested and may be exercised by Executive until the end of the Severance Period, but not thereafter.

The 72,860 unexercised stock options granted to Executive on February 24, 2010 under the 2006 LTIP are or will be fully vested as of the Termination Date and may be exercised by Executive until the end of the Severance Period, but not thereafter.

Of the 77,953 stock options granted to Executive on February 24, 2011 under the 2006 LTIP, 58,464 have vested prior to the Termination Date, 14,673 shall vest as of the Termination Date and 4,816 shall be forfeited and canceled as of the Termination Date.

Of the 116,903 stock options granted to Executive on February 23, 2012 under the 2006 LTIP, 58,451 have vested prior to the Termination Date, 29,446 shall vest as of the Termination Date and 29,006 shall be forfeited and canceled as of the Termination Date.

Of the 180,469 stock options granted to Executive on February 20, 2013 under the 2006 LTIP, 45,117 have vested prior to the Termination Date, 34,556 shall vest as of the Termination Date and 100,796 shall be forfeited and canceled as of the Termination Date.

All vested stock options granted under the 2006 LTIP and held by Executive as of the Termination Date, including all options vesting as of the Termination Date, may be exercised by Executive until the end of the Severance Period, but not thereafter.

(2) Performance Share Unit Grants. With respect to the Performance Share Unit Award granted to Executive on February 24, 2011 (the “2011 PSU Award”), subject to the terms of the 2006 LTIP and the 2011 PSU Award agreement, Executive will be entitled to an unreduced award equal to the value of the 2011 PSU Award as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the 2006 LTIP and the 2011 PSU Award agreement based on actual performance results, which shall be payable during the period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending March 15, 2014.

With respect to the Performance Share Unit Award granted to Executive on February 23, 2012 (the “2012 PSU Award”), subject to the terms of the 2006 LTIP and the 2012 PSU Award agreement, Executive will be entitled to a prorated award equal to the value of the 2012 PSU Award as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the 2006 LTIP and the 2012 PSU Award agreement based on actual performance results multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is 736 and the denominator of which is 1,096. If a prorated PSU Award is payable to Executive, it shall be paid during the period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending March 15, 2015.

With respect to the Performance Share Unit Award granted to Executive on February 20, 2013 (the “2013 PSU Award”), subject to the terms of the 2006 LTIP and the 2013 PSU Award agreement, Executive will be entitled to a prorated award equal to the value of the 2013 PSU Award as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the 2006 LTIP and the 2013 PSU Award agreement based on actual performance results multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is 373 and the denominator of which is 1095. If a prorated PSU Award is payable to Executive, it shall be paid during the period beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending March 15, 2016.

(e) No Waiver of Accrued Benefits. Nothing in the Separation Agreement or this February 28, 2014 Release shall constitute a waiver or release of Executive’s accrued rights and benefits under the Company’s paid time off policy, incentive compensation, including but not limited to the Incentive Savings Plan, the Supplemental Savings Plan and equity plans, financial security, insurance, health, and welfare benefit programs as a result of his employment with the Company and its Affiliates, subject to the terms and conditions of the foregoing plans and policies.

2.    Complete Release.

(a) In consideration of those payments and benefits listed above which are payable only under this February 28, 2014 Release, Executive agrees to and hereby does knowingly and voluntarily release and discharge the Company, Western Union, their subsidiaries and Affiliates, their agents, executives, directors, officers, employees, and their predecessors and successors, including the subsidiaries, Affiliates, agents, executives, directors, officers and employees of such predecessors and successors, (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, causes of action and demands of any kind, whether known or unknown, which Executive has, ever has had, or ever in the future may have and which are based on acts or omissions occurring up to and including the date of this February 28, 2014 Release. Included in the release set forth in the preceding sentence, without limiting its scope, are claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), each as amended, as well

as any other federal, state or local employment or labor laws, wrongful discharge or employment claims, as well as any claims in contract, tort, or common law, and which are related to Executive’s employment with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates or the termination of that employment (the “Claims”). The terms “Claims” is intended to be broad and all-encompassing and is not limited to those claims specifically cited in the foregoing sentence.

Executive does not waive claims, causes of action or demands of any kind that may arise after the date this February 28, 2014 Release is executed and which are based on acts or omissions occurring after such date, or claims, causes of action, or demands which by law cannot be released by private agreement between the Company and the Executive. The foregoing release shall not apply to (i) Executive’s right to indemnification under the Company’s bylaws or otherwise, (ii) rights to directors and officers liability insurance (to the extent eligible), (iii) obligations of the Company created by this February 28, 2014 Release, or (iv) claims, causes of action or demands of any kind that may arise after the date this February 28, 2014 Release is executed and which are based on acts or omissions occurring after such date. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this February 28, 2014 Release waives a claim which by law cannot be waived.

(b) Executive further agrees that while nothing in this February 28, 2014 Release shall limit Executive’s right to maintain a pending charge of discrimination, or file a future charge of discrimination, with any federal, state or local governmental agency relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and/or participate in any proceeding relating to any action or Executive’s employment, whether brought by an agency or by another on Executive’s behalf, Executive expressly waives by this February 28, 2014 Release the right to recover monetary damages and any other relief personal to Executive if such charge, lawsuit or action is pursued. Notwithstanding this provision, Executive may bring a claim against the Company to enforce this February 28, 2014 Release or to challenge the validity of this February 28, 2014 Release under ADEA.

(c) While the Released Parties do not intend to release and discharge any claims or causes of action against Executive under this February 28, 2014 Release, the Released Parties acknowledge that they were not aware of any claims or causes of action or demands of any kind which any of the Released Parties could assert against Executive based on Executive’s acts or omissions occurring up to and including the date of the Separation Agreement.

3. Return of Company Property. On or before the Termination Date, Executive will resign from all titles and positions with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates, and return to the Company all property within Executive’s possession belonging to the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates, any customers of the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates or any entity with whom the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates has entered into a confidentiality agreement. Such property to be returned includes, but is not limited to, reports, maps, files, memoranda, records, credit cards, keys, passes, customer lists, information, forms, software, formulas, plans, documents, systems, designs, methodologies, product features, technology, and other written material (whether in electronic or paper format), equipment and access codes, and copies of same that Executive has requested or received, prepared or helped to prepare in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates. Executive will not at any time, now or thereafter, retain any copies, duplicates, reproductions or excerpts of such property.

4. Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure. Executive understands that Executive is required to abide by Exhibit A to this February 28, 2014 Release, which is incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, Executive is bound by all other agreements referenced in the paragraph titled “Other Agreements, Survivability, and Successorship," including but not limited to any written and/or electronic restrictive covenant agreements by and between the Executive and the Company and/or Western Union. To the extent any provision of the written and/or electronic restrictive covenant agreements conflicts with Exhibit A, the conflicting terms of the written and/or electronic restrictive covenant agreements shall supersede and control any conflicting terms of Exhibit A.

5. Commencing Another Position. If Executive obtains employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates during the Severance Period (“Subsequent Company Employment”), any and all further payments or benefits under the Separation Agreement and this February 28, 2014 Release immediately will cease as of the date of such employment. In the event of Subsequent Company Employment, Executive specifically agrees that the offer of employment to Executive by the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, and Executive’s acceptance thereof, is sufficient consideration to support the release of claims contained herein notwithstanding the fact that payments and benefits hereunder have ceased. If Executive obtains employment during the Severance Period with an entity other than the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates (“Subsequent Non-Company Employment”), Executive will, subject to the provisions of this February 28, 2014 Release, continue to be eligible to receive cash payments and benefits in accordance with paragraph 1 of this February 28, 2014 Release, provided that if the benefit specified under subparagraph 1(c) of this February 28, 2014 Release has not yet been paid to Executive, Executive will not be eligible to receive the benefit specified under subparagraph 1(c) as of the date Executive becomes eligible to receive group health benefits under a subsequent employer’s benefit plans or policies. In any event, it is Executive's obligation to immediately advise the Company of Subsequent Non-Company Employment.

6.Cooperation. During the Severance Period and thereafter, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, its financial and legal advisors, and/or government officials in any claims, investigations, administrative proceedings, lawsuits, and other legal, internal or business matters, as reasonably requested by the Company. Company will take into consideration the Executive's personal and business commitments, will give the Executive as much advance notice as reasonably possible, and ask that Executive be available at such time or times, and at such location or locations, as are mutually convenient to the Company and the Executive. Company agrees to reimburse Executive for the actual out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs, in accordance with Western Union’s travel and expense policy, as such policy may be amended or modified by Western Union from time to time (“Travel Policy”), as a result of Executive's complying with this paragraph 6, subject to Executive's submission to the Company of documentation substantiating such expenses as the Company requires under its Travel Policy.

To the extent that it is consistent with the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation and applicable laws, the Company will engage on its own behalf to represent Executive with legal counsel of its choosing if necessary in connection with such cooperation, and in any event will reimburse Executive for documented, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket travel expenses as are required and which Executive incurs in complying with Executive's obligations under this paragraph in accordance with the Travel Policy. If a conflict of interest exists between Executive and the Company, the Company may require Executive to obtain, or Executive may elect to obtain, separate counsel of Executive’s choosing (subject to the Company’s approval of such legal counsel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), in which case the Company will subsequently reimburse Executive for the reasonable and necessary legal fees associated with the use of such counsel and/or related travel expenses (as limited above), to the extent that such reimbursement is permitted by the Company’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation and applicable laws.

7. Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees not to intentionally make any direct or indirect derogatory statements regarding, or disparage in any way, the business or reputation of the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their directors, officers, managers or employees, unless such statements are required by law. Western Union agrees that its officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the date of this February 28, 2014 Release and the members of Western Union’s board of directors as of the date of this February 28, 2014 Release for so long as they serve in such capacity shall not intentionally make any direct or indirect derogatory statements regarding, or disparage in any way, the reputation of Executive, unless such statements are required by law.

8. Non-Admission. Nothing in this February 28, 2014 Release is intended to be or shall be construed as an admission by the Executive, the Company or any of the other Released Parties that he or they violated any law, interfered with any right, breached any obligation or otherwise engaged in any improper or illegal conduct with respect to the other or otherwise, the parties hereto expressly denying any such improper or illegal conduct.

9. Severability and Governing Law. In the event that any provision of this February 28, 2014 Release is deemed unenforceable, Executive agrees that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have jurisdiction to reform such provision to the extent necessary to cause it to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. The provisions

in this February 28, 2014 Release are severable, and if any provision is determined to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable. This February 28, 2014 Release shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Colorado without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

10.Affirmation of Compliance. Executive specifically acknowledges familiarity with the Company’s Code of Conduct, including the internal channels and procedures made available by the Company for the purpose of reporting employee concerns regarding any conduct, action, or omission that might give rise to possible noncompliance with any federal or state law, regulation, or Company policy. Executive further specifically affirms and represents that Executive has disclosed to the Office of General Counsel, the Ethics Department, Human Resources or to the outside Audit Committee of the Company any information or knowledge about the Company or any of its employees or agents that Executive believes represents possible or actual noncompliance, including but not limited to violation of any securities laws or regulations, fraudulent activity or other unlawful conduct. Executive acknowledges that Executive has no direct knowledge that Executive’s separation of employment from the Company is in retaliation to any expressed concern about the adequacy of the Company’s approach or response to any compliance matter.

11. Other Agreements, Survivability, and Successorship. Executive acknowledges that, except as provided in this paragraph, this February 28, 2014 Release and the Separation Agreement are the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and that Executive has not relied on any other representations or statements, written or oral, by the Released Parties or their employees or agents concerning the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release and the Separation Agreement or any other matters not contained therein. This February 28, 2014 Release and the Separation Agreement are supplemental to, and do not supersede, the non-solicitation, non-compete, non-disclosure, confidentiality, clawback and other written agreements that Executive signed while employed with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are listed in in Schedule 2 to the Separation Agreement. In addition to this paragraph, the following paragraphs in this February 28, 2014 Release survive the termination of this Agreement: Complete Release; Return of Company Property; Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure; Commencing Another Position; Cooperation; Non-Disparagement; Non-Admission; Severability and Governing Law; Affirmation of Compliance; Consideration and Remedy, and Code Section 409A.

This February 28, 2014 Release is binding upon and inures to the benefit of any successors or assigns of the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates, and Executive’s rights and obligations apply equally to the Company, Western Union, their subsidiaries, Affiliates, and/or their successors and assigns.

Provided that Executive has executed this February 28, 2014 Release and not revoked it pursuant to the paragraph in this February 28, 2014 Release titled “Review Period and Revocation,” in the event of Executive’s death prior to Executive’s receipt of all of the sums due to Executive under paragraph 1 above, the unpaid balance of such sums shall be paid to Executive’s estate (provided Executive was not in breach of the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release).

12.Consideration and Remedy. Executive acknowledges that the following paragraphs are material provisions of this February 28, 2014 Release: Complete Release; Return of Company Property; Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure; Commencing Another Position; Cooperation; Non-Disparagement; Affirmation of Compliance; Other Agreements, Survivability and Successorship; and Code Section 409A (collectively, the “Material Provisions”). Executive further acknowledges that (i) the first $50,000.00 payable to Executive as payments pursuant to subparagraph (a) of the “Payments and Benefits” paragraph of this February 28, 2014 Release is consideration (the “ADEA Consideration”) for Executive’s release and waiver in the “Complete Release” paragraph of this February 28, 2014 Release of any claims, causes of action and demands of any kind arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “ADEA Released Claims”); and (ii) the remainder of the amount payable to Executive as payments and benefits described in the “Payments and Benefits” paragraph of this February 28, 2014 Release are consideration (the “Other Consideration”) for (a) the Executive’s release and waiver in the “Complete Release” paragraph of this February 28, 2014 Release of any claims, causes of action and demands of any kind other than the ADEA Released Claims (the “Other Released Claims”); and (b) the Executive’s obligations pursuant to the Material Provisions. In the event of a breach by the Executive of the Material Provisions (excluding ADEA Released Claims)

or in the event Executive challenges the enforceability of this February 28, 2014 Release as to any of the Other Released Claims, the Company shall be entitled to immediately cease providing to the Executive the Other Consideration and any other benefits under this February 28, 2014 Release and under the Separation Agreement, except to the extent that such payments and benefits are required, either under this paragraph or by law. The Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries and Affiliates shall also be entitled to all remedies available at law or equity.

13. Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this February 28, 2014 Release to the contrary, this February 28, 2014 Release will be construed, administered or deemed amended as necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to avoid taxation under Code Section 409A(a)(1) to the extent subject to Code Section 409A. However, under no circumstances shall the Company, Western Union, or their subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of their employees, officers, directors, service providers or agents have any liability to Executive for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under this February 28, 2014 Release, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Code Section 409A. The payments to Executive pursuant to this February 28, 2014 Release are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible, first, to the extent such payments are scheduled to be paid and are in fact paid during the short-term deferral period, as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and for this purpose each payment shall be considered a separate payment such that the determination of whether a payment qualifies as a short-term deferral shall be made without regard to whether other payments so qualify and the determination of whether a payment qualifies under the separation pay exemption shall be made without regard to any payments which qualify as short-term deferrals. To the extent any amounts under this February 28, 2014 Release are payable by reference to Executive’s “termination of employment” or “separation from employment” such terms shall be deemed to refer to Executive’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision in this February 28, 2014 Release, if Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, then to the extent any amount payable under this February 28, 2014 Release (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Code Section 409A, (ii) is payable upon Executive’s separation from service and (iii) under the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service, such payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

14. Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings in this February 28, 2014 Release are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

15. Modification. The parties agree that no waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release shall be effective unless in writing and signed by all parties affected by the waiver, amendment or modification. No waiver of any term, condition or default of any term of this February 28, 2014 Release shall be construed as a waiver of any other term, condition or default.

16.Review Period and Revocation. Executive acknowledges that Executive was givena period of at least 21 calendar days to review this February 28, 2014 Release (“Review Period”) from the date Executive received it.Executive agrees that to the extent there are changes made to the terms of this February 28, 2014 Release, whether they are material or immaterial, the 21-day period for review of this February 28, 2014 Release is not recommenced. Executive cannot sign this February 28, 2014 Release prior to Executive’s Termination Date. To accept this February 28, 2014 Release, Executive must sign both originals and return them to the Chief Human Resources Officer on or no later than three business days following the Termination Date. Executive acknowledges that the Company, Western Union and the Released Parties have made no promises to Executive other than those contained in this February 28, 2014 Release. EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE WAS ADVISED IN WRITING BY THIS FEBRUARY 28, 2014 RELEASE TO REVIEW THIS FEBRUARY 28, 2014 RELEASE WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS FEBRUARY 28, 2014 RELEASE. Executive is further advised that Executive has seven days after Executive signs this February 28, 2014 Release to revoke it by notifying the Company of such revocation inwriting. In the event Executive revokes this February 28, 2014 Release as specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Company and Western Union shall deem this February 28, 2014 Release to be void in its entirety, in which case none of the parties shall be bound by its terms and no payment shall be made to the Executive hereunder.

If Executive properly revokes this February 28, 2014 Release, Executive shall nevertheless remain subject to any other agreement that Executive signed while employed with the Company, Western Union, and/or their subsidiaries or Affiliates as referenced in the paragraph titled “Other Agreements, Survivability and Successorship” and Exhibit A hereto shall be declared null and void.

Executive’s signature below indicates that Executive has carefully read, reviewed, and fully understands this February 28, 2014 Release. Executive acknowledges that Executive’s signature below constitutes a knowing and voluntary execution of this February 28, 2014 Release and Executive signs the same of Executive’s own free will and it is Executive’s intention to be bound thereby.

Dated this day of             , 2014.

Scott T. Scheirman

Western Union, LLC

By:

Title:

Dated this day of             , 2014.

The Western Union Company

By:

Title:

Dated this day of             , 2014.

EXHIBIT A TO FEBRUARY 28, 2014 RELEASE

NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

For purposes of this Exhibit A, “Company” refers to Western Union, LLC, The Western Union Company or its Affiliates (as defined in the February 28, 2014 Release) for which Executive works or may work in the future (hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as the “Company” for purposes of this Exhibit A).

Executive agrees that the Company is engaged in a highly competitive business and has expended, and continues to expend, significant money, skill, and time to develop and maintain valuable customer relationships, trade secrets, and confidential and proprietary information. Executive agrees that Executive’s work for the Company has brought Executive into close contact with many of the Company’s customers, Trade Secrets, Confidential Information, and Third Party Information (as defined below) and the Company has provided Executive access to such information to perform Executive’s job duties, the disclosure of which would cause the Company significant and irreparable harm. Executive recognizes that any unauthorized disclosure of Third Party Information could breach non-disclosure obligations or violate applicable laws or Company policy. Executive further agrees that the covenants in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests in its customer relationships, Trade Secrets, Confidential Information, and Third Party Information (as defined in Section I below).

I.Nondisclosure of Trade Secrets, Confidential Information and Third Party Information. Executive agrees that for so long as the pertinent information or documentation remains a Trade Secret, Executive will not use, disclose, or disseminate to any other person, organization, or entity or otherwise employ any Company Trade Secrets. Executive further agrees that Executive will not use, disclose, or disseminate to any other person, organization, or entity or otherwise employ any Company Confidential Information. The obligations set forth herein shall not apply to any Trade Secrets or Confidential Information which shall have become generally known to competitors of the Company through no act or omission of Executive, nor shall the obligations set forth herein apply to disclosures made pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. § 7245. Executive agrees that for so long as the pertinent information or documentation is subject to protection under Company nondisclosure obligations, policy or applicable law but in any event not less than two (2) years, Executive will not use, disclose, or disseminate to any other person, organization, or entity or otherwise employ any Third Party Information.

A. Company “Trade Secrets” means information subject to protection as a “trade secret” under the Colorado Uniform Trade Secrets Act, which may include but is not limited to the following:

1. data or information that is competitively sensitive or commercially valuable, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, products planning information, marketing strategies, marketing results, forecasts or strategies, plans, finance, operations, reports, data, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of the Company, its customers, clients, and suppliers; and

2. scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement, computer software, object code, source code, specifications, inventions, systems information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable.

B. Company “Confidential Information” means any data or information and documentation, other than Trade Secrets, which is commercially valuable to the Company and not generally known to the public and which the Company has taken reasonable steps to protect in a manner generally consistent with the requirements of the Colorado Uniform Trade Secrets Act, which may include but is not limited to:

1. Financial information, including but not limited to earnings, assets, debts, prices, fee structures, volumes of purchases or sales, or other financial data, whether relating to the Company generally, or to particular products, services, geographic areas, or time periods; and

2.Supply and service information, including but not limited to information concerning the goods and services utilized

or purchased by the Company, the names and addresses of suppliers, terms of supplier service contracts, or of particular transactions, or related information about potential suppliers, to the extent that such information is not generally known to the public, and to the extent that the combination of suppliers or use of particular suppliers, though generally known or available, yields advantages to the Company the details of which are not generally known.

C.“Third Party Information” means any data or information of the Company’s customers, suppliers, consumers or employees that the Company is prohibited by law or contract from disclosing. By way of example such information may include but is not limited to:

1.Product specifications, marketing strategies, pricing, sales volumes, discounts;

2.Nonpublic personal information regarding consumers, including but not limited to names, addresses, credit card numbers, financial transactions, and account balances;

3.Personnel information, including but not limited to employees’ personal or medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hiring, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, skills, qualifications and abilities, or other employee information; and

4.Customer information, which is not protected by a separate confidentiality agreement, including but not limited to any compilations of past, existing or prospective customers, agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer accounts or credit, the identity of customer representatives responsible for entering into contracts with the Company, specific customer needs and requirements, or related information about actual or prospective customers or other nonpublic consumer information.

II.Non-Solicitation of Customers. Executive agrees that, for twenty-four (24) months after the cessation of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not solicit, contact, call upon, or attempt to communicate with any customer or prospective customer of the Company for the purpose of providing any products or services substantially similar to those Executive provided while employed with the Company. This restriction shall apply only to any customer or prospective customer of the Company with whom Executive had contact or about whom Executive learned Trade Secrets, Confidential Information, or Third Party Information during the last twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s employment with the Company. For the purpose of this Section II, “contact” means interaction between Executive and the customer, or prospective customer which takes place to further the business relationship, or making sales to or performing services for the customer, or prospective customer on behalf of the Company.

III.Non-Solicitation of Employees. For twenty (24) months after the cessation of employment with the Company, Executive will not recruit, hire, or attempt to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Company with whom Executive had contact or about whom Executive learned Trade Secrets, Confidential Information, or Third Party Information during Executive’s last twenty-four (24) months of employment with the Company. For the purposes of this Section III, “contact” means any interaction whatsoever between Executive and the other employee.

IV.Successorship. As part of this provision, Executive understands and agrees that should Executive become employed by another entity owned or otherwise affiliated with The Western Union Company (such as its divisions or unincorporated affiliates), the obligations of this Agreement follow Executive to such other entity automatically and without further action, and that entity becomes the “Company” within the meaning of this Agreement.

SCHEDULE 2 TO SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated June 12, 2013)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated January 24, 2013)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated May 25, 2012)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated August 25, 2010)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated August 25, 2010)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated February 2, 2007)

Restrictive Covenant Agreement for Employees in Colorado (dated December 18, 2006)

The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan Incentive Award Agreement (2013 Award) (dated June 12, 2013)

The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan Incentive Award Agreement (2012 Award) (dated May 31, 2012)

The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan Incentive Award Agreement (2011 Award) (dated January 24, 2011)

The Western Union Company Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan Incentive Award Agreement (2010 Award) (dated August 25, 2010)

The Western Union Company Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice and Agreement (February 20, 2013 grant)

The Western Union Company Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice and Agreement (February 23, 2012 grant)

The Western Union Company Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice and Agreement (February 24, 2011 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 20, 2013 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 23, 2012 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 24, 2011 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 24, 2010 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 17, 2009 grant)

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (September 29, 2006 grant)

First Data Corporation 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (February 13, 2006 grant)

First Data Corporation 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Grant - Terms and Conditions (December 8, 2004 grant)

EX-12

Exhibit 12

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(unaudited)

(in millions)

	2013			2012			2011		2010			2009
Earnings:
Income before income taxes	$	926.9		$	1,168.8		$	1,274.6	$	1,145.2		$	1,131.5
Fixed charges	198.8			177.8			182.9		178.0			172.8
Other adjustments	(0.7		)	5.3			2.6		(3.1		)	(0.9		)
Total earnings (a)	$	1,125.0		$	1,351.9		$	1,460.1	$	1,320.1		$	1,303.4
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	195.6		$	179.6		$	181.9	$	169.9		$	157.9
Other adjustments	3.2			(1.8		)	1.0		8.1			14.9
Total fixed charges (b)	$	198.8		$	177.8		$	182.9	$	178.0		$	172.8
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (a/b)	5.7			7.6			8.0		7.4			7.5

For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings have been calculated by adding income before income taxes, fixed charges included in the determination of income before income taxes and distributions from equity method investments, and then subtracting income from equity method investments. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, and an estimated interest portion of rental expenses and income tax contingencies, which are included as a component of income tax expense.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

LIST OF THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES

(as of December 31, 2013)

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
A. Serviban S.A.	Peru
American Rapid Corporation	Delaware, USA
Banco Western Union do Brasil S.A.	Brazil
CHL Management Services Limited Partnership	British Columbia, Canada
Custom House Currency Exchange (Australia) Pty. Limited	Australia
Custom House Currency Exchange (Singapore) Pte. Limited	Singapore
Custom House Financial Ltd.	Federal, Canada
Custom House Financial (UK) Limited	United Kingdom
Custom House Holdings (USA) Ltd.	Washington, USA
Custom House (Online) Ltd.	Federal, Canada
Custom House ULC	British Columbia, Canada
Custom House (USA) Ltd.	Washington, USA
Custom House Ventures ULC	British Columbia, Canada
E Commerce Group Products Inc.	New York, USA
Finint UK Ltd.	United Kingdom
First Financial Management Corporation	Georgia, USA
Global Collection Services, S.A.	Argentina
Grupo Dinámico Empresarial, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
MSR Marketing Services GmbH	Austria
MT Caribbean Holdings SRL	Barbados
MT Global Holdings Ltd.	Bermuda
MT Group Ltd.	Bermuda
MT Holdings (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
MT International Holdings, Ltd.	Bermuda
MT International Operations Ltd.	Bermuda
MT International Operations Partnership	Bermuda
MT Network Holdings Ltd.	Bermuda
MT Payment Services Operations EU/EEA Limited	Ireland
MT Processing Holdings Ltd.	Bermuda
MT Retail Services Switzerland AG	Switzerland
MT Worldwide Holdings Ltd.	Bermuda
On Time AG	Switzerland
Operaciones Internationales OV, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico
Orlandi de Mexico S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Paymap Inc.	Delaware, USA
PT Western Union Indonesia	Indonesia
Red Global SA	Argentina
RII Holdings, Inc.	Delaware, USA
Ruesch Holding, LLC	Delaware, USA
Ruesch International (Delaware), LLC	Delaware, USA
Ruesch International LLC	Delaware, USA
Servicio Electrónico de Pago S.A.	Argentina
Servicio Integral de Envios, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico
Servicios de Apoyo GDE, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Societe Financiere de Paiements S.A.S.	France
SpeedPay, Inc.	New York, USA
The Western Union Real Estate Holdings LLC	Delaware, USA
Transfer Express de Panama S.A.	Panama
Union del Oeste de Costa Rica SRL	Costa Rica
Vigo Remittance Canada Company	Nova Scotia, Canada
Vigo Remittance Corp.	Delaware, USA
Western Union Acquisition Partnership	Australia
Western Union Benelux MT Ltd.	Ireland
Western Union (Bermuda) Holding Finance Ltd.	Bermuda
Western Union Business Solutions (Australia) Pty Limited	Australia
Western Union Business Solutions Hong Kong Limited	Hong Kong
Western Union Business Solutions Japan KK	Japan
Western Union Business Solutions Malta Limited	Malta
Western Union Business Solutions (New Zealand)	New Zealand

Western Union Business Solutions (SA) Limited	United Kingdom
Western Union Business Solutions (Singapore) Pte Limited	Singapore
Western Union Business Solutions (UK) Limited	United Kingdom
Western Union Business Solutions (USA), LLC	Delaware, USA
Western Union Chile Limitada	Chile
Western Union Communications, Inc.	Delaware, USA
Western Union Consulting Services (Beijing), Co., Ltd.	China
Western Union Corretora de Cambio S.A.	Brazil
Western Union do Brasil Participacoes Limitada	Brazil
Western Union do Brasil Servicos e Participacoes Ltda.	Brazil
Western Union Financial Holdings L.L.C.	New York, USA
Western Union Financial Services Argentina S.R.L.	Argentina
Western Union Financial Services (Australia) PTY Ltd.	Australia
Western Union Financial Services (Belgium) SPRL	Belgium
Western Union Financial Services (Canada), Inc.	Ontario, Canada
Western Union Financial Services Eastern Europe LLC	Delaware, USA
Western Union Financial Services GmbH	Austria
Western Union Financial Services (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
Western Union Financial Services International (France) SARL	France
Western Union Financial Services (Korea) Inc.	Korea
Western Union Financial Services (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l.	Luxembourg
Western Union Financial Services, Inc.	Colorado, USA
Western Union GB Limited	United Kingdom
Western Union Global Network Pte. Limited	Singapore
Western Union (Hellas) International Holdings S.A.	Greece
Western Union Holding (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
Western Union Holdings, Inc.	Georgia, USA
Western Union International Bank GmbH	Austria
Western Union International Ltd.	Ireland
Western Union Ireland Holdings Limited	Ireland
Western Union Italy Holdings Srl	Italy
Western Union, LLC	Colorado, USA
Western Union Luxembourg Holdings 1 S.á.r.l.	Luxembourg
Western Union Luxembourg Holdings 2 S.á.r.l.	Luxembourg
Western Union Luxembourg Holdings 3 S.á.r.l.	Luxembourg
Western Union Luxembourg Holdings 4 S.á.r.l.	Luxembourg
Western Union Malta Holdings Limited	Malta
Western Union Malta Limited	Malta
Western Union Management (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
Western Union Morocco SARL	Morocco
Western Union MT East	Russian Federation
Western Union Network (Canada) Company	Nova Scotia, Canada
Western Union Network (France) SAS	France
Western Union Network (Ireland) Limited	Ireland
Western Union Northern Europe GmbH	Germany
Western Union Online Limited	Ireland
Western Union Operations (UK) Ltd.	United Kingdom
Western Union Overseas Limited	Ireland
Western Union Payment Services Bhd Sdn (WUBS)	Malaysia
Western Union Payment Services (India) Private Limited	India
Western Union Payment Services Ireland Limited	Ireland
Western Union Payment Services Network (Canada) ULC	British Columbia, Canada
Western Union Payment Services Network EU/EEA Limited	Ireland
Western Union Payment Services UK Limited	United Kingdom
Western Union Payments (Malaysia) SDN. BHD.	Malaysia
Western Union Peru SAC	Peru
Western Union Processing Lithuania, UAB	Lithuania
Western Union Processing Ltd.	Ireland
Western Union Provision of Marketing & Advertising Services (Hellas) MEPE	Greece
Western Union Regional Panama S.A.	Panama
Western Union Retail Services Belgium	Belgium
Western Union Retail Services GB Limited	United Kingdom
Western Union Retail Services Ireland Limited	Ireland
Western Union Retail Services Italy S.r.l.	Italy
Western Union Retail Services Norway AS	Norway
Western Union Retail Services RO SRL	Romania
Western Union Retail Services Spain S.A.	Spain

Western Union Retail Services Sweden AB	Sweden
Western Union Services, Inc.	Maryland, USA
Western Union Services India Private Limited	India
Western Union Services (Philippines) Inc.	Philippines
Western Union Services Singapore Private Limited	Singapore
Western Union Services S.L.	Spain
Western Union Services (Spain) S.L.	Spain
Western Union Settlement Holdings Limited	Ireland
Western Union Singapore Limited	Bermuda
Western Union South Africa (PTY) Limited	South Africa
Western Union Support Services (Nigeria) Limited	Nigeria
WorldBridge Payment Services SA	Greece
WU BP Peru S.R.L.	Peru
WUBS Financial Services (Singapore) Pte Limited	Singapore
WUBS Investments Ltd.	United Kingdom
WUBS Payments Ltd.	United Kingdom
WUBS (Prague) SRO	Czech Republic

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statements (Form S-3 Nos. 333-191606 and 333-191608) of The Western Union Company, and

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-137665) pertaining to The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, and The Western Union Company Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan;

of our reports dated February 24, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Western Union Company and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The Western Union Company included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The Western Union Company for the year ended December 31, 2013.

	/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Hikmet Ersek, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Western Union Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	February 24, 2014	/S/ HIKMET ERSEK
		Hikmet Ersek
		President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Rajesh K. Agrawal, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Western Union Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	February 24, 2014	/S/    RAJESH K. AGRAWAL
		Rajesh K. Agrawal
		Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of The Western Union Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 (the "Report") for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

Hikmet Ersek and Rajesh K. Agrawal certify that, to the best of each of their knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of The Western Union Company.

Date:	February 24, 2014	/S/    HIKMET ERSEK
		Hikmet Ersek
		President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:	February 24, 2014	/s/    RAJESH K. AGRAWAL
		Rajesh K. Agrawal
		Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer

XML

Derivatives (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts

The aggregate equivalent United States dollar notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Contracts not designated as hedges:
Euro	$	237.4
Canadian dollar	98.0
British pound	52.0
Australian dollar	36.6
Other (a)	157.0
Contracts designated as hedges:
Euro	$	392.8
Canadian dollar	125.3
British pound	85.5
Swiss franc	43.7
Australian dollar	39.2
Other	49.7

____________________

(a) Comprised of exposures to 15 different currencies. None of these individual currency exposures is greater than $25 million.

Fair value of derivatives

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivatives reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Derivative Assets					Derivative Liabilities
		Fair Value					Fair Value
	Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Derivatives — hedges:
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	Other assets	$	11.4	$	13.1	Other liabilities	$	7.8	$	—
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	11.1		10.8		Other liabilities	27.7		17.6
Total		$	22.5	$	23.9		$	35.5	$	17.6
Derivatives — undesignated:
Foreign currency — Business Solutions	Other assets	$	201.2	$	71.9	Other liabilities	$	186.2	$	66.5
Foreign currency — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	0.6		1.0		Other liabilities	1.7		2.0
Total		$	201.8	$	72.9		$	187.9	$	68.5
Total derivatives		$	224.3	$	96.8		$	223.4	$	86.1

Fair value of derivatives, by maturity

The following table summarizes the net fair value of derivatives held as of December 31, 2013 and their expected maturities (in millions):

	Total			2014			2015			2016		2017			2018			Thereafter
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	$	(16.6	)	$	(11.5	)	$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	(1.1		)	(1.1		)	—			—		—			—			—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Business Solutions	15.0			15.0			—			—		—			—			—
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	3.6			11.2			—			—		(2.7		)	(4.9		)	—
Total	$	0.9		$	13.6		$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	(2.7	)	$	(4.9	)	$	—

Gross and net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities

The following tables summarize the gross and net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	118.4	$	—	$	118.4	$	(93.3	)	$	25.1
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	105.9
Total	$	224.3
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	39.1	$	—	$	39.1	$	(19.6	)	$	19.5
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	57.7
Total	$	96.8

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	146.1	$	—	$	146.1	$	(93.3	)	$	52.8
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	77.3
Total	$	223.4
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	30.5	$	—	$	30.5	$	(19.6	)	$	10.9
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	55.6
Total	$	86.1

Location and amount of gains/(losses) from hedging activities

Fair Value Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives									Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item (a)							Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
	Income Statement Location	Amount								Income Statement Location	Amount						Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012		2011		Hedged  Item		2013		2012		2011			2013		2012		2011
Interest rate contracts	Interest  expense	$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8	Fixed-rate debt	Interest  expense	$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6	Interest  expense	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total gain/(loss)		$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8			$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6		$	—	$	—	$	—

Cash Flow Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized									Gain/(Loss) Reclassified										Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on
	in OCI on Derivatives									from Accumulated OCI into Income										Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount
	(Effective Portion)									(Effective Portion)										Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) (b)
	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives	2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	16.4		Revenue	$	10.4		$	13.4		$	(30.3	)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)
Interest rate contracts (c)	—			—			(21.6		)	Interest expense	(3.6		)	(3.6		)	(2.7		)	Interest expense	—			—			—
Total gain/(loss)	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	(5.2	)		$	6.8		$	9.8		$	(33.0	)		$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)

Undesignated Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of net gains/(losses) from undesignated hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (d)
	Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts (e)	Selling, general and administrative	$	(3.7	)	$	(10.6	)	$	5.9
Foreign currency contracts (f)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	(0.9		)	0.6			21.9
Total gain/(loss)		$	(4.6	)	$	(10.0	)	$	27.8

 ____________________

(a) The 2013 gain of $19.3 million was comprised of a gain in value on the debt of $8.5 million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $10.8 million. The 2012 gain of $3.7 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(3.9) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $7.6 million. The 2011 gain of $12.6 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(11.8) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $24.4 million.

(b) The portion of the change in fair value of a derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment for foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges represents the difference between changes in forward rates and spot rates.

(c) The Company uses derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt and records the effective portion of the derivative's fair value in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounts are reclassified to "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes.

(d) The Company uses foreign currency forward and option contracts as part of its Business Solutions payments operations. These derivative contracts are excluded from this table as they are managed as part of a broader currency portfolio that includes non-derivative currency exposures. The gains and losses on these derivatives are included as part of the broader disclosure of portfolio revenue for this business discussed above.

(e) The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations as well as certain foreign currency denominated positions. Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on settlement assets and obligations and cash balances, not including amounts related to derivatives activity as displayed above, were $(5.4) million, $7.8 million and $(20.5) million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(f) The derivative contracts used in the Company's revenue hedging program are not designated as hedges in the final month of the contract. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into derivative contracts, consisting of foreign currency forward contracts with maturities of less than one year, to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition, and recorded a net gain of $20.8 million in "Derivatives gains/(losses), net."

XML

Acquisitions (Details Numeric) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended									12 Months Ended				0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended					0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 Business Solutions [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Business Solutions [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 Business Solutions [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Minimum [Member] Customer and other contractual relationships and network of subagents [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Minimum [Member] Other intangibles [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Maximum [Member] Customer and other contractual relationships and network of subagents [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Maximum [Member] Other intangibles [Member]	Nov. 07, 2011 Travelex Global Business Payments [Member] USD ($)	Nov. 07, 2011 Travelex Global Business Payments [Member] GBP (£)	Dec. 31, 2011 Travelex Global Business Payments [Member] USD ($)	Nov. 07, 2011 Travelex Global Business Payments [Member] Business Solutions [Member] USD ($)	May 04, 2012 Travelex Global Business Payments French Acquisition [Member] USD ($)	May 04, 2012 Travelex Global Business Payments French Acquisition [Member] GBP (£)	Oct. 31, 2011 Finint S.r.l. [Member] USD ($)	Oct. 31, 2011 Finint S.r.l. [Member] EUR (€)	Oct. 31, 2011 Finint S.r.l. [Member] Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] USD ($)	Apr. 20, 2011 Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member] USD ($)	Apr. 20, 2011 Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member] EUR (€)	Apr. 20, 2011 Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member] Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] USD ($)
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash consideration														$ 956.5	£ 596.0			$ 4.8	£ 3.0	$ 139.4	€ 99.6		$ 135.7	€ 95.0
Final working capital adjustment in the third quarter 2012														24.1	15.0
Costs associated with closing acquisition																20.7
Remaining interest acquired (percentage)																				70.00%	70.00%		70.00%	70.00%
Previous equity interest held (percentage)																				30.00%	30.00%		30.00%	30.00%
Fair value of previous equity interest held																				47.7			46.2
Gain recognized on revaluation of previous equity interest held	0	0	49.9																	20.5			29.4
Total value																				187.1			181.9
Amortization period of intangible assets acquired (in years)										9 years	1 year	15 years	5 years
Goodwill	3,172.0	3,179.7	3,198.9	996.0	996.0	1,013.7	1,947.7	1,947.7	1,945.3								704.3					153.6			174.2
Goodwill expected to be deductible for income tax purposes														$ 488.4						$ 97.0			$ 104.9

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Depreciation	$ 64.2	$ 61.7	$ 61.0
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	638.5	580.6
Accumulated depreciation	(428.6)	(384.5)
Property and equipment, net	209.9	196.1	198.1
Equipment [Member]
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	416.1	384.6
Buildings [Member]
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment useful life	30 years
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	82.3	80.0
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	80.3	65.6
Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	33.3	33.4
Land and improvements [Member]
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	16.9	16.9
Projects in process [Member]
Property And Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 9.6	$ 0.1
Minimum [Member] | Equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment useful life	3 years
Minimum [Member] | Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member] | Equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment useful life	10 years
Maximum [Member] | Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property and Equipment (Textual) [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment useful life	10 years

XML

Income Taxes (Details Numeric) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Uncertain Tax Positions [Abstract]
Tax benefit related to the IRS Agreement			$ 204,700,000
Total tax contingency reserve	125,500,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate	108,900,000	93,500,000
Interest and penalties, recognized	(1,800,000)	500,000	(4,000,000)
Interest and penalties, accrued	17,700,000	20,000,000
Reasonably possible decrease to the Company's total unrecognized tax benefits during the next 12 months	55,000,000
Expected cash payments as a result of the IRS Agreement	190,000,000
Cash payments made as a result of the IRS Agreement		92,400,000
Provision for certain outside tax basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated foreign earnings	0
Accumulated foreign earnings	$ 5,000,000,000
Foreign Tax Authority [Member] | Pre-tax Income [Member] | Geographic Concentration Risk [Member]
Components of pre-tax income
Percent of pre-tax income derived from foreign sources	103.00%	92.00%	67.00%

XML

Acquisitions (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Nov. 07, 2011 Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]		Oct. 31, 2011 Finint S.r.l. [Member]	Apr. 20, 2011 Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member]	Nov. 07, 2011 Customer and other contractual relationships [Member] Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]		Oct. 31, 2011 Customer and other contractual relationships [Member] Finint S.r.l. [Member]	Apr. 20, 2011 Customer and other contractual relationships [Member] Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member]	Nov. 07, 2011 Network of subagents [Member] Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]		Oct. 31, 2011 Network of subagents [Member] Finint S.r.l. [Member]	Apr. 20, 2011 Network of subagents [Member] Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member]	Nov. 07, 2011 Other [Member] Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]		Oct. 31, 2011 Other [Member] Finint S.r.l. [Member]	Apr. 20, 2011 Other [Member] Angelo Costa S.r.l. [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Identifiable intangible assets	$ 314.2	[1]	$ 64.8	$ 51.4	$ 264.5	[1]	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	[1]	$ 53.9	$ 44.6	$ 49.7	[1]	$ 10.9	$ 6.8

[1] Amounts include the impact of the acquisition of the French assets of TGBP on May 4, 2012.

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Unrealized gains on investment securities:
Unrealized gains on investment securities, beginning of period	$ 7.7	$ 4.9	$ 3.1
Unrealized gains/(losses)	(0.1)	9.9	9.7
Tax (expense)/benefit	0.1	(3.7)	(3.6)
Reclassification of gains into “Other revenues”	(5.8)	(5.5)	(6.9)
Tax expense related to reclassifications	2.2	2.1	2.6
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities	(3.6)	2.8	1.8
Unrealized gains on investment securities, end of period	4.1	7.7	4.9
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, beginning of period	(21.9)	5.1	(21.9)
Unrealized losses	(3.1)	(20.1)	(5.2)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(1.7)	3.1	5.6
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into Transaction fees	(7.6)	(10.3)	23.3
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into Foreign exchange revenues	(2.8)	(3.1)	7.0
Reclassification of losses into “Interest expense”	3.6	3.6	2.7
Tax (expense)/benefit related to reclassifications	0.5	(0.2)	(6.4)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities	(11.1)	(27.0)	27.0
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, end of period	(33.0)	(21.9)	5.1
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, beginning of period	(8.5)	(6.3)	(4.3)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(17.7)	(4.6)	(3.7)
Tax benefit	4.6	2.4	1.7
Net foreign currency translation adjustments	(13.1)	(2.2)	(2.0)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, end of period	(21.6)	(8.5)	(6.3)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments:
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, beginning of period	(129.9)	(122.2)	(109.7)
Unrealized gains/(losses)	7.4	(20.5)	(28.4)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(3.9)	6.2	10.9
Reclassification of losses into “Cost of services”	12.4	10.5	8.1
Tax benefit related to reclassifications and other	(4.5)	(3.9)	(3.1)
Net defined benefit pension plan adjustments	11.4	(7.7)	(12.5)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, end of period	(118.5)	(129.9)	(122.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, end of period	$ (169.0)	$ (152.6)	$ (118.5)

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Antidilutive outstanding options excluded from diluted EPS calculation									21.2	23.3	17.1
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	551.2	552.1	555.7	567.6	588.0	601.5	610.9	619.1	556.6	604.9	630.6
Common stock equivalents									3.1	2.5	3.6
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	555.0	555.8	558.3	569.7	590.2	604.2	613.1	621.9	559.7	607.4	634.2

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities

The following tables reflect assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	874.2	$	—	$	874.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		865.0		—		865.0
Other debt securities	—		11.3		—		11.3
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.2		—		—		100.2
Derivatives	—		224.3		—		224.3
Total assets	$	100.2	$	1,974.8	$	—	$	2,075.0
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,343.2	$	—	$	4,343.2
Derivatives	—		223.4		—		223.4
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,566.6	$	—	$	4,566.6
	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2012	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	1,003.7	$	—	$	1,003.7
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		463.3		—		463.3
Other debt securities	—		47.8		—		47.8
Other assets:
Derivatives	—		96.8		—		96.8
Total assets	$	—	$	1,611.6	$	—	$	1,611.6
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,200.8	$	—	$	4,200.8
Derivatives	—		86.1		—		86.1
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,286.9	$	—	$	4,286.9

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details 1) (USD $)	3 Months Ended												12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Equity [Abstract]
Cash dividends declared per common share	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.5	$ 0.425	$ 0.31

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details 2)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Pension benefit obligation, weighted-average rate assumptions
Discount rate	3.91%	3.03%
Net benefit cost, weighted-average rate assumptions
Discount rate	3.03%	3.72%	4.69%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	7.00%	7.00%	7.00%
Equity investments [Member]
Pension plan asset allocation
Percentage of Plan Assets	18.00%	16.00%
Target Allocation	15.00%
Debt securities [Member]
Pension plan asset allocation
Percentage of Plan Assets	59.00%	62.00%
Target Allocation	60.00%
Alternative investments [Member]
Pension plan asset allocation
Percentage of Plan Assets	23.00%	22.00%
Target Allocation	25.00%

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Stock Option Activity
Outstanding as of January 1	27.0
Granted	4.0
Exercised	(1.8)
Cancelled/forfeited	(5.4)
Outstanding as of December 31	23.8
Options exercisable as of December 31	18.1
Weighted-Average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Outstanding as of January 1 (in dollars per share)	$ 18.46
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 14.02
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 15.86
Cancelled/forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 17.86
Outstanding as of December 31 (in dollars per share)	$ 18.05
Options exercisable as of December 31 (in dollars per share)	$ 18.77
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, Outstanding as of December 31	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, Options exercisable as of December 31	3 years 1 month 6 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding as of December 31 (in dollars)	$ 19.7
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Options exercisable as of December 31 (in dollars)	$ 8.4

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013 class_member	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent event [Member] remedy	Jan. 31, 2014 Primary recommendations [Member] Subsequent event [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Primary recommendations [Member] Subsequent event [Member] Minimum [Member] recommendation	Jan. 31, 2014 Secondary recommendations [Member] Subsequent event [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Money transfer transaction data analysis center [Member] Subsequent event [Member]
Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees [Abstract]
Letters of credit outstanding and bank guarantees	$ 100,000,000
Letters of credit renewal option	1 year
Tennille Complaint [Abstract]
Number of class members who filed appeals		2
Settlement Agreement with the State of Arizona [Abstract]
Remedy election period			180 days
Number of remedies			1
Settlement amount contingently payable for ineffective program implementation				50,000,000		25,000,000
Settlement amount for individual recommendation implementation failure				1,000,000		500,000
Number of primary settlement recommendations					70
One-time settlement payment							250,000
Monthly settlement payment							150,000
Monthly settlement payment funding period							5 years
Expense reimbursement increments			$ 500,000

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 plan employee	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Defined Contribution Plan [Abstract]
Employer matching contribution percentage	4.00%
Number of defined contribution plans	25
Number of employee participants	1,700
Total expenses	$ 16.9	$ 15.3	$ 12.8
Defined Benefit Plan [Abstract]
Unfunded pension obligations	70.4	102.1
Contributions by the Company	15.7	25.0
Discretionary contributions by the Company		5
Estimated contributions, next fiscal year	13
Actuarial losses	10.4
Actuarial losses, net of tax	6.6
Liability adjustment, net of tax	(11.4)	7.7	12.5
Expected future benefit payments, 2014	37.9
Expected future benefit payments, 2015	36.3
Expected future benefit payments, 2016	34.9
Expected future benefit payments, 2017	33.2
Expected future benefit payments, 2018	31.6
Expected future benefit payments, 2019 through 2023	$ 132.3
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Estimated weighted-average cost of capital of the Pharmaceutical Sector	10.00%
Weighted-average [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Debt securities maturity range	14 years
Minimum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Debt securities maturity range	1 year
Maximum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Debt securities maturity range	32 years
Relative value [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	24.00%
Equity long/short [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	21.00%
Commodities/currencies [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	20.00%
Multi-strategy [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	13.00%
Event driven [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	12.00%
Global-macro [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Composition of underlying hedge fund investments	10.00%
International equity [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Redemption frequency	1 day
Redemption notice period	1 day
International equity [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Redemption frequency	1 month
Redemption notice period	10 days
Hedge funds [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Redemption frequency	1 month
Redemption notice period	3 days
Hedge funds [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Redemption frequency	3 months
Redemption notice period	60 days
Interest rate swaps [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Maturity period	5 years
Interest rate swaps [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan (Additional Numeric) [Abstract]
Maturity period	10 years

XML

Derivatives (Details 4) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	$ (1.3)		$ 0.5		$ 14.0
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Undesignated Hedges	(4.6)		(10.0)		27.8
Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives	(8.5)		3.9		11.8
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item	19.3	[1]	3.7	[1]	12.6	[1]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	0		0		0
Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)	(3.1)		(20.1)		(5.2)
Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)	6.8		9.8		(33.0)
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	(0.4)	[2]	(0.1)	[2]	(10.2)	[2]
Interest expense [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	0		0		0
Derivative gains/(losses),net [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Undesignated Hedges	(0.9)	[3]	0.6	[3]	21.9	[3]
Selling, general and administrative [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Undesignated Hedges	(3.7)	[4]	(10.6)	[4]	5.9	[4]
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)	0	[5]	0	[5]	(21.6)	[5]
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Interest expense [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives	(8.5)		3.9		11.8
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Interest expense [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)	(3.6)	[5]	(3.6)	[5]	(2.7)	[5]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	0	[5]	0	[5]	0	[5]
Fixed-rate debt [Member] | Interest expense [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item	19.3	[1]	3.7	[1]	12.6	[1]
Foreign currency contracts [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)	(3.1)		(20.1)		16.4
Foreign currency contracts [Member] | Revenue [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)	10.4		13.4		(30.3)
Foreign currency contracts [Member] | Derivative gains/(losses),net [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [Member]
Hedges [Abstract]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	$ (0.4)	[2]	$ (0.1)	[2]	$ (10.2)	[2]

[1] The 2013 gain of $19.3 million was comprised of a gain in value on the debt of $8.5 million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $10.8 million. The 2012 gain of $3.7 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(3.9) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $7.6 million. The 2011 gain of $12.6 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(11.8) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $24.4 million.

[2] The portion of the change in fair value of a derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment for foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges represents the difference between changes in forward rates and spot rates.

[3] The derivative contracts used in the Company's revenue hedging program are not designated as hedges in the final month of the contract. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into derivative contracts, consisting of foreign currency forward contracts with maturities of less than one year, to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition, and recorded a net gain of $20.8 million in "Derivatives gains/(losses), net."

[4] The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations as well as certain foreign currency denominated positions. Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on settlement assets and obligations and cash balances, not including amounts related to derivatives activity as displayed above, were $(5.4) million, $7.8 million and $(20.5) million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

[5] The Company uses derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt and records the effective portion of the derivative's fair value in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounts are reclassified to "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes.

XML

Derivatives (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Euro [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	$ 237.4
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Canadian dollar [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	98.0
Not designated as hedges [Member] | British pound [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	52.0
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Australian dollar [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	36.6
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Other [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	157.0	[1]
Number of currency exposures within 'Other'	15
Designated as hedges [Member] | Euro [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	392.8
Designated as hedges [Member] | Canadian dollar [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	125.3
Designated as hedges [Member] | British pound [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	85.5
Designated as hedges [Member] | Swiss franc [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	43.7
Designated as hedges [Member] | Australian dollar [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	39.2
Designated as hedges [Member] | Other [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Notional amounts	49.7
Maximum [Member] | Not designated as hedges [Member] | Other [Member]
Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts [Abstract]
Maximum individual currency exposure within 'Other'	$ 25

[1] Comprised of exposures to 15 different currencies. None of these individual currency exposures is greater than $25 million.

XML

Borrowings (Details) (USD $)					0 Months Ended										0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Mar. 07, 2011 Floating rate notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Floating rate notes [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Floating rate notes [Member]		Dec. 31, 2013 6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 [Member]		Feb. 26, 2009 6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 [Member]	Aug. 22, 2013 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2013 2.375% notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 2.375% notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 10, 2012 2.375% notes due 2015 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 5.930% notes due 2016 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 5.930% notes due 2016 [Member]		Sep. 29, 2006 5.930% notes due 2016 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 [Member]		Dec. 10, 2012 2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 3.650% notes due 2018 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 3.650% notes due 2018 [Member]		Aug. 22, 2011 3.650% notes due 2018 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 [Member]		Nov. 22, 2013 3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2013 5.253% notes due 2020 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 5.253% notes due 2020 [Member]		Mar. 30, 2010 5.253% notes due 2020 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 6.200% notes due 2036 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 6.200% notes due 2036 [Member]		Nov. 17, 2006 6.200% notes due 2036 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 6.200% notes due 2040 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 6.200% notes due 2040 [Member]		Jun. 21, 2010 6.200% notes due 2040 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Other borrowings [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Other borrowings [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Minimum [Member] 2.375% notes due 2015 [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Minimum [Member] 2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 [Member]	Nov. 22, 2013 Minimum [Member] 3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Minimum interest charged after credit rating upgrade																																																														2.375%	2.875%	3.35%
Percent of principal used to calculate repurchase amount																101.00%				101.00%										101.00%					101.00%					101.00%
Borrowings
Total borrowings at par value	$ 4,230,600,000	[1]	$ 4,030,700,000	[1]	$ 300,000,000	$ 0	[2]	$ 300,000,000	[2]	$ 500,000,000	[1]	$ 500,000,000	[1]	$ 500,000,000	$ 250,000,000	$ 250,000,000	[3]	$ 0	[3]	$ 250,000,000	[4]	$ 250,000,000	[4]	$ 250,000,000	$ 1,000,000,000	[4]	$ 1,000,000,000	[4]	$ 1,000,000,000	$ 500,000,000	[1]	$ 500,000,000	[1]	$ 500,000,000	$ 400,000,000	[4]	$ 400,000,000	[4]	$ 400,000,000	$ 250,000,000.0	[5]	$ 250,000,000.0	$ 0	[5]	$ 324,900,000.0	[4]	$ 324,900,000.0	[4]		$ 500,000,000	[4]	$ 500,000,000	[4]	$ 500,000,000	$ 250,000,000	[4]	$ 250,000,000	[4]	$ 250,000,000	$ 5,700,000	$ 5,800,000
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments, net	900,000	[1]	20,200,000	[1]
Unamortized discount, net	(18,500,000)		(21,700,000)
Borrowings, carrying value	$ 4,213,000,000	[6]	$ 4,029,200,000
Stated interest rate										6.50%		6.50%		6.50%						2.375%		2.375%		2.375%	5.93%		5.93%		5.93%	2.875%		2.875%		2.875%	3.65%		3.65%		3.65%	3.35%		3.35%			5.253%		5.253%		5.253%	6.20%		6.20%		6.20%	6.20%		6.20%		6.20%
Effective interest rate										5.70%						1.20%														2.00%										3.40%
Basis spread on floating rate debt					0.58%										1.00%	1.00%
Weighted-average effective interest rate	4.60%

[1] The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes’ stated rate.

[2] The floating rate notes due in March 2013 were repaid using the Company's cash, including cash generated from operations and proceeds from the Company's issuance of the fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017.

[3] On August 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.

[4] The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.

[5] On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.

[6] As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

XML

Operating Lease Commitments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Operating leases, rent expense, net [Abstract]
Total rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income	$ 54.1	$ 53.9	$ 44.2
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments [Abstract]
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due 2014	44.0
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due 2015	36.5
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due 2016	28.1
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due 2017	21.6
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due 2018	15.9
Operating leases, future minimum lease payments due thereafter	15.0
Total future minimum lease payments	$ 161.1

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation as of January 1,	$ 418.8	$ 414.4
Interest cost	12.1	14.7	17.9
Actuarial (gain)/loss	(25.4)	30.2
Benefits paid	(39.3)	(40.5)
Projected benefit obligation as of December 31,	366.2	418.8	414.4
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1,	316.7	301.7
Actual return on plan assets	2.7	30.5
Benefits paid	(39.3)	(40.5)
Company contributions	15.7	25.0
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31,	295.8	316.7	301.7
Funded status of the plan as of December 31,	(70.4)	(102.1)
Accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31,	$ 366.2	$ 418.8

XML

Segments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segments

Segments

As previously described in Note 1, the Company classifies its businesses into three segments: Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities, about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company's CODM in deciding where to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Consumer-to-Consumer operating segment facilitates money transfers between two consumers. The Company's money transfer service is viewed by the Company as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world, including related transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers. The segment includes five geographic regions whose functions are limited to generating, managing and maintaining agent relationships and localized marketing activities and also includes the Company's online money transfer service conducted through Western Union branded websites ("westernunion.com"). By means of common processes and systems, these regions and westernunion.com create an interconnected network for consumer transactions, thereby constituting one global Consumer-to-Consumer money transfer business and one operating segment.

The Consumer-to-Business operating segment facilitates bill payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses.

The Business Solutions operating segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals.

All businesses that have not been classified in the above segments are reported as "Other" and primarily include the Company's money order, prepaid and other businesses and services.

The Company's reportable segments are reviewed separately below because each reportable segment represents a strategic business unit that offers different products and serves different markets. The business segment measurements provided to, and evaluated by, the Company's CODM are computed in accordance with the following principles:

• The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

• Corporate and other overhead is allocated to the segments primarily based on a percentage of the segments' revenue compared to total revenue.

• Costs incurred for the review and closing of acquisitions are included in "Other."

• The Company incurred restructuring and related expenses of $46.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 which were not allocated to the Company's segments. While these items were identifiable to the Company's segments, they were not included in the measurement of segment operating profit provided to the CODM for purposes of assessing segment performance and decision making with respect to resource allocation. For additional information on restructuring and related activities, refer to Note 3.

• All items not included in operating income are excluded from the segments.

The following tables present the Company's reportable segment results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues:
Consumer-to-Consumer:
Transaction fees	$	3,396.1		$	3,545.6		$	3,580.2
Foreign exchange revenues	981.3			988.5			983.1
Other revenues	56.2			50.2			45.1
	4,433.6			4,584.3			4,608.4
Consumer-to-Business:
Transaction fees	579.1			573.6			581.8
Foreign exchange and other revenues	29.4			30.3			34.1
	608.5			603.9			615.9
Business Solutions:
Foreign exchange revenues	355.5			332.0			154.6
Transaction fees and other revenues	37.4			35.4			6.5
	392.9			367.4			161.1
Other:
Total revenues	107.0			109.2			106.0
Total consolidated revenues	$	5,542.0		$	5,664.8		$	5,491.4
Operating income/(loss):
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	1,030.4		$	1,266.9		$	1,316.0
Consumer-to-Business	121.9			137.6			146.9
Business Solutions (a)	(27.0		)	(54.8		)	(9.6		)
Other	(17.9		)	(19.7		)	(21.5		)
Total segment operating income	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,431.8
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—			—			(46.8		)
Total consolidated operating income	$	1,107.4		$	1,330.0		$	1,385.0

____________________ 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $19.3 million, $42.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP. TGBP integration expense consists primarily of severance and other benefits, retention, direct and incremental expense consisting of facility relocation, consolidation and closures; IT systems integration; amortization of a transitional trademark license; and other expenses such as training, travel and professional fees. Integration expense does not include costs related to the completion of the TGBP acquisition, which are included in Other.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	5,321.9	$	4,854.2	$	4,644.6
Consumer-to-Business	1,129.9		1,029.6		955.8
Business Solutions	2,256.4		2,012.6		1,906.2
Other	1,413.1		1,569.3		1,563.3
Total assets	$	10,121.3	$	9,465.7	$	9,069.9
Depreciation and amortization:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	179.4	$	158.2	$	141.0
Consumer-to-Business	15.8		14.7		18.8
Business Solutions	59.6		65.7		26.8
Other	8.0		7.5		4.7
Total segment depreciation and amortization	262.8		246.1		191.3
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—		—		1.3
Total consolidated depreciation and amortization	$	262.8	$	246.1	$	192.6
Capital expenditures:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	174.0	$	219.1	$	138.4
Consumer-to-Business	36.9		21.8		13.4
Business Solutions	14.8		16.1		6.7
Other	15.6		11.2		4.0
Total capital expenditures	$	241.3	$	268.2	$	162.5

Information concerning principal geographic areas was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue:
United States	$	1,523.7	$	1,593.1	$	1,568.6
International	4,018.3		4,071.7		3,922.8
Total	$	5,542.0	$	5,664.8	$	5,491.4
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	156.6	$	148.2	$	152.1
International	53.3		47.9		46.0
Total	$	209.9	$	196.1	$	198.1

The Consumer-to-Consumer geographic split is determined based upon the region where the money transfer is initiated and the region where the money transfer is paid. For transactions originated and paid in different regions, the Company splits the revenue between the two regions, with each region receiving 50%. For money transfers initiated and paid in the same region, 100% of the revenue is attributed to that region. The geographic split of revenue above for the Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions segments is based upon the country where the transaction is initiated with 100% of the revenue allocated to that country. Long-lived assets, consisting of "Property and equipment, net," are presented based upon the location of the assets.

A significant majority of the Company's Consumer-to-Consumer transactions involve at least one non-United States location. Based on the method used to attribute revenue between countries described in the paragraph above, each individual country outside the United States accounted for less than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, each individual agent, Consumer-to-Business, or Business Solutions customer accounted for less than 10% of revenue during these periods.

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended				15 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013
Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives Accrual
Balance, January 1,					$ 27.3				$ 27.3		$ 0
Expenses	33.0		6.2	13.5	4.2		30.9		56.9	[1]	30.9	[1]	87.8
Cash payments									(41.8)		(5.6)
Non-cash benefit/(expense)									4.0	[1]	2.0	[1]
Balance, December 31,	46.4						27.3		46.4		27.3		46.4
Total expenses	33.0		6.2	13.5	4.2		30.9		56.9	[1]	30.9	[1]	87.8
Severance, Outplacement and Related Benefits [Member]
Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives Accrual
Balance, January 1,					25.7				25.7		0
Expenses									40.8	[1]	28.9	[1]	69.7
Cash payments									(25.3)		(5.2)
Non-cash benefit/(expense)									4.2	[1]	2.0	[1]
Balance, December 31,	45.4						25.7		45.4		25.7		45.4
Total expenses									40.8	[1]	28.9	[1]	69.7
Other [Member]
Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives Accrual
Balance, January 1,					1.6	[2]			1.6	[2]	0	[2]
Expenses									16.1	[1],[2]	2.0	[1],[2]	18.1	[2]
Cash payments									(16.5)	[2]	(0.4)	[2]
Non-cash benefit/(expense)									(0.2)	[1],[2]	0	[1],[2]
Balance, December 31,	1.0	[2]					1.6	[2]	1.0	[2]	1.6	[2]	1.0	[2]
Total expenses									$ 16.1	[1],[2]	$ 2.0	[1],[2]	$ 18.1	[2]

[1] Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

[2] Other expenses primarily related to the relocation of various operations to new and existing Company facilities and third-party providers including expenses for hiring, training, relocation, travel and professional fees. All such expenses were recorded when incurred.

XML

Segments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment results

The following tables present the Company's reportable segment results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues:
Consumer-to-Consumer:
Transaction fees	$	3,396.1		$	3,545.6		$	3,580.2
Foreign exchange revenues	981.3			988.5			983.1
Other revenues	56.2			50.2			45.1
	4,433.6			4,584.3			4,608.4
Consumer-to-Business:
Transaction fees	579.1			573.6			581.8
Foreign exchange and other revenues	29.4			30.3			34.1
	608.5			603.9			615.9
Business Solutions:
Foreign exchange revenues	355.5			332.0			154.6
Transaction fees and other revenues	37.4			35.4			6.5
	392.9			367.4			161.1
Other:
Total revenues	107.0			109.2			106.0
Total consolidated revenues	$	5,542.0		$	5,664.8		$	5,491.4
Operating income/(loss):
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	1,030.4		$	1,266.9		$	1,316.0
Consumer-to-Business	121.9			137.6			146.9
Business Solutions (a)	(27.0		)	(54.8		)	(9.6		)
Other	(17.9		)	(19.7		)	(21.5		)
Total segment operating income	1,107.4			1,330.0			1,431.8
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—			—			(46.8		)
Total consolidated operating income	$	1,107.4		$	1,330.0		$	1,385.0

____________________ 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $19.3 million, $42.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP. TGBP integration expense consists primarily of severance and other benefits, retention, direct and incremental expense consisting of facility relocation, consolidation and closures; IT systems integration; amortization of a transitional trademark license; and other expenses such as training, travel and professional fees. Integration expense does not include costs related to the completion of the TGBP acquisition, which are included in Other.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	5,321.9	$	4,854.2	$	4,644.6
Consumer-to-Business	1,129.9		1,029.6		955.8
Business Solutions	2,256.4		2,012.6		1,906.2
Other	1,413.1		1,569.3		1,563.3
Total assets	$	10,121.3	$	9,465.7	$	9,069.9
Depreciation and amortization:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	179.4	$	158.2	$	141.0
Consumer-to-Business	15.8		14.7		18.8
Business Solutions	59.6		65.7		26.8
Other	8.0		7.5		4.7
Total segment depreciation and amortization	262.8		246.1		191.3
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)	—		—		1.3
Total consolidated depreciation and amortization	$	262.8	$	246.1	$	192.6
Capital expenditures:
Consumer-to-Consumer	$	174.0	$	219.1	$	138.4
Consumer-to-Business	36.9		21.8		13.4
Business Solutions	14.8		16.1		6.7
Other	15.6		11.2		4.0
Total capital expenditures	$	241.3	$	268.2	$	162.5

Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic areas, domestic and foreign

Information concerning principal geographic areas was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue:
United States	$	1,523.7	$	1,593.1	$	1,568.6
International	4,018.3		4,071.7		3,922.8
Total	$	5,542.0	$	5,664.8	$	5,491.4
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	156.6	$	148.2	$	152.1
International	53.3		47.9		46.0
Total	$	209.9	$	196.1	$	198.1

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details 4) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 3 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Level 3 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 3 [Member] Royalty Rights [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Level 3 [Member] Royalty Rights [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 3 [Member] Private Equity [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Level 3 [Member] Private Equity [Member]
Summary of changes in Level 3 Trust investments
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1,	$ 295.8	$ 316.7	$ 301.7	$ 23.8	$ 13.6	$ 21.4	$ 11.4	$ 2.4	$ 2.2
Actual return on plan assets relating to assets still held as of the reporting date				2.6	1.7	2.3	1.6	0.3	0.1
Actual return on plan assets relating to assets sold during the year				1.7	0.7	1.6	0.8	0.1	(0.1)
Net purchases and sales				(2.2)	7.8	(2.0)	7.6	(0.2)	0.2
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31,	$ 295.8	$ 316.7	$ 301.7	$ 25.9	$ 23.8	$ 23.3	$ 21.4	$ 2.6	$ 2.4

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended						15 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Sep. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2013
Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives expenses	$ 33.0		$ 6.2		$ 13.5		$ 4.2		$ 30.9								$ 56.9	[1]	$ 30.9	[1]			$ 87.8
2013 and 2012 by Quarter:
Revenues	1,421.9		1,408.8		1,385.9		1,325.4		1,424.7		1,421.6		1,425.1		1,393.4		5,542.0		5,664.8		5,491.4
Expenses	1,183.5	[2],[3]	1,113.5	[2],[3]	1,109.1	[2],[3]	1,028.5	[2],[3]	1,138.7	[4],[5]	1,056.0	[4]	1,079.2	[4]	1,060.9	[4]	4,434.6	[2],[3],[6]	4,334.8	[4],[5],[6]	4,106.4	[6]
Operating income	238.4		295.3		276.8		296.9		286.0		365.6		345.9		332.5		1,107.4		1,330.0		1,385.0
Other expense, net	45.6		43.6		44.6		46.7		41.2		41.8		35.8		42.4		180.5		161.2		110.4
Income before income taxes	192.8		251.7		232.2		250.2		244.8		323.8		310.1		290.1		926.9		1,168.8		1,274.6
Provision for income taxes	19.4		37.3		33.6		38.2		6.9		54.3		38.9		42.8		128.5		142.9		109.2
Net income	173.4		214.4		198.6		212.0		237.9		269.5		271.2		247.3		798.4		1,025.9		1,165.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$ 0.31		$ 0.39		$ 0.36		$ 0.37		$ 0.40		$ 0.45		$ 0.44		$ 0.40		$ 1.43		$ 1.70		$ 1.85
Diluted	$ 0.31		$ 0.39		$ 0.36		$ 0.37		$ 0.40		$ 0.45		$ 0.44		$ 0.40		$ 1.43		$ 1.69		$ 1.84
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	551.2		552.1		555.7		567.6		588.0		601.5		610.9		619.1		556.6		604.9		630.6
Diluted	555.0		555.8		558.3		569.7		590.2		604.2		613.1		621.9		559.7		607.4		634.2
Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]
Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]
TGBP integration expenses	$ 5.4		$ 3.8		$ 6.2		$ 3.9		$ 11.6		$ 10.3		$ 14.5		$ 6.4		$ 19.3		$ 42.8		$ 4.8

[1] Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

[2] Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[3] Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[4] Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[5] Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[6] As further described in Note 6, total expenses include amounts for related parties of $80.6 million, $95.0 million and $190.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Operating Lease Commitments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases, Operating [Abstract]

Minimum aggregate rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum aggregate rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in millions):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	44.0
2015	36.5
2016	28.1
2017	21.6
2018	15.9
Thereafter	15.0
Total future minimum lease payments	$	161.1

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Sep. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule of Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring Expenses in Income Statement [Abstract]
Cost of services																	$ 3,235.0		$ 3,194.2		$ 3,102.0
Selling, general and administrative																	1,199.6		1,140.6		1,004.4
Total expenses, pre-tax	1,183.5	[1],[2]	1,113.5	[1],[2]	1,109.1	[1],[2]	1,028.5	[1],[2]	1,138.7	[3],[4]	1,056.0	[3]	1,079.2	[3]	1,060.9	[3]	4,434.6	[1],[2],[5]	4,334.8	[3],[4],[5]	4,106.4	[5]
Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives [Member]
Schedule of Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring Expenses in Income Statement [Abstract]
Cost of services																	24.3		5.5
Selling, general and administrative																	32.6		25.4
Total expenses, pre-tax																	56.9		30.9
Total expenses, net of tax																	40.2		20.2
Restructuring and Related Expenses [Member]
Schedule of Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring Expenses in Income Statement [Abstract]
Cost of services																					10.6
Selling, general and administrative																					36.2
Total expenses, pre-tax																					46.8
Total expenses, net of tax																					$ 32.0

[1] Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[2] Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[3] Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[4] Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[5] As further described in Note 6, total expenses include amounts for related parties of $80.6 million, $95.0 million and $190.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current:
Federal									$ 86.1	$ 117.2	$ 36.2
State and local									8.1	(2.5)	0.6
Foreign									73.6	63.4	51.2
Total current taxes									167.8	178.1	88.0
Deferred:
Federal									2.2	(24.7)	41.9
State and local									(11.8)	(12.3)	3.9
Foreign									(29.7)	1.8	(24.6)
Total deferred taxes									(39.3)	(35.2)	21.2
Provision for income taxes	$ 19.4	$ 37.3	$ 33.6	$ 38.2	$ 6.9	$ 54.3	$ 38.9	$ 42.8	$ 128.5	$ 142.9	$ 109.2

XML

Investment Securities (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Settlement assets [Member]
Amortized Cost
Due within 1 year	$ 187.6
Due after 1 year through 5 years	425.2
Due after 5 years through 10 years	306.7
Due after 10 years	824.8
Total investment securities	1,744.3
Fair Value
Due within 1 year	188.4
Due after 1 year through 5 years	429.1
Due after 5 years through 10 years	308.1
Due after 10 years	824.9
Total investment securities	1,750.5
Variable rate demand note [Member]
Fair Value
Due after 1 year through 5 years	21.6
Due after 5 years through 10 years	21.4
Due after 10 years	$ 822.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Settlement assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 538.6	$ 574.5
Receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers	981.3	1,025.3
Investment securities	1,750.5	1,514.8
Total settlement assets	3,270.4	3,114.6
Settlement obligations:
Money transfer, money order and payment service payables	2,376.6	2,297.1
Payables to agents	893.8	817.5
Total settlement obligations	$ 3,270.4	$ 3,114.6

XML

Formation of the Entity and Basis of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Formation of the Entity and Basis of Presentation

Formation of the Entity and Basis of Presentation

The Western Union Company ("Western Union" or the "Company") is a leader in global money movement and payment services, providing people and businesses with fast, reliable and convenient ways to send money and make payments around the world. The Western Union^® brand is globally recognized. The Company's services are primarily available through a network of agent locations in more than 200 countries and territories. Each location in the Company's agent network is capable of providing one or more of the Company's services.

The Western Union business consists of the following segments:

• Consumer-to-Consumer - The Consumer-to-Consumer operating segment facilitates money transfers between two consumers, primarily through a network of third-party agents. The Company's multi-currency, real-time money transfer service is viewed by the Company as one interconnected global network where a money transfer can be sent from one location to another, around the world. This service is available for international cross-border transfers - that is, the transfer of funds from one country to another - and, in certain countries, intra-country transfers - that is, money transfers from one location to another in the same country. This segment also includes money transfer transactions that can be initiated through websites and account based money transfers.

• Consumer-to-Business - The Consumer-to-Business operating segment facilitates bill payments from consumers to businesses and other organizations, including utilities, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and other businesses. The significant majority of the segment's revenue was generated in the United States during all periods presented, with the remainder primarily generated in Argentina.

• Business Solutions - The Business Solutions operating segment facilitates payment and foreign exchange solutions, primarily cross-border, cross-currency transactions, for small and medium size enterprises and other organizations and individuals. The majority of the segment's business relates to exchanges of currency at the spot rate which enables customers to make cross-currency payments. In addition, in certain countries, the Company writes foreign currency forward and option contracts for customers to facilitate future payments. Travelex Global Business Payments ("TGBP"), which was acquired in November 2011 (see Note 4), is included in this segment.

All businesses that have not been classified in the above segments are reported as "Other" and primarily include the Company's money order, prepaid and other businesses and services, in addition to costs for the review and closing of acquisitions.

There are legal or regulatory limitations on transferring certain assets of the Company outside of the countries where these assets are located. However, there are generally no limitations on the use of these assets within those countries. Additionally, the Company must meet minimum capital requirements in some countries in order to maintain operating licenses. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of net assets subject to these limitations totaled approximately $335 million.

Various aspects of the Company's services and businesses are subject to United States federal, state and local regulation, as well as regulation by foreign jurisdictions, including certain banking and other financial services regulations.

Spin-off from First Data

On January 26, 2006, the First Data Corporation ("First Data") Board of Directors announced its intention to pursue the distribution of all of its money transfer and consumer payments businesses and its interest in a Western Union money transfer agent, as well as its related assets, including real estate, through a tax-free distribution to First Data shareholders (the "Spin-off"). Effective on September 29, 2006, First Data completed the separation and the distribution of these businesses by distributing The Western Union Company common stock to First Data shareholders (the "Distribution"). Prior to the Distribution, the Company had been a segment of First Data.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are presented on a consolidated basis and include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Consistent with industry practice, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are unclassified due to the short-term nature of the Company's settlement obligations contrasted with the Company's ability to invest cash awaiting settlement in long-term investment securities.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Other Assets [Abstract]
Short-term bond mutual fund	$ 100.2		$ 0
Derivatives	224.3		96.8
Liabilities:
Derivatives	223.4		86.1
Fair Value Measurements (Numeric) [Abstract]
Borrowings, carrying value	4,213.0	[1]	4,029.2
Recurring [Member]
Settlement Assets [Abstract]
State and municipal debt securities	874.2		1,003.7
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	865.0		463.3
Other debt securities	11.3		47.8
Other Assets [Abstract]
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.2
Derivatives	224.3		96.8
Total assets	2,075.0		1,611.6
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	4,343.2		4,200.8
Derivatives	223.4		86.1
Total liabilities	4,566.6		4,286.9
Recurring [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Settlement Assets [Abstract]
State and municipal debt securities	0		0
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	0		0
Other debt securities	0		0
Other Assets [Abstract]
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.2
Derivatives	0		0
Total assets	100.2		0
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	0		0
Derivatives	0		0
Total liabilities	0		0
Recurring [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Settlement Assets [Abstract]
State and municipal debt securities	874.2		1,003.7
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	865.0		463.3
Other debt securities	11.3		47.8
Other Assets [Abstract]
Short-term bond mutual fund	0
Derivatives	224.3		96.8
Total assets	1,974.8		1,611.6
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	4,343.2		4,200.8
Derivatives	223.4		86.1
Total liabilities	4,566.6		4,286.9
Recurring [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Settlement Assets [Abstract]
State and municipal debt securities	0		0
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	0		0
Other debt securities	0		0
Other Assets [Abstract]
Short-term bond mutual fund	0
Derivatives	0		0
Total assets	0		0
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	0		0
Derivatives	0		0
Total liabilities	$ 0		$ 0

[1] As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of quarterly results

Summarized quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in millions, except per share data):

2013 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	1,325.4	$	1,385.9	$	1,408.8	$	1,421.9	$	5,542.0
Expenses (a) (b)	1,028.5		1,109.1		1,113.5		1,183.5		4,434.6
Operating income	296.9		276.8		295.3		238.4		1,107.4
Other expense, net	46.7		44.6		43.6		45.6		180.5
Income before income taxes	250.2		232.2		251.7		192.8		926.9
Provision for income taxes	38.2		33.6		37.3		19.4		128.5
Net income	$	212.0	$	198.6	$	214.4	$	173.4	$	798.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Diluted	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	567.6		555.7		552.1		551.2		556.6
Diluted	569.7		558.3		555.8		555.0		559.7
____________

(a) Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(b) Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

2012 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,393.4	$	1,425.1	$	1,421.6	$	1,424.7	$	5,664.8
Expenses (c) (d)	1,060.9		1,079.2		1,056.0		1,138.7		4,334.8
Operating income	332.5		345.9		365.6		286.0		1,330.0
Other expense, net	42.4		35.8		41.8		41.2		161.2
Income before income taxes	290.1		310.1		323.8		244.8		1,168.8
Provision for income taxes	42.8		38.9		54.3		6.9		142.9
Net income	$	247.3	$	271.2	$	269.5	$	237.9	$	1,025.9
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.70
Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.69
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	619.1		610.9		601.5		588.0		604.9
Diluted	621.9		613.1		604.2		590.2		607.4
____________

(c) Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(d) Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

The following table provides the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding (in millions):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	556.6	604.9	630.6
Common stock equivalents	3.1	2.5	3.6
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	559.7	607.4	634.2

Settlement assets and obligations

Settlement assets and obligations consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Settlement assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	538.6	$	574.5
Receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers	981.3		1,025.3
Investment securities	1,750.5		1,514.8
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6
Settlement obligations:
Money transfer, money order and payment service payables	$	2,376.6	$	2,297.1
Payables to agents	893.8		817.5
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6

Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Equipment	$	416.1		$	384.6
Buildings	82.3			80.0
Leasehold improvements	80.3			65.6
Furniture and fixtures	33.3			33.4
Land and improvements	16.9			16.9
Projects in process	9.6			0.1
	638.5			580.6
Less accumulated depreciation	(428.6		)	(384.5		)
Property and equipment, net	$	209.9		$	196.1

Components of other intangible assets

The following table provides the components of other intangible assets (in millions):

	December 31, 2013					December 31, 2012
	Weighted- Average Amortization Period (in years)	Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization		Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization
Acquired contracts	11.2	$	632.0	$	414.3	$	627.2	$	466.2
Capitalized contract costs	5.9	528.5		315.2		457.2		303.7
Internal use software	3.2	264.9		65.1		221.0		54.7
Acquired trademarks	22.7	38.0		25.3		43.4		28.4
Projects in process	3.0	9.6		9.6		15.4		15.4
Other intangibles	2.6	33.1		4.3		34.4		10.5
Total other intangible assets	8.0	$	1,506.1	$	833.8	$	1,398.6	$	878.9

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are presented on a consolidated basis and include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Consistent with industry practice, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are unclassified due to the short-term nature of the Company's settlement obligations contrasted with the Company's ability to invest cash awaiting settlement in long-term investment securities.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The Company consolidates financial results when it has both the power to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the ability to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The Company utilizes the equity method of accounting when it is able to exercise significant influence over the entity's operations, which generally occurs when the Company has an ownership interest of between 20% and 50% in an entity.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Unvested shares of restricted stock are excluded from basic shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options at the presented dates are exercised and shares of restricted stock have vested, using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes proceeds from the exercise price of stock options, the unamortized compensation expense and assumed tax benefits of options and restricted stock are available to acquire shares at an average market price throughout the period, and therefore, reduce the dilutive effect.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair values of its assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in accordance with the hierarchy described below. The fair values of the assets and liabilities held in the Company's defined benefit plan trust ("Trust") are recognized or disclosed utilizing the same hierarchy. The following three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

• Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. For most of these assets, the Company utilizes pricing services that use multiple prices as inputs to determine daily market values. In addition, the Trust has other investments that fall within Level 2 that are valued at net asset value which is not quoted on an active market; however, the unit price is based on underlying investments which are traded on an active market. Further, these investments have no redemption restrictions, and redemptions can generally be done monthly or quarterly with required notice ranging from three to 60 days.

• Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include items where the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has Level 3 assets that are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis related to the Company's business combinations, where the values of the intangible assets and goodwill acquired in a purchase are derived utilizing one of the three recognized approaches: the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach.

Carrying amounts for many of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, settlement cash and cash equivalents, and settlement receivables and settlement obligations approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Investment securities and derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and included in Note 8. Fixed rate notes are carried at their original issuance values as adjusted over time to accrete that value to par, except for portions of notes hedged by interest rate swap agreements as disclosed in Note 14. The fair values of fixed rate notes are also disclosed in Note 8 and are based on market quotations. For more information on the fair value of financial instruments, see Note 8.

The fair values of non-financial assets and liabilities related to the Company's business combinations are disclosed in Note 4. The fair values of financial assets and liabilities related to the Trust are disclosed in Note 11.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for all business combinations where control over another entity is obtained using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that most assets (both tangible and intangible), liabilities (including contingent consideration), and remaining noncontrolling interests be recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets less liabilities and noncontrolling interests is recognized as goodwill. Certain adjustments to the assessed fair values of the assets, liabilities, or noncontrolling interests made subsequent to the acquisition date, but within the measurement period, which is one year or less, are recorded as adjustments to goodwill. Any adjustments subsequent to the measurement period are recorded in income. Any cost or equity method interest that the Company holds in the acquired company prior to the acquisition is remeasured to fair value at acquisition with a resulting gain or loss recognized in income for the difference between fair value and existing book value. Results of operations of the acquired company are included in the Company's results from the date of the acquisition forward and include amortization expense arising from acquired intangible assets. The Company expenses all costs as incurred related to or involved with an acquisition in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments (other than those included in settlement assets) with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase (that are readily convertible to cash) are considered to be cash equivalents and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with various financial institutions, including a portion in money market funds. The Company limits the concentration of its cash and cash equivalents with any one institution. The Company regularly reviews investment concentrations and credit worthiness of these institutions, and has relationships with a globally diversified list of banks and financial institutions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the related receivable balance will not be collected based on its history of collection experience, known collection issues, such as agent suspensions and bankruptcies, and other matters the Company identifies in its routine collection monitoring.

Settlement Assets and Obligations

Settlement Assets and Obligations

Settlement assets represent funds received or to be received from agents for unsettled money transfers, money orders and consumer payments. The Company records corresponding settlement obligations relating to amounts payable under money transfers, money orders and consumer payment service arrangements. Settlement assets and obligations also include amounts receivable from, and payable to, customers for the value of their cross-currency payment transactions related to the Business Solutions segment.

Settlement assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers, and investment securities. Cash received by Western Union agents generally becomes available to the Company within one week after initial receipt by the agent. Cash equivalents consist of short-term time deposits, commercial paper and other highly liquid investments. Receivables from selling agents represent funds collected by such agents, but in transit to the Company. Western Union has a large and diverse agent base, thereby reducing the credit risk of the Company from any one agent. In addition, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its agents' financial condition and credit worthiness. See Note 7 for information concerning the Company's investment securities.

Receivables from Business Solutions customers arise from cross-currency payment transactions in the Business Solutions segment. Receivables occur when funds have been paid out to a beneficiary but not yet received from the customer. Aside from these receivables, the credit risk associated with spot foreign currency exchange contracts is largely mitigated, as in most cases the Company requires the receipt of funds from customers before releasing the associated cross-currency payment.

Settlement obligations consist of money transfer, money order and payment service payables and payables to agents. Money transfer payables represent amounts to be paid to transferees when they request their funds. Money order payables represent amounts not yet presented for payment. Most agents typically settle with transferees first and then obtain reimbursement from the Company. Payment service payables represent amounts to be paid to utility companies, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and others. Due to the agent funding and settlement process, payables to agents represent amounts due to agents for money transfers that have been settled with transferees.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets (generally three to 10 years for equipment and furniture and fixtures, and 30 years for buildings) or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs, which do not extend the useful life of the respective assets, are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of tangible and other intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed arising from business combinations.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In such reviews, estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying values to determine if a write-down to fair value (normally measured by the present value technique) is required.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily consist of acquired contracts, contract costs (primarily amounts paid to agents in connection with establishing and renewing long-term contracts) and software. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract or benefit periods. Included in the Consolidated Statements of Income is amortization expense of $198.6 million, $184.4 million and $131.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Acquired contracts include customer and contractual relationships and networks of subagents that are recognized in connection with the Company's acquisitions.

The Company capitalizes initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts to the extent recoverable through future operations or penalties in the case of early termination. The Company's accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given contract to the lesser of the estimated future cash flows from the contract or the termination fees the Company would receive in the event of early termination of the contract.

The Company purchases and develops software that is used in providing services and in performing administrative functions. Software development costs are capitalized once technological feasibility of the software has been established. Costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Technological feasibility is established when the Company has completed all planning and designing activities that are necessary to determine that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements. Capitalization of costs ceases when the product is available for general use. Software development costs and purchased software are generally amortized over a term of three to five years.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from consumer money transfer transaction fees that are based on the principal amount of the money transfer and the locations from and to which funds are transferred. The Company also offers several global payments services, including payments from consumers or businesses to other businesses. Transaction fees are set by the Company and recorded as revenue at the time of sale.

In certain consumer money transfer and Business Solutions transactions involving different send and receive currencies, the Company generates revenue based on the difference between the exchange rate set by the Company to the consumer or business and the rate at which the Company or its agents are able to acquire the currency. This foreign exchange revenue is recorded at the time the related consumer money transfer transaction fee revenue is recognized or at the time a customer initiates a transaction through the Company's Business Solutions payment service operations.

Cost of Services

Cost of Services

Cost of services primarily consists of agent commissions and expenses for call centers, settlement operations and related information technology costs. Expenses within these functions include personnel, software, equipment, telecommunications, bank fees, depreciation, amortization and other expenses incurred in connection with providing money transfer and other payment services.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be determined based on the expected future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation

The United States dollar is the functional currency for substantially all of the Company's businesses. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those businesses for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into United States dollars based on exchange rates at the end of the year. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the translation of assets and liabilities of these businesses are included as a component of "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities of businesses for which the United States dollar is the functional currency are remeasured based on exchange rates at the end of the period, and the resulting remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in net income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities of these operations are remeasured at historical rates in effect when the asset was recognized or the liability was incurred.

Derivatives

Derivatives

The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers. The Company recognizes all derivatives in the "Other assets" and "Other liabilities" captions in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value. All cash flows associated with derivatives are included in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, except for cash flows associated with foreign currency forward contracts entered into in order to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, which are recorded in investing activities.

• Cash Flow hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss." Cash flow hedges consist of foreign currency hedging of forecasted revenues, as well as hedges of the forecasted issuance of fixed rate debt. Derivative fair value changes that are captured in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" are reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods the hedged item affects earnings, to the extent the change in the fair value of the instrument is effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged item. The portions of the change in fair value that are either considered ineffective or are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net."

• Fair Value hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges of fixed rate debt are recorded in "Interest expense." The offsetting change in value of the related debt instrument attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate is also recorded in "Interest expense."

• Undesignated - Derivative contracts entered into to reduce the variability related to (a) money transfer settlement assets and obligations, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, and (b) certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and changes in their fair value are included in "Selling, general and administrative." In addition, changes in fair value of derivative contracts, consisting of forward contracts with maturities of less than one year entered into to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded in "Derivative gains/(losses), net." The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts) as part of a broader foreign currency portfolio, including significant spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. The changes in fair value related to these contracts are recorded in "Foreign exchange revenues."

The fair value of the Company's derivatives is derived from standardized models that use market based inputs (e.g., forward prices for foreign currency).

The details of each designated hedging relationship are formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the risk management objective, hedging strategy, hedged item, specific risks being hedged, the derivative instrument, how effectiveness is being assessed and how ineffectiveness, if any, will be measured. The derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair value of the hedged item, and effectiveness is evaluated quarterly on a retrospective and prospective basis.

The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates, primarily the euro, and to a lesser degree the Canadian dollar, British pound, Australian dollar, Swiss franc, and other currencies, related to forecasted money transfer revenues and on money transfer settlement assets and obligations. The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. Additionally, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in market rates both prior to and subsequent to the issuance of debt. The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers.

The Company executes derivatives with established financial institutions, with the substantial majority of these financial institutions having credit ratings of "A-" or better from a major credit rating agency. The Company also writes Business Solutions derivatives mostly with small and medium size enterprises. The primary credit risk inherent in derivative agreements represents the possibility that a loss may occur from the nonperformance of a counterparty to the agreements. The Company performs a review of the credit risk of these counterparties at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. The Company also monitors the concentration of its contracts with any individual counterparty. The Company anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements, but takes action (including termination of contracts) when doubt arises about the counterparties' ability to perform. The Company's hedged foreign currency exposures are in liquid currencies; consequently, there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the hedging program would not be available in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company currently has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted and unrestricted stock units to employees and non-employee directors of the Company who perform services for the Company. In addition, the Company has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options and stock unit awards to non-employee directors of the Company.

All stock-based compensation to employees is required to be measured at fair value and expensed over the requisite service period and also requires an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense. The Company recognizes compensation expense on awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Refer to Note 16 for additional discussion regarding details of the Company's stock-based compensation plans.

Severance and Other Related Expenses

Severance and Other Related Expenses

The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance for severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and other costs are generally recognized when the liability is incurred. The Company also evaluates impairment issues associated with restructuring and other activities when the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, in accordance with the appropriate accounting guidance.

Investment Securities

Investment Securities

Investment securities included in "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of highly-rated state and municipal debt securities, including variable rate demand notes. Variable rate demand note securities can be put (sold at par) typically on a daily basis with settlement periods ranging from the same day to one week, but have varying maturities through 2051. Generally, these securities are used by the Company for short-term liquidity needs and are held for short periods of time, typically less than 30 days. The Company is required to hold specific highly-rated, investment grade securities and such investments are restricted to satisfy outstanding settlement obligations in accordance with applicable state and foreign country requirements.

During the third quarter of 2013, the Company invested in a short-term bond mutual fund which holds a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, with a combined average maturity of less than one year. This investment can be redeemed daily. The fair value of this investment, which is included in "Other assets" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $100.2 million as of December 31, 2013.

The substantial majority of the Company's investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. Investment securities are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates and credit risk. Western Union regularly monitors credit risk and attempts to mitigate its exposure by investing in highly-rated securities and through investment diversification. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the Company's investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency.

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of related deferred taxes. Proceeds from the sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $19.0 billion, $16.3 billion and $14.2 billion, respectively.

Gains and losses on investments are calculated using the specific-identification method and are recognized during the period in which the investment is sold or when an investment experiences an other-than-temporary decline in value. Factors that could indicate an impairment exists include, but are not limited to: earnings performance, changes in credit rating or adverse changes in the regulatory or economic environment of the asset. If potential impairment exists, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the debt security, more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery or expects that some of the contractual cash flows will not be received. The Company had no material other-than-temporary impairments during the periods presented.

Foreign Currency — Consumer-to-Consumer

Foreign Currency — Consumer-to-Consumer

The Company's policy is to use longer-term foreign currency forward contracts, with maturities of up to 36 months at inception and a targeted weighted-average maturity of approximately one year, to mitigate some of the risk that changes in foreign currency exchange rates compared to the United States dollar could have on forecasted revenues denominated in other currencies related to its business. As of December 31, 2013, the Company's longer-term foreign currency forward contracts had maturities of a maximum of 24 months with a weighted-average maturity of approximately one year. These contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges of forecasted revenue, with effectiveness assessed based on changes in the spot rate of the affected currencies during the period of designation. Accordingly, all changes in the fair value of the hedges not considered effective or portions of the hedge that are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net" within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company also uses short duration foreign currency forward contracts, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations between initiation and settlement. In addition, forward contracts, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are utilized to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions. None of these contracts are designated as accounting hedges.

Foreign Currency — Business Solutions

Foreign Currency — Business Solutions

The Company writes derivatives, primarily foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts, mostly with small and medium size enterprises and derives a currency spread from this activity as part of its Business Solutions operations. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts). The derivatives written are part of the broader portfolio of foreign currency positions arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations, which primarily include spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. Foreign exchange revenues from the total portfolio of positions were $355.5 million, $332.0 million, and $154.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. None of the derivative contracts used in Business Solutions operations are designated as accounting hedges. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year.

Interest Rate Hedging — Corporate

Interest Rate Hedging — Corporate

The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The Company designates these derivatives as fair value hedges. The change in fair value of the interest rate swaps is offset by a change in the carrying value of the debt being hedged within "Borrowings" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income has been adjusted to include the effects of interest accrued on the swaps.

The Company, at times, utilizes derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in the fixed-rate coupon of the debt expected to be issued. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

XML

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant - Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	$ 1,088.6	$ 1,185.3	$ 1,174.9
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(80.2)	(60.9)	(52.8)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(341.3)	(258.2)	(1,360.3)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3	742.8	696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0)	0	(696.3)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	0	(297.0)	297.0
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9	53.4	100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2)	(254.2)	(194.2)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7)	(766.5)	(803.9)
Net cash used in financing activities	(450.7)	(521.5)	(601.1)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	296.6	405.6	(786.5)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	1,776.5	1,370.9	2,157.4
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	2,073.1	1,776.5	1,370.9
Parent Company [Member]
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	689.1	228.3	698.1
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(8.5)	(3.3)	(4.2)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(108.5)	(3.3)	(4.2)
Cash flows from financing activities
Advances from/(to) subsidiaries, net	(362.2)	679.1	(180.9)
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3	742.8	696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0)	0	(696.3)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	0	(297.0)	297.0
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9	53.4	100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2)	(254.2)	(194.2)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7)	(766.5)	(803.9)
Net cash used in financing activities	(812.9)	157.6	(782.0)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(232.3)	382.6	(88.1)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	383.7	1.1	89.2
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$ 151.4	$ 383.7	$ 1.1

XML

Acquisitions (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	$ 3,179.7	$ 3,198.9
Purchase price adjustments		(22.0)
Currency translation	(7.7)	2.8
Goodwill, ending balance	3,172.0	3,179.7
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	1,947.7	1,945.3
Purchase price adjustments		2.4
Currency translation	0	0
Goodwill, ending balance	1,947.7	1,947.7
Consumer-to-Business [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	221.1	224.9
Purchase price adjustments		0
Currency translation	(6.4)	(3.8)
Goodwill, ending balance	214.7	221.1
Business Solutions [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	996.0	1,013.7
Purchase price adjustments		(24.4)
Currency translation	0	6.7
Goodwill, ending balance	996.0	996.0
Other [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	14.9	15.0
Purchase price adjustments		0
Currency translation	(1.3)	(0.1)
Goodwill, ending balance	$ 13.6	$ 14.9

XML

Formation of the Entity and Basis of Presentation (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Net assets subject to limitations	$ 335
Minimum [Member]
Entity Location [Line Items]
Number of countries and territories where services are primarily available through a network of agent locations (in countries and territories)	200

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses [Abstract]

Schedule of productivity and cost-savings initiatives accrual by type of cost

The following table summarizes the activity for the employee termination benefits and other costs related to the productivity and cost-savings initiatives accruals as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Severance, Outplacement and Related Benefits			Other (b)			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses (a)	28.9			2.0			30.9
Cash payments	(5.2		)	(0.4		)	(5.6		)
Non-cash benefit (a)	2.0			—			2.0
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	25.7		$	1.6		$	27.3
Expenses (a)	40.8			16.1			56.9
Cash payments	(25.3		)	(16.5		)	(41.8		)
Non-cash benefit/(expense) (a)	4.2			(0.2		)	4.0
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	45.4		$	1.0		$	46.4
Total expenses	$	69.7		$	18.1		$	87.8
____________

(a) Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

(b) Other expenses primarily related to the relocation of various operations to new and existing Company facilities and third-party providers including expenses for hiring, training, relocation, travel and professional fees. All such expenses were recorded when incurred.

Schedule of productivity and cost-savings initiatives and restructuring and related expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income

The following table presents expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives and restructuring activities as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives				Restructuring and Related Expenses
Cost of services	$	24.3	$	5.5	$	10.6
Selling, general and administrative	32.6		25.4		36.2
Total expenses, pre-tax	$	56.9	$	30.9	$	46.8
Total expenses, net of tax	$	40.2	$	20.2	$	32.0

Schedule of productivity and cost-savings initiatives expenses incurred by reportable segment

The following table summarizes expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives incurred by reportable segment (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business		Business Solutions		Other		Total
2012 expenses	$	20.9	$	4.0	$	—	$	6.0	$	30.9
2013 expenses	43.8		5.4		3.6		4.1		56.9
Total expenses	$	64.7	$	9.4	$	3.6	$	10.1	$	87.8

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Schedule of identifiable intangible assets

The valuation of assets acquired was derived using primarily unobservable Level 3 inputs, which require significant management judgment and estimation, and resulted in identifiable intangible assets as follows (in millions):

	Travelex Global Business Payments (a)		Finint S.r.l.		Angelo Costa S.r.l.
Customer and other contractual relationships	$	264.5	$	—	$	—
Network of subagents	—		53.9		44.6
Other	49.7		10.9		6.8
Total identifiable intangible assets	$	314.2	$	64.8	$	51.4

____________________

(a) Amounts include the impact of the acquisition of the French assets of TGBP on May 4, 2012.

Schedule of changes to goodwill

The following table presents changes to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business			Business Solutions			Other			Total
January 1, 2012 balance	$	1,945.3	$	224.9		$	1,013.7		$	15.0		$	3,198.9
Purchase price adjustments	2.4		—			(24.4		)	—			(22.0		)
Currency translation	—		(3.8		)	6.7			(0.1		)	2.8
December 31, 2012 balance	$	1,947.7	$	221.1		$	996.0		$	14.9		$	3,179.7
Currency translation	—		(6.4		)	—			(1.3		)	(7.7		)
December 31, 2013 balance	$	1,947.7	$	214.7		$	996.0		$	13.6		$	3,172.0

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock	Capital Surplus	Retained Earnings	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ 582.7	$ 6.5	$ 117.4	$ 591.6	$ (132.8)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010		654.0
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	1,165.4			1,165.4
Stock-based compensation	31.2		31.2
Common stock dividends	(194.2)			(194.2)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares, shares	(40.3)	(40.5)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(803.2)	(0.4)		(802.8)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans, shares		5.9
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	98.8	0.1	98.7
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	(0.2)		(0.2)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities, net of tax	1.8				1.8
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, net of tax	27.0				27.0
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	(2.0)				(2.0)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	(12.5)				(12.5)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	894.8	6.2	247.1	760.0	(118.5)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		619.4
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	1,025.9			1,025.9
Stock-based compensation	34.0		34.0
Common stock dividends	(254.2)			(254.2)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares, shares	(51.0)	(51.3)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(777.5)	(0.5)		(777.0)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans, shares		4.0
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	51.9	0	51.9
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	(0.2)		(0.2)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities, net of tax	2.8				2.8
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, net of tax	(27.0)				(27.0)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	(2.2)				(2.2)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	(7.7)				(7.7)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	940.6	5.7	332.8	754.7	(152.6)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012		572.1
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	798.4			798.4
Stock-based compensation	34.2		34.2
Common stock dividends	(277.2)			(277.2)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares, shares	(25.7)	(26.1)
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	(398.8)	(0.2)		(398.6)
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans, shares		2.8
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans	28.6	0	28.6
Tax adjustments from employee stock option plans	(4.7)		(4.7)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities, net of tax	(3.6)				(3.6)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, net of tax	(11.1)				(11.1)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	(13.1)				(13.1)
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment, net of tax	11.4				11.4
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 1,104.7	$ 5.5	$ 390.9	$ 877.3	$ (169.0)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2013		548.8

XML

Investment Securities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Marketable Securities [Abstract]

Components of investment securities

The components of investment securities are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	868.1	$	874.2	$	7.8	$	(1.7	)	$	6.1
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	865.0		865.0		—		—			—
Other debt securities	11.2		11.3		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5	$	7.9	$	(1.7	)	$	6.2
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.0		100.2		0.2		—			0.2
	$	1,844.3	$	1,850.7	$	8.1	$	(1.7	)	$	6.4
December 31, 2012	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	991.5	$	1,003.7	$	12.5	$	(0.3	)	$	12.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	463.3		463.3		—		—			—
Other debt securities	47.7		47.8		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,502.5	$	1,514.8	$	12.6	$	(0.3	)	$	12.3

____________

(a) The majority of these securities are fixed rate instruments.

Contractual maturities of investment securities

The following summarizes the contractual maturities of settlement-related debt securities as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due within 1 year	$	187.6	$	188.4
Due after 1 year through 5 years	425.2		429.1
Due after 5 years through 10 years	306.7		308.1
Due after 10 years	824.8		824.9
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5

XML

Derivatives (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	$ 224.3	$ 96.8
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	223.4	86.1
Designated hedges [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	22.5	23.9
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	35.5	17.6
Designated hedges [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	11.4	13.1
Designated hedges [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	7.8	0
Designated hedges [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	11.1	10.8
Designated hedges [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	27.7	17.6
Undesignated hedges [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	201.8	72.9
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	187.9	68.5
Undesignated hedges [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	0.6	1.0
Undesignated hedges [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	1.7	2.0
Undesignated hedges [Member] | Business Solutions [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	201.2	71.9
Undesignated hedges [Member] | Business Solutions [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member]
Fair Value Of Derivatives [Abstract]
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	$ 186.2	$ 66.5

XML

Borrowings (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Borrowings

The Company’s outstanding borrowings consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Due in less than one year:
Floating rate notes (a)	$	—		$	300.0
6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 (b)	500.0			500.0
Due in greater than one year (b):
Floating rate notes due 2015 (c)	250.0			—
2.375% notes due 2015 (d)	250.0			250.0
5.930% notes due 2016 (d)	1,000.0			1,000.0
2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 (b)	500.0			500.0
3.650% notes due 2018 (d)	400.0			400.0
3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 (e)	250.0			—
5.253% notes due 2020 (d)	324.9			324.9
6.200% notes due 2036 (d)	500.0			500.0
6.200% notes due 2040 (d)	250.0			250.0
Other borrowings	5.7			5.8
Total borrowings at par value	4,230.6			4,030.7
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments, net (b)	0.9			20.2
Unamortized discount, net	(18.5		)	(21.7		)
Total borrowings at carrying value (f)	$	4,213.0		$	4,029.2

____________________ 

(a) The floating rate notes due in March 2013 were repaid using the Company's cash, including cash generated from operations and proceeds from the Company's issuance of the fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017.

(b) The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes’ stated rate.

(c) On August 22, 2013, the Company issued$250.0 millionof aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.

(d) The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.

(e) On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.

(f) As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended					12 Months Ended				15 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives by segment
Expenses	$ 33.0	$ 6.2	$ 13.5	$ 4.2	$ 30.9	$ 56.9	[1]	$ 30.9	[1]	$ 87.8
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives by segment
Expenses						43.8		20.9		64.7
Consumer-to-Business [Member]
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives by segment
Expenses						5.4		4.0		9.4
Business Solutions [Member]
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives by segment
Expenses						3.6		0		3.6
Other [Member]
Productivity and cost-savings initiatives by segment
Expenses						$ 4.1		$ 6.0		$ 10.1

[1] Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Reconciliation of pension amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Accrued benefit liability	$ (70.4)	$ (102.1)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)	187.0	206.8
Net amount recognized	116.6	104.7
Components of the net periodic benefit cost
Interest cost	12.1	14.7	17.9
Expected return on plan assets	(20.7)	(20.8)	(21.3)
Amortization of actuarial loss	12.4	10.5	8.1
Net periodic benefit cost	$ 3.8	$ 4.4	$ 4.7

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Sep. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees																					$ 4,065.8		$ 4,210.0		$ 4,220.2
Foreign exchange revenues																					1,348.0		1,332.7		1,151.2
Other revenues																					128.2		122.1		120.0
Total revenues	1,421.9		1,408.8		1,385.9		1,325.4		1,424.7		1,421.6		1,425.1		1,393.4						5,542.0		5,664.8		5,491.4
Expenses:
Cost of services																					3,235.0		3,194.2		3,102.0
Selling, general and administrative																					1,199.6		1,140.6		1,004.4
Total expenses	1,183.5	[1],[2]	1,113.5	[1],[2]	1,109.1	[1],[2]	1,028.5	[1],[2]	1,138.7	[3],[4]	1,056.0	[3]	1,079.2	[3]	1,060.9	[3]					4,434.6	[1],[2],[5]	4,334.8	[3],[4],[5]	4,106.4	[5]
Operating income	238.4		295.3		276.8		296.9		286.0		365.6		345.9		332.5						1,107.4		1,330.0		1,385.0
Other income/(expense):
Interest income																					9.4		5.5		5.2
Interest expense																					(195.6)		(179.6)		(181.9)
Derivative gains/(losses), net																					(1.3)		0.5		14.0
Other income, net																					7.0		12.4		52.3
Total other expense, net	(45.6)		(43.6)		(44.6)		(46.7)		(41.2)		(41.8)		(35.8)		(42.4)						(180.5)		(161.2)		(110.4)
Income before income taxes	192.8		251.7		232.2		250.2		244.8		323.8		310.1		290.1						926.9		1,168.8		1,274.6
Provision for income taxes	19.4		37.3		33.6		38.2		6.9		54.3		38.9		42.8						128.5		142.9		109.2
Net income	$ 173.4		$ 214.4		$ 198.6		$ 212.0		$ 237.9		$ 269.5		$ 271.2		$ 247.3						$ 798.4		$ 1,025.9		$ 1,165.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$ 0.31		$ 0.39		$ 0.36		$ 0.37		$ 0.40		$ 0.45		$ 0.44		$ 0.40						$ 1.43		$ 1.70		$ 1.85
Diluted	$ 0.31		$ 0.39		$ 0.36		$ 0.37		$ 0.40		$ 0.45		$ 0.44		$ 0.40						$ 1.43		$ 1.69		$ 1.84
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	551.2		552.1		555.7		567.6		588.0		601.5		610.9		619.1						556.6		604.9		630.6
Diluted	555.0		555.8		558.3		569.7		590.2		604.2		613.1		621.9						559.7		607.4		634.2
Cash dividends declared per common share	$ 0.125		$ 0.125		$ 0.125		$ 0.125		$ 0.125		$ 0.1		$ 0.1		$ 0.1		$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.5		$ 0.425		$ 0.31

[1] Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[2] Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[3] Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[4] Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[5] As further described in Note 6, total expenses include amounts for related parties of $80.6 million, $95.0 million and $190.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 38.3	$ 46.8
Provision for doubtful accounts	50.1	44.9	24.3
Goodwill impairment loss	0	0	0
Amortization expense	198.6	184.4	131.6
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, 2014	210.0
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, 2015	151.0
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, 2016	134.0
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, 2017	102.5
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, 2018	54.0
Estimated future aggregate amortization expense, thereafter	182.3
Impairment of intangible assets excluding goodwill		0	0
Advertising costs	$ 165.1	$ 177.5	$ 174.8
Minimum [Member] | Hedge funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Redemption frequency	1 month
Redemption notice period	3 days
Minimum [Member] | Hedge funds [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Redemption frequency	1 month
Redemption notice period	3 days
Maximum [Member] | Hedge funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Redemption frequency	3 months
Redemption notice period	60 days
Maximum [Member] | Hedge funds [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Redemption frequency	3 months
Redemption notice period	60 days

XML

Segments (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Revenue:
Revenues	$ 1,421.9	$ 1,408.8	$ 1,385.9	$ 1,325.4	$ 1,424.7	$ 1,421.6	$ 1,425.1	$ 1,393.4	$ 5,542.0	$ 5,664.8	$ 5,491.4
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets	209.9				196.1				209.9	196.1	198.1
United States [Member]
Revenue:
Revenues									1,523.7	1,593.1	1,568.6
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets	156.6				148.2				156.6	148.2	152.1
International [Member]
Revenue:
Revenues									4,018.3	4,071.7	3,922.8
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets	$ 53.3				$ 47.9				$ 53.3	$ 47.9	$ 46.0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Accumulated depreciation	$ 428.6	$ 384.5
Accumulated amortization	$ 672.3	$ 519.7
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	2,000,000,000	2,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	548,800,000	572,100,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	548,800,000	572,100,000

XML

Segments (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Segment (Numeric) [Abstract]
Number of operating segments									3
Restructuring and related expenses									$ 0	$ 0	$ 46.8
Travelex Global Business Payments [Member]
Segment (Numeric) [Abstract]
TGBP integration expenses	5.4	3.8	6.2	3.9	11.6	10.3	14.5	6.4	19.3	42.8	4.8
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Segment (Numeric) [Abstract]
Number of geographic regions in segment									5
Restructuring and related expenses											33.7
Number of regions in revenue split									2
Percentage utilized to split revenue for transactions initiated and paid in different regions									50.00%
Percentage utilized to split revenue for Consumer-to-Consumer transactions initiated and paid in the same region									100.00%
Consumer-to-Business [Member]
Segment (Numeric) [Abstract]
Restructuring and related expenses											6.2
Percentage utilized to allocate revenue to the country where the transaction is initiated									100.00%
Business Solutions [Member]
Segment (Numeric) [Abstract]
Restructuring and related expenses											$ 5.0
Percentage utilized to allocate revenue to the country where the transaction is initiated									100.00%

XML

Investment Securities (Details Numeric) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Additional available-for-sale Securities (Numeric)
Available-for-sale Securities	$ 1,850,700,000	$ 1,514,800,000
Proceeds from sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities	19,000,000,000	16,300,000,000	14,200,000,000
Maximum [Member]
Additional available-for-sale Securities (Numeric)
Variable rate demand notes, maximum maturity year	2051
Variable rate demand notes, period of time held	30 days
Short-term Investments [Member]
Additional available-for-sale Securities (Numeric)
Available-for-sale Securities	$ 100,200,000

XML

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant - Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Sep. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Parent Company
Revenues	$ 1,421.9		$ 1,408.8		$ 1,385.9		$ 1,325.4		$ 1,424.7		$ 1,421.6		$ 1,425.1		$ 1,393.4		$ 5,542.0		$ 5,664.8		$ 5,491.4
Expenses	1,183.5	[1],[2]	1,113.5	[1],[2]	1,109.1	[1],[2]	1,028.5	[1],[2]	1,138.7	[3],[4]	1,056.0	[3]	1,079.2	[3]	1,060.9	[3]	4,434.6	[1],[2],[5]	4,334.8	[3],[4],[5]	4,106.4	[5]
Operating income	238.4		295.3		276.8		296.9		286.0		365.6		345.9		332.5		1,107.4		1,330.0		1,385.0
Investment Income, Net																	9.4		5.5		5.2
Interest expense																	(195.6)		(179.6)		(181.9)
Other expense																	7.0		12.4		52.3
Income before income taxes	192.8		251.7		232.2		250.2		244.8		323.8		310.1		290.1		926.9		1,168.8		1,274.6
Income tax benefit	(19.4)		(37.3)		(33.6)		(38.2)		(6.9)		(54.3)		(38.9)		(42.8)		(128.5)		(142.9)		(109.2)
Net income	173.4		214.4		198.6		212.0		237.9		269.5		271.2		247.3		798.4		1,025.9		1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax																	(16.4)		(34.1)		14.3
Comprehensive income																	782.0		991.8		1,179.7
Parent Company [Member]
Parent Company
Revenues																	0		0		0
Expenses																	0		0		0
Operating income																	0		0		0
Investment Income, Net																	0.4		0.2		0.1
Interest expense																	(195.7)		(178.6)		(181.0)
Other expense																	0		0		(0.1)
Income before income taxes																	(195.3)		(178.4)		(181.0)
Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of tax																	919.0		1,136.1		1,276.7
Income tax benefit																	74.7		68.2		69.7
Net income																	798.4		1,025.9		1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax																	2.2		2.0		(11.7)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) of affiliates, net of tax																	(18.6)		(36.1)		26.0
Comprehensive income																	$ 782.0		$ 991.8		$ 1,179.7

[1] Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[2] Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[3] Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

[4] Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

[5] As further described in Note 6, total expenses include amounts for related parties of $80.6 million, $95.0 million and $190.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of pre-tax income

The components of pre-tax income, generally based on the jurisdiction of the legal entity, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Components of pre-tax income:
Domestic	$	(28.4	)	$	94.8	$	423.9
Foreign	955.3			1,074.0		850.7
	$	926.9		$	1,168.8	$	1,274.6

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Federal	$	88.3		$	92.5		$	78.1
State and local	(3.7		)	(14.8		)	4.5
Foreign	43.9			65.2			26.6
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Effective tax rate reconciliation

The Company's effective tax rates differed from statutory rates as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal statutory rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits	0.7	%	0.6	%	2.0	%
Foreign rate differential, net of U.S. tax paid on foreign earnings (9.2%, 5.1% and 1.2%, respectively)	(22.9	)%	(22.5	)%	(14.0	)%
IRS Agreement	—	%	—	%	(16.1	)%
Other	1.1	%	(0.9	)%	1.7	%
Effective tax rate	13.9	%	12.2	%	8.6	%

Components of provision for income taxes, current and deferred

The Company's provision for income taxes consisted of the following components (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	86.1		$	117.2		$	36.2
State and local	8.1			(2.5		)	0.6
Foreign	73.6			63.4			51.2
Total current taxes	167.8			178.1			88.0
Deferred:
Federal	2.2			(24.7		)	41.9
State and local	(11.8		)	(12.3		)	3.9
Foreign	(29.7		)	1.8			(24.6		)
Total deferred taxes	(39.3		)	(35.2		)	21.2
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The following table outlines the principal components of deferred tax items (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets related to:
Reserves, accrued expenses and employee-related items	$	57.0		$	65.7
Pension obligations	25.6			36.7
Tax attribute carryovers	22.3			14.7
Other	26.6			25.3
Valuation allowance	(16.4		)	(13.0		)
Total deferred tax assets	115.1			129.4
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
Intangibles, property and equipment	434.3			481.5
Total deferred tax liabilities	434.3			481.5
Net deferred tax liability	$	319.2		$	352.1

Unrecognized tax benefits reconciliation

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in millions):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	103.2		$	123.7
Increases - positions taken in current period (a)	18.5			13.1
Increases - positions taken in prior periods (b)	15.6			—
Decreases - positions taken in prior periods	(8.7		)	(6.1		)
Decreases - settlements with taxing authorities	(4.1		)	(24.1		)
Decreases - lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(7.0		)	(3.4		)
Balance as of December 31,	$	117.5		$	103.2

____________

(a) Includes recurring accruals for issues which initially arose in previous periods.

(b) Changes to positions taken in prior periods relate to changes in estimates used to calculate prior period unrecognized tax benefits.

XML

Income Taxes (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Provision for Income Taxes
Federal									$ 88.3	$ 92.5	$ 78.1
State and local									(3.7)	(14.8)	4.5
Foreign									43.9	65.2	26.6
Provision for income taxes	$ 19.4	$ 37.3	$ 33.6	$ 38.2	$ 6.9	$ 54.3	$ 38.9	$ 42.8	$ 128.5	$ 142.9	$ 109.2

XML

Derivatives

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivatives

Derivatives

The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates, primarily the euro, and to a lesser degree the Canadian dollar, British pound, Australian dollar, Swiss franc, and other currencies, related to forecasted money transfer revenues and on money transfer settlement assets and obligations. The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. Additionally, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in market rates both prior to and subsequent to the issuance of debt. The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers.

The Company executes derivatives with established financial institutions, with the substantial majority of these financial institutions having credit ratings of "A-" or better from a major credit rating agency. The Company also writes Business Solutions derivatives mostly with small and medium size enterprises. The primary credit risk inherent in derivative agreements represents the possibility that a loss may occur from the nonperformance of a counterparty to the agreements. The Company performs a review of the credit risk of these counterparties at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. The Company also monitors the concentration of its contracts with any individual counterparty. The Company anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements, but takes action (including termination of contracts) when doubt arises about the counterparties' ability to perform. The Company's hedged foreign currency exposures are in liquid currencies; consequently, there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the hedging program would not be available in the future.

Foreign Currency — Consumer-to-Consumer

The Company's policy is to use longer-term foreign currency forward contracts, with maturities of up to 36 months at inception and a targeted weighted-average maturity of approximately one year, to mitigate some of the risk that changes in foreign currency exchange rates compared to the United States dollar could have on forecasted revenues denominated in other currencies related to its business. As of December 31, 2013, the Company's longer-term foreign currency forward contracts had maturities of a maximum of 24 months with a weighted-average maturity of approximately one year. These contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges of forecasted revenue, with effectiveness assessed based on changes in the spot rate of the affected currencies during the period of designation. Accordingly, all changes in the fair value of the hedges not considered effective or portions of the hedge that are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net" within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company also uses short duration foreign currency forward contracts, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations between initiation and settlement. In addition, forward contracts, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are utilized to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions. None of these contracts are designated as accounting hedges.

The aggregate equivalent United States dollar notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Contracts not designated as hedges:
Euro	$	237.4
Canadian dollar	98.0
British pound	52.0
Australian dollar	36.6
Other (a)	157.0
Contracts designated as hedges:
Euro	$	392.8
Canadian dollar	125.3
British pound	85.5
Swiss franc	43.7
Australian dollar	39.2
Other	49.7

____________________

(a) Comprised of exposures to 15 different currencies. None of these individual currency exposures is greater than $25 million.

Foreign Currency — Business Solutions

The Company writes derivatives, primarily foreign currency forward contracts and option contracts, mostly with small and medium size enterprises and derives a currency spread from this activity as part of its Business Solutions operations. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts). The derivatives written are part of the broader portfolio of foreign currency positions arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations, which primarily include spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. Foreign exchange revenues from the total portfolio of positions were $355.5 million, $332.0 million, and $154.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. None of the derivative contracts used in Business Solutions operations are designated as accounting hedges. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year.

The aggregate equivalent United States dollar notional amounts of foreign currency derivative customer contracts held by the Company in its Business Solutions operations as of December 31, 2013 were approximately $5.8 billion. The significant majority of customer contracts are written in major currencies such as the euro, Canadian dollar, British pound, and the Australian dollar.

Interest Rate Hedging — Corporate

The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The Company designates these derivatives as fair value hedges. The change in fair value of the interest rate swaps is offset by a change in the carrying value of the debt being hedged within "Borrowings" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income has been adjusted to include the effects of interest accrued on the swaps.

The Company, at times, utilizes derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in the fixed-rate coupon of the debt expected to be issued. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company held interest rate swaps in an aggregate notional amount of $1,550.0 million and $800.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of this aggregate notional amount held at December 31, 2013, $500.0 million related to notes due in 2014, $250.0 million related to notes due in 2015, $500.0 million related to notes due in 2017, and $300.0 million related to notes due in 2018.

Balance Sheet

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivatives reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Derivative Assets					Derivative Liabilities
		Fair Value					Fair Value
	Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		Balance Sheet Location	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Derivatives — hedges:
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	Other assets	$	11.4	$	13.1	Other liabilities	$	7.8	$	—
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	11.1		10.8		Other liabilities	27.7		17.6
Total		$	22.5	$	23.9		$	35.5	$	17.6
Derivatives — undesignated:
Foreign currency — Business Solutions	Other assets	$	201.2	$	71.9	Other liabilities	$	186.2	$	66.5
Foreign currency — Consumer-to-Consumer	Other assets	0.6		1.0		Other liabilities	1.7		2.0
Total		$	201.8	$	72.9		$	187.9	$	68.5
Total derivatives		$	224.3	$	96.8		$	223.4	$	86.1

The following table summarizes the net fair value of derivatives held as of December 31, 2013 and their expected maturities (in millions):

	Total			2014			2015			2016		2017			2018			Thereafter
Foreign currency cash flow hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	$	(16.6	)	$	(11.5	)	$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Consumer-to-Consumer	(1.1		)	(1.1		)	—			—		—			—			—
Foreign currency undesignated hedges — Business Solutions	15.0			15.0			—			—		—			—			—
Interest rate fair value hedges — Corporate	3.6			11.2			—			—		(2.7		)	(4.9		)	—
Total	$	0.9		$	13.6		$	(5.1	)	$	—	$	(2.7	)	$	(4.9	)	$	—

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities associated with contracts that include netting language that the Company believes to be enforceable have been netted in the following tables to present the Company's net exposure with these counterparties. The Company's rights under these agreements generally allow for transactions to be settled on a net basis, including upon early termination, which could occur upon the counterparty's default, a change in control, or other conditions.

In addition, certain of the Company's other agreements include netting provisions, the enforceability of which may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and depending on the circumstances. Due to the uncertainty related to the enforceability of these provisions, the derivative balances associated with these agreements are included within "Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement" in the following tables. In certain circumstances, the Company may require its Business Solutions customers to maintain collateral balances which may mitigate the risk associated with potential customer defaults.

The following tables summarize the gross and net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in millions):

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	118.4	$	—	$	118.4	$	(93.3	)	$	25.1
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	105.9
Total	$	224.3
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	39.1	$	—	$	39.1	$	(19.6	)	$	19.5
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	57.7
Total	$	96.8

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets		Derivatives Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets			Net Amounts
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	146.1	$	—	$	146.1	$	(93.3	)	$	52.8
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	77.3
Total	$	223.4
December 31, 2012
Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement	$	30.5	$	—	$	30.5	$	(19.6	)	$	10.9
Derivatives that are not or may not be subject to master netting arrangement or similar agreement	55.6
Total	$	86.1

Income Statement

The following tables summarize the location and amount of gains and losses of derivatives in the Consolidated Statements of Income segregated by designated, qualifying hedging instruments and those that are not, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

Fair Value Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives									Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item (a)							Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
	Income Statement Location	Amount								Income Statement Location	Amount						Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012		2011		Hedged  Item		2013		2012		2011			2013		2012		2011
Interest rate contracts	Interest  expense	$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8	Fixed-rate debt	Interest  expense	$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6	Interest  expense	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total gain/(loss)		$	(8.5	)	$	3.9	$	11.8			$	19.3	$	3.7	$	12.6		$	—	$	—	$	—

Cash Flow Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of gains/(losses) from cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized									Gain/(Loss) Reclassified										Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on
	in OCI on Derivatives									from Accumulated OCI into Income										Derivatives (Ineffective Portion and Amount
	(Effective Portion)									(Effective Portion)										Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) (b)
	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount									Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives	2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011				2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	16.4		Revenue	$	10.4		$	13.4		$	(30.3	)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)
Interest rate contracts (c)	—			—			(21.6		)	Interest expense	(3.6		)	(3.6		)	(2.7		)	Interest expense	—			—			—
Total gain/(loss)	$	(3.1	)	$	(20.1	)	$	(5.2	)		$	6.8		$	9.8		$	(33.0	)		$	(0.4	)	$	(0.1	)	$	(10.2	)

Undesignated Hedges

The following table presents the location and amount of net gains/(losses) from undesignated hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

	Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (d)
	Income Statement Location	Amount
Derivatives		2013			2012			2011
Foreign currency contracts (e)	Selling, general and administrative	$	(3.7	)	$	(10.6	)	$	5.9
Foreign currency contracts (f)	Derivative gains/(losses), net	(0.9		)	0.6			21.9
Total gain/(loss)		$	(4.6	)	$	(10.0	)	$	27.8

 ____________________

(a) The 2013 gain of $19.3 million was comprised of a gain in value on the debt of $8.5 million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $10.8 million. The 2012 gain of $3.7 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(3.9) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $7.6 million. The 2011 gain of $12.6 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(11.8) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $24.4 million.

(b) The portion of the change in fair value of a derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment for foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges represents the difference between changes in forward rates and spot rates.

(c) The Company uses derivatives to hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt and records the effective portion of the derivative's fair value in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounts are reclassified to "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes.

(d) The Company uses foreign currency forward and option contracts as part of its Business Solutions payments operations. These derivative contracts are excluded from this table as they are managed as part of a broader currency portfolio that includes non-derivative currency exposures. The gains and losses on these derivatives are included as part of the broader disclosure of portfolio revenue for this business discussed above.

(e) The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to offset foreign exchange rate fluctuations on settlement assets and obligations as well as certain foreign currency denominated positions. Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on settlement assets and obligations and cash balances, not including amounts related to derivatives activity as displayed above, were $(5.4) million, $7.8 million and $(20.5) million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(f) The derivative contracts used in the Company's revenue hedging program are not designated as hedges in the final month of the contract. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into derivative contracts, consisting of foreign currency forward contracts with maturities of less than one year, to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, primarily for the TGBP acquisition, and recorded a net gain of $20.8 million in "Derivatives gains/(losses), net."

An accumulated other comprehensive pre-tax loss of $11.4 million related to the foreign currency forward contracts is expected to be reclassified into revenue within the next 12 months as of December 31, 2013. Approximately $3.6 million of net losses on the forecasted debt issuance hedges are expected to be recognized in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income within the next 12 months as of December 31, 2013. No amounts have been reclassified into earnings as a result of the underlying transaction being considered probable of not occurring within the specified time period.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Reconciliation of the changes in the Plan's projected benefit obligation, fair value of assets, and the funded status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the Plan's projected benefit obligation, fair value of assets and the funded status (in millions):

	2013			2012
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation as of January 1,	$	418.8		$	414.4
Interest cost	12.1			14.7
Actuarial (gain)/loss	(25.4		)	30.2
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Projected benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1,	$	316.7		$	301.7
Actual return on plan assets	2.7			30.5
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Company contributions	15.7			25.0
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31,	295.8			316.7
Funded status of the Plan as of December 31,	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

The following table provides the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accrued benefit liability	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)	187.0			206.8
Net amount recognized	$	116.6		$	104.7

Components of net periodic benefit cost for the Plan

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Plan (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Interest cost	$	12.1		$	14.7		$	17.9
Expected return on plan assets	(20.7		)	(20.8		)	(21.3		)
Amortization of actuarial loss	12.4			10.5			8.1
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3.8		$	4.4		$	4.7

Rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's benefit obligation and net cost

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's benefit obligation were as follows:

	2013		2012
Discount rate	3.91	%	3.03	%

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's net cost were as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Discount rate	3.03	%	3.72	%	4.69	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

Pension plan asset allocations and target allocations based on investment policies

Pension plan asset allocation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and target allocations based on investment policies, were as follows:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of Measurement Date
Asset Class	2013		2012
Equity investments	18	%	16	%
Debt securities	59	%	62	%
Alternative investments	23	%	22	%

	Target Allocation
Equity investments	15%
Debt securities	60%
Alternative investments	25%

Investments of the Trust measured and carried at fair value

The following tables reflect investments of the Trust that were measured and carried at fair value (in millions). For information on how the Company measures fair value, refer to Note 2.

December 31, 2013	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	26.2	$	—	$	—	$	26.2
International (a)	1.5		26.5		—		28.0
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		127.3		—		127.3
U.S. treasury bonds	36.8		—		—		36.8
State and municipal debt securities	—		3.9		—		3.9
Other	—		4.4		—		4.4
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds (c)	—		42.4		—		42.4
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		25.9		25.9
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	294.9
Other assets							0.9
Total investments of the Trust	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	295.8

December 31, 2012	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	24.2	$	—	$	—	$	24.2
International (a)	1.4		25.0		—		26.4
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		131.4		—		131.4
U.S. treasury bonds	52.3		—		—		52.3
State and municipal debt securities	—		4.4		—		4.4
Other	—		3.1		—		3.1
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds	—		44.7		—		44.7
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		23.8		23.8
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	310.3
Other assets							6.4
Total investments of the Trust	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	316.7

____________

(a)	Funds included herein have redemption frequencies of daily to monthly, with redemption notice periods of one to ten business days.
(b)	Substantially all corporate debt securities are investment grade securities.
(c)	Hedge funds generally hold liquid and readily priceable securities, such as public equities, exchange-traded derivatives, and corporate bonds. Hedge funds themselves do not have readily available market quotations, and therefore are valued using the Net Asset Value ("NAV") per share provided by the investment sponsor or third party administrator. Funds investing in diverse hedge fund strategies (primarily commingled funds) had the following composition of underlying hedge fund investments within the pension plan at December 31, 2013: relative value (24%), equity long/short (21%), commodities/currencies (20%), multi-strategy (13%), event driven (12%), and global-macro (10%). As of December 31, 2013, funds included herein had redemption frequencies of monthly to quarterly, with redemption notice periods of three to 60 days.
(d)	Diversified investments in royalty rights related to the sale of pharmaceutical products by third parties. Also included are private equity funds with a focus on venture capital. These investments are illiquid, with investment distributions expected to be received over the lives of the funds, which are uncertain but based on the voting rights of investors and the maturities of the underlying investments.

Summary of changes in the fair value of the Trust's Level 3 financial assets

The following tables provide summaries of changes in the fair value of the Trust's Level 3 financial assets (in millions):

	Royalty Rights			Private Equity			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	11.4		$	2.2		$	13.6
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	1.6			0.1			1.7
Relating to assets sold during the year	0.8			(0.1		)	0.7
Net purchases and sales	7.6			0.2			7.8
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	21.4		$	2.4		$	23.8
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	2.3			0.3			2.6
Relating to assets sold during the year	1.6			0.1			1.7
Net purchases and sales	(2.0		)	(0.2		)	(2.2		)
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	23.3		$	2.6		$	25.9

XML

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant - Condensed Balance Sheets (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 2,073.1		$ 1,776.5	$ 1,370.9	$ 2,157.4
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $17.0 and $14.4, respectively	209.9		196.1	198.1
Other assets	562.1		319.9
Total assets	10,121.3		9,465.7	9,069.9
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	638.9		556.2
Income taxes payable	216.9		218.3
Borrowings	4,213.0	[1]	4,029.2
Other liabilities	358.2		254.7
Total liabilities	9,016.6		8,525.1
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized, no shares issued	0		0
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5		5.7
Capital surplus	390.9		332.8
Retained earnings	877.3		754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0)		(152.6)	(118.5)
Total stockholders' equity	1,104.7		940.6	894.8	582.7
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	10,121.3		9,465.7
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parenthetical) [Abstract]
Accumulated depreciation	428.6		384.5
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1		$ 1
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000		10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0		0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	2,000,000,000		2,000,000,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	548,800,000		572,100,000
Common stock, shares issued	548,800,000		572,100,000
Parent Company [Member]
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	151.4		383.7	1.1	89.2
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $17.0 and $14.4, respectively	41.0		33.6
Other assets	160.4		68.4
Investment in subsidiaries	5,534.1		5,420.3
Total assets	5,886.9		5,906.0
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	76.8		79.3
Income taxes payable	76.3		88.3
Payable to subsidiaries, net	413.2		773.5
Borrowings	4,207.3		4,023.4
Other liabilities	8.6		0.9
Total liabilities	4,782.2		4,965.4
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized, no shares issued	0		0
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5		5.7
Capital surplus	390.9		332.8
Retained earnings	877.3		754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0)		(152.6)
Total stockholders' equity	1,104.7		940.6
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	5,886.9		5,906.0
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parenthetical) [Abstract]
Accumulated depreciation	$ 17.0		$ 14.4
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1		$ 1
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000		10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0		0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	2,000,000,000		2,000,000,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	548,800,000		572,100,000
Common stock, shares issued	548,800,000		572,100,000

[1] As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

XML

Stock Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Compensation Plans

Stock Compensation Plans

Stock Compensation Plans

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Western Union Company 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2006 LTIP") provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other equity-based awards to employees and others who perform services for the Company. A maximum of 120.0 million shares of common stock may be awarded under the 2006 LTIP, of which 34.0 million shares are available as of December 31, 2013.

Options granted under the 2006 LTIP are issued with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Western Union common stock on the grant date, have 10-year terms, and typically vest over four equal annual increments beginning 12 months after the date of grant, with the exception of options granted to retirement eligible employees, which will vest on a prorated basis, upon termination. Compensation expense related to stock options is recognized over the requisite service period.

Restricted stock awards and units granted under the 2006 LTIP typically become 100% vested on the three year anniversary of the grant date, with the exception of restricted stock units granted to retirement eligible employees, which will vest on a prorated basis, upon termination. The fair value of the awards granted is measured based on the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Certain share unit grants do not provide for the payment of dividend equivalents. For those grants, the value of the grants is reduced by the net present value of the foregone dividend equivalent payments. The related compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is the same as the vesting period.

The compensation committee of the Company's Board of Directors has also granted the Company's executives and other key employees long-term incentive awards under the 2006 LTIP which consist of approximately two-thirds performance based restricted stock unit awards and approximately one-third stock option awards. The performance based restricted stock units are restricted stock awards. The grant date fair value is fixed and the amount of restricted stock units released depends upon certain financial and strategic performance objectives being met over a two-year period plus an additional vesting period after the two-year performance period. For the 2012 awards, achievement is also limited if certain total shareholder return metrics are not met over a three-year period. The actual number of performance based restricted stock units that the recipients receive ranges from 0% up to 300% of the target number of stock units granted under the LTIP. The performance-based restricted stock units granted in 2013 are restricted stock units, primarily granted to the Company's executives, which require certain financial objectives to be met during 2013 and 2014 plus an additional vesting period and are subject to a payout modifier based on the Company's relative total shareholder return over a three year performance period (2013 through 2015). Additionally, the compensation committee granted non-executive employees of the Company participating in the 2006 LTIP annual equity grants of two-thirds restricted stock units and one-third stock option awards, or all restricted stock units depending on their employment grade level.

In 2012, the Company started granting bonus stock units out of the 2006 LTIP to the non-employee directors of the Company. Since bonus stock units vest immediately, compensation expense is recognized on the date of grant based on the fair value of the awards when granted. These awards may be settled immediately unless the participant elects to defer the receipt of common shares under the applicable plan rules.

The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan

The Western Union Company 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan ("2006 Director Plan") provides for the granting of equity-based awards to non-employee directors of the Company. Options granted under the 2006 Director Plan are issued with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Western Union common stock on the grant date, have 10-year terms, and vest immediately. Since options and deferred stock units under this plan vest immediately, compensation expense is recognized on the date of grant based on the fair value of the awards when granted. Awards under the plan may be settled immediately unless the participant elects to defer the receipt of the common shares under applicable plan rules. A maximum of 1.5 million shares of common stock may be awarded under the 2006 Director Plan. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has awarded 1.2 million options and 0.3 million unrestricted stock units to non-employee directors of the Company. As the shares available to be granted under the 2006 Director Plan were depleted during 2013, the Company started granting options out of the 2006 LTIP to the non-employee directors of the Company, as permitted by the plans. These options have the same vesting and expense terms as non-employee director option grants under the 2006 Director Plan.

Impact of Spin-Off to Stock-Based Awards Granted Under First Data Plans

At the time of the Spin-off, First Data converted stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively, "Stock-Based Awards") of First Data stock held by Western Union and First Data employees. For Western Union employees, outstanding First Data Stock-Based Awards were converted to new Western Union Stock-Based Awards. For First Data employees, each outstanding First Data Stock-Based Award held prior to the Spin-off was converted into one replacement First Data Stock-Based Award and one Western Union Stock-Based Award. The new Western Union and First Data Stock-Based Awards maintained their pre-conversion aggregate intrinsic values, and, in the case of stock options, their ratio of the exercise price per share to their fair value per share.

After the Spin-off, the Company receives all cash proceeds related to the exercise of all Western Union stock options, recognizes all stock compensation expense and retains the resulting tax benefits relating to Western Union awards held by Western Union employees. First Data recognizes all stock-based compensation expense and retains all associated tax benefits for Western Union Stock-Based Awards held by First Data employees.

Stock Option Activity

A summary of Western Union stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows (options and aggregate intrinsic value in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of January 1	27.0		$	18.46
Granted	4.0		14.02
Exercised	(1.8	)	15.86
Cancelled/forfeited	(5.4	)	17.86
Outstanding as of December 31	23.8		$	18.05	4.4	$	19.7
Options exercisable as of December 31	18.1		$	18.77	3.1	$	8.4

The Company received $28.6 million, $51.9 million and $98.8 million in cash proceeds related to the exercise of stock options during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Upon the exercise of stock options, shares of common stock are issued from authorized common shares.

The Company realized total tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from stock option exercises of $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4.2 million, $5.1 million and $20.6 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Activity

A summary of Western Union activity for restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2013 is listed below (units in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested as of January 1	4.8	$	17.38
Granted	3.2	13.10
Vested	(1.0)	15.63
Forfeited	(0.7)	15.42
Non-vested as of December 31	6.3	$	15.69

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table sets forth the total impact on earnings for stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income resulting from stock options, restricted stock units, performance based restricted stock units and bonus stock units for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions, except per share data).

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock-based compensation expense	$	(34.5	)	$	(34.0	)	$	(31.2	)
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense	10.0			10.0			9.8
Net income impact	$	(24.5	)	$	(24.0	)	$	(21.4	)
Earnings per share:
Basic and Diluted	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.03	)

As of December 31, 2013, there was $13.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of assumed forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years, and there was $35.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of assumed forfeitures, related to non-vested restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

Fair Value Assumptions

The Company used the following assumptions for the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the value of Western Union options granted.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock options granted:
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	1.2		%	1.2		%	2.5		%
Weighted-average dividend yield	3.7		%	1.8		%	1.4		%
Volatility	35.3		%	33.2		%	31.0		%
Expected term (in years)	6.09			6.09			5.80
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	3.20		$	4.90		$	5.99

Risk-free interest rate - The risk-free rate for stock options granted during the period is determined by using a United States Treasury rate for the period that coincided with the expected terms listed above.

Expected dividend yield - The Company's expected annual dividend yield is the calculation of the annualized Western Union dividend divided by an average Western Union stock price on each respective grant date.

Expected volatility - For the Company's executives and non-employee directors, the expected volatility for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 grants was 35.3%, 33.2% and 29.7%, respectively. The expected volatility for the Company's non-executive employees was 35.2%, 33.2% and 31.9% for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 grants, respectively. The Company used a blend of implied and historical volatility. The Company's implied volatility was calculated using the market price of traded options on Western Union's common stock and the historical volatility of Western Union stock data. Prior to 2012, the Company's historical volatility represented a blend of Western Union and First Data (prior to the Spin-off) stock data.

Expected term - For 2013 and 2012, Western Union's expected term for all employees was approximately 6 years. For 2011 Western Union's expected term was approximately 5 years for non-executive employees and approximately 7 years for executives and non-employee directors. The Company's expected term of options was based upon, among other things, historical exercises, the vesting term of the Company's options and the options' contractual term of ten years.

The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of options granted are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and the Company's historical experience and future expectations. The calculated fair value is recognized as compensation cost in the Company's consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period of the entire award. Compensation cost is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant and evaluated and adjusted periodically to reflect the Company's historical experience and future expectations. Any change in the forfeiture assumption is accounted for as a change in estimate, with the cumulative effect of the change on periods previously reported being reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the period in which the change is made. In the future, as more historical data is available to calculate the volatility of Western Union stock and the actual terms Western Union employees hold options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could change the grant-date fair value of future stock option awards and, ultimately, the recorded compensation expense.

XML

Income Taxes (Details 4) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets related to:
Reserves, accrued expenses and employee-related items	$ 57.0	$ 65.7
Pension obligations	25.6	36.7
Tax attribute carryovers	22.3	14.7
Other	26.6	25.3
Valuation allowance	(16.4)	(13.0)
Total deferred tax assets	115.1	129.4
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
Intangibles, property and equipment	434.3	481.5
Total deferred tax liabilities	434.3	481.5
Net deferred tax liability	$ 319.2	$ 352.1

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$ 798.4	$ 1,025.9	$ 1,165.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	64.2	61.7	61.0
Amortization	198.6	184.4	131.6
Deferred income tax (benefit)/provision	(39.3)	(35.2)	21.2
Gain on revaluation of equity interests (Note 4)	0	0	(49.9)
Other non-cash items, net	53.3	77.2	29.8
Increase/(decrease) in cash, excluding the effects of acquisitions, resulting from changes in:
Other assets	(55.4)	(27.8)	(27.7)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	81.1	9.3	(43.0)
Income taxes payable (Note 10)	3.4	(79.9)	(62.3)
Other liabilities	(15.7)	(30.3)	(51.2)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,088.6	1,185.3	1,174.9
Cash flows from investing activities
Capitalization of contract costs	(119.3)	(174.9)	(96.7)
Capitalization of purchased and developed software	(41.8)	(32.4)	(13.0)
Purchases of property and equipment	(80.2)	(60.9)	(52.8)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0)	0	0
Acquisition of businesses, net (Note 4)	0	10.0	(1,218.6)
Net proceeds from settlement of foreign currency forward contracts related to acquisitions	0	0	20.8
Net cash used in investing activities	(341.3)	(258.2)	(1,360.3)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9	53.4	100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2)	(254.2)	(194.2)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7)	(766.5)	(803.9)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	0	(297.0)	297.0
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3	742.8	696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0)	0	(696.3)
Net cash used in financing activities	(450.7)	(521.5)	(601.1)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	296.6	405.6	(786.5)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	1,776.5	1,370.9	2,157.4
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	2,073.1	1,776.5	1,370.9
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	193.7	181.8	191.3
Income taxes paid (Note 10)	$ 158.0	$ 257.1	$ 144.9

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Total related party expenses	$ 80.6	$ 95.0	$ 190.7

XML

Other Assets and Other Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Other Assets and Other Liabilities [Abstract]

Other Assets and Other Liabilities

Other Assets and Other Liabilities

The following table summarizes the components of other assets and other liabilities (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Other assets:
Derivatives	$	224.3	$	96.8
Short-term bond mutual fund (Note 7)	100.2		—
Prepaid expenses	69.0		56.9
Amounts advanced to agents, net of discounts	41.8		37.7
Equity method investments	41.0		41.0
Other receivables	21.1		21.4
Debt issue costs	17.3		17.3
Deferred customer set up costs	17.1		15.9
Accounts receivable, net	14.9		15.6
Other	15.4		17.3
Total other assets	$	562.1	$	319.9
Other liabilities:
Derivatives	$	223.4	$	86.1
Pension obligations	70.4		102.1
Deferred revenue	25.1		30.5
Other	39.3		36.0
Total other liabilities	$	358.2	$	254.7

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Cash received from exercise of stock options	$ 28.6	$ 51.9	$ 98.8
Tax benefit realized from exercise of stock options	1.3	1.2	4.8
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	4.2	5.1	20.6
Volatility	35.30%	33.20%	31.00%
Expected term	6 years 1 month 2 days	6 years 1 month 2 days	5 years 9 months 18 days
Non-executive employees [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Volatility	35.20%	33.20%	31.90%
Expected term	6 years	6 years	5 years
Executives and non-employee directors [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Volatility	35.30%	33.20%	29.70%
Expected term	6 years	6 years	7 years
Non-Vested Stock Options [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Unrecognized Compensation Cost	13.9
Weighted Average Recognition Period	2 years 6 months
Non-Vested Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Unrecognized Compensation Cost	$ 35.2
Weighted Average Recognition Period	1 year 9 months 18 days
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Authorized shares to be granted	120,000,000
Shares available for grant	34,000,000
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Executives [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Long Term Incentive Award Performance Based Restricted Stock Units Percentage	67.00%
Long Term Incentive Award Stock Option Awards Percentage	33.00%
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Non-executive employees [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Long Term Incentive Award Performance Based Restricted Stock Units Percentage	67.00%
Long Term Incentive Award Stock Option Awards Percentage	33.00%
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Employee Stock Option [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Options expiration period	10 years
Award vesting period	4 years
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Restricted stock vesting percentage	1.0
Award vesting period	3 years
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Performance Stock Units [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Award vesting period	1 year
Performance Period for Performance Based Restricted Stock Units	2 years
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Performance Stock Units [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Percentage of stock units granted that recipients receive as performance based restricted stock units	0.00%
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan [Member] | Performance Stock Units [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Percentage of stock units granted that recipients receive as performance based restricted stock units	300.00%
2006 Non-Employee Director Plan [Member]
Stock Compensation Plans (Numeric) [Abstract]
Authorized shares to be granted	1,500,000
Options expiration period	10 years
Options Issued	1,200,000
Unrestricted Stock Units Issued	300,000

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense	$ (34.5)	$ (34.0)	$ (31.2)
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense	10.0	10.0	9.8
Net income impact	$ (24.5)	$ (24.0)	$ (21.4)
Earnings per share:
Basic and Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.03)

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Billions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Feb. 18, 2014	Jun. 28, 2013
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	Western Union CO
Entity Central Index Key	0001365135
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		547,936,621
Entity Public Float			$ 9.4

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The components of pre-tax income, generally based on the jurisdiction of the legal entity, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Components of pre-tax income:
Domestic	$	(28.4	)	$	94.8	$	423.9
Foreign	955.3			1,074.0		850.7
	$	926.9		$	1,168.8	$	1,274.6

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 103%, 92% and 67% of the Company's pre-tax income was derived from foreign sources, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, domestic pre-tax income and foreign pre-tax income were affected by the pre-tax impact of the Company's agreement with the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS Agreement") resolving substantially all of the issues related to the Company's restructuring of its international operations in 2003.

The provision for income taxes was as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Federal	$	88.3		$	92.5		$	78.1
State and local	(3.7		)	(14.8		)	4.5
Foreign	43.9			65.2			26.6
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Domestic taxes have been incurred on certain pre-tax income amounts that were generated by the Company's foreign operations. Accordingly, the percentage obtained by dividing the total federal, state and local tax provision by the domestic pre-tax income, all as shown in the preceding tables, may be higher than the statutory tax rates in the United States.

The Company's effective tax rates differed from statutory rates as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Federal statutory rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits	0.7	%	0.6	%	2.0	%
Foreign rate differential, net of U.S. tax paid on foreign earnings (9.2%, 5.1% and 1.2%, respectively)	(22.9	)%	(22.5	)%	(14.0	)%
IRS Agreement	—	%	—	%	(16.1	)%
Other	1.1	%	(0.9	)%	1.7	%
Effective tax rate	13.9	%	12.2	%	8.6	%

The increase in the Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to the combined effect of various discrete items, partially offset by an increasing proportion of profits that were foreign-derived in 2013, and generally taxed at lower rates than the Company's combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. The increase in the Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to the impact of the IRS Agreement, discussed above, which resulted in a tax benefit of $204.7 million related to the adjustment of reserves associated with this matter during 2011, partially offset by benefits from favorable tax settlements in 2012 and higher taxes associated with the Finint and Costa remeasurement gains during 2011 (see Note 4). The Company continues to benefit from a significant proportion of its profits being foreign-derived, and generally taxed at lower rates than its combined federal and state tax rates in the United States. Certain portions of the Company's foreign source income are subject to United States federal and state income tax as earned due to the nature of the income, and dividend repatriations of the Company's foreign source income are generally subject to United States federal and state income tax.

The Company's provision for income taxes consisted of the following components (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	86.1		$	117.2		$	36.2
State and local	8.1			(2.5		)	0.6
Foreign	73.6			63.4			51.2
Total current taxes	167.8			178.1			88.0
Deferred:
Federal	2.2			(24.7		)	41.9
State and local	(11.8		)	(12.3		)	3.9
Foreign	(29.7		)	1.8			(24.6		)
Total deferred taxes	(39.3		)	(35.2		)	21.2
	$	128.5		$	142.9		$	109.2

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. The following table outlines the principal components of deferred tax items (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets related to:
Reserves, accrued expenses and employee-related items	$	57.0		$	65.7
Pension obligations	25.6			36.7
Tax attribute carryovers	22.3			14.7
Other	26.6			25.3
Valuation allowance	(16.4		)	(13.0		)
Total deferred tax assets	115.1			129.4
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
Intangibles, property and equipment	434.3			481.5
Total deferred tax liabilities	434.3			481.5
Net deferred tax liability	$	319.2		$	352.1

The valuation allowance relates primarily to the Company's ability to recognize tax benefits associated with certain foreign net operating losses, which are included in "Tax attribute carryovers" in the table above. The recognition of these benefits is dependent upon the future taxable income in such foreign jurisdictions.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company has established contingency reserves for a variety of material, known tax exposures. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of tax contingency reserves was $125.5 million, including accrued interest and penalties, net of related items. The Company's tax reserves reflect management's judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review or other settlement. While the Company believes its reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed its related reserve. With respect to these reserves, the Company's income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in the facts and circumstances (i.e., new information) surrounding a tax issue and (ii) any difference from the Company's tax position as recorded in the financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period. Such resolution could materially increase or decrease income tax expense in the Company's consolidated financial statements in future periods and could impact operating cash flows.

Unrecognized tax benefits represent the aggregate tax effect of differences between tax return positions and the amounts otherwise recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements, and are reflected in "Income taxes payable" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in millions):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	103.2		$	123.7
Increases - positions taken in current period (a)	18.5			13.1
Increases - positions taken in prior periods (b)	15.6			—
Decreases - positions taken in prior periods	(8.7		)	(6.1		)
Decreases - settlements with taxing authorities	(4.1		)	(24.1		)
Decreases - lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(7.0		)	(3.4		)
Balance as of December 31,	$	117.5		$	103.2

____________

(a) Includes recurring accruals for issues which initially arose in previous periods.

(b) Changes to positions taken in prior periods relate to changes in estimates used to calculate prior period unrecognized tax benefits.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $108.9 million and $93.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, excluding interest and penalties.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties with respect to unrecognized tax benefits in "Provision for income taxes" in its Consolidated Statements of Income, and records the associated liability in "Income taxes payable" in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognized $(1.8) million, $0.5 million and $(4.0) million in interest and penalties during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company has accrued $17.7 million and $20.0 million for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The unrecognized tax benefits accrual as of December 31, 2013 consists of federal, state and foreign tax matters. It is reasonably possible that the Company's total unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $55 million during the next 12 months in connection with various matters which may be resolved.

The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns for the United States, for multiple states and localities, and for various non-United States jurisdictions, and the Company has identified the United States as its major tax jurisdiction, as the income tax imposed by any one foreign country is not material to the Company. The United States federal income tax returns of First Data, which include the Company, are eligible to be examined for 2005 and 2006. The Company's United States federal income tax returns since the Spin-off are also eligible to be examined.

The United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") completed its examination of the United States federal consolidated income tax returns of First Data for 2003 and 2004, which included the Company, and issued a Notice of Deficiency in December 2008. In December 2011, the Company reached an agreement with the IRS resolving substantially all of the issues related to the Company's restructuring of its international operations in 2003. As a result of the IRS Agreement, the Company expects to make cash payments of approximately $190 million, plus additional accrued interest, of which $92.4 million have been made as of December 31, 2013. These payments were made during 2012. The Company expects to pay the remaining amount in 2014 and beyond. The IRS completed its examination of the United States federal consolidated income tax returns of First Data, which include the Company's 2005 and pre-Spin-off 2006 taxable periods and issued its report on October 31, 2012 ("FDC 30-Day Letter"). Furthermore, the IRS completed its examination of the Company's United States federal consolidated income tax returns for the 2006 post-Spin-off period through 2009 and issued its report also on October 31, 2012 ("WU 30-Day Letter"). Both the FDC 30-Day Letter and the WU 30-Day Letter propose tax adjustments affecting the Company, some of which are agreed and some of which are unagreed. Both First Data and the Company filed their respective protests with the IRS Appeals Division on November 28, 2012 related to the unagreed proposed adjustments. The Company believes its reserves are adequate with respect to both the agreed and unagreed adjustments.

As of December 31, 2013, no provision had been made for United States federal and state income taxes on certain of the Company's outside tax basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated foreign earnings of approximately $5.0 billion, which have been reinvested and are expected to continue to be reinvested outside the United States indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings to the United States in the form of actual or constructive dividends, the Company would be subject to United States income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits), state income taxes and possible withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. Such taxes could be significant. Determination of this amount of unrecognized United States deferred tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

Tax Allocation Agreement with First Data

The Company and First Data each are liable for taxes imposed on their respective businesses both prior to and after the Spin-off. If such taxes have not been appropriately apportioned between First Data and the Company, subsequent adjustments may occur that may impact the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Also under the tax allocation agreement, with respect to taxes and other liabilities that result from a final determination that is inconsistent with the anticipated tax consequences of the Spin-off (as set forth in the private letter ruling and relevant tax opinion) ("Spin-off Related Taxes"), the Company will be liable to First Data for any such Spin-off Related Taxes attributable solely to actions taken by or with respect to the Company. In addition, the Company will also be liable for half of any Spin-off Related Taxes (i) that would not have been imposed but for the existence of both an action by the Company and an action by First Data or (ii) where the Company and First Data each take actions that, standing alone, would have resulted in the imposition of such Spin-off Related Taxes. The Company may be similarly liable if it breaches certain representations or covenants set forth in the tax allocation agreement. If the Company is required to indemnify First Data for taxes incurred as a result of the Spin-off being taxable to First Data, it likely would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. First Data generally will be liable for all Spin-off Related Taxes, other than those described above.

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended												12 Months Ended			17 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014 Dividend Declared [Member]
Stockholders' Equity (Numeric) [Abstract]
Cash dividends paid													$ 277.2	$ 254.2	$ 194.2
Cash dividends declared per common share	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.125	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.5	$ 0.425	$ 0.31		$ 0.125
Repurchase of common shares													25.7	51.0	40.3
Repurchase of common shares excluding commission													393.6	771.9	800.0
Average cost of repurchase of common shares excluding commission													$ 15.29	$ 15.12	$ 19.83
Stock Repurchase Program, Authorized Amount																$ 500

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Restricted Stock Activity
Non-vested as of January 1	4.8
Granted	3.2
Vested	(1.0)
Forfeited	(0.7)
Non-vested as of December 31	6.3
Restricted Stock Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested as of January 1 (in dollars per share)	$ 17.38
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 13.10
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 15.63
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 15.42
Non-vested as of December 31 (in dollars per share)	$ 15.69

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 173.4	$ 214.4	$ 198.6	$ 212.0	$ 237.9	$ 269.5	$ 271.2	$ 247.3	$ 798.4	$ 1,025.9	$ 1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities									(3.6)	2.8	1.8
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities									(11.1)	(27.0)	27.0
Foreign currency translation adjustments									(13.1)	(2.2)	(2.0)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments									11.4	(7.7)	(12.5)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)									(16.4)	(34.1)	14.3
Comprehensive income									$ 782.0	$ 991.8	$ 1,179.7

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

On November 7, 2011, the Company acquired the business-to-business payment business known as TGBP from Travelex Holdings Limited for cash consideration of £596 million ($956.5 million), net of a final working capital adjustment which resulted in a return of £15 million ($24.1 million) of purchase consideration in the third quarter of 2012. In connection with the July 5, 2011 purchase agreement, on May 4, 2012, the Company also acquired the French assets of TGBP for cash consideration of £3 million ($4.8 million) after receiving regulatory approval. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $20.7 million of costs associated with the closing of the TGBP acquisition. The results of operations for TGBP have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

On October 31, 2011 and April 20, 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 70% interests in European-based Finint S.r.l. ("Finint") and Angelo Costa S.r.l. ("Costa"), respectively, two of the Company's largest agents providing services in a number of European countries. The Company previously held a 30% equity interest in each of these agents. As of the acquisition dates, the Company no longer incurs commission costs for transactions related to Finint and Costa; rather the Company now pays commissions to Finint and Costa subagents, resulting in lower overall commission expense. The Company's operating expenses include costs attributable to Finint's and Costa's operations subsequent to the acquisition dates.

The Company acquired the remaining 70% interest in Finint for cash consideration of €99.6 million ($139.4 million). The Company revalued its previous 30% equity interest to fair value of approximately $47.7 million on the acquisition date, resulting in total value of $187.1 million. In conjunction with the revaluation, the Company recognized a gain of $20.5 million, recorded in "Other income, net" in the Consolidated Statements of Income, for the amount by which the fair value of the 30% equity interest exceeded its previous carrying value.

The Company acquired the remaining 70% interest in Costa for cash consideration of €95 million ($135.7 million). The Company revalued its previous 30% equity interest to fair value of approximately $46.2 million on the acquisition date, resulting in total value of $181.9 million. In conjunction with the revaluation, the Company recognized a gain of $29.4 million, recorded in "Other income, net" in the Consolidated Statements of Income, for the amount by which the fair value of the 30% equity interest exceeded its previous carrying value.

All assets and liabilities have been recorded at fair value, excluding deferred tax liabilities. The valuation of assets acquired was derived using primarily unobservable Level 3 inputs, which require significant management judgment and estimation, and resulted in identifiable intangible assets as follows (in millions):

	Travelex Global Business Payments (a)		Finint S.r.l.		Angelo Costa S.r.l.
Customer and other contractual relationships	$	264.5	$	—	$	—
Network of subagents	—		53.9		44.6
Other	49.7		10.9		6.8
Total identifiable intangible assets	$	314.2	$	64.8	$	51.4

____________________

(a) Amounts include the impact of the acquisition of the French assets of TGBP on May 4, 2012.

Customer and other contractual relationships and network of subagents identifiable intangible assets were valued using an income approach and are being amortized over 9 to 15 years. Other intangibles were valued using both income and cost approaches and are being amortized over one to five years. For the remaining assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill and deferred tax liabilities, fair value approximated carrying value.

The goodwill recognized for TGBP of $704.3 million is attributable to expected synergies, the projected long-term business growth in current and new markets and an assembled workforce and relates entirely to the Business Solutions segment. The goodwill recognized for Finint and Costa of $153.6 million and $174.2 million, respectively, is attributable to growth opportunities that will arise from the Company directly managing its agent relationships, expected synergies, projected long-term business growth and an assembled workforce and relates entirely to the Consumer-to-Consumer segment. Goodwill expected to be deductible for income tax purposes for TGBP, Finint and Costa is approximately $488.4 million, $97.0 million and $104.9 million, respectively.

The following table presents changes to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business			Business Solutions			Other			Total
January 1, 2012 balance	$	1,945.3	$	224.9		$	1,013.7		$	15.0		$	3,198.9
Purchase price adjustments	2.4		—			(24.4		)	—			(22.0		)
Currency translation	—		(3.8		)	6.7			(0.1		)	2.8
December 31, 2012 balance	$	1,947.7	$	221.1		$	996.0		$	14.9		$	3,179.7
Currency translation	—		(6.4		)	—			(1.3		)	(7.7		)
December 31, 2013 balance	$	1,947.7	$	214.7		$	996.0		$	13.6		$	3,172.0

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses [Abstract]

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives

In the fourth quarter of 2012 and throughout 2013, the Company implemented initiatives to improve productivity and reduce costs. Costs related to these productivity and cost-savings initiatives include costs related to termination benefits received by certain of the Company's former executives. The following table summarizes the activity for the employee termination benefits and other costs related to the productivity and cost-savings initiatives accruals as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

	Severance, Outplacement and Related Benefits			Other (b)			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses (a)	28.9			2.0			30.9
Cash payments	(5.2		)	(0.4		)	(5.6		)
Non-cash benefit (a)	2.0			—			2.0
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	25.7		$	1.6		$	27.3
Expenses (a)	40.8			16.1			56.9
Cash payments	(25.3		)	(16.5		)	(41.8		)
Non-cash benefit/(expense) (a)	4.2			(0.2		)	4.0
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	45.4		$	1.0		$	46.4
Total expenses	$	69.7		$	18.1		$	87.8
____________

(a) Expenses include a non-cash benefit for adjustments to stock compensation for awards forfeited by employees. Other expenses also include non-cash write-offs and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets and leasehold improvements. These amounts were recognized outside of the accrual.

(b) Other expenses primarily related to the relocation of various operations to new and existing Company facilities and third-party providers including expenses for hiring, training, relocation, travel and professional fees. All such expenses were recorded when incurred.

2010 Restructuring

On May 25, 2010 and as subsequently revised, the Company's Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "Restructuring Plan") designed to reduce the Company's overall headcount and migrate positions from various facilities, primarily within North America and Europe, to regional operating centers. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had incurred all of the expenses related to the Restructuring Plan. The Company incurred expenses of $46.8 million, comprised of $26.1 million, $1.3 million, $3.5 million and $15.9 million in severance, outplacement and related benefits, fixed asset write-offs and accelerated depreciation, lease terminations and other restructuring expenses, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a restructuring accrual of $13.9 million related to this plan, of which $13.7 million represented an accrual for severance, outplacement and related benefits. Substantially all of the accrual was paid in 2012, resulting in a remaining restructuring accrual which was immaterial as of December 31, 2012.

The following table presents expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives and restructuring activities as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives				Restructuring and Related Expenses
Cost of services	$	24.3	$	5.5	$	10.6
Selling, general and administrative	32.6		25.4		36.2
Total expenses, pre-tax	$	56.9	$	30.9	$	46.8
Total expenses, net of tax	$	40.2	$	20.2	$	32.0

The following table summarizes expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives incurred by reportable segment (in millions):

	Consumer-to-Consumer		Consumer-to-Business		Business Solutions		Other		Total
2012 expenses	$	20.9	$	4.0	$	—	$	6.0	$	30.9
2013 expenses	43.8		5.4		3.6		4.1		56.9
Total expenses	$	64.7	$	9.4	$	3.6	$	10.1	$	87.8

Restructuring and related expenses have not been allocated to the Company's segments, which are disclosed in Note 17. While these items are identifiable to the Company's segments, these expenses have been excluded from the measurement of segment operating profit provided to the chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") for purposes of assessing segment performance and decision making with respect to resource allocation. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $46.8 million of restructuring and related expenses, of which $33.7 million, $6.2 million and $5.0 million were attributable to the Company's Consumer-to-Consumer, Consumer-to-Business and Business Solutions segments, respectively, and $1.9 million was attributable to Other.

XML

Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Borrowings

Borrowings

The Company’s outstanding borrowings consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Due in less than one year:
Floating rate notes (a)	$	—		$	300.0
6.500% notes (effective rate of 5.7%) due 2014 (b)	500.0			500.0
Due in greater than one year (b):
Floating rate notes due 2015 (c)	250.0			—
2.375% notes due 2015 (d)	250.0			250.0
5.930% notes due 2016 (d)	1,000.0			1,000.0
2.875% notes (effective rate of 2.0%) due 2017 (b)	500.0			500.0
3.650% notes due 2018 (d)	400.0			400.0
3.350% notes (effective rate of 3.4%) due 2019 (e)	250.0			—
5.253% notes due 2020 (d)	324.9			324.9
6.200% notes due 2036 (d)	500.0			500.0
6.200% notes due 2040 (d)	250.0			250.0
Other borrowings	5.7			5.8
Total borrowings at par value	4,230.6			4,030.7
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments, net (b)	0.9			20.2
Unamortized discount, net	(18.5		)	(21.7		)
Total borrowings at carrying value (f)	$	4,213.0		$	4,029.2

____________________ 

(a) The floating rate notes due in March 2013 were repaid using the Company's cash, including cash generated from operations and proceeds from the Company's issuance of the fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017.

(b) The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes’ stated rate.

(c) On August 22, 2013, the Company issued$250.0 millionof aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.

(d) The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.

(e) On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.

(f) As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

The Company’s maturities of borrowings at par value as of December 31, 2013 are $500.0 million in 2014, $500.0 million in 2015, $1.0 billion in 2016, $500.0 million in 2017, $400.0 million in 2018, and approximately $1.3 billion thereafter.

The Company’s obligations with respect to its outstanding borrowings, as described above, rank equally.

Commercial Paper Program

Pursuant to the Company’s commercial paper program, the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes in an amount not to exceed $1.5 billion outstanding at any time, reduced to the extent of borrowings outstanding on the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility in excess of $150 million. The Commercial Paper Notes may have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issuance. The Company had no commercial paper borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the average commercial paper balance outstanding was $161.3 million and the maximum balance outstanding was $422.8 million. Proceeds from the Company’s commercial paper borrowings were used for general corporate purposes.

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 23, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement which expires January 2017 providing for unsecured financing facilities in an aggregate amount of $1.65 billion, including a $250.0 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $150.0 million swing line sub-facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"). The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s ability to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, grant certain types of security interests, incur certain types of liens, impose restrictions on subsidiary dividends, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or incur certain subsidiary level indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions. The Company is required to maintain compliance with a consolidated interest coverage ratio covenant. The Revolving Credit Facility supports borrowings under the Company’s $1.5 billion commercial paper program.

Interest due under the Revolving Credit Facility is fixed for the term of each borrowing and is payable according to the terms of that borrowing. Generally, interest is calculated using a selected LIBOR rate plus an interest rate margin of 100 basis points. A facility fee of 12.5 basis points is also payable quarterly on the total facility, regardless of usage. Both the interest rate margin and facility fee percentage are based on certain of the Company’s credit ratings.

As of and during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Notes

On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due May 22, 2019. Interest with respect to the 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 22 and November 22 of each year, beginning on May 22, 2014, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.350%. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to the note is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on the 2019 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 3.350% per annum. The interest rate payable on the 2019 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 3.350% per annum. The 2019 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company's and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2019 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On August 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015. Interest with respect to the 2015 Floating Rate Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on each February 21, May 21, August 21 and November 21, beginning November 21, 2013, at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (reset quarterly). The 2015 Floating Rate Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

On December 10, 2012, the Company issued $250.0 million and $500.0 million of aggregate principal amounts of unsecured notes due December 10, 2015 ("2015 Fixed Rate Notes") and December 10, 2017 ("2017 Notes"), respectively. Interest with respect to the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 10 and December 10 of each year, currently based on the per annum rates of 2.375% and 2.875%, respectively. The interest rates payable on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes will be increased if the debt rating assigned to such notes is downgraded by an applicable credit rating agency, beginning at a downgrade below investment grade. However, in no event will the interest rate on either the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes or 2017 Notes be increased by more than 2.00% above 2.375% and 2.875% per annum, respectively. The interest rates on the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes may also be adjusted downward for debt rating upgrades subsequent to any debt rating downgrades but may not be adjusted below 2.375% and 2.875% per annum.The 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2015 Fixed Rate Notes and 2017 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 and 40 basis points, respectively.

On August 22, 2011, the Company issued $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due August 22, 2018 ("2018 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2018 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 22 and August 22 of each year, based on the fixed per annum rate of 3.650%. The 2018 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to sell or transfer assets or merge or consolidate with another company, and limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types of security interests, or enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2018 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 35 basis points.

On March 7, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due March 7, 2013 ("2013 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2013 Notes was payable quarterly in arrears on each March 7, June 7, September 7 and December 7, beginning June 7, 2011, at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 58 basis points (reset quarterly). The 2013 Notes were redeemed upon maturity in March 2013.

On June 21, 2010, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due June 21, 2040 ("2040 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2040 Notes is payable semi-annually on June 21 and December 21 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. The 2040 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2040 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 30 basis points.

On March 30, 2010, the Company exchanged $303.7 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2011 Notes for unsecured notes due April 1, 2020 ("2020 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 5.253%. In connection with the exchange, note holders were given a 7% premium ($21.2 million), which approximated market value at the exchange date, as additional principal. As this transaction was accounted for as a debt modification, this premium was not charged to expense. Rather, the premium, along with the offsetting hedge accounting adjustments, will be accreted into "Interest expense" over the life of the notes. The 2020 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries), or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2020 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 15 basis points.

The 2020 Notes were originally issued in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). On October 8, 2010, the Company exchanged the 2020 Notes for notes registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.

On February 26, 2009, the Company issued $500.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes due February 26, 2014 ("2014 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2014 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 26 and August 26 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.500%. The 2014 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2014 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 50 basis points. The Company has the ability to use cash, including cash generated from operations, proceeds from the sale of non-settlement related investments, and the Revolving Credit Facility, and could also access commercial paper and other financing sources to repay this debt obligation.

On November 17, 2006, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Notes due 2036 ("2036 Notes"). Interest with respect to the 2036 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 17 and November 17 each year based on the fixed per annum rate of 6.200%. The 2036 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries), or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2036 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 25 basis points.

On September 29, 2006, the Company issued $1.0 billion of aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes maturing on October 1, 2016 ("2016 Notes"). Interest on the 2016 Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year based on a fixed per annum rate of 5.930%. The 2016 Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain types of security interests, incur debt (in the case of significant subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The Company may redeem the 2016 Notes at any time prior to maturity at the greater of par or a price based on the applicable treasury rate plus 20 basis points.

Certain of the Company’s notes (the 2019 Notes, 2015 Floating Rate Notes, 2015 Fixed Rate Notes, 2017 Notes, and 2018 Notes) include a change of control triggering event provision, as defined in the terms of the notes. If a change of control triggering event occurs, holders of the notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of their notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.  A change of control triggering event will occur when there is a change of control involving the Company and among other things, within a specified period in relation to the change of control, the notes are downgraded from an investment grade rating to below an investment grade rating by all three major credit rating agencies.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans

The Western Union Company Incentive Savings Plan (the "401(k)") covers eligible employees on the United States payroll of the Company. Employees who make voluntary contributions to this plan receive up to a 4% Company matching contribution. All matching contributions are immediately vested.

The Company administers more than 25 defined contribution plans in various countries globally on behalf of approximately 1,700 employee participants as of December 31, 2013. Such plans have vesting and employer contribution provisions that vary by country.

In addition, the Company sponsors a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of highly compensated United States employees. The plan provides tax-deferred contributions and the restoration of Company matching contributions otherwise limited under the 401(k).

The aggregate amount charged to expense in connection with all of the above plans was $16.9 million, $15.3 million and $12.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plan

The Company has one frozen defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") for which it had a recorded unfunded pension obligation of $70.4 million and $102.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, included in "Other liabilities" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company made contributions of $15.7 million and $25.0 million to the Plan in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including discretionary contributions of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company will be required to fund approximately $13 million to the Plan in 2014.

The Company recognizes the funded status of the Plan in its Consolidated Balance Sheets with a corresponding adjustment to "Accumulated other comprehensive loss," net of tax.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the Plan's projected benefit obligation, fair value of assets and the funded status (in millions):

	2013			2012
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation as of January 1,	$	418.8		$	414.4
Interest cost	12.1			14.7
Actuarial (gain)/loss	(25.4		)	30.2
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Projected benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1,	$	316.7		$	301.7
Actual return on plan assets	2.7			30.5
Benefits paid	(39.3		)	(40.5		)
Company contributions	15.7			25.0
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31,	295.8			316.7
Funded status of the Plan as of December 31,	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31,	$	366.2		$	418.8

Differences in expected returns on plan assets estimated at the beginning of the year versus actual returns, and assumptions used to estimate the beginning of year projected benefit obligation versus the end of year obligation (principally discount rate and mortality assumptions) are, on a combined basis, considered actuarial gains and losses. Such actuarial gains and losses are recognized as a component of "Comprehensive income" and amortized to income over the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants. Included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" as of December 31, 2013 is $10.4 million ($6.6 million, net of tax) of actuarial losses that are expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following table provides the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accrued benefit liability	$	(70.4	)	$	(102.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)	187.0			206.8
Net amount recognized	$	116.6		$	104.7

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Plan (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Interest cost	$	12.1		$	14.7		$	17.9
Expected return on plan assets	(20.7		)	(20.8		)	(21.3		)
Amortization of actuarial loss	12.4			10.5			8.1
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3.8		$	4.4		$	4.7

The accrued loss related to the pension liability included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss", net of tax, decreased$11.4 million in 2013 and increased $7.7 million and $12.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's benefit obligation were as follows:

	2013		2012
Discount rate	3.91	%	3.03	%

The rate assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's net cost were as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Discount rate	3.03	%	3.72	%	4.69	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The Company measures the Plan's obligations and annual expense using assumptions that reflect best estimates and are consistent to the extent that each assumption reflects expectations of future economic conditions. As the bulk of the pension benefits will not be paid for many years, the computation of pension expenses and benefits is based on assumptions about future interest rates and expected rates of return on plan assets. In general, pension obligations are most sensitive to the discount rate assumption, and it is set based on the rate at which the pension benefits could be settled effectively. The discount rate is determined by matching the timing and amount of anticipated payouts under the Plan to the rates from an AA spot rate yield curve. The curve is derived from AA bonds of varying maturities.

The estimated undiscounted future benefit payments are expected to be $37.9 million in 2014, $36.3 million in 2015, $34.9 million in 2016, $33.2 million in 2017, $31.6 million in 2018 and $132.3 million in 2019 through 2023.

The Company employs a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical risk, return, and co-variance relationships between equities, fixed-income securities, and alternative investments are considered consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Consideration is given to diversification, re-balancing and yields anticipated on fixed income securities held. Historical returns are reviewed within the context of current economic conditions to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. The Company then applies this rate against a calculated value for its plan assets. The calculated value recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over a five-year period.

Pension plan asset allocation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and target allocations based on investment policies, were as follows:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of Measurement Date
Asset Class	2013		2012
Equity investments	18	%	16	%
Debt securities	59	%	62	%
Alternative investments	23	%	22	%

	Target Allocation
Equity investments	15%
Debt securities	60%
Alternative investments	25%

The Plan's assets are managed in a third-party Trust. The investment policy and allocation of the assets in the Trust are overseen by the Company's Investment Council. The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity, fixed income, and alternative investments are used in an effort to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities and plan funded status. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity, fixed-income, and alternative investments (e.g. hedge funds, royalty rights and private equity funds). Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across United States and non-United States stocks, as well as securities deemed to be growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Alternative investments, the majority of which are hedge funds, are used in an effort to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Hedge fund strategy types include, but are not limited to: relative value, equity long-short, commodities/currencies, multi-strategy, event driven, and global-macro. The Plan holds derivative contracts directly which consist of interest rate swap agreements, under which the Plan is committed to pay a short-term LIBOR-based variable interest rate in exchange for a fixed interest rate based on five and ten-year maturities. Additionally, derivatives are held indirectly through funds in which the Plan is invested. Derivatives are used by the Plan to help reduce the Plan's exposure to interest rate volatility and to provide an additional source of return. Cash held by the Plan is used to satisfy margin requirements on the derivatives. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements, and periodic asset and liability studies.

The following tables reflect investments of the Trust that were measured and carried at fair value (in millions). For information on how the Company measures fair value, refer to Note 2.

December 31, 2013	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	26.2	$	—	$	—	$	26.2
International (a)	1.5		26.5		—		28.0
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		127.3		—		127.3
U.S. treasury bonds	36.8		—		—		36.8
State and municipal debt securities	—		3.9		—		3.9
Other	—		4.4		—		4.4
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds (c)	—		42.4		—		42.4
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		25.9		25.9
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	294.9
Other assets							0.9
Total investments of the Trust	$	64.5	$	204.5	$	25.9	$	295.8

December 31, 2012	Fair Value Measurement Using						Total Assets
Asset Class	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		at Fair Value
Equity investments:
Domestic	$	24.2	$	—	$	—	$	24.2
International (a)	1.4		25.0		—		26.4
Debt securities:
Corporate debt (b)	—		131.4		—		131.4
U.S. treasury bonds	52.3		—		—		52.3
State and municipal debt securities	—		4.4		—		4.4
Other	—		3.1		—		3.1
Alternative investments:
Hedge funds	—		44.7		—		44.7
Royalty rights and private equity (d)	—		—		23.8		23.8
Total investments of the Trust at fair value	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	310.3
Other assets							6.4
Total investments of the Trust	$	77.9	$	208.6	$	23.8	$	316.7

____________

(a)	Funds included herein have redemption frequencies of daily to monthly, with redemption notice periods of one to ten business days.
(b)	Substantially all corporate debt securities are investment grade securities.
(c)	Hedge funds generally hold liquid and readily priceable securities, such as public equities, exchange-traded derivatives, and corporate bonds. Hedge funds themselves do not have readily available market quotations, and therefore are valued using the Net Asset Value ("NAV") per share provided by the investment sponsor or third party administrator. Funds investing in diverse hedge fund strategies (primarily commingled funds) had the following composition of underlying hedge fund investments within the pension plan at December 31, 2013: relative value (24%), equity long/short (21%), commodities/currencies (20%), multi-strategy (13%), event driven (12%), and global-macro (10%). As of December 31, 2013, funds included herein had redemption frequencies of monthly to quarterly, with redemption notice periods of three to 60 days.
(d)	Diversified investments in royalty rights related to the sale of pharmaceutical products by third parties. Also included are private equity funds with a focus on venture capital. These investments are illiquid, with investment distributions expected to be received over the lives of the funds, which are uncertain but based on the voting rights of investors and the maturities of the underlying investments.

The maturities of debt securities as of December 31, 2013 range from less than one year to approximately 32 years with a weighted-average maturity of 14 years.

The following tables provide summaries of changes in the fair value of the Trust's Level 3 financial assets (in millions):

	Royalty Rights			Private Equity			Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	11.4		$	2.2		$	13.6
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	1.6			0.1			1.7
Relating to assets sold during the year	0.8			(0.1		)	0.7
Net purchases and sales	7.6			0.2			7.8
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	21.4		$	2.4		$	23.8
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held as of the reporting date	2.3			0.3			2.6
Relating to assets sold during the year	1.6			0.1			1.7
Net purchases and sales	(2.0		)	(0.2		)	(2.2		)
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	23.3		$	2.6		$	25.9

Royalty rights are held through investment funds. These investments are priority interests in contractual royalty revenue derived from the sale of pharmaceutical products that entitle the investment fund to receive a portion of revenue from the patent-protected product. The fair value of the Company's investment in royalty rights is estimated using consensus sales estimates for the pharmaceutical products obtained from third-party experts, which are multiplied by the contractual royalty rate, and then discounted by an interest rate based off the estimated weighted average cost of capital of the pharmaceutical sector (approximately 10%).

Private equity funds invest in the non-marketable securities of individual private companies. These private companies ultimately may become public in the future. The fair value of the Company's investment in private equity funds is estimated using many types of inputs, including historical sales multiples, valuations of comparable public companies, and recently completed equity financings.

XML

Derivatives (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	$ 0.9
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	(16.6)
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	(1.1)
Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	15.0
Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	3.6
2014 [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	13.6
2014 [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	(11.5)
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	(1.1)
2014 [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	15.0
2014 [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	11.2
2015 [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	(5.1)
2015 [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	(5.1)
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2015 [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2015 [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	0
2016 [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	0
2016 [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	0
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2016 [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2016 [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	0
2017 [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	(2.7)
2017 [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	0
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2017 [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2017 [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	(2.7)
2018 [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	(4.9)
2018 [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	0
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2018 [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
2018 [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	(4.9)
Thereafter [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Total	0
Thereafter [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency cash flow hedges	0
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
Thereafter [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Foreign currency undesignated hedges	0
Thereafter [Member] | Interest rate fair value hedges - Corporate [Member]
Fair value of derivatives, by maturity [Abstract]
Interest rate fair value hedges	$ 0

XML

Investment Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Marketable Securities [Abstract]

Investment Securities

Investment Securities

Investment securities included in "Settlement assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of highly-rated state and municipal debt securities, including variable rate demand notes. Variable rate demand note securities can be put (sold at par) typically on a daily basis with settlement periods ranging from the same day to one week, but have varying maturities through 2051. Generally, these securities are used by the Company for short-term liquidity needs and are held for short periods of time, typically less than 30 days. The Company is required to hold specific highly-rated, investment grade securities and such investments are restricted to satisfy outstanding settlement obligations in accordance with applicable state and foreign country requirements.

During the third quarter of 2013, the Company invested in a short-term bond mutual fund which holds a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, with a combined average maturity of less than one year. This investment can be redeemed daily. The fair value of this investment, which is included in "Other assets" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $100.2 million as of December 31, 2013.

The substantial majority of the Company's investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. Investment securities are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates and credit risk. Western Union regularly monitors credit risk and attempts to mitigate its exposure by investing in highly-rated securities and through investment diversification. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the Company's investment securities had credit ratings of "AA-" or better from a major credit rating agency.

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of related deferred taxes. Proceeds from the sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $19.0 billion, $16.3 billion and $14.2 billion, respectively.

Gains and losses on investments are calculated using the specific-identification method and are recognized during the period in which the investment is sold or when an investment experiences an other-than-temporary decline in value. Factors that could indicate an impairment exists include, but are not limited to: earnings performance, changes in credit rating or adverse changes in the regulatory or economic environment of the asset. If potential impairment exists, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the debt security, more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery or expects that some of the contractual cash flows will not be received. The Company had no material other-than-temporary impairments during the periods presented.

The components of investment securities are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	868.1	$	874.2	$	7.8	$	(1.7	)	$	6.1
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	865.0		865.0		—		—			—
Other debt securities	11.2		11.3		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5	$	7.9	$	(1.7	)	$	6.2
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.0		100.2		0.2		—			0.2
	$	1,844.3	$	1,850.7	$	8.1	$	(1.7	)	$	6.4
December 31, 2012	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Net Unrealized Gains/ (Losses)
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities (a)	$	991.5	$	1,003.7	$	12.5	$	(0.3	)	$	12.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	463.3		463.3		—		—			—
Other debt securities	47.7		47.8		0.1		—			0.1
	$	1,502.5	$	1,514.8	$	12.6	$	(0.3	)	$	12.3

____________

(a) The majority of these securities are fixed rate instruments.

There were no investments with a single issuer or individual securities representing greater than 10% of total investment securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following summarizes the contractual maturities of settlement-related debt securities as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due within 1 year	$	187.6	$	188.4
Due after 1 year through 5 years	425.2		429.1
Due after 5 years through 10 years	306.7		308.1
Due after 10 years	824.8		824.9
	$	1,744.3	$	1,750.5

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay the obligations or the Company may have the right to put the obligation prior to its contractual maturity, as with variable rate demand notes. Variable rate demand notes, having a fair value of $21.6 million, $21.4 million and $822.0 million are included in the "Due after 1 year through 5 years," "Due after 5 years through 10 years" and "Due after 10 years" categories, respectively, in the table above.

XML

Investment Securities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 1,844.3		$ 1,502.5
Fair Value	1,850.7		1,514.8
Gross Unrealized Gains	8.1		12.6
Gross Unrealized Losses	(1.7)		(0.3)
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	6.4		12.3
Settlement assets [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	1,744.3
Fair Value	1,750.5
Gross Unrealized Gains	7.9
Gross Unrealized Losses	(1.7)
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	6.2
State and municipal debt securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	868.1	[1]	991.5	[1]
Fair Value	874.2	[1]	1,003.7	[1]
Gross Unrealized Gains	7.8	[1]	12.5	[1]
Gross Unrealized Losses	(1.7)	[1]	(0.3)	[1]
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	6.1	[1]	12.2	[1]
State and municipal variable rate demand notes [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	865.0		463.3
Fair Value	865.0		463.3
Gross Unrealized Gains	0		0
Gross Unrealized Losses	0		0
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	0		0
Other debt securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	11.2		47.7
Fair Value	11.3		47.8
Gross Unrealized Gains	0.1		0.1
Gross Unrealized Losses	0		0
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	0.1		0.1
Short-term bond mutual fund [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	100.0
Fair Value	100.2
Gross Unrealized Gains	0.2
Gross Unrealized Losses	0
Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)	$ 0.2

[1] The majority of these securities are fixed rate instruments.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees

The Company had approximately $100 million in outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees as of December 31, 2013 with expiration dates through 2016, the majority of which contain a one-year renewal option. The letters of credit and bank guarantees are primarily held in connection with lease arrangements and certain agent agreements. The Company expects to renew the letters of credit and bank guarantees prior to expiration in most circumstances.

Litigation and Related Contingencies

The Company and one of its subsidiaries are defendants in two purported class action lawsuits: James P. Tennille v. The Western Union Company and Robert P. Smet v. The Western Union Company, both of which are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. The original complaints asserted claims for violation of various consumer protection laws, unjust enrichment, conversion and declaratory relief, based on allegations that the Company waits too long to inform consumers if their money transfers are not redeemed by the recipients and that the Company uses the unredeemed funds to generate income until the funds are escheated to state governments. The Tennille complaint was served on the Company on April 27, 2009. The Smet complaint was served on the Company on April 6, 2010. On September 21, 2009, the Court granted the Company's motion to dismiss the Tennille complaint and gave the plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. On October 21, 2009, Tennille filed an amended complaint. The Company moved to dismiss the Tennille amended complaint and the Smet complaint. On November 8, 2010, the Court denied the motion to dismiss as to the plaintiffs' unjust enrichment and conversion claims. On February 4, 2011, the Court dismissed the plaintiffs' consumer protection claims. On March 11, 2011, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that adds a claim for breach of fiduciary duty, various elements to its declaratory relief claim and Western Union Financial Services, Inc. ("WUFSI"), a subsidiary of the Company, as a defendant. On April 25, 2011, the Company and WUFSI filed a motion to dismiss the breach of fiduciary duty and declaratory relief claims. WUFSI also moved to compel arbitration of the plaintiffs' claims and to stay the action pending arbitration. On November 21, 2011, the Court denied the motion to compel arbitration and the stay request. Both companies appealed the decision. On January 24, 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit granted the companies' request to stay the District Court proceedings pending their appeal. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the parties executed a settlement agreement, which the Court preliminarily approved on January 3, 2013. On June 25, 2013, the Court entered an order certifying the class and granting final approval to the settlement. Under the approved settlement, a substantial amount of the settlement proceeds, as well as all of the class counsel’s fees, administrative fees and other expenses, would be paid from the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds, which are included within "Settlement obligations" in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. During the final approval hearing, the Court overruled objections to the settlement that had been filed by several class members. In July 2013, two of those class members filed notices of appeal. The United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit has scheduled oral argument for March 18, 2014. The settlement requires Western Union to deposit the class members' unclaimed money transfer funds into a class settlement fund, from which class member claims, administrative fees and class counsel’s fees, as well as other expenses will be paid. On November 6, 2013, the Attorney General of California notified Western Union of the California Controller’s position that Western Union’s deposit of the unclaimed money transfer funds into the class settlement fund pursuant to the settlement “will not satisfy Western Union’s obligations to report and remit funds” under California’s unclaimed property law, and that “Western Union will remain liable to the State of California” for the funds that would have escheated to California in the absence of the settlement. The State of Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. have expressed similar views. There is thus reason to believe that these and potentially other jurisdictions may bring actions against the Company seeking reimbursement for amounts equal to the class counsel’s fees, administrative costs and other expenses that are paid from the class settlement fund.  If such actions are brought or claims that may otherwise require Western Union to incur additional escheatment-related liabilities are asserted, Western Union would defend itself vigorously.

On February 11, 2010, WUFSI signed an agreement and settlement ("Settlement Agreement"), which resolved all outstanding legal issues and claims with the State of Arizona (the "State") and required the Company to fund a multi-state not-for-profit organization promoting safety and security along the United States and Mexico border, in which California, Texas and New Mexico are participating with Arizona. As part of the Settlement Agreement, the Company has made and expects to make certain investments in its compliance programs along the United States and Mexico border and a monitor (the "Monitor") has been engaged for those programs. The Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, significant costs in connection with the Settlement Agreement. The Monitor has made a number of recommendations related to the Company's compliance programs. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company's Business Solutions business was included in the scope of the Monitor's review.

On January 31, 2014, WUFSI and the State agreed to amend the Settlement Agreement. Such amendment (the “Amendment”) was subsequently approved by the Superior Court of the State of Arizona In and For the County of Maricopa that same day. The Amendment extends the term of the Settlement Agreement until December 31, 2017, and imposes obligations on the Company and WUFSI in connection with WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance programs and cooperation with law enforcement. In particular, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue implementing the primary and secondary recommendations made by the Monitor appointed pursuant to the Settlement Agreement related to WUFSI’s anti-money laundering compliance program, and includes, among other things, timeframes for implementing such primary and secondary recommendations. Under the Amendment, the Monitor may make additional primary recommendations until January 1, 2015, and additional secondary recommendations until January 31, 2017. After these dates, the Monitor may only make additional primary or secondary recommendations, as applicable, that meet certain requirements as set forth in the Amendment. Primary recommendations may also be re-classified as secondary recommendations.

The Amendment provides that if WUFSI is unable to implement an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, as determined by the Monitor and subject to limited judicial review, within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State may, within 180 days after the Monitor delivers its final report on the primary recommendations on December 31, 2016, and subsequent to any judicial review of the Monitor’s findings, elect one, and only one, of the following remedies: (i) assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement and pursue remedies under the Settlement Agreement, which could include initiating civil or criminal actions; or (ii) require WUFSI to pay (a) $50 million plus (b) $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully. There are currently more than 70 primary recommendations and groups of primary recommendations.

If the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border within the timeframes to implement the Monitor’s primary recommendations, the State cannot pursue either of the remedies above, except that the State may require WUFSI to pay $1 million per primary recommendation or group of primary recommendations that WUFSI fails to implement successfully.

If, at the conclusion of the timeframe to implement the secondary recommendations on December 31, 2017, the Monitor concludes that WUFSI has not implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border, the State cannot assert a willful and material breach of the Settlement Agreement but may require WUFSI to pay an additional $25 million. Additionally, if the Monitor determines that WUFSI has implemented an effective anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border but has not implemented some of the Monitor’s secondary recommendations or groups of secondary recommendations that were originally classified as primary recommendations or groups of primary recommendations on the date of the Amendment, the State may require WUFSI to pay $500,000 per such secondary recommendation or group of recommendations. There is no monetary penalty associated with secondary recommendations that are classified as such on the date of the Amendment or any new secondary recommendations that the Monitor makes after the date of the Amendment.

The Amendment also requires WUFSI to make a one-time payment of $250,000 and thereafter $150,000 per month for five years to fund the activities and expenses of a money transfer transaction data analysis center formed by WUFSI and a Financial Crimes Task Force comprised of federal and state and local law enforcement representatives, including those from the State. In addition, the Amendment requires WUFSI to continue funding the Monitor’s reasonable expenses in $500,000 increments as requested by the Monitor.

The changes in WUFSI’s anti-money laundering program required by the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, and the Monitor’s recommendations have had, and will continue to have, adverse effects on the Company’s business, including additional costs. Additionally, if WUFSI is not able to implement a successful anti-money laundering compliance program along the U.S. and Mexico border or timely implement a substantial portion of the Monitor’s primary recommendations, each as determined by the Monitor, pursuit by the State of remedies under the Settlement Agreement, including the Amendment, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

On March 20, 2012, the Company was served with a federal grand jury subpoena issued by the United States Attorney's Office for the Central District of California ("USAO") seeking documents relating to Shen Zhou International ("US Shen Zhou"), a former Western Union agent located in Monterey Park, California. The principal of US Shen Zhou was indicted in 2010 and in December 2013, pled guilty to one count of structuring international money transfers in violation of United States federal law in U.S. v. Zhi He Wang (SA CR 10-196, C.D. Cal.). Concurrent with the government's service of the subpoena, the government notified the Company that it is a target of an ongoing investigation into structuring and money laundering. Since March 20, 2012, the Company has received additional subpoenas from the USAO seeking additional documents relating to US Shen Zhou, materials relating to certain other former and current agents and other materials relating to the Company's anti-money laundering compliance policies and procedures. The government has interviewed several current and former Western Union employees and has served grand jury subpoenas seeking testimony from several current and former employees. The government's investigation is ongoing and the Company may receive additional requests for information as part of the investigation. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the government. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the government's investigation, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with the resolution of any possible criminal charges or civil claims that may be brought against the Company. Should such charges or claims be brought, the Company could face significant fines, damage awards or regulatory consequences which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

On December 10, 2013, the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado against The Western Union Company, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a former executive officer of the Company, asserting claims under sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 against all defendants, and under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the individual defendants. Plaintiff alleges that during the alleged class period, February 7, 2012 through October 30, 2012, defendants made false or misleading statements or failed to disclose adverse facts known to them, including: (1) the Company was experiencing difficulties in complying with its increased duties required by the Southwest Border Agreement and that the State of Arizona was dissatisfied with the Company’s efforts; (2) the Company was spending significantly more than forecast on its efforts to satisfy the compliance and monitoring program; (3) the Company had downplayed the impact that changes in its compliance and regulatory environment were having on its operations, including its operations in Mexico and Latin America; (4) the scope of the Monitor’s review was being expanded to include Western Union Business Solutions, which would increase compliance costs; and (5) the Company’s ability to charge a premium for its core money transfer product was under competitive pressure, which would require drastic price reductions to stem market share losses. On January 30, 2014, another shareholder, Norma A. Garavaglia, filed a second purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado that names the same defendants and contains allegations which are substantially similar to those made in the City of Taylor Police and Fire Retirement System lawsuit. These actions are in a preliminary stage and the Company is unable to predict the outcome, or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, which could be associated with these actions. The Company and the named individuals intend to vigorously defend themselves in all of these matters.

In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company is subject to other claims and litigation. Management of the Company believes such matters involving a reasonably possible chance of loss will not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company accrues for loss contingencies as they become probable and estimable.

Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement with First Data in connection with the Spin-off (see Note 1), First Data and the Company are each liable for, and agreed to perform, all liabilities with respect to their respective businesses. In addition, the separation and distribution agreement also provides for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of the Company's business with the Company and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of First Data's retained businesses with First Data. The Company also entered into a tax allocation agreement that sets forth the rights and obligations of First Data and the Company with respect to taxes imposed on their respective businesses both prior to and after the Spin-off as well as potential tax obligations for which the Company may be liable in conjunction with the Spin-off (see Note 10).

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

The Company has ownership interests in certain of its agents accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company pays these agents, as it does its other agents, commissions for money transfer and other services provided on the Company's behalf. Commission expense recognized for these agents for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $65.5 million, $66.1 million and $131.9 million, respectively. Commission expense recognized for Finint prior to October 31, 2011 and Costa prior to April 20, 2011, the date of the acquisitions (see Note 4), was considered a related party transaction.

The Company has a director who is also a director for a company that previously held significant investments in two of the Company's existing agents. During the first quarter of 2012, this company sold its interest in one of these agents, so that for the year ended December 31, 2013, this company held a significant investment in only one agent. These agents had been agents of the Company prior to the director being appointed to the board. The Company recognized commission expense of $15.1 million, $28.9 million and $58.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to these agents during the periods the agents were affiliated with the Company's director. In January 2014, this director advised the Company that he does not intend to stand for re-election as a director at the Company's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, as defined by the relevant accounting standards, represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. For additional information on how the Company measures fair value, refer to Note 2.

The following tables reflect assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	874.2	$	—	$	874.2
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		865.0		—		865.0
Other debt securities	—		11.3		—		11.3
Other assets:
Short-term bond mutual fund	100.2		—		—		100.2
Derivatives	—		224.3		—		224.3
Total assets	$	100.2	$	1,974.8	$	—	$	2,075.0
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,343.2	$	—	$	4,343.2
Derivatives	—		223.4		—		223.4
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,566.6	$	—	$	4,566.6
	Fair Value Measurement Using						Assets/ Liabilities at Fair Value
December 31, 2012	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Settlement assets:
State and municipal debt securities	$	—	$	1,003.7	$	—	$	1,003.7
State and municipal variable rate demand notes	—		463.3		—		463.3
Other debt securities	—		47.8		—		47.8
Other assets:
Derivatives	—		96.8		—		96.8
Total assets	$	—	$	1,611.6	$	—	$	1,611.6
Liabilities:
Notes and other borrowings	$	—	$	4,200.8	$	—	$	4,200.8
Derivatives	—		86.1		—		86.1
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,286.9	$	—	$	4,286.9

No non-recurring fair value adjustments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, except those associated with acquisitions, as disclosed in Note 4.

Other Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts for many of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, settlement cash and cash equivalents, and settlement receivables and settlement obligations approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The aggregate fair value of the Company's borrowings was based on quotes from multiple banks and excluded the impact of related interest rate swaps. All the assets and liabilities in the above tables were carried at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the exception of borrowings, which had a carrying value of $4,213.0 million and $4,029.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively (see Note 15).

The fair value of the assets in the Trust, which holds the assets for the Company's defined benefit plan, is disclosed in Note 11.

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Components of pre-tax income
Domestic									$ (28.4)	$ 94.8	$ 423.9
Foreign									955.3	1,074.0	850.7
Income before income taxes	$ 192.8	$ 251.7	$ 232.2	$ 250.2	$ 244.8	$ 323.8	$ 310.1	$ 290.1	$ 926.9	$ 1,168.8	$ 1,274.6

XML

Derivatives (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	$ 224.3	$ 96.8
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	223.4	86.1
Subject to netting [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative Assets, Fair Value	118.4	39.1
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheets	0	0
Derivatives Not Offset in the Balance Sheets	(93.3)	(19.6)
Derivative Asset Net Amounts	25.1	19.5
Derivative Liabilities, Fair Value	146.1	30.5
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheets	0	0
Derivatives Not Offset in the Balance Sheets	(93.3)	(19.6)
Derivative Liability Net Amounts	52.8	10.9
Not subject to netting [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative asset not subject to netting	105.9	57.7
Derivative liability not subject to netting	$ 77.3	$ 55.6

XML

Income Taxes (Details 2)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Effective tax rate reconciliation
Federal statutory rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits	0.70%	0.60%	2.00%
Foreign rate differential, net of U.S. tax paid on foreign earnings (9.2%, 5.1% and 1.2%, respectively)	(22.90%)	(22.50%)	(14.00%)
IRS Agreement	0.00%	0.00%	(16.10%)
Other	1.10%	(0.90%)	1.70%
Effective tax rate	13.90%	12.20%	8.60%
U.S. tax paid on foreign earnings	9.20%	5.10%	1.20%

XML

Other Assets and Other Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Other assets:
Derivatives	$ 224.3	$ 96.8
Short-term bond mutual fund (Note 7)	100.2	0
Prepaid expenses	69.0	56.9
Amounts advanced to agents, net of discounts	41.8	37.7
Equity method investments	41.0	41.0
Other receivables	21.1	21.4
Debt issue costs	17.3	17.3
Deferred customer set up costs	17.1	15.9
Accounts receivable, net	14.9	15.6
Other	15.4	17.3
Total other assets	562.1	319.9
Other liabilities:
Derivatives	223.4	86.1
Pension obligations	70.4	102.1
Deferred revenue	25.1	30.5
Other	39.3	36.0
Total other liabilities	$ 358.2	$ 254.7

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Details 3) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock options granted:
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	1.20%	1.20%	2.50%
Weighted-average dividend yield	3.70%	1.80%	1.40%
Volatility	35.30%	33.20%	31.00%
Expected term (in years)	6 years 1 month 2 days	6 years 1 month 2 days	5 years 9 months 18 days
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$ 3.20	$ 4.90	$ 5.99

XML

Other Assets and Other Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Other Assets and Other Liabilities [Abstract]

Components of other assets and other liabilities

The following table summarizes the components of other assets and other liabilities (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Other assets:
Derivatives	$	224.3	$	96.8
Short-term bond mutual fund (Note 7)	100.2		—
Prepaid expenses	69.0		56.9
Amounts advanced to agents, net of discounts	41.8		37.7
Equity method investments	41.0		41.0
Other receivables	21.1		21.4
Debt issue costs	17.3		17.3
Deferred customer set up costs	17.1		15.9
Accounts receivable, net	14.9		15.6
Other	15.4		17.3
Total other assets	$	562.1	$	319.9
Other liabilities:
Derivatives	$	223.4	$	86.1
Pension obligations	70.4		102.1
Deferred revenue	25.1		30.5
Other	39.3		36.0
Total other liabilities	$	358.2	$	254.7

XML

Productivity and Cost-Savings Initiatives and Restructuring and Related Expenses (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses	$ 0	$ 0	$ 46.8
Balance, December 31, 2011			13.9
Severance, outplacement and related benefits [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			26.1
Balance, December 31, 2011			13.7
Fixed asset write-offs and accelerated depreciation [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			1.3
Lease terminations [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			3.5
Other restructuring expenses [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			15.9
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			33.7
Consumer-to-Business [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			6.2
Business Solutions [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			5.0
Other [Member]
Restructuring and Related Expenses
Expenses			$ 1.9

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders' Equity

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period that have yet to be recognized in income, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. The major components include unrealized gains and losses on investment securities, gains or losses from cash flow hedging activities, foreign currency translation adjustments and defined benefit pension plan liability adjustments.

Unrealized gains and losses on investment securities that are available for sale, primarily state and municipal debt securities, are included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the investment is either sold or deemed other-than-temporarily impaired. See Note 7 for further discussion.

The effective portion of the change in fair value of derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss." Generally, amounts are recognized in income when the related forecasted transaction affects earnings. See Note 14 for further discussion.

The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the United States dollar are translated using the appropriate exchange rate as of the end of the year. Foreign currency translation adjustments represent unrealized gains and losses on assets and liabilities arising from the difference in the foreign country currency compared to the United States dollar. These gains and losses are accumulated in comprehensive income. When a foreign subsidiary is substantially liquidated, the cumulative translation gain or loss is removed from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and is recognized as a component of the gain or loss on the sale of the subsidiary.

The defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment is recognized for the difference between estimated assumptions (e.g., asset returns, discount rates, mortality) and actual results. The amount in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" is amortized to income over the remaining life expectancy of the plan participants. Details of the pension plan's assets and obligations are explained further in Note 11.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Unrealized gains on investment securities, beginning of period	$	7.7		$	4.9		$	3.1
Unrealized gains/(losses)	(0.1		)	9.9			9.7
Tax (expense)/benefit	0.1			(3.7		)	(3.6		)
Reclassification of gains into "Other revenues"	(5.8		)	(5.5		)	(6.9		)
Tax expense related to reclassifications	2.2			2.1			2.6
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities	(3.6		)	2.8			1.8
Unrealized gains on investment securities, end of period	$	4.1		$	7.7		$	4.9
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, beginning of period	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1		$	(21.9	)
Unrealized losses	(3.1		)	(20.1		)	(5.2		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(1.7		)	3.1			5.6
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Transaction fees"	(7.6		)	(10.3		)	23.3
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Foreign exchange revenues"	(2.8		)	(3.1		)	7.0
Reclassification of losses into "Interest expense"	3.6			3.6			2.7
Tax expense/(benefit) related to reclassifications	0.5			(0.2		)	(6.4		)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities	(11.1		)	(27.0		)	27.0
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, end of period	$	(33.0	)	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1
Foreign currency translation adjustments, beginning of period	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)	$	(4.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(17.7		)	(4.6		)	(3.7		)
Tax benefit	4.6			2.4			1.7
Net foreign currency translation adjustments	(13.1		)	(2.2		)	(2.0		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, end of period	$	(21.6	)	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, beginning of period	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)	$	(109.7	)
Unrealized gains/(losses)	7.4			(20.5		)	(28.4		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(3.9		)	6.2			10.9
Reclassification of losses into "Cost of services"	12.4			10.5			8.1
Tax benefit related to reclassifications and other	(4.5		)	(3.9		)	(3.1		)
Net defined benefit pension plan adjustments	11.4			(7.7		)	(12.5		)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, end of period	$	(118.5	)	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, end of period	$	(169.0	)	$	(152.6	)	$	(118.5	)

Cash Dividends Paid

Cash dividends paid for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $277.2 million, $254.2 million and $194.2 million, respectively. Dividends per share declared quarterly by the Company's Board of Directors during the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Year	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
2013	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125
2012	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.125
2011	$	0.07	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	0.08

On February 21, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share payable on March 31, 2014.

Share Repurchases

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 25.7 million, 51.0 million and 40.3 million shares, respectively, have been repurchased for $393.6 million, $771.9 million and $800.0 million, respectively, excluding commissions, at an average cost of $15.29, $15.12 and $19.83 per share, respectively.

On February 11, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized $500 million of common stock repurchases through June 30, 2015.

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in millions, except per share data):

2013 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	1,325.4	$	1,385.9	$	1,408.8	$	1,421.9	$	5,542.0
Expenses (a) (b)	1,028.5		1,109.1		1,113.5		1,183.5		4,434.6
Operating income	296.9		276.8		295.3		238.4		1,107.4
Other expense, net	46.7		44.6		43.6		45.6		180.5
Income before income taxes	250.2		232.2		251.7		192.8		926.9
Provision for income taxes	38.2		33.6		37.3		19.4		128.5
Net income	$	212.0	$	198.6	$	214.4	$	173.4	$	798.4
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Diluted	$	0.37	$	0.36	$	0.39	$	0.31	$	1.43
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	567.6		555.7		552.1		551.2		556.6
Diluted	569.7		558.3		555.8		555.0		559.7
____________

(a) Includes $3.9 million in the first quarter, $6.2 million in the second quarter, $3.8 million in the third quarter, and $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(b) Includes $4.2 million in the first quarter, $13.5 million in the second quarter, $6.2 million in the third quarter, and $33.0 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

2012 by Quarter:	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,393.4	$	1,425.1	$	1,421.6	$	1,424.7	$	5,664.8
Expenses (c) (d)	1,060.9		1,079.2		1,056.0		1,138.7		4,334.8
Operating income	332.5		345.9		365.6		286.0		1,330.0
Other expense, net	42.4		35.8		41.8		41.2		161.2
Income before income taxes	290.1		310.1		323.8		244.8		1,168.8
Provision for income taxes	42.8		38.9		54.3		6.9		142.9
Net income	$	247.3	$	271.2	$	269.5	$	237.9	$	1,025.9
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.70
Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.44	$	0.45	$	0.40	$	1.69
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	619.1		610.9		601.5		588.0		604.9
Diluted	621.9		613.1		604.2		590.2		607.4
____________

(c) Includes $6.4 million in the first quarter, $14.5 million in the second quarter, $10.3 million in the third quarter, and $11.6 million in the fourth quarter of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP.

(d) Includes $30.9 million in the fourth quarter of expenses related to productivity and cost-savings initiatives. For more information, see Note 3.

XML

Segments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Revenues:
Transaction fees									$ 4,065.8		$ 4,210.0		$ 4,220.2
Foreign exchange revenues									1,348.0		1,332.7		1,151.2
Other revenues									128.2		122.1		120.0
Total revenues	1,421.9	1,408.8	1,385.9	1,325.4	1,424.7	1,421.6	1,425.1	1,393.4	5,542.0		5,664.8		5,491.4
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)	238.4	295.3	276.8	296.9	286.0	365.6	345.9	332.5	1,107.4		1,330.0		1,385.0
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)									0		0		(46.8)
Assets:
Total assets	10,121.3				9,465.7				10,121.3		9,465.7		9,069.9
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									262.8		246.1		192.6
Capital expenditures:
Total capital expenditures									241.3		268.2		162.5
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Revenues:
Transaction fees									3,396.1		3,545.6		3,580.2
Foreign exchange revenues									981.3		988.5		983.1
Other revenues									56.2		50.2		45.1
Total revenues									4,433.6		4,584.3		4,608.4
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)									1,030.4		1,266.9		1,316.0
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)													(33.7)
Assets:
Total assets	5,321.9				4,854.2				5,321.9		4,854.2		4,644.6
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									179.4		158.2		141.0
Capital expenditures:
Total capital expenditures									174.0		219.1		138.4
Consumer-to-Business [Member]
Revenues:
Transaction fees									579.1		573.6		581.8
Foreign exchange and other revenues									29.4		30.3		34.1
Total revenues									608.5		603.9		615.9
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)									121.9		137.6		146.9
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)													(6.2)
Assets:
Total assets	1,129.9				1,029.6				1,129.9		1,029.6		955.8
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									15.8		14.7		18.8
Capital expenditures:
Total capital expenditures									36.9		21.8		13.4
Business Solutions [Member]
Revenues:
Foreign exchange revenues									355.5		332.0		154.6
Transaction fees and other revenues									37.4		35.4		6.5
Total revenues									392.9		367.4		161.1
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)									(27.0)	[1]	(54.8)	[1]	(9.6)	[1]
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)													(5.0)
Assets:
Total assets	2,256.4				2,012.6				2,256.4		2,012.6		1,906.2
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									59.6		65.7		26.8
Capital expenditures:
Total capital expenditures									14.8		16.1		6.7
Other [Member]
Revenues:
Total revenues									107.0		109.2		106.0
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)									(17.9)		(19.7)		(21.5)
Restructuring and related expenses (Note 3)													(1.9)
Assets:
Total assets	1,413.1				1,569.3				1,413.1		1,569.3		1,563.3
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									8.0		7.5		4.7
Capital expenditures:
Total capital expenditures									15.6		11.2		4.0
Total segment [Member]
Operating income/(loss):
Operating income/(loss)									1,107.4		1,330.0		1,431.8
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									262.8		246.1		191.3
Restructuring and Related Expenses [Member]
Depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization									$ 0		$ 0		$ 1.3

[1] During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $19.3 million, $42.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, of integration expenses related to the acquisition of TGBP. TGBP integration expense consists primarily of severance and other benefits, retention, direct and incremental expense consisting of facility relocation, consolidation and closures; IT systems integration; amortization of a transitional trademark license; and other expenses such as training, travel and professional fees. Integration expense does not include costs related to the completion of the TGBP acquisition, which are included in Other.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	8 years
Initial Cost	$ 1,506.1	$ 1,398.6
Net of Accumulated Amortization	833.8	878.9
Acquired contracts [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	11 years 2 months 12 days
Initial Cost	632.0	627.2
Net of Accumulated Amortization	414.3	466.2
Capitalized contract costs [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	5 years 10 months 24 days
Initial Cost	528.5	457.2
Net of Accumulated Amortization	315.2	303.7
Internal use software [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	3 years 2 months 13 days
Initial Cost	264.9	221.0
Net of Accumulated Amortization	65.1	54.7
Acquired trademarks [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	22 years 8 months 12 days
Initial Cost	38.0	43.4
Net of Accumulated Amortization	25.3	28.4
Projects in process [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	3 years
Initial Cost	9.6	15.4
Net of Accumulated Amortization	9.6	15.4
Other intangibles [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)	2 years 7 months 6 days
Initial Cost	33.1	34.4
Net of Accumulated Amortization	$ 4.3	$ 10.5
Minimum [Member] | Internal use software [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Amortization period of intangible assets	3 years
Maximum [Member] | Internal use software [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Amortization period of intangible assets	5 years

XML

Stock Compensation Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock option activity

A summary of Western Union stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows (options and aggregate intrinsic value in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of January 1	27.0		$	18.46
Granted	4.0		14.02
Exercised	(1.8	)	15.86
Cancelled/forfeited	(5.4	)	17.86
Outstanding as of December 31	23.8		$	18.05	4.4	$	19.7
Options exercisable as of December 31	18.1		$	18.77	3.1	$	8.4

Restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units activity

A summary of Western Union activity for restricted stock units and performance based restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2013 is listed below (units in millions):

	Year Ended December 31, 2013
	Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested as of January 1	4.8	$	17.38
Granted	3.2	13.10
Vested	(1.0)	15.63
Forfeited	(0.7)	15.42
Non-vested as of December 31	6.3	$	15.69

Impact on earnings for stock-based compensation expense

The following table sets forth the total impact on earnings for stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income resulting from stock options, restricted stock units, performance based restricted stock units and bonus stock units for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions, except per share data).

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock-based compensation expense	$	(34.5	)	$	(34.0	)	$	(31.2	)
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense	10.0			10.0			9.8
Net income impact	$	(24.5	)	$	(24.0	)	$	(21.4	)
Earnings per share:
Basic and Diluted	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.03	)

Assumptions for the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the value of options granted

The Company used the following assumptions for the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the value of Western Union options granted.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Stock options granted:
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	1.2		%	1.2		%	2.5		%
Weighted-average dividend yield	3.7		%	1.8		%	1.4		%
Volatility	35.3		%	33.2		%	31.0		%
Expected term (in years)	6.09			6.09			5.80
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	3.20		$	4.90		$	5.99

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 2,073.1		$ 1,776.5
Settlement assets	3,270.4		3,114.6
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $428.6 and $384.5, respectively	209.9		196.1
Goodwill	3,172.0		3,179.7
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $672.3 and $519.7, respectively	833.8		878.9
Other assets	562.1		319.9
Total assets	10,121.3		9,465.7
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	638.9		556.2
Settlement obligations	3,270.4		3,114.6
Income taxes payable	216.9		218.3
Deferred tax liability, net	319.2		352.1
Borrowings	4,213.0	[1]	4,029.2
Other liabilities	358.2		254.7
Total liabilities	9,016.6		8,525.1
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized; no shares issued	0		0
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5		5.7
Capital surplus	390.9		332.8
Retained earnings	877.3		754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0)		(152.6)
Total stockholders' equity	1,104.7		940.6
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 10,121.3		$ 9,465.7

[1] As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s weighted-average effective rate on total borrowings was approximately 4.6%.

XML

Borrowings (Details Numeric) (USD $)					12 Months Ended												0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended																							0 Months Ended																														12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Sep. 23, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Sep. 23, 2011 Letter of credit sub-facility [Member]	Sep. 23, 2011 Swing line sub-facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2019 [Member]		Nov. 22, 2013 Notes Payable, 2019 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2019 [Member]		Nov. 22, 2013 Notes Payable, 2019 [Member] Maximum [Member]	Nov. 22, 2013 Notes Payable, 2019 [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 22, 2013 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Floating rate notes due 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2015 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2015 [Member]		Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2015 [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2015 [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2015 [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2017 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2017 [Member]		Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2017 [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2017 [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 10, 2012 Notes Payable, 2017 [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2018 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2018 [Member]		Aug. 22, 2011 Notes Payable, 2018 [Member]	Mar. 07, 2011 Floating Rate Notes Payable, 2013 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Floating Rate Notes Payable, 2013 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Floating Rate Notes Payable, 2013 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2040 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2040 [Member]		Jun. 21, 2010 Notes Payable, 2040 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2020 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2020 [Member]		Mar. 30, 2010 Notes Payable, 2020 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2014 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2014 [Member]		Feb. 26, 2009 Notes Payable, 2014 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2036 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2036 [Member]		Nov. 17, 2006 Notes Payable, 2036 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, 2016 [Member]		Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, 2016 [Member]		Sep. 29, 2006 Notes Payable, 2016 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Commercial Paper [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Commercial Paper [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Commercial Paper [Member] Maximum [Member]
Maturities of borrowings at par value [Abstract]
Maturities of borrowings in 2014	$ 500,000,000
Maturities of borrowings in 2015	500,000,000
Maturities of borrowings in 2016	1,000,000,000.0
Maturities of borrowings in 2017	500,000,000
Maturities of borrowings in 2018	400,000,000
Maturities of borrowings thereafter	1,300,000,000
Commercial Paper Program [Abstract]
Maximum issuance																																																																								1,500,000,000.0
Short-term Debt, Threshold of Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility Will Reduce Amount Available for Issuance																																																																								150,000,000
Maximum days to maturity																																																																									397 days
Average balance outstanding																																																																							161,300,000
Maximum balance outstanding																																																																							422,800,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity							1,650,000,000.00	250,000,000	150,000,000
Interest rate margin					1.00%
Commitment fee					0.125%
Balance outstanding					0	0
Notes [Abstract]
Total borrowings at par value	4,230,600,000	[1]	4,030,700,000	[1]						250,000,000.0	[2]	250,000,000.0	0	[2]			250,000,000	250,000,000	[3]	0	[3]	250,000,000	[4]	250,000,000	[4]	250,000,000			500,000,000	[1]	500,000,000	[1]	500,000,000			400,000,000	[4]	400,000,000	[4]	400,000,000	300,000,000	0	[5]	300,000,000	[5]	250,000,000	[4]	250,000,000	[4]	250,000,000	324,900,000.0	[4]	324,900,000.0	[4]		500,000,000	[1]	500,000,000	[1]	500,000,000	500,000,000	[4]	500,000,000	[4]	500,000,000	1,000,000,000	[4]	1,000,000,000	[4]	1,000,000,000	0	0
Debt instrument, original face amount																																																							303,700,000
Unamortized premium of debt instrument																																																							$ 21,200,000
Stated interest rate										3.35%		3.35%										2.375%		2.375%		2.375%			2.875%		2.875%		2.875%			3.65%		3.65%		3.65%						6.20%		6.20%		6.20%	5.253%		5.253%		5.253%	6.50%		6.50%		6.50%	6.20%		6.20%		6.20%	5.93%		5.93%		5.93%
Effective interest rate										3.40%								1.20%											2.00%																											5.70%
Premium on early redemptions										0.30%												0.35%							0.40%							0.35%										0.30%					0.15%					0.50%					0.25%					0.20%
Repurchase provisions, percentage of principal										101.00%								101.00%				101.00%							101.00%							101.00%
Basis spread on floating rate debt																	1.00%	1.00%																							0.58%
Premium given to note holders																																																							7.00%
Minimum interest charged after credit rating upgrade																3.35%												2.375%							2.875%
Maximum interest increase after credit rating downgrade															2.00%												2.00%							2.00%

[1] The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to effectively change the interest rate payments on a portion of its notes from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments in order to manage its overall exposure to interest rates. The changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps result in an offsetting hedge accounting adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the related note. These hedge accounting adjustments will be reclassified as reductions to or increases in "Interest expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the life of the related notes, and cause the effective rate of interest to differ from the notes’ stated rate.

[2] On November 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.350% unsecured fixed rate notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes"). The interest rate on the 2019 Notes may be adjusted under certain circumstances as described below.

[3] On August 22, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of aggregate principal amount of unsecured floating rate notes due August 21, 2015 ("2015 Floating Rate Notes"). Interest is payable quarterly at a per annum rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.2% at December 31, 2013) and is reset quarterly. See below for additional detail relating to the debt issuance.

[4] The difference between the stated interest rate and the effective interest rate is not significant.

[5] The floating rate notes due in March 2013 were repaid using the Company's cash, including cash generated from operations and proceeds from the Company's issuance of the fixed rate notes due 2015 and 2017.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The Company consolidates financial results when it has both the power to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the ability to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The Company utilizes the equity method of accounting when it is able to exercise significant influence over the entity's operations, which generally occurs when the Company has an ownership interest of between 20% and 50% in an entity.

Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Unvested shares of restricted stock are excluded from basic shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options at the presented dates are exercised and shares of restricted stock have vested, using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes proceeds from the exercise price of stock options, the unamortized compensation expense and assumed tax benefits of options and restricted stock are available to acquire shares at an average market price throughout the period, and therefore, reduce the dilutive effect.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were 21.2 million, 23.3 million and 17.1 million, respectively, of outstanding options to purchase shares of Western Union stock excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation, as their effect was anti-dilutive.

The following table provides the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding (in millions):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	556.6	604.9	630.6
Common stock equivalents	3.1	2.5	3.6
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	559.7	607.4	634.2

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair values of its assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in accordance with the hierarchy described below. The fair values of the assets and liabilities held in the Company's defined benefit plan trust ("Trust") are recognized or disclosed utilizing the same hierarchy. The following three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

• Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. For most of these assets, the Company utilizes pricing services that use multiple prices as inputs to determine daily market values. In addition, the Trust has other investments that fall within Level 2 that are valued at net asset value which is not quoted on an active market; however, the unit price is based on underlying investments which are traded on an active market. Further, these investments have no redemption restrictions, and redemptions can generally be done monthly or quarterly with required notice ranging from three to 60 days.

• Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include items where the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has Level 3 assets that are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis related to the Company's business combinations, where the values of the intangible assets and goodwill acquired in a purchase are derived utilizing one of the three recognized approaches: the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach.

Carrying amounts for many of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, settlement cash and cash equivalents, and settlement receivables and settlement obligations approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Investment securities and derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and included in Note 8. Fixed rate notes are carried at their original issuance values as adjusted over time to accrete that value to par, except for portions of notes hedged by interest rate swap agreements as disclosed in Note 14. The fair values of fixed rate notes are also disclosed in Note 8 and are based on market quotations. For more information on the fair value of financial instruments, see Note 8.

The fair values of non-financial assets and liabilities related to the Company's business combinations are disclosed in Note 4. The fair values of financial assets and liabilities related to the Trust are disclosed in Note 11.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for all business combinations where control over another entity is obtained using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that most assets (both tangible and intangible), liabilities (including contingent consideration), and remaining noncontrolling interests be recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets less liabilities and noncontrolling interests is recognized as goodwill. Certain adjustments to the assessed fair values of the assets, liabilities, or noncontrolling interests made subsequent to the acquisition date, but within the measurement period, which is one year or less, are recorded as adjustments to goodwill. Any adjustments subsequent to the measurement period are recorded in income. Any cost or equity method interest that the Company holds in the acquired company prior to the acquisition is remeasured to fair value at acquisition with a resulting gain or loss recognized in income for the difference between fair value and existing book value. Results of operations of the acquired company are included in the Company's results from the date of the acquisition forward and include amortization expense arising from acquired intangible assets. The Company expenses all costs as incurred related to or involved with an acquisition in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments (other than those included in settlement assets) with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase (that are readily convertible to cash) are considered to be cash equivalents and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with various financial institutions, including a portion in money market funds. The Company limits the concentration of its cash and cash equivalents with any one institution. The Company regularly reviews investment concentrations and credit worthiness of these institutions, and has relationships with a globally diversified list of banks and financial institutions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the related receivable balance will not be collected based on its history of collection experience, known collection issues, such as agent suspensions and bankruptcies, and other matters the Company identifies in its routine collection monitoring. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $38.3 million and $46.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is recorded in the same Consolidated Balance Sheet caption as the related receivable. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the provision for doubtful accounts (bad debt expense) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $50.1 million, $44.9 million and $24.3 million, respectively.

Settlement Assets and Obligations

Settlement assets represent funds received or to be received from agents for unsettled money transfers, money orders and consumer payments. The Company records corresponding settlement obligations relating to amounts payable under money transfers, money orders and consumer payment service arrangements. Settlement assets and obligations also include amounts receivable from, and payable to, customers for the value of their cross-currency payment transactions related to the Business Solutions segment.

Settlement assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers, and investment securities. Cash received by Western Union agents generally becomes available to the Company within one week after initial receipt by the agent. Cash equivalents consist of short-term time deposits, commercial paper and other highly liquid investments. Receivables from selling agents represent funds collected by such agents, but in transit to the Company. Western Union has a large and diverse agent base, thereby reducing the credit risk of the Company from any one agent. In addition, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its agents' financial condition and credit worthiness. See Note 7 for information concerning the Company's investment securities.

Receivables from Business Solutions customers arise from cross-currency payment transactions in the Business Solutions segment. Receivables occur when funds have been paid out to a beneficiary but not yet received from the customer. Aside from these receivables, the credit risk associated with spot foreign currency exchange contracts is largely mitigated, as in most cases the Company requires the receipt of funds from customers before releasing the associated cross-currency payment.

Settlement obligations consist of money transfer, money order and payment service payables and payables to agents. Money transfer payables represent amounts to be paid to transferees when they request their funds. Money order payables represent amounts not yet presented for payment. Most agents typically settle with transferees first and then obtain reimbursement from the Company. Payment service payables represent amounts to be paid to utility companies, auto finance companies, mortgage servicers, financial service providers, government agencies and others. Due to the agent funding and settlement process, payables to agents represent amounts due to agents for money transfers that have been settled with transferees.

Settlement assets and obligations consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Settlement assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	538.6	$	574.5
Receivables from selling agents and Business Solutions customers	981.3		1,025.3
Investment securities	1,750.5		1,514.8
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6
Settlement obligations:
Money transfer, money order and payment service payables	$	2,376.6	$	2,297.1
Payables to agents	893.8		817.5
	$	3,270.4	$	3,114.6

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets (generally three to 10 years for equipment and furniture and fixtures, and 30 years for buildings) or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs, which do not extend the useful life of the respective assets, are charged to expense as incurred.

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Equipment	$	416.1		$	384.6
Buildings	82.3			80.0
Leasehold improvements	80.3			65.6
Furniture and fixtures	33.3			33.4
Land and improvements	16.9			16.9
Projects in process	9.6			0.1
	638.5			580.6
Less accumulated depreciation	(428.6		)	(384.5		)
Property and equipment, net	$	209.9		$	196.1

Amounts charged to expense for depreciation of property and equipment were $64.2 million, $61.7 million and $61.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of tangible and other intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. The Company's annual impairment assessment did not identify any goodwill impairment during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily consist of acquired contracts, contract costs (primarily amounts paid to agents in connection with establishing and renewing long-term contracts) and software. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract or benefit periods. Included in the Consolidated Statements of Income is amortization expense of $198.6 million, $184.4 million and $131.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Acquired contracts include customer and contractual relationships and networks of subagents that are recognized in connection with the Company's acquisitions.

The Company capitalizes initial payments for new and renewed agent contracts to the extent recoverable through future operations or penalties in the case of early termination. The Company's accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given contract to the lesser of the estimated future cash flows from the contract or the termination fees the Company would receive in the event of early termination of the contract.

The Company purchases and develops software that is used in providing services and in performing administrative functions. Software development costs are capitalized once technological feasibility of the software has been established. Costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Technological feasibility is established when the Company has completed all planning and designing activities that are necessary to determine that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements. Capitalization of costs ceases when the product is available for general use. Software development costs and purchased software are generally amortized over a term of three to five years.

The following table provides the components of other intangible assets (in millions):

	December 31, 2013					December 31, 2012
	Weighted- Average Amortization Period (in years)	Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization		Initial Cost		Net of Accumulated Amortization
Acquired contracts	11.2	$	632.0	$	414.3	$	627.2	$	466.2
Capitalized contract costs	5.9	528.5		315.2		457.2		303.7
Internal use software	3.2	264.9		65.1		221.0		54.7
Acquired trademarks	22.7	38.0		25.3		43.4		28.4
Projects in process	3.0	9.6		9.6		15.4		15.4
Other intangibles	2.6	33.1		4.3		34.4		10.5
Total other intangible assets	8.0	$	1,506.1	$	833.8	$	1,398.6	$	878.9

The estimated future aggregate amortization expense for existing other intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is expected to be $210.0 million in 2014, $151.0 million in 2015, $134.0 million in 2016, $102.5 million in 2017, $54.0 million in 2018 and $182.3 million thereafter.

Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In such reviews, estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying values to determine if a write-down to fair value (normally measured by the present value technique) is required. The Company recorded immaterial impairments related to other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 and did not record any impairment during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from consumer money transfer transaction fees that are based on the principal amount of the money transfer and the locations from and to which funds are transferred. The Company also offers several global payments services, including payments from consumers or businesses to other businesses. Transaction fees are set by the Company and recorded as revenue at the time of sale.

In certain consumer money transfer and Business Solutions transactions involving different send and receive currencies, the Company generates revenue based on the difference between the exchange rate set by the Company to the consumer or business and the rate at which the Company or its agents are able to acquire the currency. This foreign exchange revenue is recorded at the time the related consumer money transfer transaction fee revenue is recognized or at the time a customer initiates a transaction through the Company's Business Solutions payment service operations.

Cost of Services

Cost of services primarily consists of agent commissions and expenses for call centers, settlement operations and related information technology costs. Expenses within these functions include personnel, software, equipment, telecommunications, bank fees, depreciation, amortization and other expenses incurred in connection with providing money transfer and other payment services.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $165.1 million, $177.5 million and $174.8 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be determined based on the expected future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

Foreign Currency Translation

The United States dollar is the functional currency for substantially all of the Company's businesses. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those businesses for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into United States dollars based on exchange rates at the end of the year. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the translation of assets and liabilities of these businesses are included as a component of "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities of businesses for which the United States dollar is the functional currency are remeasured based on exchange rates at the end of the period, and the resulting remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in net income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities of these operations are remeasured at historical rates in effect when the asset was recognized or the liability was incurred.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivatives to (a) minimize its exposures related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and (b) facilitate cross-currency Business Solutions payments by writing derivatives to customers. The Company recognizes all derivatives in the "Other assets" and "Other liabilities" captions in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value. All cash flows associated with derivatives are included in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, except for cash flows associated with foreign currency forward contracts entered into in order to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, which are recorded in investing activities.

• Cash Flow hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss." Cash flow hedges consist of foreign currency hedging of forecasted revenues, as well as hedges of the forecasted issuance of fixed rate debt. Derivative fair value changes that are captured in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" are reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods the hedged item affects earnings, to the extent the change in the fair value of the instrument is effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged item. The portions of the change in fair value that are either considered ineffective or are excluded from the measure of effectiveness are recognized immediately in "Derivative gains/(losses), net."

• Fair Value hedges - Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges of fixed rate debt are recorded in "Interest expense." The offsetting change in value of the related debt instrument attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate is also recorded in "Interest expense."

• Undesignated - Derivative contracts entered into to reduce the variability related to (a) money transfer settlement assets and obligations, generally with maturities from a few days up to one month, and (b) certain foreign currency denominated cash and other asset positions, typically with maturities of less than one year at inception, are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and changes in their fair value are included in "Selling, general and administrative." In addition, changes in fair value of derivative contracts, consisting of forward contracts with maturities of less than one year entered into to reduce the economic variability related to the cash amounts used to fund acquisitions of businesses with purchase prices denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded in "Derivative gains/(losses), net." The Company is also exposed to risk from derivative contracts written to its customers arising from its cross-currency Business Solutions payments operations. The duration of these derivative contracts at inception is generally less than one year. The Company aggregates its Business Solutions payments foreign currency exposures arising from customer contracts, including the derivative contracts described above, and hedges the resulting net currency risks by entering into offsetting contracts with established financial institution counterparties (economic hedge contracts) as part of a broader foreign currency portfolio, including significant spot exchanges of currency in addition to forwards and options. The changes in fair value related to these contracts are recorded in "Foreign exchange revenues."

The fair value of the Company's derivatives is derived from standardized models that use market based inputs (e.g., forward prices for foreign currency).

The details of each designated hedging relationship are formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the risk management objective, hedging strategy, hedged item, specific risks being hedged, the derivative instrument, how effectiveness is being assessed and how ineffectiveness, if any, will be measured. The derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair value of the hedged item, and effectiveness is evaluated quarterly on a retrospective and prospective basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company currently has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted and unrestricted stock units to employees and non-employee directors of the Company who perform services for the Company. In addition, the Company has a stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of Western Union stock options and stock unit awards to non-employee directors of the Company.

All stock-based compensation to employees is required to be measured at fair value and expensed over the requisite service period and also requires an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense. The Company recognizes compensation expense on awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Refer to Note 16 for additional discussion regarding details of the Company's stock-based compensation plans.

Severance and Other Related Expenses

The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance for severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and other costs are generally recognized when the liability is incurred. The Company also evaluates impairment issues associated with restructuring and other activities when the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, in accordance with the appropriate accounting guidance.

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 agent	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2012 agent
Equity Method Investee [Member]
Related Party Transactions
Related party transactions	$ 65.5	$ 66.1	$ 131.9
Director [Member]
Related Party Transactions
Related party transactions	$ 15.1	$ 28.9	$ 58.8
Number of related party agents	1			2

XML

Derivatives (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Foreign exchange revenues	$ 1,348.0		$ 1,332.7		$ 1,151.2
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) on settlement assets and obligations and cash balances	(5.4)		7.8		(20.5)
Net gain from settlement of foreign currency forward contracts related to acquisitions					20.8
Accumulated other comprehensive pre-tax loss to be reclassified into revenue in next 12 months	11.4
Losses forecasted to be recognized on debt issuance hedges in next 12 months	3.6
Business Solutions [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Foreign exchange revenues	355.5		332.0		154.6
Notional amounts	5,800.0
Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Foreign exchange revenues	981.3		988.5		983.1
Interest rate contracts [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Notional amounts	1,550.0		800.0
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Notes Payable, 2014 [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Notional amounts	500.0
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Notes Payable, 2015 [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Notional amounts	250.0
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Notes Payable, 2017 [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Notional amounts	500.0
Interest rate contracts [Member] | Notes Payable, 2018 [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Notional amounts	300.0
Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item	19.3	[1]	3.7	[1]	12.6	[1]
Fair Value Hedges [Member] | Fixed-rate debt [Member] | Interest Expense [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Related Hedged Item	19.3	[1]	3.7	[1]	12.6	[1]
Gain/(loss) in value of debt	8.5		(3.9)		(11.8)
Amortization of hedge accounting adjustments	$ 10.8		$ 7.6		$ 24.4
Designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Derivative policy targeted weighted-average maturity	1 year
Derivative weighted-average maturity	1 year
Designated as hedges [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Foreign currency contracts [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Derivative policy contract maturity period maximum	36 months
Maximum remaining maturity of foreign currency derivatives	24 months
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Uncollected settlement assets and obligations [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Foreign currency forward contracts maturity range minimum	2 days
Foreign currency forward contracts maturity range maximum	1 month
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign currency denominated cash positions [Member] | Consumer-to-Consumer [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Foreign currency forward contracts maturity range maximum	1 year
Not designated as hedges [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Business Solutions [Member]
Derivative instruments, gain/(loss) [Line Items]
Business Solutions derivative average maturity	1 year

[1] The 2013 gain of $19.3 million was comprised of a gain in value on the debt of $8.5 million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $10.8 million. The 2012 gain of $3.7 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(3.9) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $7.6 million. The 2011 gain of $12.6 million was comprised of a loss in value on the debt of $(11.8) million and amortization of hedge accounting adjustments of $24.4 million.

XML

Income Taxes (Details 5) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Unrecognized tax benefits reconciliation
Balance as of January 1,	$ 103.2		$ 123.7
Increases - positions taken in current period	18.5	[1]	13.1	[1]
Increases - positions taken in prior periods	15.6	[2]	0	[2]
Decreases - positions taken in prior periods	(8.7)		(6.1)
Decreases - settlements with taxing authorities	(4.1)		(24.1)
Decreases - lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(7.0)		(3.4)
Balance as of December 31,	$ 117.5		$ 103.2

[1] Includes recurring accruals for issues which initially arose in previous periods.

[2] Changes to positions taken in prior periods relate to changes in estimates used to calculate prior period unrecognized tax benefits.

XML

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT

The following lists the condensed financial information for the parent company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and statements of income and comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions, except per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	151.4		$	383.7
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $17.0 and $14.4, respectively	41.0			33.6
Other assets	160.4			68.4
Investment in subsidiaries	5,534.1			5,420.3
Total assets	$	5,886.9		$	5,906.0
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	76.8		$	79.3
Income taxes payable	76.3			88.3
Payable to subsidiaries, net	413.2			773.5
Borrowings	4,207.3			4,023.4
Other liabilities	8.6			0.9
Total liabilities	4,782.2			4,965.4
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 10 shares authorized; no shares issued	—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 2,000 shares authorized; 548.8 shares and 572.1 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	5.5			5.7
Capital surplus	390.9			332.8
Retained earnings	877.3			754.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(169.0		)	(152.6		)
Total stockholders’ equity	1,104.7			940.6
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	5,886.9		$	5,906.0

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses	—			—			—
Operating income	—			—			—
Interest income	0.4			0.2			0.1
Interest expense	(195.7		)	(178.6		)	(181.0		)
Other expense	—			—			(0.1		)
Loss before equity in earnings of affiliates and income taxes	(195.3		)	(178.4		)	(181.0		)
Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of tax	919.0			1,136.1			1,276.7
Income tax benefit	74.7			68.2			69.7
Net income	798.4			1,025.9			1,165.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax	2.2			2.0			(11.7		)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) of affiliates, net of tax	(18.6		)	(36.1		)	26.0
Comprehensive income	$	782.0		$	991.8		$	1,179.7

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

(in millions)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	689.1		$	228.3		$	698.1
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(8.5		)	(3.3		)	(4.2		)
Purchases of non-settlement related investments	(100.0		)	—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(108.5		)	(3.3		)	(4.2		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Advances from/(to) subsidiaries, net	(362.2		)	679.1			(180.9		)
Net proceeds from issuance of borrowings	497.3			742.8			696.3
Principal payments on borrowings	(300.0		)	—			(696.3		)
Net (repayments of)/proceeds from commercial paper	—			(297.0		)	297.0
Proceeds from exercise of options	28.9			53.4			100.0
Cash dividends paid	(277.2		)	(254.2		)	(194.2		)
Common stock repurchased	(399.7		)	(766.5		)	(803.9		)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(812.9		)	157.6			(782.0		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(232.3		)	382.6			(88.1		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	383.7			1.1			89.2
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	151.4		$	383.7		$	1.1

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT

THE WESTERN UNION COMPANY

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Basis of Presentation

The Western Union Company (the "Parent") is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its subsidiaries. Under a parent company only presentation, the Parent's investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting, and the condensed financial statements do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with The Western Union Company's consolidated financial statements.

2.  Restricted Net Assets

Certain assets of the Parent's subsidiaries totaling approximately $335 million constitute restricted net assets, as there are legal or regulatory limitations on transferring such assets outside of the countries where the respective assets are located. Additionally, certain of the Parent's subsidiaries must meet minimum capital requirements in some countries in order to maintain operating licenses. As of December 31, 2013, the Parent is in a stockholders' equity position of $1,104.7 million, and as such, the restricted net assets of the Parent's subsidiaries currently exceeds 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries, thus requiring this Schedule I, "Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant."

3.  Related Party Transactions

On October 1, 2012, the Parent issued a promissory note payable to its 100% owned subsidiary First Financial Management Corporation in the amount of $268.2 million in exchange for funds distributed to the Parent. The promissory note is due on June 30, 2015, bears interest at the fixed rate of 0.23% per annum, and may be repaid at any time without penalty. The promissory note is included within "Payable to subsidiaries, net" in the Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Excess cash generated from operations of the Parent's subsidiaries that is not required to meet certain regulatory requirements is paid periodically to the Parent and is also included within "Payable to subsidiaries, net" in the Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Parent's subsidiaries periodically distribute excess cash balances to the Parent in the form of a dividend, although the amounts of such dividends may vary from year to year.

The Parent files a consolidated United States federal income tax return, and also a number of consolidated state income tax returns on behalf of its subsidiaries. In these circumstances, the Parent is responsible for remitting income tax payments on behalf of the consolidated group. The Parent's provision for income taxes has been computed as if it were a separate tax-paying entity.

4.  Commitments and Contingencies

The Parent had $14.4 million in outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees as of December 31, 2013 with expiration dates through 2014. The letters of credit and bank guarantees are primarily held in connection with credit-related dealings, which include, but are not limited to, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions. The Company expects to renew the letters of credit and bank guarantees prior to expiration in most circumstances.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust at fair value, excluding other assets	$ 294.9		$ 310.3
Other assets	0.9		6.4
Total investments of the Trust	295.8		316.7		301.7
Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	64.5		77.9
Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	204.5		208.6
Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	25.9		23.8		13.6
Domestic equity [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	26.2		24.2
Domestic equity [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	26.2		24.2
Domestic equity [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
Domestic equity [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
International equity [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	28.0	[1]	26.4	[1]
International equity [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	1.5	[1]	1.4	[1]
International equity [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	26.5	[1]	25.0	[1]
International equity [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[1]	0	[1]
Corporate debt [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	127.3	[2]	131.4	[2]
Corporate debt [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[2]	0	[2]
Corporate debt [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	127.3	[2]	131.4	[2]
Corporate debt [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[2]	0	[2]
U.S. treasury bonds [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	36.8		52.3
U.S. treasury bonds [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	36.8		52.3
U.S. treasury bonds [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
U.S. treasury bonds [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
State and municipal debt securities [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	3.9		4.4
State and municipal debt securities [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
State and municipal debt securities [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	3.9		4.4
State and municipal debt securities [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
Other debt [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	4.4		3.1
Other debt [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
Other debt [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	4.4		3.1
Other debt [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0		0
Hedge funds [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	42.4	[3]	44.7
Hedge funds [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[3]	0
Hedge funds [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	42.4	[3]	44.7
Hedge funds [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[3]	0
Royalty rights and private equity [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	25.9	[4]	23.8	[4]
Royalty rights and private equity [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[4]	0	[4]
Royalty rights and private equity [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	0	[4]	0	[4]
Royalty rights and private equity [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair value measurement of Trust investments
Total investments of the Trust	$ 25.9	[4]	$ 23.8	[4]

[1] Funds included herein have redemption frequencies of daily to monthly, with redemption notice periods of one to ten business days.

[2] Substantially all corporate debt securities are investment grade securities.

[3] Hedge funds generally hold liquid and readily priceable securities, such as public equities, exchange-traded derivatives, and corporate bonds. Hedge funds themselves do not have readily available market quotations, and therefore are valued using the Net Asset Value ("NAV") per share provided by the investment sponsor or third party administrator. Funds investing in diverse hedge fund strategies (primarily commingled funds) had the following composition of underlying hedge fund investments within the pension plans at December 31, 2013: relative value (24%), equity long/short (21%), commodities/currencies (20%), multi-strategy (13%), event driven (12%), and global-macro (10%). As of December 31, 2013, funds included herein had redemption frequencies of monthly to quarterly, with redemption notice periods of three to 60 days.

[4] Diversified investments in royalty rights related to the sale of pharmaceutical products by third parties. Also included are private equity funds with a focus on venture capital. These investments are illiquid, with investment distributions expected to be received over the lives of the funds, which are uncertain but based on the voting rights of investors and the maturities of the underlying investments.

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Unrealized gains on investment securities, beginning of period	$	7.7		$	4.9		$	3.1
Unrealized gains/(losses)	(0.1		)	9.9			9.7
Tax (expense)/benefit	0.1			(3.7		)	(3.6		)
Reclassification of gains into "Other revenues"	(5.8		)	(5.5		)	(6.9		)
Tax expense related to reclassifications	2.2			2.1			2.6
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities	(3.6		)	2.8			1.8
Unrealized gains on investment securities, end of period	$	4.1		$	7.7		$	4.9
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, beginning of period	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1		$	(21.9	)
Unrealized losses	(3.1		)	(20.1		)	(5.2		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(1.7		)	3.1			5.6
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Transaction fees"	(7.6		)	(10.3		)	23.3
Reclassification of (gains)/losses into "Foreign exchange revenues"	(2.8		)	(3.1		)	7.0
Reclassification of losses into "Interest expense"	3.6			3.6			2.7
Tax expense/(benefit) related to reclassifications	0.5			(0.2		)	(6.4		)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities	(11.1		)	(27.0		)	27.0
Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging activities, end of period	$	(33.0	)	$	(21.9	)	$	5.1
Foreign currency translation adjustments, beginning of period	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)	$	(4.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(17.7		)	(4.6		)	(3.7		)
Tax benefit	4.6			2.4			1.7
Net foreign currency translation adjustments	(13.1		)	(2.2		)	(2.0		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, end of period	$	(21.6	)	$	(8.5	)	$	(6.3	)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, beginning of period	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)	$	(109.7	)
Unrealized gains/(losses)	7.4			(20.5		)	(28.4		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(3.9		)	6.2			10.9
Reclassification of losses into "Cost of services"	12.4			10.5			8.1
Tax benefit related to reclassifications and other	(4.5		)	(3.9		)	(3.1		)
Net defined benefit pension plan adjustments	11.4			(7.7		)	(12.5		)
Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, end of period	$	(118.5	)	$	(129.9	)	$	(122.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, end of period	$	(169.0	)	$	(152.6	)	$	(118.5	)

Schedule of dividends declared

Dividends per share declared quarterly by the Company's Board of Directors during the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Year	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
2013	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125	$	0.125
2012	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.10	$	0.125
2011	$	0.07	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	0.08

XML

Operating Lease Commitments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases, Operating [Abstract]

Operating Lease Commitments

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain real properties for use as customer service centers and administrative and sales offices. The Company also leases automobiles and office equipment. Certain of these leases contain renewal options and escalation provisions. Total rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income, was $54.1 million, $53.9 million and $44.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum aggregate rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in millions):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	44.0
2015	36.5
2016	28.1
2017	21.6
2018	15.9
Thereafter	15.0
Total future minimum lease payments	$	161.1

XML

Schedule I - Condensed FInancial Information of the Registrant (Details Numeric) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2013 Parent Company [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Parent Company [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Parent Company [Member]
Parent Company Numerics
Net assets subject to limitations	$ 335				$ 335
Total stockholders' equity	1,104.7	940.6	894.8	582.7	1,104.7	940.6
Note payable to subsidiary							268.2
Stated interest rate					0.23%
Letters of credit outstanding and bank guarantees	$ 100.0				$ 14.4